remove pdcmac barring complaints, it is very old and would need work to get right

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@4269 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

90 files changed, 0 insertions, 18284 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/00readme.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/00readme.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 5739d05b91d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/00readme.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-00readme.txt -*-text-*- Time-stamp: <pdc 1995-03-20>
-
-	PDCMAC, a collection of macros for plain TeX documents.
-		      Release 1.0 -- Spring 1995
-
-This is collection of TeX definition files which may be useful for
-setting documents using plain TeX (as opposed to more complex formats
-like LaTeX).  See "install.txt" for installation hints.
-
-This software may be used and distributed without fee under certain
-conditions.  While I would like it to be useful, I cannot offer any
-guarantee or warranty.  See "pdcguide.tex" for more information.
-
-Please send reports of problems, comments and suggestions to the address
-below.  If you find pdcmac useful or amusing, please send me a pretty
-postcard.
-
-P. Damian Cugley * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * <damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk>
-Oxford University Computing Laboratory, Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK
-Alleged Literature, c/o Damian Cugley, 255B Banbury Road, Oxford  OX2 7HN, UK
-http://boothp1.ecs.ox.ac.uk:5705/people/pdc.html * My other computer is a Linux
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/copying.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/copying.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 87bc9146ac2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/copying.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,358 +0,0 @@
-		       GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-		       **************************
-
-                          Version 2, June 1991
-
-     Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-     675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
-
-     Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
-     of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-
-Preamble
-========
-
-  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom
-to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public License is
-intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to
-make sure the software is free for all its users.  This General Public
-License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and
-to any other program whose authors commit to using it.  (Some other Free
-Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General
-Public License instead.)  You can apply it to your programs, too.
-
-  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if
-you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
-free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
-
-  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
-distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
-
-  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
-you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
-source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
-rights.
-
-  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
-(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
-distribute and/or modify the software.
-
-  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
-that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
-authors' reputations.
-
-  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
-program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
-program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
-patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
-
-  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
-    TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
-  1. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a
-     notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
-     under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program",
-     below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the
-     Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under
-     copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a
-     portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or
-     translated into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is
-     included without limitation in the term "modification".)  Each
-     licensee is addressed as "you".
-
-     Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are
-     not covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act
-     of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the
-     Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on
-     the Program (independent of having been made by running the
-     Program).  Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
-
-  2. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source
-     code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
-     conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
-     copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
-     notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
-     warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of
-     this License along with the Program.
-
-     You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
-     and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange
-     for a fee.
-
-  3. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of
-     it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-     distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-     above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
-       a. You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
-          stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
-       b. You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that
-          in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or
-          any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to
-          all third parties under the terms of this License.
-
-       c. If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
-          when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
-          interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display
-          an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and
-          a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you
-          provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the
-          program under these conditions, and telling the user how to
-          view a copy of this License.  (Exception: if the Program
-          itself is interactive but does not normally print such an
-          announcement, your work based on the Program is not required
-          to print an announcement.)
-
-     These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
-     identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the
-     Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate
-     works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply
-     to those sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But
-     when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a
-     work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on
-     the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees
-     extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part
-     regardless of who wrote it.
-
-     Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or
-     contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the
-     intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of
-     derivative or collective works based on the Program.
-
-     In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the
-     Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a
-     volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other
-     work under the scope of this License.
-
-  4. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-     under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms
-     of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the
-     following:
-
-       a. Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
-          source code, which must be distributed under the terms of
-          Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for
-          software interchange; or,
-
-       b. Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
-          years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
-          cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
-          machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
-          distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
-          medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
-       c. Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
-          to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
-          allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
-          received the program in object code or executable form with
-          such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
-
-     The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-     making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete
-     source code means all the source code for all modules it contains,
-     plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts
-     used to control compilation and installation of the executable.
-     However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need
-     not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source
-     or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so
-     on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless
-     that component itself accompanies the executable.
-
-     If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-     access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-     access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-     distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
-     compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
-  5. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-     except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
-     otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-     void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this
-     License.  However, parties who have received copies, or rights,
-     from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated
-     so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
-
-  6. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-     signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify
-     or distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions
-     are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.
-     Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work
-     based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License
-     to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying,
-     distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it.
-
-  7. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-     Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-     original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject
-     to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
-     restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted
-     herein.  You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third
-     parties to this License.
-
-  8. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-     infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent
-     issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order,
-     agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this
-     License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this
-     License.  If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously
-     your obligations under this License and any other pertinent
-     obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the
-     Program at all.  For example, if a patent license would not permit
-     royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive
-     copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you
-     could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely
-     from distribution of the Program.
-
-     If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable
-     under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is
-     intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply
-     in other circumstances.
-
-     It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-     patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of
-     any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting
-     the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-     implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
-     generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-     through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-     system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is
-     willing to distribute software through any other system and a
-     licensee cannot impose that choice.
-
-     This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed
-     to be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
-  9. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-     certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces,
-     the original copyright holder who places the Program under this
-     License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation
-     excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only
-     in or among countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this
-     License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of
-     this License.
-
- 10. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
-     versions of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new
-     versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
-     differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
-
-     Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
-     Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to
-     it and "any later version", you have the option of following the
-     terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version
-     published by the Free Software Foundation.  If the Program does not
-     specify a version number of this License, you may choose any
-     version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
-
- 11. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-     programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the
-     author to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by
-     the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software
-     Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our decision
-     will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of
-     all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
-     and reuse of software generally.
-
-                                 NO WARRANTY
-
- 12. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
-     WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE
-     LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
-     AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
-     OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
-     LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
-     FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND
-     PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE
-     DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR
-     OR CORRECTION.
-
- 13. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
-     WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY
-     MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE
-     LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL,
-     INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR
-     INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
-     DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU
-     OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY
-     OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN
-     ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
-
-                      END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-
-How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-=============================================
-
-  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these
-terms.
-
-  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
-"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
-     ONE LINE TO GIVE THE PROGRAM'S NAME AND A BRIEF IDEA OF WHAT IT DOES.
-     Copyright (C) 19YY  NAME OF AUTHOR
-
-     This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-     it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-     the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-     (at your option) any later version.
-
-     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-     GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-     You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-     along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-     Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
-when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
-     Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19YY NAME OF AUTHOR
-     Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
-     This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
-     under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the
-appropriate parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the
-commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show
-c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your
-program.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
-necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
-     Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
-     `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
-
-     SIGNATURE OF TY COON, 1 April 1989
-     Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
-into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
-may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications
-with the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library
-General Public License instead of this License.
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/install.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/install.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 51455322ef0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/install.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-install.txt -*-text-*- Time-stamp: <pdc 1995-02-23>
-
-			   INSTALLING PDCMAC
-
-1. GNERIC INSTALLATION
-
-	The file "contents.txt" gives a list of all the files (except
-	itself) with their sizes in bytes.
-
-	The macro files are packaged with their documentation in "dtx"
-	files (the LaTeX 2e distribution uses files with the same suffix
-	for a similar purpose).  
-
-	You do not need Docstrip or LaTeX to unpack these files; all you
-	need is a copy of "pdccode.tex".  Just run plain TeX on the
-	"dtx" files to generate the macro files and the printed
-	documentation all at the same time.  
-
-	Then put the macro files somewhere where TeX can find them.  For
-	systems with the new TeX Directory Structure this directory
-	might be "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/"; for UNIXTeX 6.1 it might be
-	"$texmf/tex/plain/"; for older TeX it might be "$tex/inputs" or
-	"$tex/macros".
-
-	You may want to put the DVI files and the DTX files together in
-	a documentation directory if you have one.  On TDS systems this
-	might be "$texmf/doc/pdcmac/".
-
-
-2. UNIX SYSTEMS
-
-	For the benefit of people on UNIX systems I can supply a
-	Makefile template and a configuration script.  The conventions
-	for the config scriopt are based on the GNU Coding Standards.
-
-(1) Configuration.  Run the command "./configure" (you may need to say
-	"sh configure"); this is a shell script that attempts to guess
-	sensible values for things like "texdir" (the directory to put
-	TeX macro files).  It generates a shellscript "config.status"
-	which records the current configuration; running it recreates
-	the "Makefile".
-
-	The "configure" script understands the following options.
-	*You should not need to specify any of these.*
-
-    -n, -nocreate, --nocreate
-	Make  "config.status" but don't run it to generate "Makefile".
-
-    -h, -help, --help
-	Print a summary of options.
-
-    -pDIR, -prefix DIR, --prefix=DIR 
-	Set the "prefix" for directory names.  FOr example, "-p/usr"
-	indcates that TeX files are under "/usr/texmf" or "/usr/tex" or
-	somesuch.
-	
-    -sDIR, -srcdir DIR, --srcdir=DIR
-	Tell "configure" where the source files are.  This is used when
-	building the package in a different directory.   Normally even
-	in this case "configure" can guess the cirrect dierctory by
-	examining $0.
-
-    -tDIR, -texdir DIR, --texdir=DIR
-	Tell "configure" where TeX files are (this makes -p redundant).
-	For example "-t/usr/texmf".
-
-    -wtds, -with tds, --with-tds
-	Tell "configure" you have a new-style TeX Directory Structure.
-	Usually "configure" can guess correctly.
-
-	Other options are ignored.
-
-(2) Run "make".  The makefile generated by "configure" is tested with
-	GNU "make".  The makefile understands the following conventional
-	targets: 
-
-    "make" 
-	Generates all the "tex" macro files, and runs TeX on the other 
-	documentation files. 
-
-    "make install"
-	Copies the macro files into TeX's macros directory, and the DVI
-	files into the $docdir.
-
-    "make uninstall"
-	Deletes the files that would be created by "make install".
-
-    "make mostlyclean|clean|distclean|realclean" 
-	Delete files made from source files.  "mostlyclean" removes the
-	ones that are generated most often; "realclean" removes even
-	those that are rarely deleted.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/maamac.dvi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/maamac.dvi
deleted file mode 100644
index 07113096e8b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/maamac.dvi
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.dvi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.dvi
deleted file mode 100644
index c806649e8bf..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.dvi
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/news.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/news.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 79c7dc241d0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/news.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-news.txt -*-text-*- Time-stamp: <pdc 1995-04-06>
-
-
-Changes to the PDCMAC package since Release 1.0
-
-* Support for Emacs tags added
-
-The shellscript "dtxtags" generates a tags file in the style of etags(1).
-
-* Bug fixes
-
-** Nested numbered lists will work beyond (e)
-** partial pages don't have spurious space added
-** Maamac.tex can be used on its own (it lacked a definition of \toksa)
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/oput01.eps b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/oput01.eps
deleted file mode 100644
index 78056236005..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/oput01.eps
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,423 +0,0 @@
-%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0
-%%Title: oput01.fig
-%%Creator: fig2dev
-%%CreationDate: Thu Apr  6 12:42:28 1995
-%%For: pdc@booth35.ecs (Damian Cugley,MC86,S.E.H.,N)
-%%BoundingBox: 0 0 424 499
-%%Pages: 1
-%%EndComments
-/mtrx matrix def
-/l {lineto} bind def
-/m {moveto} bind def
-/s {stroke} bind def
-/n {newpath} bind def
-/gs {gsave} bind def
-/gr {grestore} bind def
-/clp {closepath} bind def
-/graycol {dup dup currentrgbcolor 4 -2 roll mul 4 -2 roll mul
-4 -2 roll mul setrgbcolor} bind def
-/col0 {0 0 0 setrgbcolor} bind def
-/col1 {0 0 1 setrgbcolor} bind def
-/col2 {0 1 0 setrgbcolor} bind def
-/col3 {0 1 1 setrgbcolor} bind def
-/col4 {1 0 0 setrgbcolor} bind def
-/col5 {1 0 1 setrgbcolor} bind def
-/col6 {1 1 0 setrgbcolor} bind def
-/col7 {1 1 1 setrgbcolor} bind def
-%%EndProlog
-
-%%Page: 1 1
-
-0 setlinecap 0 setlinejoin
--8 27 translate
-0.0 499.0 translate 0.900 -0.900 scale
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 89 329 m 224 329 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 224 329 m 224 317 l  89 317 l  89 329 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 89 299 m 224 299 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 224 299 m 224 287 l  89 287 l  89 299 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 89 284 m 224 284 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 224 284 m 224 272 l  89 272 l  89 284 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 89 269 m 224 269 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 224 269 m 224 257 l  89 257 l  89 269 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 89 254 m 224 254 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 224 254 m 224 242 l  89 242 l  89 254 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 89 239 m 224 239 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 224 239 m 224 227 l  89 227 l  89 239 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 89 224 m 224 224 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 224 224 m 224 212 l  89 212 l  89 224 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 89 209 m 224 209 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 224 209 m 224 197 l  89 197 l  89 209 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 89 194 m 224 194 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 224 194 m 224 182 l  89 182 l  89 194 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 89 179 m 224 179 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 224 179 m 224 167 l  89 167 l  89 179 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 89 164 m 224 164 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 224 164 m 224 152 l  89 152 l  89 164 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 89 149 m 224 149 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 224 149 m 224 137 l  89 137 l  89 149 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 89 134 m 224 134 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 224 134 m 224 122 l  89 122 l  89 134 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 89 119 m 224 119 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 224 119 m 224 107 l  89 107 l  89 119 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 89 104 m 224 104 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 224 104 m 224 92 l  89 92 l  89 104 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 89 89 m 224 89 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 224 89 m 224 77 l  89 77 l  89 89 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 149 m 374 149 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 149 m 374 137 l  239 137 l  239 149 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 134 m 374 134 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 134 m 374 122 l  239 122 l  239 134 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 119 m 374 119 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 119 m 374 107 l  239 107 l  239 119 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 104 m 374 104 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 104 m 374 92 l  239 92 l  239 104 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 89 m 374 89 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 89 m 374 77 l  239 77 l  239 89 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 224 m 374 224 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 224 m 374 212 l  239 212 l  239 224 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 209 m 374 209 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 209 m 374 197 l  239 197 l  239 209 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 194 m 374 194 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 194 m 374 182 l  239 182 l  239 194 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 179 m 374 179 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 179 m 374 167 l  239 167 l  239 179 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 164 m 374 164 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 164 m 374 152 l  239 152 l  239 164 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 299 m 374 299 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 299 m 374 287 l  239 287 l  239 299 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 284 m 374 284 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 284 m 374 272 l  239 272 l  239 284 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 269 m 374 269 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 269 m 374 257 l  239 257 l  239 269 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 254 m 374 254 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 254 m 374 242 l  239 242 l  239 254 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 239 m 374 239 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 239 m 374 227 l  239 227 l  239 239 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 374 m 374 374 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 374 m 374 362 l  239 362 l  239 374 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 359 m 374 359 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 359 m 374 347 l  239 347 l  239 359 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 344 m 374 344 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 344 m 374 332 l  239 332 l  239 344 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 329 m 374 329 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 329 m 374 317 l  239 317 l  239 329 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 314 m 374 314 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 314 m 374 302 l  239 302 l  239 314 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 449 m 374 449 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 449 m 374 437 l  239 437 l  239 449 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 434 m 374 434 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 434 m 374 422 l  239 422 l  239 434 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 419 m 374 419 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 419 m 374 407 l  239 407 l  239 419 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 404 m 374 404 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 404 m 374 392 l  239 392 l  239 404 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 389 m 374 389 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 389 m 374 377 l  239 377 l  239 389 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 494 m 374 494 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 494 m 374 482 l  239 482 l  239 494 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 479 m 374 479 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 479 m 374 467 l  239 467 l  239 479 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 239 464 m 374 464 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 374 464 m 374 452 l  239 452 l  239 464 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-% Polyline
-n 449 59 m 449 47 l  89 47 l  89 59 l 
- clp gs 0.80 setgray fill gr
-% Polyline
-n 449 524 m 449 512 l  89 512 l  89 524 l 
- clp gs 0.80 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-n 254 344 m 254 344 l gs  s gr
-	[4.000000] 0 setdash
-% Polyline
-n 449 494 m 449 77 l  389 77 l  389 494 l 
- clp gs  s gr
-	[] 0 setdash
-	[4.000000] 0 setdash
-% Polyline
-n 299 494 m 299 77 l  239 77 l  239 494 l 
- clp gs  s gr
-	[] 0 setdash
-	[4.000000] 0 setdash
-% Polyline
-n 149 494 m 149 77 l  89 77 l  89 494 l 
- clp gs  s gr
-	[] 0 setdash
-	[4.000000] 0 setdash
-% Polyline
-n 374 494 m 374 77 l  314 77 l  314 494 l 
- clp gs  s gr
-	[] 0 setdash
-	[4.000000] 0 setdash
-% Polyline
-n 224 494 m 224 77 l  164 77 l  164 494 l 
- clp gs  s gr
-	[] 0 setdash
-% Polyline
-n 308 569 m 317 581 l  320 581 l gs  s gr
-1.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 479 554 m 479 29 l  59 29 l  59 554 l 
- clp gs  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 89 308 m 224 308 l gs  s gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 89 59 m 449 59 l gs  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 29 344 m 83 308 l gs  s gr
-n 75.234 310.774 m 83.000 308.000 l 77.453 314.102 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 269 563 m 269 569 l  344 569 l  344 563 l gs  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 89 524 m 449 524 l gs  s gr
-/Times-Roman findfont 12.00 scalefont setfont
-113 326 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (caption)  show gr
-/Times-Roman findfont 12.00 scalefont setfont
-146 215 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (column 0)  show gr
-/Times-Roman findfont 12.00 scalefont setfont
-311 218 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (column 1)  show gr
-/Times-Roman findfont 12.00 scalefont setfont
-275 53 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (headline)  show gr
-/Times-Roman findfont 12.00 scalefont setfont
-359 515 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (footline)  show gr
-/Times-Roman findfont 12.00 scalefont setfont
-323 584 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (grid cell)  show gr
-/Times-Roman findfont 12.00 scalefont setfont
-8 371 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (separator)  show gr
-/Times-Roman findfont 12.00 scalefont setfont
-8 359 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (caption)  show gr
-/Times-Roman findfont 12.00 scalefont setfont
-104 419 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (illustration)  show gr
-/Times-Roman findfont 12.00 scalefont setfont
-419 404 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale  90.0 rotate (illustration)  show gr
-showpage
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/oput02.eps b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/oput02.eps
deleted file mode 100644
index b36b202cea1..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/oput02.eps
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,404 +0,0 @@
-%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0
-%%Title: oput02.fig
-%%Creator: fig2dev
-%%CreationDate: Thu Apr  6 12:42:30 1995
-%%For: pdc@booth35.ecs (Damian Cugley,MC86,S.E.H.,N)
-%%BoundingBox: 0 0 443 499
-%%Pages: 1
-%%EndComments
-/mtrx matrix def
-/l {lineto} bind def
-/m {moveto} bind def
-/s {stroke} bind def
-/n {newpath} bind def
-/gs {gsave} bind def
-/gr {grestore} bind def
-/clp {closepath} bind def
-/graycol {dup dup currentrgbcolor 4 -2 roll mul 4 -2 roll mul
-4 -2 roll mul setrgbcolor} bind def
-/col0 {0 0 0 setrgbcolor} bind def
-/col1 {0 0 1 setrgbcolor} bind def
-/col2 {0 1 0 setrgbcolor} bind def
-/col3 {0 1 1 setrgbcolor} bind def
-/col4 {1 0 0 setrgbcolor} bind def
-/col5 {1 0 1 setrgbcolor} bind def
-/col6 {1 1 0 setrgbcolor} bind def
-/col7 {1 1 1 setrgbcolor} bind def
-%%EndProlog
-
-%%Page: 1 1
-
-0 setlinecap 0 setlinejoin
--54 27 translate
-0.0 499.0 translate 0.900 -0.900 scale
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 254 329 m 254 317 l  179 317 l  179 329 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 179 329 m 254 329 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 254 344 m 254 332 l  179 332 l  179 344 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 179 344 m 254 344 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 254 299 m 254 287 l  179 287 l  179 299 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 179 299 m 254 299 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 254 284 m 254 272 l  179 272 l  179 284 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 179 284 m 254 284 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 254 269 m 254 257 l  179 257 l  179 269 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 179 269 m 254 269 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 254 254 m 254 242 l  179 242 l  179 254 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 179 254 m 254 254 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 254 239 m 254 227 l  179 227 l  179 239 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 179 239 m 254 239 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 254 224 m 254 212 l  179 212 l  179 224 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 179 224 m 254 224 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 254 209 m 254 197 l  179 197 l  179 209 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 179 209 m 254 209 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 254 194 m 254 182 l  179 182 l  179 194 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 179 194 m 254 194 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 254 179 m 254 167 l  179 167 l  179 179 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 179 179 m 254 179 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 344 359 m 344 347 l  269 347 l  269 359 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 269 359 m 344 359 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 344 329 m 344 317 l  269 317 l  269 329 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 269 329 m 344 329 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 344 344 m 344 332 l  269 332 l  269 344 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 269 344 m 344 344 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 344 299 m 344 287 l  269 287 l  269 299 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 269 299 m 344 299 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 344 284 m 344 272 l  269 272 l  269 284 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 269 284 m 344 284 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 344 269 m 344 257 l  269 257 l  269 269 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 269 269 m 344 269 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 344 254 m 344 242 l  269 242 l  269 254 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 269 254 m 344 254 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 344 239 m 344 227 l  269 227 l  269 239 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 269 239 m 344 239 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 344 224 m 344 212 l  269 212 l  269 224 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 269 224 m 344 224 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 344 209 m 344 197 l  269 197 l  269 209 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 269 209 m 344 209 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 344 194 m 344 182 l  269 182 l  269 194 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 269 194 m 344 194 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 344 179 m 344 167 l  269 167 l  269 179 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 269 179 m 344 179 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 344 374 m 344 362 l  269 362 l  269 374 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 269 374 m 344 374 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 344 389 m 344 377 l  269 377 l  269 389 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 269 389 m 344 389 l gs  s gr
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 344 314 m 344 302 l  269 302 l  269 314 l 
- clp gs 0.85 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 269 314 m 344 314 l gs  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 254 389 m 254 164 l  179 164 l  179 389 l 
- clp gs  s gr
-	[4.000000] 0 setdash
-% Polyline
-n 164 389 m 164 164 l  89 164 l  89 389 l 
- clp gs  s gr
-	[] 0 setdash
-% Polyline
-n 344 389 m 344 164 l  269 164 l  269 389 l 
- clp gs  s gr
-	[4.000000] 0 setdash
-% Polyline
-n 434 164 m 434 74 l  89 74 l  89 164 l 
- clp gs  s gr
-	[] 0 setdash
-0.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 434 59 m 434 47 l  89 47 l  89 59 l 
- clp gs 0.80 setgray fill gr
-% Polyline
-n 434 524 m 434 512 l  89 512 l  89 524 l 
- clp gs 0.80 setgray fill gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-	[4.000000] 0 setdash
-% Polyline
-n 434 389 m 434 164 l  359 164 l  359 389 l 
- clp gs  s gr
-	[] 0 setdash
-n 97.000 571.000 m 89.000 569.000 l 97.000 567.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 89 569 m 434 569 l gs  s gr
-n 426.000 567.000 m 434.000 569.000 l 426.000 571.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-n 522.000 502.000 m 524.000 494.000 l 526.000 502.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 524 494 m 524 554 l gs  s gr
-n 526.000 546.000 m 524.000 554.000 l 522.000 546.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-n 537.000 37.000 m 539.000 29.000 l 541.000 37.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 539 29 m 539 554 l gs  s gr
-n 541.000 546.000 m 539.000 554.000 l 537.000 546.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-n 67.000 586.000 m 59.000 584.000 l 67.000 582.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 59 584 m 479 584 l gs  s gr
-n 471.000 582.000 m 479.000 584.000 l 471.000 586.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-n 522.000 37.000 m 524.000 29.000 l 526.000 37.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 524 29 m 524 74 l gs  s gr
-n 526.000 66.000 m 524.000 74.000 l 522.000 66.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-	[4.000000] 0 setdash
-% Polyline
-n 425 89 m 515 89 l gs  s gr
-	[] 0 setdash
-% Polyline
-n 449 59 m 449 74 l gs  s gr
-n 451.000 66.000 m 449.000 74.000 l 447.000 66.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 449 104 m 449 89 l gs  s gr
-n 447.000 97.000 m 449.000 89.000 l 451.000 97.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 329 158 m 344 158 l gs  s gr
-n 336.000 156.000 m 344.000 158.000 l 336.000 160.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 374 158 m 359 158 l gs  s gr
-n 367.000 160.000 m 359.000 158.000 l 367.000 156.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-n 507.000 67.000 m 509.000 59.000 l 511.000 67.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 509 59 m 509 89 l gs  s gr
-n 511.000 81.000 m 509.000 89.000 l 507.000 81.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-n 492.000 502.000 m 494.000 494.000 l 496.000 502.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 494 494 m 494 527 l gs  s gr
-n 496.000 519.000 m 494.000 527.000 l 492.000 519.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-	[4.000000] 0 setdash
-% Polyline
-n 431 59 m 515 59 l gs  s gr
-	[] 0 setdash
-n 492.000 82.000 m 494.000 74.000 l 496.000 82.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 494 74 m 494 494 l gs  s gr
-n 496.000 486.000 m 494.000 494.000 l 492.000 486.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 89 524 m 434 524 l gs  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 89 59 m 434 59 l gs  s gr
-1.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 479 554 m 479 29 l  59 29 l  59 554 l 
- clp gs  s gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 155 284 m 155 299 l gs  s gr
-n 157.000 291.000 m 155.000 299.000 l 153.000 291.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 155 329 m 155 314 l gs  s gr
-n 153.000 322.000 m 155.000 314.000 l 157.000 322.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-n 187.000 160.000 m 179.000 158.000 l 187.000 156.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 179 158 m 254 158 l gs  s gr
-n 246.000 156.000 m 254.000 158.000 l 246.000 160.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-n 363.000 172.000 m 365.000 164.000 l 367.000 172.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 365 164 m 365 389 l gs  s gr
-n 367.000 381.000 m 365.000 389.000 l 363.000 381.000 l gs 2 setlinejoin  s gr
-1.000 setlinewidth
-% Polyline
-n 170 164 m 170 389 l gs  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 179 308 m 254 308 l gs  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 260 164 m 260 389 l gs  s gr
-% Polyline
-n 350 164 m 350 389 l gs  s gr
-0.500 setlinewidth
-	[4.000000] 0 setdash
-% Polyline
-n 89 389 m 89 494 l  434 494 l  434 389 l 
- clp gs  s gr
-	[] 0 setdash
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-269 566 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (bodywd) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-269 581 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (paperwd) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-521 524 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale  90.0 rotate (botmg) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-491 509 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale  90.0 rotate (footlineskip) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-491 284 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale  90.0 rotate (bodyht) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-536 284 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale  90.0 rotate (paperht) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-506 74 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale  90.0 rotate (headlineskip) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-521 53 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale  90.0 rotate (topmg) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-449 86 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (topskip) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-350 155 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (colsep) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-269 119 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (topbox) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-269 464 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (botbox) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-269 518 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (footline) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-254 56 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (headline) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-218 266 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (column 0) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-305 266 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (column 1) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-125 221 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (leftbox) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-218 338 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (caption) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-215 374 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (illo) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-215 152 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (colwd) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-374 284 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale  90.0 rotate (colht) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-407 251 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale (rightbox) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-/Times-Italic findfont 10.00 scalefont setfont
-152 308 m 
-gs 1 -1 scale  90.0 rotate (capsep) dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto   show gr
-showpage
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.dvi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.dvi
deleted file mode 100644
index 34eb82967df..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.dvi
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.dvi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.dvi
deleted file mode 100644
index 281163c1d46..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.dvi
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.dvi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.dvi
deleted file mode 100644
index 41a4fc21aff..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.dvi
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.dvi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.dvi
deleted file mode 100644
index 44ee6864839..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.dvi
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcguide.dvi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcguide.dvi
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ebeef304d5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcguide.dvi
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.dvi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.dvi
deleted file mode 100644
index c54f49ae845..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.dvi
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcmisc.dvi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcmisc.dvi
deleted file mode 100644
index e97b8993c14..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcmisc.dvi
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.dvi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.dvi
deleted file mode 100644
index d1b549eec55..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.dvi
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcsty.dvi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcsty.dvi
deleted file mode 100644
index 8eef09b27eb..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcsty.dvi
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/version.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/version.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index bb3870108d0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/version.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-* pdcmac release 1.0, patch level 01 *
-Version ID list generated 1995-04-06
-
-maamac.dtx   = 1.5 1995/04/06 13:33:44 pdc Exp
-magrmac.dtx  = 1.3 1995/03/29 16:32:24 pdc Exp
-pdcadobe.dtx = 1.3 1995/03/30 16:07:31 pdc Exp
-pdccode.dtx  = 1.6 1995/03/30 16:08:32 pdc Exp
-pdcfmt2.dtx  = 2.4 1995/04/06 11:55:16 pdc Exp
-pdcfsel.dtx  = 3.5 1995/03/28 19:05:54 pdc Exp
-pdcl1maa.dtx = 1.3 1995/03/30 16:09:52 pdc Exp
-pdcmisc.dtx  = 1.4 1995/03/30 16:13:08 pdc Exp
-pdcoput5.dtx = 5.3 1995/04/06 11:51:03 pdc Exp
-pdcsty.dtx   = 1.2 1995/03/30 16:12:17 pdc Exp
-
-configure    = 1.0 Time-stamp: <pdc 1995-03-24>
-dtxtags      = 1.1 Time-stamp: <pdc 1995-04-06>
-fig2epsf     = 1.0 Time-stamp: <pdc 1995-03-24>
-pinstall     = 1.1  Time-stamp: <pdc 1995-03-24>
-pmkdir       = 1.0 Time-stamp: <pdc 1995-03-27>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/changes.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/changes.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index c1da39eb921..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/changes.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,239 +0,0 @@
-Thu Apr  6 12:32:28 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@booth35.ecs>
-
-	* pdcguide.tex: Added dtxtags to file lists and TAGS to Makefile
-	targets.  Shortened a couple of table entries by a word each so
-	that the GPL doesn't overflow onto the next page.
-
-	* maamac.dtx (\toksa): Added definition of toksa
-
-	* pdcfmt2.dtx (\alphabetletter): Added missing backslash.
-
-	* pdcoput5.dtx (section{Routines for balanced columns}): Removed
-	spurious space from \makepartialpage
-
-	* dtxtags: New shellscript, generates an etags-format tags file.
-	* makefile.in (mostlyclean): Added support for dtxtags.
-
-
-Thu Mar 30 17:16:01 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@booth10.ecs>
-
-	* Release 1.1
-
-	* makefile.in (dist): Made version.txt format prettier.
-
-	* Changed all header comments to say doc/plain/pdcmac for the sake
-	of TWG-TDS 0.61.
-
-Tue Mar 28 13:18:47 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@boothp1.ecs>
-
-	* pdccode.dtx: Recognizes the "locker" field of RCS id.
-	Puts line numbers in headline.
-
-	* pdcfsel.dtx: Tidied documentation.  Changed \fsel_... to \FSEL...
-
-Fri Mar 24 17:08:36 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@boothp1.ecs>
-
-
-	* pinstall: Created a shellscript `pinstall' to replace `install'
-	command on systems without GNU `install'.  Trying to keep track of
-	all the stupid variants of `install' is pointlessly difficult.
-	* configure: uses 'pinstall' script if not gnu 'install'.
-	* makefile.in (install): much simplified by assuming either GNU
-	"install" or my "pinstall".  Changed "mkdirhier" ro "pmkdir" at
-	the same time.  Added manpages for the three shellscripts included
-	with the package.
-	
-	* pdcmisc.dtx (section{PDCIMTH}): Added version ID \message.
-
-	* makefile.in: Added new target, version.txt, which is the version
-	IDs of all the DTX files.  Checked all the DTX files in to RCS (at
-	long last).
-
-Thu Mar 16 12:52:02 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@boothp1.ecs>
-
-	* pdccode.dtx: notepars now allow \rightskip to shrink.
-
-	* pdcfmt2.dtx: chased down some overfull hboxes
-
-	* pdcsty.dtx (section{Starting up}): Changed name of pdcmasub to
-	the more sensible pdccmsub.
-
-Tue Mar 14 12:58:09 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@booth8.ecs>
-
-	* pdcadobe.dtx: Corrected definition or rbrace.
-
-Thu Mar  9 16:42:07 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@boothp1.ecs>
-
-	* pdcmisc.dtx (pdccmsub.dtx): new name for pdcmasub.dtx.
-	\currency, \orda, \ordo, \florin, \brdecimal, \permille.
-
-Wed Mar  8 16:53:36 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@boothp1.ecs>
-
-	* pdcsty.dtx (\abstract): Stop from generating underfull
-        hbox.
-
-	* pdcadobe.dtx (\brdecimal): Removed spurious redefinition.
-
-	* pdcguide.tex: Added list of file suffixes.  Added
-	pdcadobe.{dtx,tex} and pdcl1maa.{dtx,tex} to lists of files.
-	Added PostScript title for when POstScript fonts available.
-
-Mon Mar  6 16:54:15 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@boothp1.ecs>
-
-	* pdcl1maa.dtx: New file
-
-	* pdcsty.dtx: Chased down some overful hboxes.
-
-Fri Mar  3 18:12:02 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@boothp1.ecs>
-
-        * pdcfmt2.dtx (verbatim): added \ttminus, so that PostScript fonts
-	used as typewriter fonts can change hyphens to minus signs.
-
-	* pdcsty.dtx: Added use of \asyfam, etc.  
-
-	* pdcadobe.dtx: Tested with pdcguide and tested ISO Latin-1
-	support, found several bugs.
-
-Thu Mar  2 18:08:48 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@boothp1.ecs>
-
-	* pdcsty.dtx: Added rudimentary  support for PostScript fonts.
-
-	* pdcadobe.dtx: New file!!
-
-Tue Feb 28 10:17:40 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@boothp1.ecs>
-
-	* pdcsty.dtx: Removed attempts to make a Concrete style; there
-	really doesn't seem to be much point.  Put more of the common code
-	in pdc{lft,doc}1.tex.
-
-	* pdcguide.tex: reorganized sections, expanded user guide and
-	installation sections.
-
-Mon Feb 27 14:43:43 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@boothp1.ecs>
-
-	* pdcguide.tex: Made it into a "doc" not a "lft"; expanded
-	installation section (unfinished)
-
-	* pdccode.dtx: Added summary to end of file, and some backgorund
-	info at the start.
-	(section{Layout}): CHanged width to 72 \tentt characters not 36
-	\tenrm ems.
-
-Fri Feb 24 18:55:30 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@boothp1.ecs>
-
-	* pdcguide.tex: Removed use of PostScript fonts -- now does a
-	title using the circlew10 font!
-
-Thu Feb 23 16:50:33 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@boothp1.ecs>
-
-	* install.txt: new file
-
-	* configure (INSTALL): sets INSTALL and INSTALL_DATA to "cp
-	-p" and puts package name at end of "$docdir". 
-
-	* magrman.tex (\twocolgr): adjusted to use new \rigidbalance syntax
-
-	* pdcoput5.dtx (section{Making a page vbox}): adjust colht by
-	
-	(section{Routines for balanced coumns}): \rigidpalane no longer
-	takes an argukent for the width of the completed columns; instead
-	one should enclose \rigidbalance in \hbox to ...{...}.  Eliminated
-	some variables (\RGDfirstcol etc.).
-
-	*depth* of topbox and partialpage as well as height.
-
-	* pdccode.dtx: New file, which generates tmp.tex (the Makefile
-	checks it isn't truncated before renaming it to pdccode.tex).
-	(section{Code sections}): added \~ for a tilde in expanded lines.
-
-	Changed text width and suppressed parindent at start of sections.
-	Copied verbatim text from pdcfmt2.dtx.  Added \filelocker; this is
-	empty if the file has been checked in.
-
-Wed Feb 22 15:46:06 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@boothp1.ecs>
-
-	* pdcoput5.dtx: Added section headings and brief comments on the
-	rest of the file.  Seached out overfull hboxes in the text so
-	far.
-	
-	(section{Routines for balanced coumns}): Added
-	\rigidbalancedpartialpage.
-
-Thu Feb 16 18:04:55 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@boothp1.ecs>
-
-	* pdcfmt2.dtx: Adjusted a little so that it now TeXs without hbox
-        warnings.
-
-	* pdccode.tex: Changed to allow ragged-right printing inside
-	footnotes.  Added \title and \author commands, and set \everycode
-	and \evercodeline so that some common code at the start of DTX
-	files is factored out.
-
-Wed Feb 15 15:45:30 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@boothp1.ecs>
-
-	* pdcsty.dtx (section{Starting up}): pdcoput->pdcoput5
-
-	* configure (cfgdate): Configuration shellscript, made by cutting
-	down the pdctt configure script.
-
-	* pdcoput5.dtx: Changed name to prevent conflict with old version
-	of pdcoput (since the calling interface is changing).
-
-Tue Feb 14 12:20:41 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@boothp1.ecs>
-
-	* pdcoput.dtx (section{How to make one column}): Change to just
-	use vertical mode material to do illustrations insteasd of
-	separate <dimen> and caption arguments.  Added \topillustration
-	and \botillustration commands.
-
-	* pdcsty.dtx (section{Layout}): foomarge->foomg to match pdcoput.dtx
-
-	* config.status.sh: placeholder for configuration script.
-
-Mon Feb 13 14:23:50 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@boothp1.ecs>
-
-	* pdcoput.dtx: New file, made from pdcoput.tex 4.1.7.
-
-Fri Feb 10 13:46:10 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@boothp1.ecs>
-
-	* pdcguide.tex: Added a copy of the GNU GPL to the end.
-
-	* copying.tex: new file -- a formatted copy of copying.txt, which
-	is the GNU General Public License.
-
-	* *.dtx: Updated header comments to include GPL.
-
-Thu Feb  9 10:38:59 1995  Damian Cugley  <pdc@boothp1.ecs>
-
-	* pdccode2.tex: a new version of pdccode that allows multiple
-	files to be generated.
-
-	* pdcsty.dtx:  replaces ma55doc.dtx, pdccm*.dtx.  Uses pdccode2 to
-	generate multiple files.  Sectioning commands go in pdcdoc1.tex
-	and pdclft1.tex.
-
-	* pdcguide.tex: new file
-
-Sat Dec  3 16:26:00 1994  P. Damian Cugley  (pdc@alleged)
-
-	* pdccode.tex:
-	Set the vertical margins so that files may be printed on American
-	paper without losing any of the print.
-
-	* pdcfsel.dtx: 
-	Added a title line on the first page.  Removed the dependency of
-	the code file on pdcutil.tex by adding definitions for \expcs and
-	\noexpcs.
-
-Fri Dec  2 00:55:38 1994  P. Damian Cugley  (pdc@alleged)
-
-	* pdccode.tex:
-	Changed \rcs...\end to \rcs...\endrcs for consistency with other
-	macros that go \foo...\endfoo.
-
-	* pdcfsel.dtx: Removed spurious definiton of \n.  Changed
-	\rcs...\end to \rcs...\endrcs.  Changed name of \ldfont to
-	\loadfont.  Removed \setmag.  Now produces pdcfsel.tex not xx.tex.
-
-	* pdccode.tex: checked in with -k by pdc at 1994/12/02 00:50:24
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/config.status b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/config.status
deleted file mode 100644
index 34a118a9ff7..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/config.status
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-# config.status -- configuration status file
-# creator: configure for pdcmac 1.0 Time-stamp: <pdc 1995-03-24> < >
-# created: 1996-04-29
-# command: configure 
-
-case "$1" in
-    -r*|--r*)
-	shift
-	echo $0: rerunning configure 1>&2
-	exec sh configure $* ;;
-esac
-
-echo This is config.status, generated by configure for pdcmac on 1996-04-29
-
-srcdir=.
-date=1996-04-29
-files="${*-makefile}"
-sedscript='
-	s,@package@,pdcmac,
-	s,@srcdir@,.,
-	s,@texmf@,//texmf,
-	s,@configure@,configure,
-	s,@INSTALL@,install,
-	s,@INSTALL_DATA@,$(INSTALL) --mode=644,
-	s,@texdir@,$(texmf)/tex/plain/$(package),
-	s,@docdir@,$(texmf)/doc/plain/$(package),
-'
-
-for file in $files; do
-	echo $0: writing $file... 1>&2
-	sed -e 's,Template for configure,Generated from '$file'.in on '$date' by '$0, \
-		-e "$sedscript" $srcdir/$file.in > $file || exit 1
-done
-
-exit 0
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/configure b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/configure
deleted file mode 100644
index 267494d6269..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/configure
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,302 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-#  Mini-configure script for PDCMAC for the benefit of UNIX users
-
-version="1.0 Time-stamp: <pdc 1995-03-24>"
-
-#  Takes arguments a bit like the GNU autoconf, but only uses them to
-#  try to guess the TeX root directory
-
-package=pdcmac
-date=`date +19%y-%m-%d`
-files=makefile
-unique=pdcmisc.dtx
-cmd="$0 $@"
-me=`basename $0`
-
-# The flag used with "test" to see if a directory is writable.
-# For debugging, I sometimes set writable to -d so that 
-#  the searches will pretend that I have write-access to system
-#  directories (so I can simulate running the script as root)
-writable=-w
-
-echo "This is configure for $package $version $cfgdate"
-
-tmp=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/cfg$$
-trap 'rm -f $tmp; exit 1' 1 2 15
-
-while test $# -gt 0; do
-	case $1 in
-	    -n*|--n*)
-		nocreate=t ;;
-	    -v*|--v*)
-		echo "configure for $package $version <$cfgauthor $cfgdate>" 1>&2
-		exit 0 ;;
-	    -h*|--h*)
-		cat 1>&2 <<@EOF
-USAGE:  configure [ option ]...
-
-Running this script creates config.status and optionally 
-$files.
-
-Options:
-    -h, -help, --help, -v, -version, --version
-	print a message and exit
-
-    -p DIR, -prefix DIR, --prefix=DIR
-	prefix for installed file names, for example /usr/local
-
-    -e DIR, -exec_prefix DIR, --exec_prefix=DIR
-	ignored
-
-    -t DIR, -texmf DIR, --texmf=DIR
-	prefix for all TeX-related installed file names, for
-	example /usr/texmf or /usr/local/lib/tex
-
-    -w tds, -with tds, --with-tds
-	Assume a TDS-like directory tree
-@EOF
-		exit 0 ;;
-	    --p*=*)
-		prefix=`expr $1 : '--p.*=\(.*\)'` ;;
-	    -p|-prefix|--p*)
-		prefix=$2; shift ;;
-	    -p*)
-		prefix=`expr $1 : '-p\(.*\)$'` ;;
-	    --s*=*)
-		srcdir=`expr $1 : '--s.*=\(.*\)'` ;;
-	    -s|-srcdir|--s*)
-		srcdir=$2; shift ;;
-	    -s*)
-		srcdir=`expr $1 : '-s\(.*\)$'` ;;
-	    --t*=*)
-		texmf=`expr $1 : '--t.*=\(.*\)'` ;;
-	    -t|-texmf|--t*)
-		texmf=$2; shift ;;
-	    -t*)
-		texmf=`expr $1 : '-t\(.*\)$'` ;;
-	    --f*=*)
-		fonts=`expr $1 : '--f.*=\(.*\)'` ;;
-	    -f|-fonts|--f*)
-		fonts=$2; shift ;;
-	    -f*)
-		fonts=`expr $1 : '-f\(.*\)$'` ;;
-	    --w*-*)
-		with=$with/`expr $1 : '--w.*-\(.*\)'`/ ;;
-	    -w|-with|--w*)
-		with=$with/$2/; shift ;;
-	    -w*)
-		with=$with/`expr $1 : '-w\(.*\)$'`/ ;;
-	    -e*|--e*=*)
-		;;
-	    -e|--e*)
-		shift ;;
-	    *)
-		echo $me: ignoring $1 1>&2
-		;;
-	esac
-	shift
-done
-
-#  Check for the "with" keywords we're interested in:
-case $with in */tds/*) tds=t ;; esac
-#  case $with in */bigendian/*) bigendian=t ;; esac
-	#  endianness doesn't matter because no fonts in this package
-
-
-#  Find out how to print a dot with no newline
-n=-n c=
-echo $n x$c > $tmp
-case "`cat $tmp`" in
-    -n*)
-	n= c='\\c' ;;
-esac
-dot="$n .$c"
-
-
-#  INSTALL -- oh, I can't be bothered trying to be clever.
-if install --version 2>&1 | grep GNU >/dev/null; then
-	INSTALL="install"
-else
-	INSTALL='$(srcdir)/pinstall'
-fi
-INSTALL_DATA='$(INSTALL) --mode=644'
-echo $me: install files with $INSTALL
-
-
-# find srcdir
-if test -z "$srcdir" ; then
-	echo $n "$me: searching for srcdir (package directory)..$c"
-	for d in . `dirname $0` ..; do
-		echo $dot
-		if test -f $d/$unique; then
-			echo srcdir=$d
-			srcdir=$d
-			break
-		fi
-	done
-fi
-
-if test -z "$srcdir"; then
-	echo ""
-	echo $me: fatal error: could not find sourcdir
-	exit 1
-fi
-
-#  User might use --prefix to give the TeX prefix:
-
-if test -z "$texmf"; then
-	case "$prefix" in
-	    */texmf|*/tex)
-		texmf=$prefix ;;
-	esac
-fi
-
-#  If $texmf is not set, then search for it
-#  We look in all sorts of prefixes like /usr/local (with or without extra
-#  lib), using all sorts of directiry names like "tex"
-#  
-
-if test -z "$texmf"; then
-	prefixes="$prefix 
-		`echo $TEXINPUTS:$TEXFONTS | tr : \\\\12 | 
-		sed -n -e 's,/[Tt]e[Xx].*,,p' -e 's,/font.*,,p' | uniq` 
-		/ /usr /usr/local /opts /p /packages /package
-		/pd /usr/pd /usr/local/pd /usr/contrib /usr/TeX
-		$HOME"
-	echo $n $me: searching for \$texmf..$c
-	for d in texmf tex TeX tex3.14 tex3 tex82; do
-		for p in $prefixes; do
-			echo $dot
-			if test -d $p/$d -a $writable $p/$d; then
-				echo texmf=$p/$d
-				texmf=$p/$d
-				break 2
-			fi
-			if test -d $p/lib/$d -a $writable $p/lib/$d; then
-				echo texmf=$p/lib/$d
-				texmf=$p/lib/$d
-				break 2
-			fi
-		done
-	done
-fi
-if test -z "$texmf"; then
-	echo ""
-	echo $me: fatal error: could not guess a texmf directory 1>&2
-	exit 1
-fi
-if test ! -d "$texmf" -o ! -w "$texmf"; then
-	echo $me: warning: $texmf needs to be a writable directory 1>&2
-fi
-
-
-#  If --with-tds not set, try to guess whether we have found
-#   a TDS directory or not:
-if test -n "$tds" || test -d $texmf/tex/plain; then
-	tds=t 
-	echo "$me: using TWG-TDS 0.61 directory structure"
-else
-	echo "$me: using old-style directory structure :-("
-fi
-
-
-#  Start making the config.status file
-
-f=config.status
-
-# Special care is taken with the -n option
-#  -- -n is not to be included by default when configure is run with 
-#     "config.status -r", so it must be removed from $cmd
-#  -- -n (or other options) may be included on the command line 
-#      of "config.status -r" and will be passed to configure
-cmd2=`echo $cmd | sed 's/ --*n[a-z-]*//g'`
-cat >$f <<@EOF
-# config.status -- configuration status file
-# creator: configure for $package $version <$cfgauthor $cfgdate>
-# created: $date
-# command: $cmd
-
-case "\$1" in
-    -r*|--r*)
-	shift
-	echo \$0: rerunning $cmd2 1>&2
-	exec sh $cmd2 \$* ;;
-esac
-
-echo This is config.status, generated by configure for $package on $date
-
-srcdir=$srcdir
-date=`date +19%y-%m-%d`
-files="\${*-$files}"
-sedscript='
-	s,@package@,$package,
-	s,@srcdir@,$srcdir,
-	s,@texmf@,$texmf,
-	s,@configure@,$0,
-	s,@INSTALL@,$INSTALL,
-	s,@INSTALL_DATA@,$INSTALL_DATA,
-@EOF
-
-if test -n "$tds"; then
-	echo >>$f "	s,@texdir@,\$(texmf)/tex/plain/\$(package),"
-	echo >>$f "	s,@docdir@,\$(texmf)/doc/plain/\$(package),"
-else
-	echo $n $me: searching for TeX macro dir..$c; found=
-	for d in inputs macros; do
-		echo $dot
-		if test -d $texmf/$d -a $writable $texmf/$d; then
-			echo $texmf/$d
-			echo >>$f "	s,@texdir@,$texmf/$d,"
-			found=t
-			break
-		fi
-	done
-	if test -z "$found"; then 
-		echo ""
-		echo $0: fatal error: TeX macro dir NOT FOUND 1>&2
-		exit 1
-	fi
-
-	# now same again for a documentation directory
-	echo $n $me: searching for documentation dir..$c; found=
-	for p in $texmf $fonts $prefixes; do
-		for d in doc doc/tex docs docs/tex ; do
-			echo $dot
-			if test -d $p/$d -a $writable $p/$d; then
-				echo $p/$d/$package
-				echo >>$f "	s,@docdir@,$p/$d/\$(package),"
-				found=t
-				break 2
-			fi
-		done
-	done
-	if test -z "$found"; then 
-		echo ""
-		echo $0: warning: documentation dir NOT FOUND 1>&2
-	fi
-fi		
-
-
-# Finish off the config.status file:
-
-cat >>$f <<'@EOF'
-'
-
-for file in $files; do
-	echo $0: writing $file... 1>&2
-	sed -e 's,Template for configure,Generated from '$file'.in on '$date' by '$0, \
-		-e "$sedscript" $srcdir/$file.in > $file || exit 1
-done
-
-exit 0
-@EOF
-
-echo $me: configuration status written on config.status
-
-if test -z "$nocreate"; then
-	sh config.status
-fi
-
-rm -f $tmp
-exit 0
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/contents.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/contents.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 165cc4ab2fc..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/contents.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-total 498
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86         1006 Mar 20 14:23 00readme.txt
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86         7984 Apr  6 16:10 changes.txt
--rwxr-xr-x   1 pdc      mc86         6910 Mar 24 18:56 configure
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86            0 Apr  6 16:10 contents.txt
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86        19466 Mar  8 18:16 copying.tex
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86        19038 Feb 10 11:02 copying.txt
--rwxr-xr-x   1 pdc      mc86         1282 Apr  6 14:38 dtxtags
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86         4267 Apr  6 12:19 dtxtags.1
--rwxr-xr-x   1 pdc      mc86          787 Mar 24 18:34 fig2epsf
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86         1101 Mar 27 16:56 fig2epsf.1
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86         3196 Feb 23 18:51 install.txt
--r--r--r--   1 pdc      mc86        21818 Apr  6 14:34 maamac.dtx
--r--r--r--   1 pdc      mc86         7785 Mar 29 17:32 magrmac.dtx
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86        21216 Feb 23 17:39 magrman.tex
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86         4854 Apr  6 12:43 makefile.in
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86          387 Apr  6 14:38 news.txt
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86        10187 Apr  6 12:42 oput01.eps
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86         8784 Feb 13 17:07 oput01.fig
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86        12285 Apr  6 12:42 oput02.eps
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86         8032 Feb 13 15:34 oput02.fig
--r--r--r--   1 pdc      mc86        20544 Mar 30 17:07 pdcadobe.dtx
--r--r--r--   1 pdc      mc86        29428 Mar 30 17:08 pdccode.dtx
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86         8194 Apr  6 12:44 pdccode.tex
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86         7961 Mar  3 15:41 pdccode2.tex
--r--r--r--   1 pdc      mc86        38300 Apr  6 12:55 pdcfmt2.dtx
--r--r--r--   1 pdc      mc86        23174 Mar 28 20:06 pdcfsel.dtx
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86        61708 Apr  6 16:04 pdcguide.dvi
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86        31674 Apr  6 16:04 pdcguide.tex
--r--r--r--   1 pdc      mc86         8670 Mar 30 17:10 pdcl1maa.dtx
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86           27 Apr  6 12:20 pdcmacvn.tex
--r--r--r--   1 pdc      mc86        18597 Mar 30 17:13 pdcmisc.dtx
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86         5207 Mar 29 15:54 pdcmondo.tex
--r--r--r--   1 pdc      mc86        32746 Apr  6 12:51 pdcoput5.dtx
--r--r--r--   1 pdc      mc86        37441 Mar 30 17:12 pdcsty.dtx
--rwxr-xr-x   1 pdc      mc86         1695 Mar 24 19:10 pinstall
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86         1744 Mar 27 15:47 pinstall.1
--rwxr-xr-x   1 pdc      mc86         1876 Mar 27 14:22 pmkdir
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86         1538 Mar 27 16:49 pmkdir.1
--rw-r--r--   1 pdc      mc86          789 Apr  6 14:38 version.txt
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/copying.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/copying.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 184f8803bdd..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/copying.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,373 +0,0 @@
-\section{GNU General Public License\ifnum\pageno>0 \note{This licence is reproduced
-	verbatim, therefore the American spelling is used.}\fi}
-	Version 2, June 1991
-
-\noindent
-     Copyright \copyright~1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
-	675~Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
-
-     Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of
-     this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-
-\noindent{\bf Preamble}\quad
-  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom
-to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public License is
-intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to
-make sure the software is free for all its users.  This General Public
-License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and
-to any other program whose authors commit to using it.  (Some other Free
-Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General
-Public License instead.)  You can apply it to your programs, too.
-
-  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if
-you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
-free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
-
-  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
-distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
-
-  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
-you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
-source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
-rights.
-
-  We protect your rights with two steps: (1)~copyright the software, and
-(2)~offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
-distribute and/or modify the software.
-
-  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
-that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
-authors' reputations.
-
-  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
-program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
-program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
-patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
-
-  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
-\bigskip
-\noindent{\bf TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND
-		MODIFICATION\advance\rightskip0pt plus 1em \par}
-\medskip
-
-  1. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a
-     notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
-     under the terms of this General Public License.  The `Program',
-     below, refers to any such program or work, and a `work based on the
-     Program' means either the Program or any derivative work under
-     copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a
-     portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or
-     translated into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is
-     included without limitation in the term `modification'.)  Each
-     licensee is addressed as `you'.
-
-     Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are
-     not covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act
-     of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the
-     Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on
-     the Program (independent of having been made by running the
-     Program).  Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
-
-  2. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source
-     code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
-     conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
-     copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
-     notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
-     warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of
-     this License along with the Program.
-
-     You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
-     and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange
-     for a fee.
-
-  3. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of
-     it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-     distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-     above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
-\numbered
-	\\You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
-          stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
-        \\You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that
-          in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or
-          any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to
-          all third parties under the terms of this License.
-
-        \\If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
-          when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
-          interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display
-          an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and
-          a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you
-          provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the
-          program under these conditions, and telling the user how to
-          view a copy of this License.  (Exception: if the Program
-          itself is interactive but does not normally print such an
-          announcement, your work based on the Program is not required
-          to print an announcement.)
-\endnumbered 
-
-     These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
-     identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the
-     Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate
-     works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply
-     to those sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But
-     when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a
-     work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on
-     the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees
-     extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part
-     regardless of who wrote it.
-
-     Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or
-     contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the
-     intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of
-     derivative or collective works based on the Program.
-
-     In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the
-     Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a
-     volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other
-     work under the scope of this License.
-
-  4. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-     under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms
-     of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the
-     following:
-
-\numbered
-       \\ Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
-          source code, which must be distributed under the terms of
-          Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for
-          software interchange; or,
-
-       \\ Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
-          years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
-          cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
-          machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
-          distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
-          medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
-       \\ Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
-          to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
-          allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
-          received the program in object code or executable form with
-          such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
-\endnumbered
-
-     The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-     making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete
-     source code means all the source code for all modules it contains,
-     plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts
-     used to control compilation and installation of the executable.
-     However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need
-     not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source
-     or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so
-     on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless
-     that component itself accompanies the executable.
-
-     If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-     access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-     access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-     distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
-     compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
-  5. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-     except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
-     otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-     void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this
-     License.  However, parties who have received copies, or rights,
-     from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated
-     so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
-
-  6. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-     signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify
-     or distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions
-     are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.
-     Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work
-     based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License
-     to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying,
-     distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it.
-
-  7. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-     Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-     original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject
-     to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
-     restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted
-     herein.  You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third
-     parties to this License.
-
-  8. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-     infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent
-     issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order,
-     agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this
-     License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this
-     License.  If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously
-     your obligations under this License and any other pertinent
-     obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the
-     Program at all.  For example, if a patent license would not permit
-     royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive
-     copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you
-     could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely
-     from distribution of the Program.
-
-     If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable
-     under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is
-     intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply
-     in other circumstances.
-
-     It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-     patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of
-     any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting
-     the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-     implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
-     generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-     through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-     system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is
-     willing to distribute software through any other system and a
-     licensee cannot impose that choice.
-
-     This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed
-     to be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
-  9. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-     certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces,
-     the original copyright holder who places the Program under this
-     License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation
-     excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only
-     in or among countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this
-     License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of
-     this License.
-
- 10. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
-     versions of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new
-     versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
-     differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
-
-     Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
-     Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to
-     it and `any later version', you have the option of following the
-     terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version
-     published by the Free Software Foundation.  If the Program does not
-     specify a version number of this License, you may choose any
-     version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
-
- 11. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-     programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the
-     author to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by
-     the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software
-     Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our decision
-     will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of
-     all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
-     and reuse of software generally.
-
-\medbreak\centerline{\bf NO WARRANTY}\nobreak\smallskip\nobreak
-\begingroup\tolerance=3000 \advance\rightskip 0pt plus 1em
-
- 12. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
-     WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE
-     LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
-     AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY
-     OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
-     LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
-     FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND
-     PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE
-     DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR
-     OR CORRECTION.
-
- 13. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
-     WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY
-     MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE
-     LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL,
-     INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR
-     INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
-     DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU
-     OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY
-     OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN
-     ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
-
-\endgroup
-\bigskip \centerline{\bf END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS}\medbreak
-
-\noindent{\bf How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs}\quad
-  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these
-terms.
-
-  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
-`copyright' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
-\quotation
-     {\it one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does}
-
-     Copyright (C) 19{\it yy}  {\it name of author}
-\smallskip
-     This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-     it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-     the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-     (at your option) any later version.
-\smallskip
-     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-     GNU General Public License for more details.
-\smallskip
-     You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-     along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-     Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-\endquotation
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
-when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
-\quotation
-     Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19YY NAME OF AUTHOR
-     Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
-     This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
-     under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-\endquotation
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the
-appropriate parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the
-commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show
-c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items---whatever suits your
-program.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a `copyright disclaimer' for the program, if
-necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
-\quotation
-     Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
-     `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
-
-     SIGNATURE OF TY COON, 1 April 1989
-     Ty Coon, President of Vice
-\endquotation
-
-This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
-into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
-may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications
-with the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library
-General Public License instead of this License.
-
-
-%Local Variables:
-%tex-mother-file: "pdcguide.tex"
-%End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/dtxtags b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/dtxtags
deleted file mode 100644
index a54f61760ab..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/dtxtags
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-
-# dtxtags -- getenerate a TAGS file for the DTX files
-version="1.1 Time-stamp: <pdc 1995-04-06>"
-
-# The grep line produces LINE:BYTE:PATTERN
-#  the sed converts this to LINE:BYTE:PATTERN:TAG
-
-tmp=${TMP-/tmp}/mktags$$
-trap 'rm -f $tmp*' 0
-
-me=`basename $0`
-outfile=TAGS
-
-touch $tmp
-while test $# -gt 0; do
-	case $1 in
-	    --o*=*)
-		outfile=`expr $1 : '.*=\(.*\)$'` ;;
-	    -o|--o*)
-		outfile=$2; shift ;;
-	    -o*)
-		outfile=`expr $1 : '-.\(.*\)$'` ;;
-	    -h|--h*)
-		cat <<@EOF
-$me: construct an etags-style tags file from DTX files.
-
-USAGE:
-    $me [ --output=OUTFILE ] [ INFILE... ]
-    $me --help | --version
-@EOF
-		exit 0 ;;
-	    -V|--v*)
-		echo This is $me $version
-		exit 0 ;;
-	    -*)
-		echo >&2 $me: $1: not understood, try $me --help
-		exit 2 ;;
-	    *)
-		i=$1
-		echo >&2 $1:
-		egrep -nb '^[	 ]\|[ 	]*\\([a-z]*def|new)' <$1 | 
-		sed '
-			s/\([ 	]*|\\[a-z]*\\[A-Za-z]*\).*$/\1/
-			t finish
-			s/\([ 	]*|\\[a-z]*\\.\).*$/\1/
-			t finish
-			s/\([ 	]*|\\[a-z]*[^a-z]\).*$/\1/
-			: finish
-			s/\([0-9]*\):\([0-9]*\):\(.*\)/\3\1,\2/
-		' > $tmp.a
-		wc $tmp.a
-		echo '' >> $tmp
-		echo $1,`wc -c <$tmp.a` >>$tmp
-		cat $tmp.a >> $tmp 
-		;;
-	esac
-	shift
-
-done
-
-mv 2>/dev/null $outfile $outfile.bak && 
-echo >&2 backup written to $outfile.bak
-
-mv $tmp $outfile 
-
-exit 0
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/dtxtags.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/dtxtags.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d37d72bac7..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/dtxtags.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
-.TH DTXTAGS 1 "Time-stamp: <pdc 1995-04-06>" "PDCMAC 1.0" "CONTRIBUTED SOFTWARE"
-.SH NAME
-dtxtags \- generate an Emacs tags (etags) file from DTX files
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.na
-.B dtxtags
-[
-.BI \-\-output= outfile
-] [
-.I infile
-]\|.\|.\|.
-.br
-.B dtxtags
-.B \-\-help
-|
-.B \-\-version
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.na
-This is a shellscript that looks for definitions in
-.B dtx 
-files
-(Documented TeX Macros, as used in the 
-.SM PDCMAC
-package), and generates a tags file in
-.IR etags (1)
-format.  The tags file will be called
-.SM
-.B TAGS 
-by default.
-Any old tags file will be written to
-.BR TAGS.bak .
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.BI \-\-output= outfile, " \-o " outfile
-Write tags to
-.I outfile
-instead of the default.
-Any existing file with that name will be renamed
-.IB outfile .bak
-first.
-.TP
-.BR \-\-help ", " \-h
-Print a summary of options and exit.
-.TP
-.BR \-\-version ", " \-V
-Print version identification and exit.
-.SH "INPUT SYNTAX"
-This section describes the constructs in the
-.B dtx
-that will be recognized as tags.  You should already be acquainted with
-TeX terminology like `control sequence'.
-.PP
-A
-.I keyword
-is (1)\ a TeX control sequence
-.I containing
-.RB ` def ',
-such as
-.B \edef
-or
-.B \edefverbatim
-or
-.BR \emathchardef ,
-or (2)\ a control sequence
-.I starting
-with
-.RB ` \enew ',
-like
-.B \enewif
-and
-.BR \enewcount .
-Keywords define the
-.I tag
-(a control sequence or single character) immediately following.
-.PP
-Keywords are recognized only if immediately following a
-.RB ` | '
-at the start of a line, the code used to introduce macro code in
-.B dtx
-files.
-.PP
-There may be whitespace between the start of the line and the
-vertical bar, and between the vertical bar and the keyword (this means a
-few definitions appearing within definitions are spuriously tagged, but
-this should be harmless).
-.SH "OUTPUT FORMAT"
-This section sumarizes the syntax of the tag file that is generated,
-because the documentation for
-.IR etags (1)
-omits it. Since this syntax description was made by reverse-engineering
-.I etags
-output, it should not be taken as definitive!
-.PP
-A tags file is composed of
-.I sections 
-catenated together,
-each section made of a
-.I header
-followed by the
-.IR body .
-All numbers are expressed in ASCII in decimal notation.
-.PP
-The header consists of a form feed, a newline, the name of the file the
-tags are found in, a comma, and the size in bytes of the body and a
-newline.
-.PP
-The body consists of
-.I entries
-which may be in
-old format or new format.
-Old format entries are of the form
-.IP "" 4n
-.I fragment
-.B \e177
-.IB line ,
-.I byte
-.SM NL
-.PP
-where
-.I fragment
-is a fragment from the file containing the tag (where the start of the
-fragment is at the beginning of a line in the file),
-.B \e177
-is a 
-.SM DEL
-character (character 127),
-.I line
-is the number of the line in which the fragment appears,
-.I byte
-is the position of the start of the fragment in bytes from the
-start of the file,
-and 
-.SM NL
-is a newline (character 10).
-.PP
-New format entries are of the form
-.IP "" 4n
-.I fragment
-.B \e177
-.IB line ,
-.IB byte ,
-.B \e001
-.I tag
-[
-.B \e001
-.I tag
-]\|.\|.\|.
-.SM NL
-.PP
-(two commas) where
-.B \e001
-is a
-.SM SOH
-character (character 1), and
-.I tag
-is the exact tag (necessary for C++, where the entire tag is not
-necessarily found on the definition line).  The brackets and ellipsis
-indicate that there may be one or more tags in the entry.
-.PP
-Real tags files may also have references to other tag files, but I don't
-use this feature.
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-.TP
-.SM TMP
-Name of directory for temporary files.
-Default is
-.BR /tmp .
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.SB TAGS
-Default output file name.
-.TP
-.B /tmp/mktags\(**
-Temporary files.
-.SH AUTHOR
-P. Damian Cugley
-.RI ( damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk ).
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-etags(1), emacs(1)
-.PP
-The file
-.B etc/etags.notes
-in the Emacs distribution.
-.PP
-Richard Stallman,
-.I Emacs Reference Manual
-(or the corresponding Info file).
-.PP
-P. Damian Cugley,
-.I PDCMAC User Guide
-(file
-.B pdcguide.tex
-in the
-.SM PDCMAC
-distribution),
-for information about
-.B dtx
-files.
-.SH BUGS
-This is just a shellscript emulating a subset of
-.IR etags 's
-functionality.
-.PP
-Despite the name, this program does not work with the
-.B dtx
-files used in LaTeX 2e distributions, which have a completely different
-format (and their own indexing scheme).
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/fig2epsf b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/fig2epsf
deleted file mode 100644
index 210dd47edb8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/fig2epsf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-
-#  Convert Fig files to conformant EPSF-3.0 files
-#  Fig's PostScript translation creates EPSF files that cause
-#  many laser printers to abort in mid-document.
-#  This script attempts to remedy this.
-
-version="1.0 Time-stamp: <pdc 1995-03-24>"
-
-#  Usage  fig2epsf [ -m MAG ] [ -f FONT ] [ -s FSIZE ] [
-
-case $1 in
-    -V|--version)
-	echo 'This is fig2epsf $version, using fig2dev from'
-	fig2dev -V
-	exit 0
-esac
-
-fig2dev -Lps $* | sed '
-	s/^%!$/%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0/
-	s/^%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-2.0/%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0/
-	s/%%Pages: 0/%%Pages: 1/
-	/\/\$F2psDict/d
-	/\$F2psDict begin/d
-	/	end/d
-	/\/\$F2psBegin/d
-	/\/\$F2psEnd/d
-	/\$F2psBegin/d
-	/\/col-1/d
-	s/col-1//g
-	s,\$F2psDict /mtrx matrix put,/mtrx matrix def,
-	s/\$F2psEnd/showpage/
-	/%%EndProlog/a\
-\
-%%Page: 1 1
-'
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/fig2epsf.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/fig2epsf.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 10985153141..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/fig2epsf.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-.TH FIG2EPSF 1 "Time-stamp: <pdc 1995-03-27>" "PDCMAC 1.0" "CONTRIBUTED SOFTWARE"
-.SH NAME
-fig2epsf \- convert Fig picture files into Encapsulate PostScript format
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.na
-.B fig2epsf
-[
-.I fig2dev options
-]
-.I figfile
-.B >
-.I epsffile
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.na
-This is a shellscript that uses the 
-.IR fig2dev (1)
-program to convert files in Fig's format
-(see
-.IR fig (1)
-or
-.IR xfig (1))
-into Encapsulated PostScript Format compliant with version 3.0 of the
-.SM EPSF
-guidelines.  The 
-.SM EPSF 
-file is printed on the standard output stream.
-.PP
-This shellscript cleans up some of the redundant PostScript code that
-.I fig2dev 
-2.1.4.1 produces, so that the resulting files may be printed on a
-tiny-brained LaserWriter, and corrects the header comments so that it
-may be previewed with
-.IR ghostview (1).
-.SH AUTHOR
-P. Damian Cugley
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-fig2dev(1)
-.PP
-.I
-PostScript Language Reference Manual
-Second Edition
-(Addison\-Wesley, 1990),
-Appendix E.
-.SH BUGS
-It is possible that later versions of TransFig will produce less buggy
-PostScript files, and that these will break this shellscript.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/ma55doc.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/ma55doc.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index c22a178174f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/ma55doc.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-% ma55doc.tex 1.2 1995/03/30 -- macros for short documents
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "ma55doc.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.2",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, style file",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Top-level macro file for documents set in
-%%%                   Malvern 55, 56 and 75 fonts.
-%%%                   This macro file was generated by running plain
-%%%                   TeX on pdcsty.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcsty.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "maamac.tex, pdcfmt2.tex, pdcfsel.tex,
-%%%                   pdchyex.tex, pdcimth.tex, pdcmigr.tex,
-%%%                   pdcoput5.tex, pdcdoc.def",
-%%%}
-
-\message{1.2 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\input pdcimth
-\input pdcmigr
-\input pdcfmt2
-\input pdchyex
-\input pdcoput5
-\input pdcfsel
-\input maamac
-\def\footnotetextmark#1{{\rmsy#1}}
-\def\footnotenotemark#1{{\rmsy#1}}
-\autoloadfonts
-\def\STYheadingT{%
-    \m{rm}{ma75a}\@\m{mi}{cmmi10}\@\m{sy}{cmsy10}%
-    \f{it}{ma76a}\@\f{tt}{cmtt10}\@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-}
-\fontset{subheading}\STYheadingT{12}{14pt}{subheading}{subheading}
-\fontset{heading}\STYheadingT{18}{20pt}{subheading}{subheading}
-\newfam\rmsyfam
-\def\STYbodyT{%
-    \m{rm}{ma55a}\f{rmsy}{ma55b}\m{it}{ma56a}%
-    \m{bf}{ma75a}\f{bi}{ma76a}%
-    \m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}%
-    \@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-    \f{tt}{cmtt}\f{tb}{cmsltt}%
-}
-\font\bodymi=cmmi10 scaled \magstep2
-\font\bodysy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-\font\notemi=cmmi10 scaled \magstep1
-\font\notesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
-\font\smallmi=cmmi10 scaled \magstephalf
-\font\smallsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstephalf
-\fontset{tiny}\STYbodyT{7}{9pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{small}\STYbodyT{9}{11pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{note}\STYbodyT{10}{12pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{body}\STYbodyT{12}{14pt}{small}{tiny}
-\def\everyloadfont#1#2{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt}
-\rightskip=0pt plus 2em \tolerance=1000
-\bodyfonts
-{\tt \hyphenchar\font=-1 }
-\def\PS{\csc{PostScript}}
-\def\La{L\negthinspace\flushtop{\char"C1 }}
-\input pdcdoc.def
-\inputifexists{ma55doc.cfg}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/ma55lft.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/ma55lft.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b72a6e99a4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/ma55lft.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-% ma55lft.tex 1.2 1995/03/30 -- macros for short documents
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "ma55lft.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.2",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, style file",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Top-level macro file for documents set in
-%%%                   Malvern 55, 56 and 75 fonts.
-%%%                   This macro file was generated by running plain
-%%%                   TeX on pdcsty.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcsty.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "maamac.tex, pdcfmt2.tex, pdcfsel.tex,
-%%%                   pdchyex.tex, pdcimth.tex, pdcmigr.tex,
-%%%                   pdcoput5.tex, pdclft.def",
-%%%}
-
-\message{1.2 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\input pdcimth
-\input pdcmigr
-\input pdcfmt2
-\input pdchyex
-\input pdcoput5
-\input pdcfsel
-\input maamac
-\def\footnotetextmark#1{{\rmsy#1}}
-\def\footnotenotemark#1{{\rmsy#1}}
-\autoloadfonts
-\def\STYheadingT{%
-    \m{rm}{ma75a}\@\m{mi}{cmmi10}\@\m{sy}{cmsy10}%
-    \f{it}{ma76a}\@\f{tt}{cmtt10}\@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-}
-\fontset{subheading}\STYheadingT{12}{14pt}{subheading}{subheading}
-\fontset{heading}\STYheadingT{18}{20pt}{subheading}{subheading}
-\newfam\rmsyfam
-\def\STYbodyT{%
-    \m{rm}{ma55a}\f{rmsy}{ma55b}\m{it}{ma56a}%
-    \m{bf}{ma75a}\f{bi}{ma76a}%
-    \m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}%
-    \@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-    \f{tt}{cmtt}\f{tb}{cmsltt}%
-}
-\font\bodymi=cmmi10 scaled \magstep2
-\font\bodysy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-\font\notemi=cmmi10 scaled \magstep1
-\font\notesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
-\font\smallmi=cmmi10 scaled \magstephalf
-\font\smallsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstephalf
-\fontset{tiny}\STYbodyT{7}{9pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{small}\STYbodyT{9}{11pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{note}\STYbodyT{10}{12pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{body}\STYbodyT{12}{14pt}{small}{tiny}
-\def\everyloadfont#1#2{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt}
-\rightskip=0pt plus 2em \tolerance=1000
-\bodyfonts
-{\tt \hyphenchar\font=-1 }
-\def\PS{\csc{PostScript}}
-\def\La{L\negthinspace\flushtop{\char"C1 }}
-\input pdclft.def
-\inputifexists{ma55lft.cfg}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/maamac.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/maamac.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index a4398caa417..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/maamac.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,627 +0,0 @@
-% maamac.dtx -- documentation & source for maamac.tex -*-tex-*-
-        
-%%%@TeX-document-file {
-%%% title 	= "MAAMAC -- Malvern A Macros",
-%%% filename 	= "$texmf/doc/plain/pdcmac/maamac.dtx",
-%%% version 	= "$Revision: 1.5 $",
-%%% package 	= "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% date 	= "$Date: 1995/04/06 13:33:44 $",
-%%% author	= "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email	= "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address	= "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,"
-%%%                Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% abstract	= "This document describes and is the source code for 
-%%%                the TeX definitions file maamac.tex.
-%%%                Running plain TeX on this file produces both the
-%%%                definitions file and the printed documentation.",
-%%% copyright	= "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying	= "This program is free software; you can redistribute
-%%%		   it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
-%%%		   General Public License as published by the Free
-%%%		   Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
-%%%		   or (at your option) any later version.",
-%%% notice	= "This program is distributed in the hope that it will
-%%%		   be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the
-%%%		   implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-%%%		   PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
-%%%		   License for more details.",
-%%% notice	= "You should have received a copy of the GNU General
-%%%		   Public License along with this program; if not, write
-%%%		   to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
-%%%		   Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.",
-%%% codetable	= "USASCII",
-%%% dependencies = "pdccode.tex"
-%%%}
-
-%{{{ maamac
-%{{{  preamble
-
-\relax
-\input pdccode
-
-\document
-\rcs$Id: maamac.dtx,v 1.5 1995/04/06 13:33:44 pdc Exp $\endrcs
-
-\newcount\chcda \newcount\chcdc \newcount\chcdn
-\def\changecodes#1#2#3#4{%
-    \chcda#2\relax \chcdc#3\relax \chcdn#4\relax
-    \loop \ifnum\chcdn>0
-	#1\chcda\chcdc
-	\advance\chcda1 \advance\chcdc1 \advance\chcdn-1
-    \repeat
-}
-\changecodes\mathcode{`a}{"7461}{26}
-
-\codefile{maamac.tex}
-%}}}  preamble
-%{{{  introduction
-	
-\author{P. Damian Cugley}
-\title{MAAMAC---Malvern A Macros}
-\advance\seccount-1
-\section{Introduction}
-	
-	This document describes |maamac.tex|, a collection of formatting
-	macros for plain \TeX\ documents using fonts with the Malvern~A
-	encoding.  For example, it defines commands for making composite
-	letters and special symbols.
-
-\subsec{About this document}
-
-	The definitions file and this printed documentation are both in
-	|maamac.dtx|, a `documented \TeX\ macros' file\footnote*{The
-	\LaTeX~2e distribution uses files with the `|dtx|' suffix for
-	similar purposes.}  which, when processed by plain \TeX,
-	generates a fresh copy of |maamac.tex| in the current directory
-	in addition to the |dvi| file.  This ensures that the printed
-	documentation and the code it describes are identical.  The
-	|dtx| file uses the macros in |pdccode.tex|.
-
-\subsec{What is in MAAMAC?}
-
-	The definitions in |maamac.tex| fall into three sections:
-\smallskip
-\item{\S1} Building {\it composite letters} like `\'e' from {\it
-	marks} like `\'{}' and {\it base letters} like `e'.  This gives
-	new definitions for commands like |\'| and |\"|.
-\item{\S2} Symbols and  special letters: replacements for existing
-	commands like |\P| (\P) and |\ae| (\ae), and new commands like
-	|\registered| and |\pounds|.
-\item{\S3} Switching between alphabets.  The Malvern~A encoding includes
-	separate small capital and medium capital alphabets in addition
-	to the usual capitals and lower case.  This section defines
-	commands for transliterating a list of tokens from one alphabet
-	to another.
-
-\smallskip\noindent
-	The first two sections make changes to commands described in
-	{\it\TeX book} Chapter~9 (and a few maths symbols from
-	Chapter~16) and defined in Appendix~B.
-	
-%}}}  introduction
-%{{{  File identification
-\subsec{File identification}
-	
-	Nowadays, macro files start with some comments identifying the
-	file.
-
-\code
-	\|\% maamac.tex \fileversion~\filedate~-- Malvern A Macros
-	|
-	|%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-	|%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/maamac.tex",
-	\|\%\%\% version~~~~~~~~= "\fileversion",
-	\|\%\%\% date~~~~~~~~~~~= "\filedate",
-	|%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-	|%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-	|%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-	|%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-	|%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-	|%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-	|%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-	|%%% abstract       = "Macros for using the Malvern-A font coding
-	|%%%                   scheme in plain TeX documents.
-	|%%%                   This file was generated by running
-	\|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~plain TeX on \jobname.dtx",
-	|%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-	\|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Distribute \jobname.dtx only as part of the
-	|%%%                   package it came in.",
-	|%%% dependencies   = "",
-	|%%% }
-	|
-	\|\\message\{\fileversion~<pdc \filedate>\}
-	|
-\endcode
-
-%}}}
-%{{{  building composite letters
-\section{Building composite letters}
-
-	THis section redefines commands listed at the start of Chapter~9
-	of the {\it\TeX book}: |\'|, |\"|, etc.  The main difference is
-	that these now use `medium capitals' and differently-drawn marks
-	to make composite capital letters.
-
-	I~also define \<chardef tokens> called |\acuteglyph|,
-	|\twodotsglyph| which may be used to print these marks in a
-	document: `the acute mark ``\'{}''\dots' might be typeset with
-	`|the acute mark ``\acuteglyph''|\dots'.  Also, if you don't
-	like the way my macros look, you can say `|\accent\acuteglyph
-	E|' rather than having to look up its glyph number.
-
-%{{{   utility macros
-
-\subsec{Utility macros}
-
-	First some nicknames for scratch registers.
-\code
-	|\dimendef\dimena0  \dimendef\dimenb2
-	|\toksdef\toksa0
-	|\countdef\counta255
-	|\ifx\countb\UNDEFINED \csname newcount\endcsname\countb \fi
-	|\ifx\countc\UNDEFINED \csname newcount\endcsname\countc \fi
-\endcode
-
-	A macro to find the code in \TeX's internal encoding for a
-	character.  The character might be represented by (1)~a
-	character with category code~11 or~12, (2)~a token defined with
-	|\chardef|, or (3)~the token |\char| followed by a \<number>.
-\code
-	|\def\code#1{%
-	|    \ifcat#1a%
-	|        `#1
-	|    \else\ifcat#1+%
-	|        `#1
-	|    \else\ifx\char#1
-\endcode
-\hbox{\hskip6\fontdimen6\tentt 
-	\% If the first token is |\char| the rest is the
-	\<number> we want.}
-\code
-	|    \else
-	|        #1%
-	|    \fi\fi\fi
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	So as to make conditional macros that can be skipped over if
-	they appear nested inside another conditional, we make include
-	the token |\then| amongst the arguments, making this the `if-'
-	token to match the |\else| and |\fi| following it.  This way we
-	write, for example 
-$$\hbox{|\ifcap|\<character> |\then| \<true text>
-	|\else| \<false text> |\fi|}$$
-\code
-	|\let\then=\iffalse
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\ifcap#1\then{\expandafter\ifcapnum\code{#1}\then}
-	|\def\ifcapnum#1\then{\ifnum\lccode#1=#1}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\iflower#1\then{\expandafter\iflowernum\code{#1}\then}
-	|\def\iflowernum#1\then{\ifnum\uccode#1=#1}
-\endcode
-
-	A macro to extract the slant-per-point parameter of a font in
-	toe form of a \TeX\ \<factor>.
-\code
-	|\def\fontslant#1{\expandafter\stripPT\the\fontdimen1#1}
-\smallbreak
-	|\begingroup \uccode`2=`p \uccode`3=`t \uppercase{\toksa{\endgroup
-	|    \def\\#123{#1}
-	|}} \the\toksa
-	|\let\stripPT=\\
-\endcode
-%}}}   utility macros
-%{{{   macros for placing marks
-	
-\subsec{Macros for placing marks}
-
-	This simple macro places the text |#3| at displaced
-	$(\hbox{|#1|},\hbox{|#2|})$ from current position:
-\code
-	|\def\putxy#1#2#3{\leavevmode\rlap{\hskip#1\raise#2\hbox{#3}}}
-\endcode
-
-	Now we have a generic mark-placement macro.  It is similar to
-	the |\accent| primitive, but takes two extra parameters:
-$$ 
- 	\hbox{|\putmarkxy|\arg{$xf$}\arg{$dy$}\arg{$mark$}\arg{$base$}}
-$$ 
- 	The horizontal position $xf$ of the optical centre of the base
-	letter (ignoring slant) is expressed as a \<factor> (i.e.,
-	decimal fraction of the width of the base glyph).  The vertical
-	displacement $dy$ is expressed as a fragment of \TeX\ code that
-	will calculate $dy$.  The code is expanded after setting box~0
-	to contain the base glyph, and must put the result in |\dimena|.
-	For example, we could define
-$$
- 	\hbox{|\def\fakeaccent{\putmarkxy{0.5}{\dimena\ht0
-	\advance\dimena-1ex }}|}
-$$
- 	This produces an approximation to the primitive |\accent|
-	command.
-
-	Given the $x$-factor $xf$, a base glyph with width $wd$, a font
-	with slant $s$, the horizontal displacement $dx$ is given by
-$$
- 	dx = xf \times wd + s \times dy\quad.
-$$
- 	In this macro it is stored in |\dimenb|.
-\code
-	|\def\putmarkxy#1#2#3#4{{%
-	|    \setbox0=\hbox{#4}#2\relax
-	|    \dimenb#1\wd0 \advance\dimenb\fontslant\font\dimena
-	|    \leavevmode
-	|    \putxy{\dimenb}{\dimena}{\hbox to 0pt{\hss\char#3\hss}}%
-	|    \box0
-	|}}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\putmarky{\putmarkxy{0.5}}
-\endcode
-%}}}   macros for placing marks
-%{{{   type I marks
-	
-\subsec{Type~I Marks}
-	
-	A Type~I mark is one which does not have any scope for being
-	`squashed' to go over capital letters---for example, the
-	two-dots mark `\"{}' and macron `\={}'.  
-	
-	Here's a macro for placing a Type~I mark given by |#1| (a
-	\<number>) over base glyph |#2| (which is anything that |\code|
-	understands).  The difference between this macro and simply
-	using |\accent| is (1)~if presented with a capital letter it
-	will use the corresponding medium capital letter and (2)~the the
-	mark is raised by an amount intended to centre it vertically
-	between the top of the base letter and the top of the
-	body-height---assuming it was original centered between
-	body-height and $x$-height.
-
-	If $H$ is the body height, $h$ the height of the base glyph, 
-$$ \mathcode`/="202F 
-    \eqalign{dy &= { H + h \over   2 } - { H + 1\,{\rm
-		ex} \over 2}\cr
-	&= \textstyle { 1\over2}h - {1\over2}\,{\rm ex}\cr}
-$$
-\code
-	|\def\typeImark#1#2{{%
-	|    \setbox2=\hbox{#2}%
-	|    \ifdim \ht2=1ex
-	|        \accent#1\relax#2%
-	|    \else
-	|        \counta\code{#2}%
-	|        \ifnum\counta>64 \ifnum\counta<96
-	|            \advance\counta 128
-	|        \fi \fi
-	|        \putmarky{\dimena0.5\ht0 \advance\dimena-0.5ex }
-	|                {#1}{\char\counta}%
-	|    \fi
-	|}}
-\endcode
-
-	Finally we define the composite-letter-building commands.
-\code
-	|\chardef\dotglyph22     \def\.{\typeImark\dotglyph}
-	|\chardef\twodotsglyph23 \def\"{\typeImark\twodotsglyph}
-	|\chardef\macronglyph150 \def\={\typeImark\macronglyph}
-	|\chardef\longmacronglyph151 
-	|        \def\longmacronmark{\typeImark\longmacronglyph}
-\endcode
-%}}}   type I marks
-%{{{   type II marks
-	
-\subsec{Type~II Marks}
-
-	These marks have an alternative glyph for use of capital and
-	medium capital letters.  As with |\typeImark|, |#1| is a
-	\<number> and |#2| is anything understood by |\code|.
-\code
-	|\def\typeIImark#1#2{{%
-	|    \counta#1\relax \countb\code{#2}%
-	|    \ifcap{#2}\then
-	|        \ifnum \counta<128 \advance\counta 128 \fi
-	|        \ifnum \countb<128 \advance\countb 128 \fi
-	|    \fi
-	|    \accent\counta \char\countb
-	|}}
-\smallbreak
-	|\chardef\acuteglyph8      \def\'{\typeIImark\acuteglyph}
-	|\chardef\graveglyph9      \def\`{\typeIImark\graveglyph}
-	|\chardef\circumglyph10    \def\^{\typeIImark\circumglyph}
-	|\chardef\tildeglyph11     \def\~{\typeIImark\tildeglyph}
-	|\chardef\ringglyph12      \def\ringmark{\typeIImark\ringglyph}
-	|\chardef\caronglyph13     \def\v{\typeIImark\caronglyph}
-	|\chardef\breveglyph14     \def\u{\typeIImark\breveglyph}
-	|\chardef\hungarglyph15 \def\H{\typeIImark\hungarglyph}
-\endcode
-	I have abbreviated `circumflex' as `circum' (consistent with
-	Adobe's `|asciicircum|').  I~have called the hook `\v{}'
-	`|caron|' because that is its name as used by ISO and Adobe.
-	I~have called the long Hungarian umlaut `\H{}' `|hungar|' for
-	want of a better name (it's shorter than |hungarumlaut|)..
-%}}}   type II marks
-%{{{   cedilla ogonek
-	
-\subsec{Cedilla and ogonek}
-
-	The cedilla and ogonek each have a variant intended for capital
-	letters (in this case the variant is larger not smaller).
-\code
-	|\def\cedillalike#1#2#3{{%
-	|    \setbox0=\hbox{#3}%
-	|    \ifdim\ht0>1ex
-	|        \ooalign{\hidewidth\char#2\relax\hidewidth\crcr\unhbox0 }%
-	|    \else
-	|        \accent#1 #3%
-	|    \fi
-	|}}
-\smallbreak
-	|\chardef\cedillaglyph6 \chardef\Cedillaglyph134
-	|\def\c{\cedillalike\cedillaglyph\Cedillaglyph}
-\smallbreak
-	|\chardef\ogonekglyph7 \chardef\Ogonekglyph135
-	|\def\k{\cedillalike\ogonekglyph\Ogonekglyph}
-\endcode
-%}}}   cedilla ogonek
-%}}}
-%{{{  symbols
-\section{Symbols and  special letters}
-%{{{   special letters
-
-\subsec{Special letters}
-
-	The letters defined here that are not included in Chapter~9 of
-	the {\it\TeX book} are the Icelandic thorn (|\TH|, |\th|) and
-	eth\footnote*{Also called `edh'.} (|\DH|, |\dh|), the Polish
-	{\it a} and {\it e} with ogonek (|\A|, |\a|, |\E|, |\e|), and
-	the Sami eng\footnote\dag{Also called `ing' or `ng'.}  (|\NG|,
-	|\ng|).
-
-	We also give replacements for {\it d}, {\it t} and {\it l} with
-	hook (which are usually drawn with a apostrophe-like mark), and
-	the Esperanto letter {\it hho} (\^h).
-\code
-	|\chardef\TH"00  \chardef\th"10	 \chardef\DH"04  \chardef\dh"14
-	|\chardef\A "01  \chardef\a "11	 \chardef\E "05  \chardef\e "15
-	|\chardef\NG"02  \chardef\ng"12  \chardef\L "03  \chardef\l "13
-	|\chardef\AE"5E  \chardef\ae"7E  \chardef\OE"5F  \chardef\oe"7F
-	|\chardef\O "5C  \chardef\o "7C	
-\smallbreak
-	|\chardef\vd"9C  \chardef\vt"9D  \chardef\h "9E  \chardef\vl"9F
-	|\chardef\ss"18  \chardef\i "19  \chardef\j "1A  
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\aa{\ringmark a} \def\AA{\ringmark A}
-\endcode
-
-\code
-\smallbreak
-	|\chardef\orda"98 \chardef\ordo"99 \def\No{N\ordo} \def\no{n\ordo}
-	|\chardef\csuperior"98 \def\Mc{M\csuperior} 
-\endcode
-	The command |\Mc| is used for forming names like
-	M\flushtop{\the\scriptfont\fam \b c}Donald.
-%}}}   special letters
-%{{{   text syms
-	
-\subsec{Other symbols used in text}
-
-	There are several new symbols here.  Note that |\trademark| is
-	what you will get if you use the ASCII double quote character
-	`|"|' in your manuscript.
-\code
-        |\chardef\trademark "22 
-	|\chardef\copyright "FB  \chardef\registered"FD
-        |\chardef\careof    "9A  \chardef\Box       "A0
-        |\chardef\cents     "A2  \chardef\pounds    "A3
-        |\chardef\currency  "A4  \chardef\permille  "A5
-        |\chardef\yen       "A8  \chardef\florin    "A9
-	|\chardef\dag       "AA  \chardef\ddag      "AB
-	|\chardef\gbdecimal "AE  \chardef\minus     "AF
-	|\chardef\S         "BA  \chardef\P         "BB
-	|\chardef\degrees   "C0
-	|\chardef\lguillemet"BC  \chardef\rguillemet"BE
-\endcode
-	The |\careof| sign ($\rm ^c\!/\!_o$) is an abbreviation for
-	`care of' in English-language addresses (actually, Australians
-	traditionally write `$\rm ^c\!/\!_-$').  The raised dot
-	|\gbdecimal| is the British decimal point (I~usually do
-	|\mathcode`.=\gbdecimal| and let maths mode do all the work).
-	The |\degrees| sign replaces \TeX's |$^\circ$|.
-
-	The guillemets can also be obtained with the ligatures |<<| and
-	|>>|.
-
-
-%}}}   text syms
-%{{{   maths syms
-	
-\subsec{Symbols used in maths}
-
-	I have stuck with the plain \TeX\ conventions as much as
-	possible---even though |\bullet| is more often used in text than
-	maths.
-\code
-	|\mathcode`\,"602C  \mathcode`\-"20AF
-	|\mathcode`\."002E  \mathcode`\/"002F
-\smallbreak
-	|\mathchardef\bullet   "2020  \mathchardef\times    "20A6
-	|\mathchardef\backslash"005B  \mathchardef\setminus "205B
-	|\mathchardef\cdot     "20AE  \mathchardef\cdotp    "60AE
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\langle{\delimiter"40DB30A }  \delcode`\<"0DB30A
-	|\def\rangle{\delimiter"50DD30B }  \delcode`\>"0DD30B
-	|\def\lbrace{\delimiter"407B308 }  \let\{\lbrace  \mathcode`\{"407B
-	|\def\rbrace{\delimiter"507D309 }  \let\}\rbrace  \mathcode`\}"407D
-\endcode
-	
-%}}}   maths syms
-%}}}  symbols
-%{{{  switching alphabets
-\section{Switching between alphabets}
-
-	This is one of the strange ideas that went into the design of
-	the Malvern font---I wanted to have small capitals and medium
-	capitals treated as separate alphabets rather than as a
-	different style, just as I treat old-style and ranging numerals
-	as separate symbols.  These extra alphabets are present in all
-	Malvern~A encodings\footnote*{Fonts with the Malvern~A encoding
-	but made from normal PostScript fonts will have medium capitals
-	replaced with full capitals, and old-style numerals replaced
-	with ranging numerals.}
-
-	These extra alphabets are obtained by transliterating a sequence
-	of letters using the |\uppercase| and |\lowercase|
-	commands.\footnote\dag{Alas! this task would be so much easier
-	and more efficient if it were possible to declare new
-	alphabet-switching tables styled after the |\uccode| and
-	|\lccode| tables which make |\uppercase| and |\lowercase| work.
-	Then all this nonsense could happen in \TeX's mouth, which has
-	some advantages.  I~can imagine commands |\newchartable| (used
-	to create a token which can be used in the same way as
-	|\uccode|) and |\usechartable| (used to defined macros that work
-	like |\uppercase|).  E\TeX\ hackers take note!}  For example, to
-	transliterate capitals into small capitals (the |\sc| command),
-	we first make assignments so that, for example, |\lccode`a| is
-	set to the code for small-capital $\scriptstyle A$, then apply
-	|\lowercase| to the token list.
-
-\subsec{Setting upper and lower case codes for special letters}
-
-	These entries in the |\uucode| and |\lccode| tables are used by
-	the composite-letter-building commands rather then the
-	alphabet-switchign commands, but they are included here to be
-	near the other code-hackery.
-
-\code
-	|\uccode\th\TH  \lccode\TH\th  \uccode\TH\TH  \lccode\th\th
-	|\uccode\a \A   \lccode\A \a   \uccode\A \A   \lccode\a \a 
-	|\uccode\ng\NG  \lccode\NG\ng  \uccode\NG\NG  \lccode\ng\ng
-	|\uccode\l \L   \lccode\L \l   \uccode\L \L   \lccode\l \l 
-	|\uccode\dh\DH  \lccode\DH\dh  \uccode\DH\DH  \lccode\dh\dh
-	|\uccode\e \E   \lccode\E \e   \uccode\E \E   \lccode\e \e 
-	|\uccode\o \O   \lccode\O \o   \uccode\O \O   \lccode\o \o
-	|\uccode\ae\AE  \lccode\AE\ae  \uccode\AE\AE  \lccode\ae\ae
-	|\uccode\oe\OE  \lccode\OE\oe  \uccode\OE\OE  \lccode\oe\oe
-\smallbreak
-	|\uccode\i`I    \uccode\j`J	\lccode\i\i	\lccode\j\j
-	|\uccode\csuperior`C
-\endcode
-
-
-\subsec{A macro for changing character codes}
-
-	The |\changecodes| command is used to change those segments of
-	character tables that are contiguous and map onto a contiguous
-	segment in the range.  It is invoked as
-$$
- 	\hbox{\it |\changecodes| command x y n}
-$$ 
- 	(where $\it command$ is a token like |\uccode| or |\mathcode|
-	and $x$, $y$, and $n$ are \<number>s), and does the equivalent
-	of
-$$
- 	{\it command}\;i\mathrel{\hbox{\tt=}}
-	j\qquad \hbox{for all $\cases{x \le i < x + n\cr
-					         y \le j < y + n\cr}$}
-$$
-
-\code
-	|\def\changecodes#1#2#3#4{%
-	|    \counta#2\relax \countb#3\relax \countc#4\relax
-	|    \loop
-	|    \ifnum\countc>0
-	|        #1\counta\countb
-	|        \advance\counta 1
-	|        \advance\countb 1
-	|        \advance\countc-1
-	|    \repeat
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	We can use this immediately to arrange that lowercasing medium caps
-	makes lower case, and uppercasing small caps makes full caps:
-\code
-	|\changecodes\uccode{"E1}{`A}{26}
-	|\changecodes\uccode{"C1}{"C1}{26}
-	|\changecodes\lccode{"E1}{"E1}{26}
-	|\changecodes\lccode{"C1}{`a}{26}
-\endcode
-
-	We also make old-style numerals behave as lower case for ranging
-	numerals, and also arrange that maths mode uses ranging figures.
-\code
-	|\changecodes\lccode{"B0}{`0}{10}
-	|\changecodes\uccode{`0}{"B0}{10}
-\endcode
-
-	In maths mode (1)~we use text italic for letters, since CM MAth
-	Italic will not match the body text and (2)~we use ranging
-	figures.
-\code
-	|\changecodes\mathcode{`a}{"7461}{26}
-	|\changecodes\mathcode{`A}{"7441}{26}
-	|\changecodes\mathcode{`0}{"70B0}{10}
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Changing the alphabet for special letters got with commands}
-
-	When applying |\uppercase| or |\lowercase| to a token list,
-	macros will be unaffected (|\ae| will still generate `ae').  To
-	get around this we define macros that redefine these control
-	sequences.  They each take as parameters hex digits used to make
-	character codes.
-\code
-	|\def\capspecials#1#2{%
-	|    \chardef\TH"#10 \chardef\A "#11 \chardef\NG"#12
-	|    \chardef\L "#13 \chardef\DH"#14 \chardef\E "#15
-	|    \chardef\O "#2C \chardef\AE"#2E \chardef\OE"#2F 
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\lcspecials#1#2#3{%
-	|    \chardef\th"#10 \chardef\a "#11 \chardef\ng"#12
-	|    \chardef\l "#13 \chardef\dh"#14 \chardef\e "#15
-	|    \chardef\o "#2C \chardef\ae"#2E \chardef\oe"#2F
-	|    \def\ss{\char"#23 \char"#23 }\chardef\i"#39 \chardef\j"#3A 
-	|}
-\endcode
-\subsec{Pulling it all together}
-	Now we can define the user macros that do the work. These take
-	one argument, a piece of text to transliterate: |\sc{OX1~3QD}|
-	produces a small-capital `${\rm\scriptstyle OX}{\mit 1\
-	3}{\rm\scriptstyle QD}$';
-	|\csc{ABCdef}| produces caps and small caps
-	`ABC{\the\scriptfont0 DEF}'.
-\code
-	|\def\sc#1{{%
-	|    \changecodes\lccode{`A}{"E1}{26}\capspecials9F\lowercase{#1}%
-	|}}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\mc#1{{%
-	|    \changecodes\lccode{`A}{"C1}{26}\capspecials8D\lowercase{#1}%
-	|}}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\csc#1{{%
-	|    \changecodes\uccode{`a}{"E1}{26}\lcspecials9FE\uppercase{#1}%
-	|}}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\allcaps#1{{%
-	|    \lcspecials054\uppercase{#1}%
-	|}}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\alllc#1{{%
-	|    \capspecials17\lowercase{#1}%
-	|}}
-\endcode
-%}}}  switching alphabets
-\endcodefile
-\enddocument
-\bye
-%}}} maamac
-
-
-% Local variables:
-% fold-folded-p: t
-% fill-prefix: "\t"
-% End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/maamac.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/maamac.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index c3c2835eb10..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/maamac.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
-% maamac.tex 1.5 1995/04/06 -- Malvern A Macros
-
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/maamac.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.5",
-%%% date           = "1995/04/06",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Macros for using the Malvern-A font coding
-%%%                   scheme in plain TeX documents.
-%%%                   This file was generated by running
-%%%                   plain TeX on maamac.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute maamac.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "",
-%%% }
-
-\message{1.5 <pdc 1995/04/06>}
-
-\dimendef\dimena0  \dimendef\dimenb2
-\toksdef\toksa0
-\countdef\counta255
-\ifx\countb\UNDEFINED \csname newcount\endcsname\countb \fi
-\ifx\countc\UNDEFINED \csname newcount\endcsname\countc \fi
-\def\code#1{%
-    \ifcat#1a%
-        `#1
-    \else\ifcat#1+%
-        `#1
-    \else\ifx\char#1
-    \else
-        #1%
-    \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\let\then=\iffalse
-\def\ifcap#1\then{\expandafter\ifcapnum\code{#1}\then}
-\def\ifcapnum#1\then{\ifnum\lccode#1=#1}
-\def\iflower#1\then{\expandafter\iflowernum\code{#1}\then}
-\def\iflowernum#1\then{\ifnum\uccode#1=#1}
-\def\fontslant#1{\expandafter\stripPT\the\fontdimen1#1}
-\begingroup \uccode`2=`p \uccode`3=`t \uppercase{\toksa{\endgroup
-    \def\\#123{#1}
-}} \the\toksa
-\let\stripPT=\\
-\def\putxy#1#2#3{\leavevmode\rlap{\hskip#1\raise#2\hbox{#3}}}
-\def\putmarkxy#1#2#3#4{{%
-    \setbox0=\hbox{#4}#2\relax
-    \dimenb#1\wd0 \advance\dimenb\fontslant\font\dimena
-    \leavevmode
-    \putxy{\dimenb}{\dimena}{\hbox to 0pt{\hss\char#3\hss}}%
-    \box0
-}}
-\def\putmarky{\putmarkxy{0.5}}
-\def\typeImark#1#2{{%
-    \setbox2=\hbox{#2}%
-    \ifdim \ht2=1ex
-        \accent#1\relax#2%
-    \else
-        \counta\code{#2}%
-        \ifnum\counta>64 \ifnum\counta<96
-            \advance\counta 128
-        \fi \fi
-        \putmarky{\dimena0.5\ht0 \advance\dimena-0.5ex }
-                {#1}{\char\counta}%
-    \fi
-}}
-\chardef\dotglyph22     \def\.{\typeImark\dotglyph}
-\chardef\twodotsglyph23 \def\"{\typeImark\twodotsglyph}
-\chardef\macronglyph150 \def\={\typeImark\macronglyph}
-\chardef\longmacronglyph151
-        \def\longmacronmark{\typeImark\longmacronglyph}
-\def\typeIImark#1#2{{%
-    \counta#1\relax \countb\code{#2}%
-    \ifcap{#2}\then
-        \ifnum \counta<128 \advance\counta 128 \fi
-        \ifnum \countb<128 \advance\countb 128 \fi
-    \fi
-    \accent\counta \char\countb
-}}
-\chardef\acuteglyph8      \def\'{\typeIImark\acuteglyph}
-\chardef\graveglyph9      \def\`{\typeIImark\graveglyph}
-\chardef\circumglyph10    \def\^{\typeIImark\circumglyph}
-\chardef\tildeglyph11     \def\~{\typeIImark\tildeglyph}
-\chardef\ringglyph12      \def\ringmark{\typeIImark\ringglyph}
-\chardef\caronglyph13     \def\v{\typeIImark\caronglyph}
-\chardef\breveglyph14     \def\u{\typeIImark\breveglyph}
-\chardef\hungarglyph15 \def\H{\typeIImark\hungarglyph}
-\def\cedillalike#1#2#3{{%
-    \setbox0=\hbox{#3}%
-    \ifdim\ht0>1ex
-        \ooalign{\hidewidth\char#2\relax\hidewidth\crcr\unhbox0 }%
-    \else
-        \accent#1 #3%
-    \fi
-}}
-\chardef\cedillaglyph6 \chardef\Cedillaglyph134
-\def\c{\cedillalike\cedillaglyph\Cedillaglyph}
-\chardef\ogonekglyph7 \chardef\Ogonekglyph135
-\def\k{\cedillalike\ogonekglyph\Ogonekglyph}
-\chardef\TH"00  \chardef\th"10  \chardef\DH"04  \chardef\dh"14
-\chardef\A "01  \chardef\a "11  \chardef\E "05  \chardef\e "15
-\chardef\NG"02  \chardef\ng"12  \chardef\L "03  \chardef\l "13
-\chardef\AE"5E  \chardef\ae"7E  \chardef\OE"5F  \chardef\oe"7F
-\chardef\O "5C  \chardef\o "7C
-\chardef\vd"9C  \chardef\vt"9D  \chardef\h "9E  \chardef\vl"9F
-\chardef\ss"18  \chardef\i "19  \chardef\j "1A
-\def\aa{\ringmark a} \def\AA{\ringmark A}
-\chardef\orda"98 \chardef\ordo"99 \def\No{N\ordo} \def\no{n\ordo}
-\chardef\csuperior"98 \def\Mc{M\csuperior}
-\chardef\trademark "22
-\chardef\copyright "FB  \chardef\registered"FD
-\chardef\careof    "9A  \chardef\Box       "A0
-\chardef\cents     "A2  \chardef\pounds    "A3
-\chardef\currency  "A4  \chardef\permille  "A5
-\chardef\yen       "A8  \chardef\florin    "A9
-\chardef\dag       "AA  \chardef\ddag      "AB
-\chardef\gbdecimal "AE  \chardef\minus     "AF
-\chardef\S         "BA  \chardef\P         "BB
-\chardef\degrees   "C0
-\chardef\lguillemet"BC  \chardef\rguillemet"BE
-\mathcode`\,"602C  \mathcode`\-"20AF
-\mathcode`\."002E  \mathcode`\/"002F
-\mathchardef\bullet   "2020  \mathchardef\times    "20A6
-\mathchardef\backslash"005B  \mathchardef\setminus "205B
-\mathchardef\cdot     "20AE  \mathchardef\cdotp    "60AE
-\def\langle{\delimiter"40DB30A }  \delcode`\<"0DB30A
-\def\rangle{\delimiter"50DD30B }  \delcode`\>"0DD30B
-\def\lbrace{\delimiter"407B308 }  \let\{\lbrace  \mathcode`\{"407B
-\def\rbrace{\delimiter"507D309 }  \let\}\rbrace  \mathcode`\}"407D
-\uccode\th\TH  \lccode\TH\th  \uccode\TH\TH  \lccode\th\th
-\uccode\a \A   \lccode\A \a   \uccode\A \A   \lccode\a \a
-\uccode\ng\NG  \lccode\NG\ng  \uccode\NG\NG  \lccode\ng\ng
-\uccode\l \L   \lccode\L \l   \uccode\L \L   \lccode\l \l
-\uccode\dh\DH  \lccode\DH\dh  \uccode\DH\DH  \lccode\dh\dh
-\uccode\e \E   \lccode\E \e   \uccode\E \E   \lccode\e \e
-\uccode\o \O   \lccode\O \o   \uccode\O \O   \lccode\o \o
-\uccode\ae\AE  \lccode\AE\ae  \uccode\AE\AE  \lccode\ae\ae
-\uccode\oe\OE  \lccode\OE\oe  \uccode\OE\OE  \lccode\oe\oe
-\uccode\i`I    \uccode\j`J \lccode\i\i \lccode\j\j
-\uccode\csuperior`C
-\def\changecodes#1#2#3#4{%
-    \counta#2\relax \countb#3\relax \countc#4\relax
-    \loop
-    \ifnum\countc>0
-        #1\counta\countb
-        \advance\counta 1
-        \advance\countb 1
-        \advance\countc-1
-    \repeat
-}
-\changecodes\uccode{"E1}{`A}{26}
-\changecodes\uccode{"C1}{"C1}{26}
-\changecodes\lccode{"E1}{"E1}{26}
-\changecodes\lccode{"C1}{`a}{26}
-\changecodes\lccode{"B0}{`0}{10}
-\changecodes\uccode{`0}{"B0}{10}
-\changecodes\mathcode{`a}{"7461}{26}
-\changecodes\mathcode{`A}{"7441}{26}
-\changecodes\mathcode{`0}{"70B0}{10}
-\def\capspecials#1#2{%
-    \chardef\TH"#10 \chardef\A "#11 \chardef\NG"#12
-    \chardef\L "#13 \chardef\DH"#14 \chardef\E "#15
-    \chardef\O "#2C \chardef\AE"#2E \chardef\OE"#2F
-}
-\def\lcspecials#1#2#3{%
-    \chardef\th"#10 \chardef\a "#11 \chardef\ng"#12
-    \chardef\l "#13 \chardef\dh"#14 \chardef\e "#15
-    \chardef\o "#2C \chardef\ae"#2E \chardef\oe"#2F
-    \def\ss{\char"#23 \char"#23 }\chardef\i"#39 \chardef\j"#3A
-}
-\def\sc#1{{%
-    \changecodes\lccode{`A}{"E1}{26}\capspecials9F\lowercase{#1}%
-}}
-\def\mc#1{{%
-    \changecodes\lccode{`A}{"C1}{26}\capspecials8D\lowercase{#1}%
-}}
-\def\csc#1{{%
-    \changecodes\uccode{`a}{"E1}{26}\lcspecials9FE\uppercase{#1}%
-}}
-\def\allcaps#1{{%
-    \lcspecials054\uppercase{#1}%
-}}
-\def\alllc#1{{%
-    \capspecials17\lowercase{#1}%
-}}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 71f2dd83cfe..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
-% magrmac.dtx -- documentation and source for magrmac.tex -*-tex-*-
-        
-%%%@TeX-document-file {
-%%% title 	= "MAGRMAC.TEX -- Malvern Greek Macros",
-%%% filename 	= "$texmf/doc/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.dtx",
-%%% version 	= "$Revision: 1.3 $",
-%%% package 	= "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% date 	= "$Date: 1995/03/29 16:32:24 $",
-%%% author	= "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email	= "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address	= "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,"
-%%%                Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% abstract	= "This document describes and is the source code for 
-%%%                the TeX definitions file magrmac.tex.
-%%%                Running plain TeX on this file produces both the
-%%%                definitions file and the printed documentation.",
-%%% copyright	= "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying	= "This program is free software; you can redistribute
-%%%		   it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
-%%%		   General Public License as published by the Free
-%%%		   Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
-%%%		   or (at your option) any later version.",
-%%% notice	= "This program is distributed in the hope that it will
-%%%		   be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the
-%%%		   implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-%%%		   PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
-%%%		   License for more details.",
-%%% notice	= "You should have received a copy of the GNU General
-%%%		   Public License along with this program; if not, write
-%%%		   to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
-%%%		   Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.",
-%%% codetable	= "USASCII",
-%%% dependencies = "pdccode.tex"
-%%%}
-
-%{{{ magrmac.dtx
-%{{{  preamble
-
-\relax
-\input pdccode
-
-\document
-\rcs$Id: magrmac.dtx,v 1.3 1995/03/29 16:32:24 pdc Exp $\endrcs
-
-\codefile{magrmac.tex}
-
-%}}}  preamble
-%{{{  introduction
-\author{P. Dmaian Cugley}
-\title{MAGRMAC---Malvern Greek Macros}
-
-\section{Introduction}
-
-	This document describes |magrmac.tex|, a small file of macros
-	for setting Greek with Malvern~G fonts.  `Malvern~G' is the name
-	of an encoding for typesetting Greek texts.  Malvern
-	release~$1{\cdot}2$ has a collection of fonts ({\tt
-	ma$XX$g$YY$}) which use this encoding.  The Levy and Dryllerakis
-	fonts should work to an extent.
-
-	The conventions for Malvern Greek text files are intended to be
-	similar to those for K.~J.\ Dryllerakis's Greek\TeX\ (the
-	`|kd|-' fonts), and will be most useful on computers where the
-	operating system uses latin letters (as opposed to those which
-	can display Greek letters on the screen).
-
-	There is a brief guide for |magrmac.tex| called |magrman.tex|.
-\notepar	
-	These macros are not necessarily in final form and are not
-	intended to be supported.  Use them at your own risk.  
-\endnotepar
-
-	The document you are reading is a plain \TeX\ file called
-	|magrmac.dtx|.  This `documented \TeX\ macros'\footnote*{The
-	suffix |dtx| is the same as files used to simlar effect in the
-	\LaTeX~2e distribution.}  file produces the file `|magrmac.tex|'
-	in the current directory, in addition to the usual |dvi| file.
-	The code lines in the printed documentation are identical to
-	those in the macros file.
-
-%}}}  introduction
-%{{{  file identification
-\section{File identification}
-
-	Nowadays, macro files start with some comments identifying the
-	file, for the benefit of people wondering what the file is for.
-
-\code
-	\|\% magrmac.tex \fileversion~\filedate~-- Malvern Greek Macros
-	|%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-	|%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.tex",
-	\|\%\%\% version~~~~~~~~= "\fileversion",
-	\|\%\%\% date~~~~~~~~~~~= "\filedate",
-	|%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-	|%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-	|%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-	|%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-	|%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-	|%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, Malvern, Greek, macros",
-	|%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-	|%%% abstract       = "Macros for using Malvern Greek fonts.  
-	|%%%                   This file was generated by running
-	|%%%                   plain TeX on magrmac.dtx",
-	|%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-	|%%%                   Distribute magrmac.dtx only as part of the
-	|%%%                   package it came in.",
-	|%%% dependencies   = "",
-	|%%%}
-	|
-	\|\\message\{\fileversion~\filedate\}
-	|
-\endcode
-%}}}  file identification
-%{{{  greek mode
-\section{Greek Mode}
-
-	The Greek Mode is started with |\begingreek| for compatibility
-	with the precedent of Greek\TeX\ and Levy's original Greek
-	macros.\footnote*{The conventions of PDCFMT2 would suggest
-	|\greek|\dots|\endgreek| but (besides being incompatible with
-	existing Greek macros) it is probable that the hyphenation table
-	code (|\language| code) for Greek would be called |\greek|,
-	based on the names I~have seen used.}
-
-	The token register |\everygreek| is expanded each time we enter
-	Greek mode.  At a minimum it should contain a command to select
-	an appropriate Greek font.
-\code
-	|\newtoks\everygreek
-	|\chardef\other=12
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\begingreek{%
-	|    \begingroup
-	|    \catcode`\~\other \catcode`\|\other \catcode`\"\other
-	|    \the\everygreek
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\let\endgreek=\endgroup
-\endcode
-%}}}  greek mode
-\section{Customization}
-%{{{  lunate sigma, curly phi
-
-\subsec{Lunate sigma}
-
-	The macro |\grlunatesigma| belongs in |\everygreek|.  It makes
-	|s| an active char expanding to |c|.  A certain amount of
-	jiggery-pokery is required because making |s| active makes it
-	impossible to use the name |\grlunatesigma|!
-
-\code
-	|\toksdef\toksa=0
-\smallbreak
-	|\begingroup \let\\=\toksa \catcode`\s=13 \catcode`\S=13 \\={\endgroup
-	|    \def\tmp{%
-	|        \catcode`\s\active \chardef s`c
-	|        \catcode`\S\active \chardef S`C
-	|    }
-	|}\the\\
-	|\let\grlunatesigma=\tmp
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Variant phi}
-
-	In the end I~make the two-stroke phi $\phi$ the default one,
-	with $\varphi$ as the `variant', for compatibility with plain
-	\TeX.  
-\code
-	|\chardef\ninetytwo=92
-\smallbreak
-	|\begingroup \uccode`\~=`f \uppercase{\toksa={\endgroup
-	|    \def\grvarphi{%
-	|        \catcode`\f\active \chardef~\ninetytwo
-	|    }
-	|}} \the\toksa
-\endcode
-%}}}  lunate sigma
-%{{{  accent
-
-\subsec{One-accent Greek}
-
-	The |\monotonik| macro makes all the accent characters generate
-	the modern symmetrical accent, while the breathings and iota
-	subscript do nothing.
-\code
-	|\begingroup \catcode`\<=\active \catcode`\>=\active 
-	|        \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active \toksa={\endgroup
-	|    \def\monotoniko{%
-	|        \catcode\lq\'\active \chardef'3  
-	|        \catcode\lq\`\active \chardef`3 
-	|        \catcode\lq\~\active \chardef~3
-	|        \catcode\lq\<\active \let<\relax
-	|        \catcode\lq\>\active \let>\relax
-	|        \catcode\lq\|\active \let|\relax
-	|    }
-	|}\the\toksa
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\plutoniko{%
-	|    \catcode`\'\other \catcode`\`\other \catcode`\~\other
-	|    \catcode`\<\other \catcode`\>\other \catcode`\|\other
-	|}
-\endcode
-%}}}  accent
-%{{{  define delims
-
-\subsec{Choose shorthand delimiters for Greek Mode}
-
-	Define |#1| to be a `greek shift' in the way |$| is a maths
-	shift.  Like |$|, |#1| will stand for either |\begingreek| or
-	|\endgreek| as required.  |#1| must be a one-character control
-	sequence (as might be used after |`|).
-\code
-	|\def\grdelimiter#1{
-	|    \begingroup \uccode`~=`#1 \uppercase{\toksa={\endgroup
-	|        \def~{\begingreek \let~\endgreek}
-	|    }} \the\toksa
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-%}}}  define delims
-\endcodefile
-\enddocument
-\bye
-%}}} macros for greek
-
-% Local variables:
-% fold-folded-p: t
-% tex-macros-p: t
-% End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index eebec3bdfac..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-% magrmac.tex 1.3 1995/03/29 -- Malvern Greek Macros
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.3",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/29",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, Malvern, Greek, macros",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Macros for using Malvern Greek fonts.
-%%%                   This file was generated by running
-%%%                   plain TeX on magrmac.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute magrmac.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "",
-%%%}
-
-\message{1.3 1995/03/29}
-
-\newtoks\everygreek
-\chardef\other=12
-\def\begingreek{%
-    \begingroup
-    \catcode`\~\other \catcode`\|\other \catcode`\"\other
-    \the\everygreek
-}
-\let\endgreek=\endgroup
-\toksdef\toksa=0
-\begingroup \let\\=\toksa \catcode`\s=13 \catcode`\S=13 \\={\endgroup
-    \def\tmp{%
-        \catcode`\s\active \chardef s`c
-        \catcode`\S\active \chardef S`C
-    }
-}\the\\
-\let\grlunatesigma=\tmp
-\chardef\ninetytwo=92
-\begingroup \uccode`\~=`f \uppercase{\toksa={\endgroup
-    \def\grvarphi{%
-        \catcode`\f\active \chardef~\ninetytwo
-    }
-}} \the\toksa
-\begingroup \catcode`\<=\active \catcode`\>=\active
-        \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active \toksa={\endgroup
-    \def\monotoniko{%
-        \catcode\lq\'\active \chardef'3
-        \catcode\lq\`\active \chardef`3
-        \catcode\lq\~\active \chardef~3
-        \catcode\lq\<\active \let<\relax
-        \catcode\lq\>\active \let>\relax
-        \catcode\lq\|\active \let|\relax
-    }
-}\the\toksa
-\def\plutoniko{%
-    \catcode`\'\other \catcode`\`\other \catcode`\~\other
-    \catcode`\<\other \catcode`\>\other \catcode`\|\other
-}
-\def\grdelimiter#1{
-    \begingroup \uccode`~=`#1 \uppercase{\toksa={\endgroup
-        \def~{\begingreek \let~\endgreek}
-    }} \the\toksa
-}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrman.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrman.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e746d36fa8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrman.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,604 +0,0 @@
-% magman.tex -- info about Malvern Greek.
-%{{{ Malvern Greek manual
-%{{{  preamble
-
-\errorcontextlines=1000
-\input pdccmlft
-\input magrmac
-
-\font\notegr=ma55g9
-\font\bodygr=ma55g11
-\font\biggr=ma55g24	% used in sample
-\font\gri=ma56g11 	% used in sample
-
-\toksa=\expandafter{\STYbodyT}
-\edef\STYbodyT{\the\toksa\noexpand\f{gr}{ma55g}}
-
-\bodyfonts
-
-\everygreek{\gr \baselineskip=14pt}
-
-\grdelimiter\*			% * is already an active char
-+\defverbatim\_+			% | is often used in examples
-
-\majorheadline{Typesetting Greek using	Malvern fonts}
-
-%{{{  font tables
-
-%%  Code to typeset a font table -- lifted from my testfont.tex
-
-\newcount\tableN
-\newcount\hexcount
-\def\hexdigit#1{\ifcase#1\relax 0\or 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or
-	8\or 9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\fi}
-
-\def\ntablecr
-{%
-    \cr
-    \noalign{\nointerlineskip}
-    \multispan2\hfill &\multispan{33}\hrulefill
-}
-\def\ntable
-{
-    \medskip
-    \begingroup \openup1\jot
-	\def\\{\char\tableN \global\advance\tableN 1}
-	\def\0##1{&\omit&\sevenrm##1}
-	\halign to \hsize
-	  {%
-	    \chartstrut\hss##\tabskip=0pt plus 10pt &
-	    &\hss##\hss&##\vrule\cr
-	    \lower 6.5pt\null
-	    &\00\01\02\03\04\05\06\07\08\09\0A\0B\0C\0D\0E\0F
-	    \ntablecr 
-	    \global\tableN=0
-	    \ntablelines
-	    \crcr
-	  }
-	\medbreak
-    \endgroup
-}
-
-\def\ntablelines
-{%
-    \ifnum\tableN<256 
-	\let\next\ntablecontinuation
-    \else
-	\let\next\relax
-    \fi
-    \next
-}
-
-\newcount\ntabtmp
-
-\def\ntablecontinuation
-{%
-    % Find out if none of this row are defined by making a horizontal
-    % list of all of them preceeded by a penalty of 1; if any of them
-    % are defined then \lastpenalty will be something other than 1:
-	\setbox0=\hbox{\penalty1
-	    \def~{\char\tableN \advance\tableN 1}%
-	    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\global\ntabtmp=\lastpenalty}%
-    % Now set the row in the table iff ntabtmp # 1:
-	\ifnum\ntabtmp=1 
-	    \global\advance\tableN 16 \let\next=\ntablelines
-	\else
-	    \let\next=\ntablecontinuationcontinuation
-	\fi
-    \next
-}
-
-\def\ntablecontinuationcontinuation
-{%
-    \cr
-    \noalign{\nointerlineskip \penalty5000 }
-    & \hexcount=\tableN \divide\hexcount16 \sevenrm\hexdigit\hexcount
-    &&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&
-    \ntablecr
-    \ntablelines
-}
-
-\def\chartstrut{\lower 0.25\baselineskip \vbox to \baselineskip{}}
-
-%}}}   font tables
-%{{{  two-column quotations
-
-\def\twocolgr{
-    \smallskip 
-    \beginthe{twocolgr}
-    \setbox0=\vbox\bgroup
-	\hsize=\bodywd \advance\hsize-\colsep \divide\hsize by 2
-	\begingreek \strut \ignorespaces
-}
-\def\endtwocolgr{%
-	\par\endgreek \egroup
-    \moveleft\leftmargin\vbox{
-	\hrule\smallskip
-	\hbox to \bodywd{\rigidbalance{0}{2}{\ht\strutbox}{\hfil}}
-	\smallskip\hrule
-    }
-    \smallbreak
-    \endthe{twocolgr}
-}
-%}}}  two-column quotations
-%}}}  preamble
-%{{{  bibliography
-
-\def\TB{{\it TUGboat}}
-
-\counta=0
-\newtoks\bibliography
-\newcount\bibcount
-
-\def\FAQnote
-{%
-	\par {\bf Note on FAQs}\quad An FAQ is an electronic document, posted
-	regularly to a USENET newsgroup, usually in the form of a list of
-	answers to frequently asked questions.  Many FAQs are available on
-	the archive site |pit-manager.mit.edu| (alias |rtfm.mit.edu|)
-	[18.172.1.27] in the directory |pub/usenet/news.answers|.  The
-	reference gives the name of the compiler, the title, the
-	last-modified date (in lieu of an edition or version number) and
-	name under which the FAQ is archived appears in parentheses.
-    \par
-}
-
-\def\bibdef#1#2%
-{
-    \expcs\edef{cite#1}%
-    {%
-        \noexpand\docite\noexpcs{cite#1}\noexpcs{refer#1}%
-    }
-    \toks0={#2}
-    \expcs\edef{refer#1}{\noexpand\bibitem{\expcs\noexpand{cite#1}}
-	\the\toks0}
-}
-\def\docite#1#2%
-{%
-	\global\advance\bibcount1
-	\global\bibliography=\expandafter
-		{\the\bibliography #2}%
-        \global\edef#1%
-	{[\the\bibcount]}#1%
-}
-
-\bibdef{Allen}
-{
-    W. Sidney Allen, {\it Vox Graeca: A Guide to Pronunciation of Classical
-	Greek}, 3rd Ed.\ (Cambridge University Press, 1987),
-	pp.\thinspace177--179.
-}
-
-\bibdef{KD}
-{
-    K.~J. Dryllerakis (|kd@doc.ic.ac.uk|), {\it Typesetting Greek Texts with
-	Greek\TeX}, Greek\TeX~3.1 (also known as KDGreek) (CTAN
-	|fonts/greek/kd|).
-}
-
-\bibdef{FAQ}
-{
-    Nikolaos Fotis (ed.), {\it soc.culture.greek} FAQ --
-	Linguistics ({\tt greek-\penalty\exhyphenpenalty faq\slash
-	linguistics}, 1993/03/06).
-}
-
-\bibdef{Yannis}
-{
-    Yannis Haralambous and Klaus Thull, Typesetting Modern Greek with 128
-	Character Codes, \TB\/ 10 (1989), pp.\thinspace354--359 (CTAN
-	|fonts/greek/yannis|).
-}
-
-\bibdef{Harts}
-{
-    Horace Hart, {\it Hart's Rules for Compositors and Readers at the
-	University Press, Oxford}, 39th Edition, revised (Oxford
-	University Press, 1989), pp.\thinspace111--116.
-}
-
-\bibdef{Levy}
-{
-    Silvio Levy, Using Greek Fonts with \TeX, \TB\/ 9 (1988),
-	pp.\thinspace20--24 (CTAN |fonts/greek/levy|).
-}
-
-\bibdef{COD}
-{
-	{\it The Concise Oxford Dictionary of Current English}, 8th Ed.
-	(Oxford University Press, 1990), p.\thinspace1453.
-}
-
-\def\bibitem#1%
-{%
-    \smallskip
-    \indent \llap{#1\hskip1pc}\ignorespaces
-}
-
-
-%}}}  bibliography
-
-\twosidedtrue
-
-\noheadlinetrue
-\majorheadline{Typesetting Greek using Malvern fonts}
-\leftline{\headingfonts \the\majorheadline}
-\bigskip
-\leftline{P. Damian Cugley}
-\leftline{Oxford University Computing Laboratory}
-\leftline{(|Damian.Cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk|)}
-\leftline{April 1993}
-\bigskip
-
-\noindent
-	Malvern is a sanserif font family, implemented in \MF.  This
-	document describes Malvern encoding~G (the Greek alphabet).
-
-\section{Using Malvern G}
-
-	Because most latin-alphabet languages require additional composite
-	letter glyphs to be properly typeset by \TeX, most Malvern fonts
-	will be used as the raw material for composite fonts.  In contrast,
-	the Malvern Greek font can be used directly to typeset Greek, both
-	with the old accent-and-breathing systems and the newer (post-1974)
-	one-accent system.  It follows the conventions of Silvio Levy's
-	original |gr| family \citeLevy\ and K.~J.  Dryllerakis's Greek\TeX\
-	(|kd| fonts) \citeKD.  It is almost compatible with the reduced
-	Greek fonts (|rgr| and |mrgr| families) described by Yannis
-	Haralambous and Karl Thull \citeYannis.
-
-%{{{  typesetting
-
-\section{Macro file}
-
-	The file |magrmac.tex| has some macros for setting texts in plain
-	\TeX.  A future production release may instead work as an option or
-	extension of Greek\TeX, with the objective of making it possible to
-	switch an existing document to Malvern without much editing.
-
-	Greek text is set within a \dfn{Greek mode}, delimited by macros
-	|\begingreek| and |\endgreek|.  Each time Greek mode is entered, the
-	contents of the token register |\everygreek| is scanned first.
-	Since |magrmac| does {\it not} load a particular font by default, a
-	manuscript using |magrmac| will want to include an assignment like
-\display
-	|\everygreek={\greekfont}|\cr
-	|\catcode`\*=\active \grdelimiter\*|
-\enddisplay
-	where |\greekfont| has been bound to some Greek font or another such
-	as |ma55g12|.  The macro |\grdelimiter| takes one parameter, an
-	active character (represented by a one-character control sequence),
-	and makes that character into a self-matching delimiter for Greek
-	mode (like |$|--|$| works for mathematics mode).  Thus, `|*This is
-	Greek*|' produces `*This is Greek*'.
-
-\section{The alphabet}
-
-	The letters are transliterated as
-	follows:
-\table \hfil#\hfil&&\enspace\hfil#\hfil\cr
-	\gr a&\gr b&\gr g&\gr d&\gr e&\gr z&\gr h&\gr j&\gr i&\gr k&\gr
-	l&\gr m&\gr n&\gr x&\gr o&\gr p&\gr r&\gr ss&\gr c&\gr t&\gr 
-	u&\gr f&\gr v& \gr q&\gr y&\gr w\cr
-	\tt a&\tt b&\tt g&\tt d&\tt e&\tt z&\tt h&\tt j&\tt i&\tt k&\tt
-	l&\tt m&\tt n&\tt x&\tt o&\tt p&\tt r&\tt s&\tt c&\tt t&\tt u&\tt 
-	f&\tt v& \tt q&\tt y&\tt w\cr
-\noalign{\smallskip}%
-	\gr A&\gr B&\gr G&\gr D&\gr E&\gr Z&\gr H&\gr J&\gr I&\gr K&\gr
-	L&\gr M&\gr N&\gr X&\gr O&\gr P&\gr R&\gr S&\gr C&\gr T&\gr 
-	U&\gr F&\gr V& \gr Q&\gr Y&\gr W\cr
-	\tt A&\tt B&\tt G&\tt D&\tt E&\tt Z&\tt H&\tt J&\tt I&\tt K&\tt
-	L&\tt M&\tt N&\tt X&\tt O&\tt P&\tt R&\tt S&\tt C&\tt T&\tt U&\tt 
-	F&\tt V& \tt Q&\tt Y&\tt W\cr
-\endtable
- 	The letter *C c* is \dfn{lunate sigma} (see below).  The letter *V v*
-	is \dfn{digamma} (wau).  I~put it next to *f* because I~don't know
-	where it belongs in the alphabet.
-
-	A lower case sigma `*s@*' at the end of a word (or followed by
-	punctuation) is automatically changed to the final form `*s*'
-	through \TeX's ligature mechanism.\note{Occasionally \TeX's notion
-	of word boundaries causes the wrong glyph to appear.  There are two
-	special invisible glyphs that can be used to control this in obscure
-	circumstances.  The so-called \dfn{compound word mark} (or cwm) acts
-	as a word-boundary in the middle of a word.  It has code~32, so
-	`|as^^`a|' produces `*as^^`a*', for example.  The \dfn{null glyph}
-	is invisible, but, because it is not a boundary character, it can be
-	used to prevent a ligature with a following word boundary.  It has
-	code 64, so `|as@|' produces `*as@*'.}
-
-\section{Composite letters}
-
-	The marks that go above the letters are obtained with the
-	following characters, which go before the letter:
-\table \gr#\hfil&\quad#\hfil&\quad #\hfil& \quad *#*\hfil\cr
-\noalign{\hrule height 1pt \vskip1\jot}%
-	\omit Mark\hfil&\omit\quad Char\hfil&
-		Name&\omit\quad Name in \citeYannis\hfil\cr
-\noalign{\vskip\jot \hrule \vskip\jot}
-	<@&	|<|&	asper (rough, = h)& 	dase'ia\cr
-	>@&	|>|&	lenis (smooth)&	yil'h\cr
-	"@&	|"| (double quote)&
-			diaeresis&		dialutik'a\cr
-	'@&	|'| (quote)& 
-			acute accent&		>oxe'ia\cr
-	`@&	|`|&	grave accent&		bare'ia\cr
-	\char126 @& |~|& circumflex&		perispwm'enh\cr
-\noalign{\vskip1\jot \hrule height 1pt\smallskip}%
-\endtable
-	A breathing or diaeresis can be combined with an accent, thus
-	`|<~a|' for *<~a*, `|>'e|' for *>'e*.
-
-
-	The vowels *a*, *h* and *w* may have an iota beneath them, called
-	`subscript': *a|*, *h|*, *w|*.  These are produced with a vertical
-	bar `_|_' after the letter in Greek mode: `_a|_' makes
-	*a|*, `_<a|_' makes `*<a|*', and so on.
-
-
-	As an example: `*>en >arq~h| >~hn <o l'ogos*' is generated with `_>en
-	>arq~h| >~hn <o l'ogos_'.
-
-%	In old-style Greek, all vowels beginning a word require a breathing
-%	-- but *u* may only have an asper (rough).  In diphthongs (*ai*,
-%	*ei*, *oi*, *ui*, *au*, *eu*, *hu*, *ou*, *wu*), breathings and
-%	accents stand over the second letter: *a<i*, *o>u*.  Double *rr*
-%	used to be written *>r<r*.
-	
-%\section{Apostrophe (sign of elision)}
-
-%	The lenis is also used like an apostrophe, to mark the elision of
-%	vowels at the end of a word when the next word starts with a vowel.
-%	The Malvern-G fonts, like the Levy-derived fonts, also has a
-%	separate apostrophe glyph, which can be set with `|''|' (two quote
-%	characters) or `|'|' (one quote) at the end of a word.  Thus you
-%	have a choice of `|d>|' or `|d'|' (*d>* or *d'*).
-
-
-\section{Punctuation}
-
-	Here's a table of correspondences for punctuation:
-\table \hfil#\hfil&&\enspace\hfil#\hfil\cr
-	*.*&*,*&*;*&*:*&*!*&*?*&*''*&*((*&*))*\cr
-	|.|&|,|&|;|&|:|&|!|&|?|&|''|&|((|&|))|\cr
-\endtable
-	The apostrophe is also generated by a single single-quote at the end
-	of a word: `*d'*' can be generated by `|d'|'.  There are also
-	digits, parentheses, brackets, hyphen, dashes, slash, per cent sign,
-	asterisk, plus and equals signs.
-
-\section{One-accent Greek}
-
-	The easiest way to write modern Greek is simply to use |'| for the
-	accent and otherwise to use |\begingreek|--|\endgreek| as before:
-	`*en arq'h hn o l'ogos*' is generated with `|en arq'h hn o l'ogos|'.
-
-	Malvern also has glyphs for a symmetrical accent (*\char3*) and
-	composite letters (such as *\char3 a*, *"\char3u*).  The macro
-	|\monotoniko|\note{This macro is so named for compatibility with the
-	|rgr|/|mrgr| macros \citeYannis.  It might usefully go in
-	|\everygreek|.} in Greek mode makes |'| an active character,
-	expanding to the symmetrical accent.  Then `|En'w|' produces
-	`*En\char3w*'.  In fact, the other accent characters |`| and |~| are
-	also made to substitute `*\char3*', and |<|, |>| and _|_ expand to
-	the null glyph, so that a text with all the breathings and accents
-	and be hacked into almost-correct one-accent Greek.\note{Again, for
-	compatibility with the |rgr|/|mrgr| macros.  Because monosyllables
-	should not have accents at all in one-accent Greek, a complete
-	conversion from old-style to new-style requires changes to the
-	manuscript anyway, so the usefulness of this feature is debatable!}
-	For example, `_>En~w|_' becomes `*\monotoniko >En~w|*'.
-
-\section{Variant glyphs}
-
-	Sigma has a variant called lunate sigma, written *Cc*.  These
-	letters can be obtained directly (produced by the character `|c|' in
-	the manuscript).  So that a given text can be switched between the
-	two styles, there is also a macro |\grlunatesigma|, which redefines
-	`|s|' is as active character equivalent to `|c|'.  Obviously this is
-	only useful when Greek mode is only used for plain texts, since it
-	prevents `|s|' from being used in control sequence names.
-
-	Similarly, there are two ways to write lower case phi: *f* and
-	*\char92 * (`|f|' and glyph~92).  There is no difference in meaning
-	between *f* and *\char92 *; the choice of one or the other is only
-	made on aesthetic grounds.  The macro |\grvarphi| redefines `|f|' as
-	an active character equivalent to `*\char92 *', in effect replacing
-	*f* with *\char92 *.
-
-	Normally these macros, if used, will go in |\everygreek|.
-	
-%}}}  typesetting
-\iffalse
-%{{{  background
-\section{Background}
-
-	This section is optional reading.
-
-\subsection{Development of the Levy-derived font families}
-
-	Silvio Levy's |gr| fonts \citeLevy\ used the \TeX~2 ligature system
-	to make *s* become *s@* when followed by a letter, and had glyphs
-	for almost all the composite letters.
-
-	Yannis Haralambous and Klaus Thull created a set of reduced
-	(128-glyph) fonts, for \TeX\ systems still unable to manage
-	256-glyph fonts \citeYannis.  These fonts (the |rgr| and |mrgr|
-	families) still used Levy's character programs.  Because they could
-	not include glyphs for all the composite letters, many composite
-	letters had to be obtained with macros rather than ligatures.  The
-	|mrgr| family is for new-style (one-accent) Greek.
-
-	Finally K.~J. Dryllerakis's Greek\TeX\ package (also called KDGreek)
-	\citeKD\ uses the Levy character programs again, but takes advantage
-	of the new ligature features of \TeX~3 to make *s@* become *s*
-	(without needing compound glyphs for every combination of *s@* with
-	a letter).  The fonts are given names starting with |kd|.
-	Greek\TeX\ also includes format files for plain \TeX\ and \LaTeX,
-	transliteration programs and other useful things.
-
-\subsection{Designing Greek letters for Malvern}
-
-	My Malvern-G encoding is intended to be `ligature-compatible' with
-	Levy's and Dryllerakis's, meaning that `|<'a|||' will produce
-	`*<'a|*' in each of them, even though this is glyph~141 in
-	|grreg10|, 201 in |kdgr10| and some random number in |ma55g10|.  The
-	punctuation characters have the same encoding.
-
-	Designing a sanserif Greek lower case alphabet (*alfabet*?) is tricky
-	because the lower case letters have a very cursive style, as if
-	hand-drawn with a brush by a scribe in a hurry -- which is pretty
-	much the opposite of most sanserif styles.  I~made sketches (on
-	paper) of Greek letters forced into the same sorts of shapes as
-	other Malvern letters, and the results were uniformly horrid.  The
-	original idea of Malvern was to make a humanist/geometric hybrid, so
-	I tried approaching it from the from the humanist end this time.
-
-%}}}  background
-\fi
-%{{{  references
-
-\section{References}
-
-	Since I don't speak a word of Greek -- the only word I know is
-	*barbaroi* and I don't know how to spell it -- I have relied on
-	reading between the lines of the documentation for other systems for
-	typesetting Greek, including Hart's Rules \citeHarts.
-
-	CTAN is the Comprehensive \TeX\ Archive Network, a collection of FTP
-	sites (such as |ftp.tex.ac.uk|, under directory |tex-archive|).
-
-\beginthe{bib} \parskip=0pt \parindent=0pt
-	\the\bibliography
-	\par
-\endthe{bib}
-
-%}}}  postamble
-
-%{{{  samples
-
-\section{Examples of text in Malvern 55 and 56}
-
-\iffalse
-	This quotation is used by Haralambous and Thull \citeYannis\ as an
-	example of the old-style accent-and-breathing system:
-%{{{   Popess Johanna
-
-\begin twocolgr
-	>En~w| <esp'eran tin`a >exantl'hsas t`a murol'ogi'a tou
-	>ekoim~ato <o Froum'entios >ep`i t~hs >'ammou t~hs paral'ias,
-	katab`as >ex o>uran~wn <o >ap'ostolos >eke~inos t~wn Sax'onwn
-	>'hnoixe di`a maqa'iras t`a st'hjh to~u koimwm'enou,
-	e>is'hgage to`us <iero`us dakt'ulous tou e>is t`hn >op`hn kai
-	>exag`wn t`hn kard`ian >eb'ujisen a>ut'hn e>is l'akkon pl'hrh
-	<'udatos, <'oper <hg'iasen prohgoum'enws.  <H fl'egousa
-	>eke'inh kard'ia >'efrizen e>is t`o <'udwr <ws smap`is >ent`os
-	to~u thgan'iou, >afo~u d`e >ekr'uwsen, >'ejese p'alin a>ut`hn
-	<o <'agios e<is t`on t'opon ths ka`i kle'isas t`hn plhg`hn
-	>ep'estreyen e>is t`on >idik'on tou.
-
-	>'Etuq'e pote, >anagn~wst'a mou, n`a >apokoimhj~h|s m`e
-	>anup'oforon b~hqa, koim'wmenos n`a <idr'wsh|s ka`i >exupn'hsas
-	n`a e<urej~h|s >iatreum'enos?  >Agn~wn <'oti e>~isai
-	kal`a >ano'igeis mhqanik~ws t`o st'oma, <'ina plhr'wsh|s e>is
-	t`on >epikat'araton b~hqa t`on sun'hjh f'oron.  >All`a
-	p'oshn a>isj'anesai qar'an, m`h e<ur'iskwn e>is t`on l'arugga
-	t`o >oqlhp`on jhr'ion! O<'utw <'ama >'hnoixe ka`i <o
-	Froum'entios to`us >ofjalmo'us, <htoim'asjn n`a prosf'erh|
-	e>is t`hn >aq'ariston >Iw'annan t`hn sun'hjh dakr'uwn
-	spond'hn, >all`a par`a p~asan prosdok'ian o<i >ofjalmo'i
-	tou e<ur'ejhsan xhro`i ka'i n`a progeumat'ish| m~allon >`h
-	n`a kla'ush| >h|sj'aneto >'orexin met`a polu'hmeron nhste'ian
-	<o kal`os Benedekt~inos.
-\end twocolgr
-\rightline{\csc{Emmanouil Ro\"{\i}dis}, `The Popess Johanna (1896)'}
-\vskip 0pt plus \baselineskip
-
-%}}}   Popess Johanna
-\fi
-
-	The following paragraph is set in 11-point Malvern~55 (11-point
-	Malvern has comprable x-height to 12-point Computer Modern).  This
-	quotation is used as one of the examples in Levy's article
-	\citeLevy:
-\twocolgr
-	>All' >ako'usontai, >enper e>~u dok~h|s l'egein.  t'ode d'e sou
-	>ene'ohsa <'ama l'egontos, ka`i pr`os >emaut`on skop~w; e>i <'oti
-	m'alist'a me E>uj'ufrwn did'axeien, <ws o<i jeo`i <'apantes t`on
-	toio~uton j'anaton <hgo~untai >'adikon e>~inai, t'i m~allon >eg`w
-	mem'ajhka par' E>uj'ufronos, t'i pot' >est`in t`o <'osi'on te ka`i
-	t`o >an'osion?  jeomis`es m`en g`ar to~uto t`o >'epgon, <ws
-	>'eoiken, e>'in >'an; >all`a g`ar o>u to'utw| >ef'anh >'arti
-	<wrism'ena t`o <'osion ka`i m'h; t`o g`ar jeomis`es >`on ka`i
-	jeofil`es >ef'anh.  <wste to'utou m`en >af'ihm'i se, >~w E>uj'ufron;
-	e>i bo'ulei, p'antes a>ut`o <hge'isjwn jeo`i >'adikon ka`i p'antes
-	miso'untwn.  >all' >~ara to~uto n~un >epanorj'wmeja >en t~w| l'ogw|,
-	<ws <`o m`en p'antes o<i jeo`i mis~wsin, >an'osi'on >estin, <`o d'
-	>`an fil~wsin, <`osion; <`o d' >`an o<i m`en fil~wsin, o<i d`e
-	mis~wsin, o>ud'etera >`h amf'otera?  >~ar' o<'utw bo'ulei <hm~in
-	<wr'isjai n~un per`i to~u <os'iou ka`i to~u >anos'iou?
-\endtwocolgr
-	\rightline{Plato, `Euthyphro'}
-\vskip 1\medskipamount plus \baselineskip
-
-
-	This quotation (similarly stolen) is in Malvern~56 and has
-	|\grvarphi| and |\grlunatesigma| in effect:
-
-\twocolgr \gri \grvarphi \grlunatesigma
-	T`h stigm`h to'uth ni'wjw p'oso bar'u ''nai t`o must'hrio t~hs
-	xomol'oghshs.  <Ws t'wra, kane`is d`en x'erei p~ws p'erasa t`a du`o
-	qr'onia mou st`o <'Agion >'Oros.  O<i f'iloi mou jarro~un p`ws p~hga
-	n`a d~w buzantin`a kon'ismata >`h >ap`o mustikop'ajeia n`a z'hsw
-	mi`a perasm'enh >epoq'h.  Ka`i t'wra, n'a, ntr'epomai n`a mil'hsw.
-
-	P~ws n`a t`o p~w?  Jumo~umai <'ena >anoixi'atiko deilin'o, po`u
-	kat'ebaina t`on Ta"'ugeto, mi`a xafnik`h j'uella m`e k'uklwse kont`a
-	sto'us Pentaulo'us.  T'oso fober`os >anemos'ifounas, po`u >'epesa
-	katag~hs gi`a n`a m`hn gkremist~w.  O<i >astrap`es m' >'exwsan
-	<olo~uje ki >'ekleisa t`a m'atia m`hn tuflwj~w, ka`i kat'aqama,
-	p'istoma, per'imena.  <'Olo t`o pan'uyhlo boun`o >'etreme, ka`i du`o
-	>'elata d'ipla mou tsak'isthkan >ap' t`h m'esh ka`i br'onthxan
-	q'amou.  >'Eniwja t`o jei'afi to~u kerauno~u st`on >a'era, ka`i
-	xafnik`a x'espase <h mp'ora, >'epesen <o >'anemos, ka`i qontr'es,
-	jerm'es st'ales broq`h qt'uphsan t`a dentr`a ka`i t`o q~wma.  T`o
-	jum'ari, <h jro'umpa, t`o fask'omhlo, t`o flisko'uni, qtuphm'ena
-	>ap' t`o ner'o, t'inaxan t`is murwdi'es tous ki <'olh <h g~hs
-	m'urise.
-\endtwocolgr
-\rightline{\csc{Kazantzakis}, `Symposium'}
-\vskip 0pt plus \baselineskip
-
-%}}}  samples
-\iffalse
-%{{{  table
-
-*\ntable*
-\smallskip \noindent
-	This is a working encoding, and will likely be different in future
-	versions.
-%}}}  table
-\fi
-%{{{  24-pt sample
-
-\bigbreak
-\moveleft\leftmargin \vbox{ \hsize=\bodywd
-\hrule height 1pt \bigskip
-\begingreek \biggr\baselineskip=30pt
-\centerline{((ABGDEZHJIKLMNXOPRSCTUFVQYW))}
-\centerline{](abgdezhjiklmnxoprss^^`ctuf\char92 vqyw)[}
-\centerline{=0123456789---\%\char42 +/--''!,:;?.-}
-\centerline{\char3 '@ `@ ~@ <@ <'@ <`@ <~@ >@ >'@ >`@ >~@ "@ "'@ "`@ "~@
-	"\char3 @}
-\endgreek
-\medskip\hrule height 1pt
-}
-%}}}  24-pt sample
-\bye
-%}}} Malvern Greek manual
-
-% Local variables:
-% fill-prefix: "\t"
-% fill-column: 76
-% fold-folded-p: t
-% End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/makefile.in b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/makefile.in
deleted file mode 100644
index e1c797dcead..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/makefile.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile for the PDCMAC package
-# Template for configure
-
-package		= @package@
-
-#  directory source code is in:
-srcdir		= @srcdir@
-
-#  directory for TeX macro files:
-texmf		= @texmf@
-texdir		= @texdir@
-docdir		= @docdir@
-
-#  End of configuration section
-########################################################################
-
-TEX		= tex </dev/null
-DVIPS		= dvips 
-FIG2EPSF	= $(srcdir)/fig2epsf
-ETAGS		= $(srcdir)/dtxtags
-INSTALL		= @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_DATA	= @INSTALL_DATA@
-MKDIR		= $(srcdir)/pmkdir $(MKDIRFLAGS)
-MKDIRFLAGS	= --mode=755
-
-code_files	= pdccode.tex pdccode2.tex
-
-#  The macro files are divided according to whether they have their own
-#  DTX file, or come from pdcmisc.dtx or pdcsty.dtx
-self_files	= pdcfmt2.dtx pdcfsel.dtx magrmac.dtx pdcoput5.dtx \
-		pdcadobe.dtx pdcl1maa.dtx maamac.dtx
-misc_files	= pdcmigr.tex pdcimth.tex pdchyex.tex pdccmsub.tex
-sty_files	= ma55lft.tex ma55doc.tex pdccmlft.tex pdccmdoc.tex\
-		pdcpsdoc.tex pdcpslft.tex pdcdoc.def pdclft.def
-macro_files	= $(self_files:.dtx=.tex) $(misc_files) $(sty_files)
-
-misc_dtx	= pdcmisc.dtx
-sty_dtx		= pdcsty.dtx
-dtxfiles	= $(self_files) $(sty_dtx) $(misc_dtx) pdccode.dtx
-dvifiles	= $(dtxfiles:.dtx=.dvi) pdcguide.dvi
-
-figures		= oput01.eps oput02.eps
-documents	= pdcguide.tex magrman.tex copying.tex pdcmacvn.tex
-config_files	= makefile.in configure
-miscscript	= fig2epsf pmkdir pinstall dtxtags
-miscdoc		= 00readme.txt install.txt copying.txt version.txt
-
-distfiles	= $(miscdoc) pdcguide.dvi pdcmondo.tex \
-		$(code_files) $(dtxfiles) $(documents) $(config_files) \
-		$(figures) $(figures:.eps=.fig) \
-		$(miscscript) $(miscscript:=.1)
-
-########################################################################
-#	Standard targets
-
-all: 		pdcguide.dvi $(macro_files)
-
-#  Note.  This target assumes either I can use GNU "install", or
-#  an "install" compatible with it, or the "pinstall" shellscript supplied.
-install:	all pdccode.dvi
-	test -d $(texdir) || $(MKDIR) $(texdir)
-	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(macro_files) $(texdir)
-	-test -d $(docdir) || $(MKDIR) $(docdir)
-	-$(INSTALL_DATA) $(dvifiles) $(figures) $(miscdoc) $(docdir)
-	-test -r news.txt && $(INSTALL_DATA) news.txt $(docdir)
-
-uninstall:
-	cd $(texdir); rm -f $(macro_files) 
-	cd $(docdir) && rm -f $(dvifiles) $(figures) $(miscdoc)
-
-mostlyclean:
-	rm -f *.log *.ilg *.toc *.bak
-clean:		mostlyclean
-	rm -f   *.dvi *.aux *.idx $(macro_files) .misc.flag .sty.flag
-distclean:	clean
-	rm -f makefile config.status TAGS
-realclean:	distclean
-	rm -f *.ind $(figures) version.txt
-
-dist:		$(distfiles)
-	sed -n '/pdcmacv/s/.*[^0-9.]\([0-9.]*\)[^0-9.].*$$/$(package)-\1/p' \
-		pdcmacvn.tex > .fn
-	rm -rf `cat .fn`
-	mkdir `cat .fn`
-	cp -p $(distfiles) `cat .fn`
-	-cp -p ChangeLog `cat .fn`/changes.txt
-	-cp -p news.txt `cat .fn`/news.txt
-	cd `cat .fn`; ls -Rl > contents.txt
-	tar -cf `cat .fn`.tar `cat .fn` && gzip -v9f `cat .fn`.tar
-	cd `cat .fn`; zip -9qrl ../`cat ../.fn`.zip *
-	rm -rf `cat .fn` .fn
-
-version.txt: $(dtxfiles) $(miscscript) pdcmacvn.tex
-	sed -e 's/\\def\\pdcmacversion{\([0-9]*\.[0-9]*\)}/* $(package) release \1 */' \
-	  -e 's/\\def\\pdcmacversion{\([0-9]*\.[0-9]*\)\.\([0-9]*\)}/* $(package) release \1, patch level \2 */' \
-	pdcmacvn.tex > version.txt
-	date '+Version ID list generated %Y-%m-%d' >> version.txt
-	echo >> version.txt
-	( grep -h 'rcs\$$Id' $(dtxfiles) | \
-	sed -e 's/^.*: \(.*\) \$$.*$$/\1/' -e 's/,v/ =/' | sort; echo; \
-	grep version= $(miscscript) configure | \
-	sed -e 's/:version=/ = /' -e 's/"//g' | sort ) | \
-	align_equals >> version.txt
-
-tagfiles	= $(dtxfiles)
-TAGS:		$(tagfiles) $(srcdir)/dtxtags
-	$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(tagfiles)
-
-########################################################################
-#	Individual targets
-
-$(self_files) $(miscfiles): pdccode.tex
-$(sty_files): 	pdccode2.tex
-
-pdcguide.dvi magrman.dvi: $(macro_files)
-pdcguide.dvi:	 copying.tex pdcmacvn.tex
-
-pdcoput5.dvi pdcoput5.tex: $(figures)
-
-$(misc_files): .misc.flag
-.misc.flag:	$(misc_dtx)
-	$(TEX) $(misc_dtx) && touch .misc.flag
-
-$(sty_files): 	.sty.flag
-.sty.flag:	$(sty_dtx)
-	$(TEX) $(sty_dtx) && touch .sty.flag
-
-pdccode.dvi pdccode.tex:   pdccode.dtx
-	$(TEX) pdccode.dtx
-	grep endinput tmp.tex && mv tmp.tex pdccode.tex
-
-pdcguide.ps: pdcguide.tex copying.tex $(macro_files)
-	echo '\let\usepsfonts! \input pdcguide' > tmp.tex
-	$(TEX) tmp
-	rm -f tmp.tex
-	$(DVIPS) $(DVIPSFLAGS) -o $@ tmp
-
-#  A scratch file for doing tests:
-tryit.dvi:	tryit.tex ma55lft.tex pdcl1maa.tex
-	$(TEX) tryit
-
-
-# rules for the configuration itself
-makefile: makefile.in config.status
-	sh config.status makefile
-config.status: $(srcdir)/configure
-	sh config.status --recheck --nocreate
-
-########################################################################
-#	Implicit rules
-
-.SUFFIXES:	.dtx .tex .dvi .ps .eps .fig
-.dtx.tex:
-	$(TEX) $<
-.tex.dvi:
-	$(TEX) $<
-.dvi.ps:
-	$(DVIPS) $(DVIPSFLAGS) $< -o $@
-.fig.eps:
-	$(FIG2EPSF) $< > $@
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/oput01.fig b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/oput01.fig
deleted file mode 100644
index e4b75f258f0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/oput01.fig
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,323 +0,0 @@
-#FIG 2.1
-80 2
-6 89 317 224 329
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 89 329 224 329 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 224 329 224 317 89 317 89 329 224 329 9999 9999
--6
-6 89 227 224 299
-6 89 287 224 299
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 89 299 224 299 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 224 299 224 287 89 287 89 299 224 299 9999 9999
--6
-6 89 272 224 284
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 89 284 224 284 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 224 284 224 272 89 272 89 284 224 284 9999 9999
--6
-6 89 257 224 269
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 89 269 224 269 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 224 269 224 257 89 257 89 269 224 269 9999 9999
--6
-6 89 242 224 254
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 89 254 224 254 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 224 254 224 242 89 242 89 254 224 254 9999 9999
--6
-6 89 227 224 239
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 89 239 224 239 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 224 239 224 227 89 227 89 239 224 239 9999 9999
--6
--6
-6 89 152 224 224
-6 89 212 224 224
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 89 224 224 224 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 224 224 224 212 89 212 89 224 224 224 9999 9999
--6
-6 89 197 224 209
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 89 209 224 209 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 224 209 224 197 89 197 89 209 224 209 9999 9999
--6
-6 89 182 224 194
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 89 194 224 194 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 224 194 224 182 89 182 89 194 224 194 9999 9999
--6
-6 89 167 224 179
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 89 179 224 179 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 224 179 224 167 89 167 89 179 224 179 9999 9999
--6
-6 89 152 224 164
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 89 164 224 164 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 224 164 224 152 89 152 89 164 224 164 9999 9999
--6
--6
-6 89 77 224 149
-6 89 137 224 149
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 89 149 224 149 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 224 149 224 137 89 137 89 149 224 149 9999 9999
--6
-6 89 122 224 134
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 89 134 224 134 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 224 134 224 122 89 122 89 134 224 134 9999 9999
--6
-6 89 107 224 119
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 89 119 224 119 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 224 119 224 107 89 107 89 119 224 119 9999 9999
--6
-6 89 92 224 104
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 89 104 224 104 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 224 104 224 92 89 92 89 104 224 104 9999 9999
--6
-6 89 77 224 89
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 89 89 224 89 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 224 89 224 77 89 77 89 89 224 89 9999 9999
--6
--6
-6 239 77 374 149
-6 239 137 374 149
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 149 374 149 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 149 374 137 239 137 239 149 374 149 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 122 374 134
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 134 374 134 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 134 374 122 239 122 239 134 374 134 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 107 374 119
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 119 374 119 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 119 374 107 239 107 239 119 374 119 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 92 374 104
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 104 374 104 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 104 374 92 239 92 239 104 374 104 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 77 374 89
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 89 374 89 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 89 374 77 239 77 239 89 374 89 9999 9999
--6
--6
-6 239 152 374 224
-6 239 212 374 224
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 224 374 224 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 224 374 212 239 212 239 224 374 224 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 197 374 209
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 209 374 209 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 209 374 197 239 197 239 209 374 209 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 182 374 194
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 194 374 194 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 194 374 182 239 182 239 194 374 194 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 167 374 179
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 179 374 179 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 179 374 167 239 167 239 179 374 179 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 152 374 164
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 164 374 164 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 164 374 152 239 152 239 164 374 164 9999 9999
--6
--6
-6 239 227 374 299
-6 239 287 374 299
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 299 374 299 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 299 374 287 239 287 239 299 374 299 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 272 374 284
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 284 374 284 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 284 374 272 239 272 239 284 374 284 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 257 374 269
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 269 374 269 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 269 374 257 239 257 239 269 374 269 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 242 374 254
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 254 374 254 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 254 374 242 239 242 239 254 374 254 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 227 374 239
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 239 374 239 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 239 374 227 239 227 239 239 374 239 9999 9999
--6
--6
-6 239 302 374 374
-6 239 362 374 374
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 374 374 374 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 374 374 362 239 362 239 374 374 374 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 347 374 359
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 359 374 359 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 359 374 347 239 347 239 359 374 359 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 332 374 344
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 344 374 344 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 344 374 332 239 332 239 344 374 344 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 317 374 329
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 329 374 329 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 329 374 317 239 317 239 329 374 329 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 302 374 314
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 314 374 314 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 314 374 302 239 302 239 314 374 314 9999 9999
--6
--6
-6 239 377 374 449
-6 239 437 374 449
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 449 374 449 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 449 374 437 239 437 239 449 374 449 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 422 374 434
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 434 374 434 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 434 374 422 239 422 239 434 374 434 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 407 374 419
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 419 374 419 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 419 374 407 239 407 239 419 374 419 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 392 374 404
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 404 374 404 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 404 374 392 239 392 239 404 374 404 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 377 374 389
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 389 374 389 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 389 374 377 239 377 239 389 374 389 9999 9999
--6
--6
-6 239 482 374 494
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 494 374 494 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 494 374 482 239 482 239 494 374 494 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 467 374 479
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 479 374 479 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 479 374 467 239 467 239 479 374 479 9999 9999
--6
-6 239 452 374 464
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 239 464 374 464 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 374 464 374 452 239 452 239 464 374 464 9999 9999
--6
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 89 59 449 59 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 89 524 449 524 9999 9999
-2 2 0 2 -1 0 0 0 0.000 0 0 0
-	 479 554 479 29 59 29 59 554 479 554 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 254 344 9999 9999
-2 1 0 2 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 89 308 224 308 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 269 563 269 569 344 569 344 563 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 308 569 317 581 320 581 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 0
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	 29 344 83 308 9999 9999
-2 2 1 1 -1 5 0 0 4.000 0 0 0
-	 224 494 224 77 164 77 164 494 224 494 9999 9999
-2 2 1 1 -1 5 0 0 4.000 0 0 0
-	 299 494 299 77 239 77 239 494 299 494 9999 9999
-2 2 1 1 -1 5 0 0 4.000 0 0 0
-	 374 494 374 77 314 77 314 494 374 494 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 5 0.000 0 0 0
-	 449 59 449 47 89 47 89 59 449 59 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 5 0.000 0 0 0
-	 449 524 449 512 89 512 89 524 449 524 9999 9999
-2 2 1 1 -1 5 0 0 4.000 0 0 0
-	 449 494 449 77 389 77 389 494 449 494 9999 9999
-2 2 1 1 -1 5 0 0 4.000 0 0 0
-	 149 494 149 77 89 77 89 494 149 494 9999 9999
-4 0 0 12 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 15 36 113 326 caption

-4 0 0 12 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 15 44 146 215 column 0

-4 0 0 12 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 15 44 311 218 column 1

-4 0 0 12 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 15 42 275 53 headline

-4 0 0 12 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 15 37 359 515 footline

-4 0 0 12 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 15 39 323 584 grid cell

-4 0 0 12 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 15 48 8 371 separator

-4 0 0 12 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 15 36 8 359 caption

-4 0 0 12 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 15 54 104 419 illustration

-4 0 0 12 0 -1 0 1.57080 4 15 54 419 404 illustration

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/oput02.fig b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/oput02.fig
deleted file mode 100644
index fb7858b0c43..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/oput02.fig
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,273 +0,0 @@
-#FIG 2.1
-80 2
-6 179 317 254 329
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 254 329 254 317 179 317 179 329 254 329 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 179 329 254 329 9999 9999
--6
-6 179 332 254 344
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 254 344 254 332 179 332 179 344 254 344 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 179 344 254 344 9999 9999
--6
-6 179 287 254 299
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 254 299 254 287 179 287 179 299 254 299 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 179 299 254 299 9999 9999
--6
-6 179 272 254 284
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 254 284 254 272 179 272 179 284 254 284 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 179 284 254 284 9999 9999
--6
-6 179 257 254 269
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 254 269 254 257 179 257 179 269 254 269 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 179 269 254 269 9999 9999
--6
-6 179 242 254 254
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 254 254 254 242 179 242 179 254 254 254 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 179 254 254 254 9999 9999
--6
-6 179 227 254 239
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 254 239 254 227 179 227 179 239 254 239 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 179 239 254 239 9999 9999
--6
-6 179 212 254 224
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 254 224 254 212 179 212 179 224 254 224 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 179 224 254 224 9999 9999
--6
-6 179 197 254 209
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 254 209 254 197 179 197 179 209 254 209 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 179 209 254 209 9999 9999
--6
-6 179 182 254 194
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 254 194 254 182 179 182 179 194 254 194 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 179 194 254 194 9999 9999
--6
-6 179 167 254 179
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 254 179 254 167 179 167 179 179 254 179 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 179 179 254 179 9999 9999
--6
-6 269 347 344 359
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 344 359 344 347 269 347 269 359 344 359 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 269 359 344 359 9999 9999
--6
-6 269 317 344 329
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 344 329 344 317 269 317 269 329 344 329 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 269 329 344 329 9999 9999
--6
-6 269 332 344 344
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 344 344 344 332 269 332 269 344 344 344 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 269 344 344 344 9999 9999
--6
-6 269 287 344 299
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 344 299 344 287 269 287 269 299 344 299 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 269 299 344 299 9999 9999
--6
-6 269 272 344 284
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 344 284 344 272 269 272 269 284 344 284 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 269 284 344 284 9999 9999
--6
-6 269 257 344 269
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 344 269 344 257 269 257 269 269 344 269 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 269 269 344 269 9999 9999
--6
-6 269 242 344 254
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 344 254 344 242 269 242 269 254 344 254 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 269 254 344 254 9999 9999
--6
-6 269 227 344 239
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 344 239 344 227 269 227 269 239 344 239 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 269 239 344 239 9999 9999
--6
-6 269 212 344 224
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 344 224 344 212 269 212 269 224 344 224 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 269 224 344 224 9999 9999
--6
-6 269 197 344 209
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 344 209 344 197 269 197 269 209 344 209 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 269 209 344 209 9999 9999
--6
-6 269 182 344 194
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 344 194 344 182 269 182 269 194 344 194 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 269 194 344 194 9999 9999
--6
-6 269 167 344 179
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 344 179 344 167 269 167 269 179 344 179 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 269 179 344 179 9999 9999
--6
-6 269 362 344 374
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 344 374 344 362 269 362 269 374 344 374 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 269 374 344 374 9999 9999
--6
-6 269 377 344 389
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 344 389 344 377 269 377 269 389 344 389 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 269 389 344 389 9999 9999
--6
-6 269 302 344 314
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0
-	 344 314 344 302 269 302 269 314 344 314 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 269 314 344 314 9999 9999
--6
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 89 59 434 59 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 89 524 434 524 9999 9999
-2 2 0 2 -1 0 0 0 0.000 0 0 0
-	 479 554 479 29 59 29 59 554 479 554 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 1
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	 494 74 494 494 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 1
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	 494 494 494 527 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 1
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	 509 59 509 89 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 1
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	 524 29 524 74 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 1
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	 524 494 524 554 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 1
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	 539 29 539 554 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 1
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	 89 569 434 569 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 1
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	 59 584 479 584 9999 9999
-2 1 1 1 -1 0 0 0 4.000 -1 0 0
-	 425 89 515 89 9999 9999
-2 1 1 1 -1 0 0 0 4.000 -1 0 0
-	 431 59 515 59 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 0
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	 449 59 449 74 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 0
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	 449 104 449 89 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 0
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	 329 158 344 158 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 0
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	 374 158 359 158 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 5 0.000 0 0 0
-	 434 524 434 512 89 512 89 524 434 524 9999 9999
-2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 5 0.000 0 0 0
-	 434 59 434 47 89 47 89 59 434 59 9999 9999
-2 2 1 1 -1 10 0 0 4.000 0 0 0
-	 434 164 434 74 89 74 89 164 434 164 9999 9999
-2 2 1 1 -1 10 0 0 4.000 0 0 0
-	 434 389 434 164 359 164 359 389 434 389 9999 9999
-2 2 1 1 -1 10 0 0 4.000 0 0 0
-	 164 389 164 164 89 164 89 389 164 389 9999 9999
-2 2 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 0 0 0
-	 254 389 254 164 179 164 179 389 254 389 9999 9999
-2 2 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 0 0 0
-	 344 389 344 164 269 164 269 389 344 389 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 0
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	 155 284 155 299 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 0
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	 155 329 155 314 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 1
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	 179 158 254 158 9999 9999
-2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 1
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000
-	 365 164 365 389 9999 9999
-2 1 0 2 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 170 164 170 389 9999 9999
-2 1 0 2 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 179 308 254 308 9999 9999
-2 1 0 2 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 260 164 260 389 9999 9999
-2 1 0 2 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0
-	 350 164 350 389 9999 9999
-2 2 1 1 -1 0 0 0 4.000 0 0 0
-	 89 389 89 494 434 494 434 389 89 389 9999 9999
-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 32 269 566 bodywd

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 36 269 581 paperwd

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 1.57080 4 13 24 521 524 botmg

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 1.57080 4 13 49 491 509 footlineskip

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 1.57080 4 13 28 491 284 bodyht

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 1.57080 4 13 32 536 284 paperht

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 1.57080 4 13 53 506 74 headlineskip

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 1.57080 4 13 24 521 53 topmg

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 30 449 86 topskip

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 27 350 155 colsep

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 27 269 119 topbox

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 27 269 464 botbox

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 32 269 518 footline

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 36 254 56 headline

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 37 218 266 column 0

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 37 305 266 column 1

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 28 125 221 leftbox

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 31 218 338 caption

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 14 215 374 illo

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 25 215 152 colwd

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 1.57080 4 13 21 374 284 colht

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 33 407 251 rightbox

-4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 1.57080 4 13 29 152 308 capsep

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 443b766d82c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,609 +0,0 @@
-% pdcadobe.dtx -- documentation & source for pdcadobe.tex -*-tex-*-
-        
-%%%@TeX-document-file {
-%%% title 	= "PDCADOBE -- Formatting Macros",
-%%% filename 	= "$texmf/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.dtx",
-%%% version 	= "$Revision: 1.3 $",
-%%% package 	= "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% date 	= "$Date: 1995/03/30 16:07:31 $",
-%%% author	= "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email	= "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address	= "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,"
-%%%                Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% abstract	= "This document describes and is the source code for 
-%%%                the TeX definitions file pdcadobe.tex.
-%%%                Running plain TeX on this file produces both the
-%%%                definitions file and the printed documentation.",
-%%% copyright	= "Copyright (c) 1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying	= "This program is free software; you can redistribute
-%%%		   it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
-%%%		   General Public License as published by the Free
-%%%		   Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
-%%%		   or (at your option) any later version.",
-%%% notice	= "This program is distributed in the hope that it will
-%%%		   be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the
-%%%		   implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-%%%		   PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
-%%%		   License for more details.",
-%%% notice	= "You should have received a copy of the GNU General
-%%%		   Public License along with this program; if not, write
-%%%		   to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
-%%%		   Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.",
-%%% codetable	= "USASCII",
-%%% dependencies = "pdccode.tex"
-%%%}
-
-%{{{ pdcadobe
-%{{{  preamble
-\relax
-\input pdccode
-
-\document
-\rcs$Id: pdcadobe.dtx,v 1.3 1995/03/30 16:07:31 pdc Exp $\endrcs
-
-\codefile{pdcadobe.tex}
-%}}}  preamble
-%{{{  introduction
-	
-\author{P. Damian Cugley}
-\title{PDCAdobe---Macros for using Adobe fonts}
-\section{Introduction}
-	
-	This document describes |pdcadobe.tex|, a collection of macros
-	for using Adobe's Standard Roman character set, via DVIPS's
-	variation on the \TeX\ Text encoding.  
-
-\notepar
-	You will need to use a different strategy if your PostScript
-	fonts adhere strictly to the \TeX\ Text conventions (the
-	conventions of Computer Modern Roman, described in {\it\TeX
-	book}\/ Appendix~F, and called OT1 by the \LaTeX~3 team), such
-	as the fonts generated with Fontinst.
-\endnotepar
-
-\subsec{New text symbols}
-
-	The new characters now available in text are:
-$$\halign{\indent\tt\char`\\#1\hfil&\quad#\hfil\cr
-	quotesingle&	typewriter-style apostrophe ({\tt\char"0D })\cr
-	quotedouble&	typewriter-style double apostrophe ({\tt"})\cr
-	asciicircum&	ASCII circumflex\cr
-	asciitilde&	ASCII tilde\cr
-}$$	 
-
-
-\subsec{Use of the Symbol font}
-
-	The assumption is that one of the resons for using PostScript
-	fonts is that, if you stick to the `Adobe~35', the resulting
-	PostScript files are much smaller because no font bitmaps need
-	to be downloaded.  On this assumption, Adobe's Symbol font is
-	used whenever possible, even when the Computer Modern symbol is
-	arguably prettier.
-
-	The Symbol font will need to have its own maths family, which by
-	convention this file expects to find defined as |\asyfam|.
-
-\subsec{Composite letters}
-
-\setbox0=\hbox{accent}
-\edef\\{\vrule height\the\ht0 depth\the\dp0 width\the\wd0 \relax }
-
-	Composite letters are those made from some base letter and a
-	{\it mark}, for example {\it\'e}, {\it\"u}.\footnote*{`Composite
-	letters' is a euphemism for what English speakers usually refer
-	to as `\\ed letters', since the word `\\' tends to provoke
-	lectures to the effect that composite letters are not considered
-	to be `\\ed' in many of the lanuages in which they are used.}
-	In the Adobe Standard Roman character set, and hence in
-	|afm2tfm|'s encoding, the composite letters of ISO 8859--1 are
-	included as separate glyphs.  These glyphs are accessed using
-	ligatures between mark glyphs and base letters (so that |^^13e|
-	in the manuscript file produces `\'e').  Unfortunately,
-	exploiting this is tricky if we also want to allow for composite
-	glyphs {\it not} included in the PostScript fonts.
-
-	The approach taken in these definitions is that \TeX's composite
-	letter commands (|\'|, |\"|, and friends) are left unchanged, so
-	that `|\'e|' works through \TeX's |\|\\ command.  The magic
-	glyphs are available as commands with names like |\acuteglyph|
-	or via the Latin-1 special symbols, so that `|\acuteglyph e|' or
-	`|^^b4e|' (which might liik like `{\tt\char"13 e}' on the screen
-	if your computer uses Latin-1) produces `\'e' as a single glyph
-	(which might mean tha mark is better aligned).  Finally, the
-	Latin-1 composite letters generate the single glyphs vial
-	ligatures, so that `|^^e9|' (which may well look like `{\tt\'e}'
-	on the screen) expands to `|\acuteglyph e|' and hence `\'e'.
-
-\subsec{About this document}
-
-	The definitions file and the printed documentation are both in
-	|pdcadobe.dtx|, a `documented \TeX\ macros' file\footnote*{The
-	\LaTeX~2e distribution uses files with the `|dtx|' suffix for
-	similar purposes.}  which, when processed by plain \TeX,
-	generates a fresh copy of |pdcadobe.tex| in the current directory
-	in addition to the |dvi| file.  This ensures that the printed
-	documentation and the code it describes are identical.  The
-	|dtx| file uses the macros in |pdccode.tex|.
-
-%}}}  introduction
-%{{{  File identification
-\section{File identification}
-	
-	Nowadays, macro files start with some comments identifying the
-	file.
-
-\code
-	\|\% pdcadobe.tex \fileversion~\filedate~-- macros for Adobe style fonts
-	|
-	|%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-	|%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.tex",
-	\|\%\%\% version~~~~~~~~= "\fileversion",
-	\|\%\%\% date~~~~~~~~~~~= "\filedate",
-	|%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-	|%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-	|%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-	|%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-	|%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-	|%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-	|%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-	|%%% abstract       = "Formatting macros for Adobe-style fonts.
-	|%%%                   This file was generated by running
-	\|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~plain TeX on \jobname.dtx",
-	|%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-	\|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Distribute \jobname.dtx only as part of the
-	|%%%                   package it came in.",
-	|%%% dependencies   = "",
-	|%%% }
-	|
-	\|\\message\{\fileversion~<pdc \filedate>\}
-	|
-\endcode
-%}}}  file id
-%{{{  chardefs
-\section{Characters available in all styles}
-
-	The following characters are in the fonts generated by
-	|afm2tfm|, so are available in all styles.
-\code
-	|\chardef\quotesingle="0D
-	|\chardef\quotedouble="22
-	|\chardef\_="5F
-	|\chardef\asciicircum="80
-	|\chardef\asciitilde="81
-	|\chardef\cents="A2
-	|\chardef\pounds="A3
-	|\chardef\fractionslash="A4
-	|\chardef\yen="A5
-	|\chardef\florin="A6
-	|\chardef\S="A7
-	|\chardef\currency="A8
-	|\chardef\lguillemet="AB
-	|\chardef\dag="B2
-	|\chardef\ddag="B3
-	|\chardef\gbdecimal="B4
-	|\chardef\P="B6
-	|\chardef\bullet="B7
-	|\chardef\quotesinglebase="B8
-	|\chardef\quotedblbase="B9
-	|\chardef\rguillemet="BB
-	|\chardef\ellipsis="BC \def\dots{\ellipsis\thinspace}
-	|\chardef\permille="BD
-	|\chardef\orda="E3
-	|\chardef\ordo="EB
-\endcode
-	Some glyphs, like |\fractionslash| and |\gbdecimal| may well be
-	used in maths mode, but are defined using |\chardef| to allow
-	them to be used in text as well.
-
-	The definition of |\dots| adds the thin space that is included
-	in plain \TeX's |\dots|, so that `|\dots,|' will have a thin
-	space between the third full stop and the comma.
-
-\subsec{Maths stuff}
-
-	These symbols are available in maths mode, coming from the |\rm|
-	font (fam~0).
-\code
-	|\mathchardef\backslash="205C
-	|\edef\lbrace{\delimiter"407B308} \let\{=\lbrace \mathcode`\{="407B
-	|\mathcode`\|="707C 	\mathchardef\mid="307C
-	|\edef\rbrace{\delimiter"507D309} \let\}=\rbrace \mathcode`\}="507D
-	|\mathchardef\sim="3081
-	|\mathchardef\cdot="20B4
-	|\mathchardef\bullet="20B7
-	|\mathchardef\ldots="60BC
-\endcode
-	There {\it are} extensible braces in the Adobe Symbol font,
-	which I~would have used for the |\lbrace| and |\rbrace|
-	commands.  Unfortunately, the TFM file generated with |afm2tfm|
-	seems to lack the special information that makes extensible
-	characters work, so the |cmex10| glyphs must be used instead.
-
-\subsec{Marks for composite letters}
-
-	Some common accented letters can be got by printing the accent
-	glyph before the letter glyph.  However not all combinations
-	will work, so I~have left plain \TeX's definitions in place.
-
-	For later reference, the glyphs used for the accents are given
-	names.
-\code
-	|\chardef\graveglyph="12
-	|\chardef\acuteglyph="13
-	|\chardef\hookglyph="14
-	|\chardef\breveglyph="15
-	|\chardef\macronglyph="16
-	|\chardef\ringglyph="17
-	|\chardef\cedillaglyph="18
-	|\chardef\circumglyph="5E
-	|\chardef\tildeglyph="7E
-	|\chardef\twodotsglyph="7F
-	|\chardef\dotglyph="C7
-	|\chardef\hungarianglyph="CD
-	|\chardef\ogonekglyph="CE
-\endcode
-	
-
-	Some special letters and marks have been moved to new slots.
-\code
-	|\chardef\AA="C8 \chardef\aa="98
-	|\chardef\L="E8 \chardef\l="F8
-	|\def\.#1{\accent\dotglyph #1}
-	|\def\H#1{\accent\hungarianglyph"CD #1}
-\endcode
-
-%}}}  chardefs
-%{{{  adobe sy
-\section{Adobe Symbol font characters}
-
-	Most of Adobe's Symbol font's glyphs exist already in one of the
-	maths fonts.  Nevertheless I~think it makes sense to use them
-	whenever possible, because if it so happens that none of the
-	glyphs in the maths fonts are used, the bitmaps for the fonts
-	may be omitted from the PostScript file, making it much smaller.
-	For these definitions to work, there must be a family |\asyfam|
-	and font nickname |\asy|.
-
-\code
-	|\ifx\asyfam\UNDEFINED 
-	|    \newfam\asyfam 
-	|\fi
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Extracting the fam name}
-
-\code
-	|\edef\\{\ifcase\asyfam 0\or 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or
-	|    8\or 9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\fi
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	Where plain \TeX's definition uses glyphs from the roman font,
-	I~have let the definition stand.
-\code
-	|\mathchardef\forall="0\\22
-	|\mathchardef\exists="0\\24
-	|\mathchardef\suchthat="0\\27
-	|\mathcode`*="2\\2A
-	|\mathcode`,="6\\2C
-	|\mathcode`-="2\\2D
-	|\mathcode`.="2\\2E
-	|\mathcode`/="2\\2F
-	|\mathcode`<="3\\3C
-	|\mathcode`>="3\\3E
-\smallbreak
-	|\mathchardef\cong="3\\40
-	|\mathchardef\Alpha="0\\41
-	|\mathchardef\Beta="0\\42
-	|\mathchardef\Chi="0\\43
-	|\mathchardef\Delta="0\\44
-	|\mathchardef\Epsilon="0\\45
-	|\mathchardef\Phi="0\\46
-	|\mathchardef\Gamma="0\\47
-	|\mathchardef\Eta="0\\48
-	|\mathchardef\Iota="0\\49
-	|\mathchardef\vartheta="0\\4A
-	|\mathchardef\Kappa="0\\4B
-	|\mathchardef\Lambda="0\\4C
-	|\mathchardef\Mu="0\\4D
-	|\mathchardef\Ni="0\\4E
-	|\mathchardef\Omicron="0\\4F
-\smallbreak
-	|\mathchardef\Pi="0\\50
-	|\mathchardef\Theta="0\\51
-	|\mathchardef\Rho="0\\52
-	|\mathchardef\Sigma="0\\53
-	|\mathchardef\Tau="0\\54
-	|\mathchardef\varUpsilon="0\\55
-	|\mathchardef\varsigma="0\\56
-	|\mathchardef\Omega="0\\57
-	|\mathchardef\Xi="0\\58
-	|\mathchardef\Psi="0\\59
-	|\mathchardef\Zeta="0\\5A
-%
-	|\mathchardef\therefore="3\\5C
-%
-	|\mathchardef\perp="3\\5E
-%
-\smallbreak
-%
-	|\mathchardef\alpha="0\\61
-	|\mathchardef\beta="0\\62
-	|\mathchardef\chi="0\\63
-	|\mathchardef\delta="0\\64
-	|\mathchardef\epsilon="0\\65
-	|\mathchardef\phi="0\\66
-	|\mathchardef\gamma="0\\67
-	|\mathchardef\eta="0\\68
-	|\mathchardef\iota="0\\69
-	|\mathchardef\varphi="0\\6A
-	|\mathchardef\kappa="0\\6B
-	|\mathchardef\lambda="0\\6C
-	|\mathchardef\mu="0\\6D
-	|\mathchardef\ni="0\\6E
-	|\mathchardef\omicron="0\\6F
-\smallbreak
-	|\mathchardef\pi="0\\70
-	|\mathchardef\theta="0\\71
-	|\mathchardef\rho="0\\72
-	|\mathchardef\sigma="0\\73
-	|\mathchardef\tau="0\\74
-	|\mathchardef\upsilon="0\\75
-	|\mathchardef\varpi="0\\76
-	|\mathchardef\omega="0\\77
-	|\mathchardef\xi="0\\78
-	|\mathchardef\psi="0\\79
-	|\mathchardef\zeta="0\\7A
-	|\mathchardef\sim="3\\7E
-%
-\smallbreak
-	|\mathchardef\Upsilon="0\\A1
-	|\mathcode`'="0\\A2 \mathchardef\minutes="0\\A2
-	|\mathchardef\leq="3\\A3 \let\le=\leq
-	|\mathchardef\fractionslash="0\\A4
-	|\mathchardef\infinity="0\\A5
-%
-	|\mathchardef\clubsuit="0\\A7
-	|\mathchardef\diamondsuit="0\\A8
-	|\mathchardef\heartsuit="0\\A9
-	|\mathchardef\spadesuit="0\\AA
-	|\mathchardef\leftrightarrow="3\\AB
-	|\mathchardef\leftarrow="3\\AC \let\gets=\rightarrow
-	|\mathchardef\uparrow="3\\AD
-	|\mathchardef\rightarrow="3\\AE \let\to=\rightarrow
-	|\mathchardef\downarrow="3\\AF
-\smallskip
-	|\mathchardef\degrees="0\\B0
-	|\mathchardef\pm="2\\B1
-	|\mathchardef\seconds="0\\B2
-	|\mathchardef\geq="3\\B3 \let\ge=\geq
-	|\mathchardef\times="2\\B4
-	|\mathchardef\propto="3\\B5
-	|\mathchardef\partial="0\\B6
-%
-	|\mathchardef\div="2\\B8
-	|\mathchardef\neq="3\\B9 \let\ne=\neq
-	|\mathchardef\equiv="3\\BA
-	|\mathchardef\approx="3\\BB
-	|\mathchardef\ldots="6\\BC
-	|\edef\arrowvert{\delimiter"0\\BD33C }
-	|\mathchardef\relbar"3\\BE
-	|\edef\crlf{\noexpand\mathexbox\\BF}
-\smallbreak
-	|\mathchardef\aleph="0\\C0
-	|\mathchardef\Im="0\\C1
-	|\mathchardef\Re="0\\C2
-	|\mathchardef\wp="0\\C3
-	|\mathchardef\otimes="2\\C4
-	|\mathchardef\oplus="2\\C5
-	|\mathchardef\emptyset="0\\C6
-	|\mathchardef\cap="2\\C7
-	|\mathchardef\cup="2\\C8
-	|\mathchardef\supset="3\\C9
-	|\mathchardef\supseteq="3\\CA
-	|\mathchardef\nsubset="3\\CB
-	|\mathchardef\subset="3\\CC
-	|\mathchardef\subseteq="3\\CD
-	|\mathchardef\in="3\\CE
-	|\mathchardef\nin="3\\CF
-\smallbreak
-	|\mathchardef\angle="0\\D0
-	|\mathchardef\nabla="0\\D1
-	|\edef\registered{\noexpand\mathhexbox\\D2}
-	|\edef\copyright{\noexpand\mathhexbox\\D3}
-	|\edef\trademark{\noexpand\mathhexbox\\D4}
-	|\mathchardef\prod="1\\D5
-	|\edef\sqrt{\radical"\\D6370 }
-	|\mathchardef\cdot="2\\D7
-	|\mathchardef\neg="0\\D8 \let\lnot=\neg
-	|\mathchardef\wedge="3\\D9 \let\land=\wedge
-	|\mathchardef\vee="3\\DA \let\lor=\vee
-	|\mathchardef\Leftrightarrow="3\\DB
-	|\mathchardef\Leftarrow="3\\DC
-	|\mathchardef\Uparrow="3\\DD
-	|\mathchardef\Rightarrow="3\\DE
-	|\mathchardef\Downarrow="3\\DF
-\smallbreak
-	|\mathchardef\diamond="3\\E0
-	|\edef\langle{\delimiter"4\\E130A }
-	|\mathchardef\sum="1\\E5
-	|\edef\rangle{\delimiter"5\\F130B }
-\endcode
-	(I haven't bothered redefining those delimiters based on parts of
-	large delimiters.)
-	
-%}}}  adobe sy
-%{{{  ISO 8859-1 support
-\section{ISO 8859--1 input}
-
-	ISO~8859--1 (Latin-1) is the de facto standard character
-	encoding in a large numebr of countries, and so we shall try to
-	make a reasonable number of Latin-1 characters available.
-
-\subsec{Symbols}
-
-	Those characters whose code is the same as the code of the
-	corresponding glyph are left alone (with catcode~12).  For
-	example, |^^a3| (pounds sterling) is left alone.
-
-	Those that have an equivalent |\chardef| (or |\mathchardef|)
-	name are defined with |\let| (for example, |^^a4| is |\let| to
-	|\currency|).  Those with an equivalent standard ligature use
-	that ligature.  These conventions hopefully insulate these
-	definitions against changes in the encoding.
-
-	The characters that represent marks for composite
-	letters\footnote*{This phrase is used on the grounds that the
-	word {\it accent} tends to provoke lectures on ways in which
-	many composite letters do {\it not} represent accents in the
-	languages in which they are used.} will form ligatures with the
-	following letter---one may write `{\tt\char"7F u\char"18 c}' to
-	get `\"u\c c'.
-
-	I don't use |\declareactivechar| on these because they would not
-	work properly in verbatim text with catcode~12.  (Extending
-	verbatim text to include Latin-1 will take a few definitions
-	along the same lines as |\ttlq| etc.).
-\code
-	|\catcode`^^a0\active \let^^a0=~
-	|\catcode`^^a1\active \def^^a1{!`}
-% 	A2
-%	A3	
-	|\catcode`^^a4\active \let^^a4=\currency
-%	A5
-%	A6 XXX
-% 	A7
-	|\catcode`^^a8\active \let^^a8=\twodotsglyph
-	|\catcode`^^a9\active \let^^a9=\copyright
-	|\catcode`^^aa\active \let^^aa=\orda
-%	AB
-	|\catcode`^^ac\active \let^^ac=\lnot
-	|\catcode`^^ad\active \let^^ad=\-
-	|\catcode`^^ae\active \let^^ae=\registered
-	|\catcode`^^af\active \let^^af=\macronglyph
-\smallbreak
-	|\catcode`^^b0\active \let^^b0=\degrees
-	|\catcode`^^b1\active \let^^b1=\pm
-	|\catcode`^^b2\active \def^^b2{^2}
-	|\catcode`^^b3\active \def^^b3{^3}
-	|\catcode`^^b4\active \let^^b4=\acuteglyph
-	|\catcode`^^b5\active \let^^b5=\mu
-%	B6
-	|\catcode`^^b7\active \let^^b7=\gbdecimal
-	|\catcode`^^b8\active \let^^b8=\cedillaglyph
-	|\catcode`^^b9\active \def^^b9{^1}
-	|\catcode`^^ba\active \let^^ba=\ordo
-%	BB
-	|\catcode`^^bc\active \def^^bc{\frac14}
-	|\catcode`^^bd\active \def^^bd{\frac12}
-	|\catcode`^^be\active \def^^be{\frac34}
-	|\catcode`^^bf\active \def^^bf{?`}
-\smallbreak	
-	|\catcode`^^d7\active \let^^d7=\times
-	|\catcode`^^f7\active \let^^f7=\div
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Composite letters}
-
-	The composite letters acer accessed via ligatures so that they
-	are immune to some possible changes in encoding.
-\code
-	|\catcode`^^c0\active \def^^c0{\graveglyph A}
-	|\catcode`^^c1\active \def^^c1{\acuteglyph A}
-	|\catcode`^^c2\active \def^^c2{\circumglyph A}
-	|\catcode`^^c3\active \def^^c3{\tildeglyph A}
-	|\catcode`^^c4\active \def^^c4{\twodotsglyph A}
-	|\catcode`^^c5\active \def^^c5{\ringglyph A}
-	|\catcode`^^c6\active \let^^c6=\AE
-	|\catcode`^^c7\active \def^^c7{\cedillaglyph C}
-	|\catcode`^^c8\active \def^^c8{\graveglyph E}
-	|\catcode`^^c9\active \def^^c9{\acuteglyph E}
-	|\catcode`^^ca\active \def^^ca{\circumglyph E}
-	|\catcode`^^cb\active \def^^cb{\twodotsglyph E}
-	|\catcode`^^cc\active \def^^cc{\graveglyph I}
-	|\catcode`^^cd\active \def^^cd{\acuteglyph I}
-	|\catcode`^^ce\active \def^^ce{\circumglyph I}
-	|\catcode`^^cf\active \def^^cf{\twodotsglyph I}
-\smallbreak
-%	|\catcode`^^d0\active \chardef^^d0="?? %  DH
-	|\catcode`^^d1\active \def^^d1{\tildeglyph N}
-	|\catcode`^^d2\active \def^^d2{\graveglyph O}
-	|\catcode`^^d3\active \def^^d3{\acuteglyph O}
-	|\catcode`^^d4\active \def^^d4{\circumglyph O}
-	|\catcode`^^d5\active \def^^d5{\tildeglyph O}
-	|\catcode`^^d6\active \def^^d6{\twodotsglyph O}
-	|\catcode`^^d8\active \let^^d8=\O
-	|\catcode`^^d9\active \def^^d9{\graveglyph U}
-	|\catcode`^^da\active \def^^da{\acuteglyph U}
-	|\catcode`^^db\active \def^^db{\circumglyph U}
-	|\catcode`^^dc\active \def^^dc{\twodotsglyph U}
-	|\catcode`^^dd\active \def^^dd{\acuteglyph Y}
-%	|\catcode`^^de\active \def^^de{TH}
-	|\catcode`^^df\active \let^^df=\ss
-\smallbreak
-        |\catcode`^^e0\active \def^^e0{\acuteglyph a}
-	|\catcode`^^e1\active \def^^e1{\graveglyph a}
-	|\catcode`^^e2\active \def^^e2{\circumglyph a}
-	|\catcode`^^e3\active \def^^e3{\tildeglyph a}
-	|\catcode`^^e4\active \def^^e4{\twodotsglyph a}
-	|\catcode`^^e5\active \def^^e5{\ringglyph a}
-	|\catcode`^^e6\active \let^^e6=\ae
-	|\catcode`^^e7\active \def^^e7{\cedillaglyph c}
-	|\catcode`^^e8\active \def^^e8{\graveglyph e}
-	|\catcode`^^e9\active \def^^e9{\acuteglyph e}
-	|\catcode`^^ea\active \def^^ea{\circumglyph e}
-	|\catcode`^^eb\active \def^^eb{\twodotsglyph e}
-	|\catcode`^^ec\active \def^^ec{\graveglyph i}
-	|\catcode`^^ed\active \def^^ed{\acuteglyph i}
-	|\catcode`^^ee\active \def^^ee{\circumglyph i}
-	|\catcode`^^ef\active \def^^ef{\twodotsglyph i}
-\smallbreak
-%	|\catcode`^^f0\active \def^^f0{dh}
-	|\catcode`^^f1\active \def^^f1{\tildeglyph n}
-	|\catcode`^^f2\active \def^^f2{\graveglyph o}
-	|\catcode`^^f3\active \def^^f3{\acuteglyph o}
-	|\catcode`^^f4\active \def^^f4{\circumglyph o}
-	|\catcode`^^f5\active \def^^f5{\tildeglyph o}
-	|\catcode`^^f6\active \def^^f6{\twodotsglyph o}
-	|\catcode`^^f8\active \let^^f8=\o
-	|\catcode`^^f9\active \def^^f9{\graveglyph u}
-	|\catcode`^^fa\active \def^^fa{\acuteglyph u}
-	|\catcode`^^fb\active \def^^fb{\circumglyph u}
-	|\catcode`^^fc\active \def^^fc{\twodotsglyph u}
-	|\catcode`^^fd\active \def^^fd{\acuteglyph y}
-%	|\catcode`^^fe\active \def^^fe{th}
-	|\catcode`^^ff\active \def^^ff{\twodotsglyph y}
-\endcode
-
-%}}}  ISO 8859-1 support
-%{{{  other hacks
-\section{Modifications to other PDCMAC macros}
-
-
-	For typewriter text, less drastic revision of the string is
-	necessary. 
-\code
-	|\def\ttminus{--{}}
-	|\let\ttcircum=\asciicircum
-	|\let\tttilde=\asciitilde
-\endcode
-	Note that ASCII quote and backquote characters are still got
-	from accents because a `neutral' quotation mark is not adequate
-	for computer listings where both sorts of `quote mark' might be
-	appear, with different meanings.
-
-	
-%}}}  other hacks
-\endcodefile
-\enddocument
-\bye
-%}}} pdcadobe.dtx
-
-%Local variables:
-%fill-prefix: "\t"
-%fold-folded-p: t
-%End:
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 909cec7dfd2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,300 +0,0 @@
-% pdcadobe.tex 1.3 1995/03/30 -- macros for Adobe style fonts
-
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.3",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Formatting macros for Adobe-style fonts.
-%%%                   This file was generated by running
-%%%                   plain TeX on pdcadobe.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcadobe.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "",
-%%% }
-
-\message{1.3 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\chardef\quotesingle="0D
-\chardef\quotedouble="22
-\chardef\_="5F
-\chardef\asciicircum="80
-\chardef\asciitilde="81
-\chardef\cents="A2
-\chardef\pounds="A3
-\chardef\fractionslash="A4
-\chardef\yen="A5
-\chardef\florin="A6
-\chardef\S="A7
-\chardef\currency="A8
-\chardef\lguillemet="AB
-\chardef\dag="B2
-\chardef\ddag="B3
-\chardef\gbdecimal="B4
-\chardef\P="B6
-\chardef\bullet="B7
-\chardef\quotesinglebase="B8
-\chardef\quotedblbase="B9
-\chardef\rguillemet="BB
-\chardef\ellipsis="BC \def\dots{\ellipsis\thinspace}
-\chardef\permille="BD
-\chardef\orda="E3
-\chardef\ordo="EB
-\mathchardef\backslash="205C
-\edef\lbrace{\delimiter"407B308} \let\{=\lbrace \mathcode`\{="407B
-\mathcode`\|="707C  \mathchardef\mid="307C
-\edef\rbrace{\delimiter"507D309} \let\}=\rbrace \mathcode`\}="507D
-\mathchardef\sim="3081
-\mathchardef\cdot="20B4
-\mathchardef\bullet="20B7
-\mathchardef\ldots="60BC
-\chardef\graveglyph="12
-\chardef\acuteglyph="13
-\chardef\hookglyph="14
-\chardef\breveglyph="15
-\chardef\macronglyph="16
-\chardef\ringglyph="17
-\chardef\cedillaglyph="18
-\chardef\circumglyph="5E
-\chardef\tildeglyph="7E
-\chardef\twodotsglyph="7F
-\chardef\dotglyph="C7
-\chardef\hungarianglyph="CD
-\chardef\ogonekglyph="CE
-\chardef\AA="C8 \chardef\aa="98
-\chardef\L="E8 \chardef\l="F8
-\def\.#1{\accent\dotglyph #1}
-\def\H#1{\accent\hungarianglyph"CD #1}
-\ifx\asyfam\UNDEFINED
-    \newfam\asyfam
-\fi
-\edef\\{\ifcase\asyfam 0\or 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or
-    8\or 9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\fi
-}
-\mathchardef\forall="0\\22
-\mathchardef\exists="0\\24
-\mathchardef\suchthat="0\\27
-\mathcode`*="2\\2A
-\mathcode`,="6\\2C
-\mathcode`-="2\\2D
-\mathcode`.="2\\2E
-\mathcode`/="2\\2F
-\mathcode`<="3\\3C
-\mathcode`>="3\\3E
-\mathchardef\cong="3\\40
-\mathchardef\Alpha="0\\41
-\mathchardef\Beta="0\\42
-\mathchardef\Chi="0\\43
-\mathchardef\Delta="0\\44
-\mathchardef\Epsilon="0\\45
-\mathchardef\Phi="0\\46
-\mathchardef\Gamma="0\\47
-\mathchardef\Eta="0\\48
-\mathchardef\Iota="0\\49
-\mathchardef\vartheta="0\\4A
-\mathchardef\Kappa="0\\4B
-\mathchardef\Lambda="0\\4C
-\mathchardef\Mu="0\\4D
-\mathchardef\Ni="0\\4E
-\mathchardef\Omicron="0\\4F
-\mathchardef\Pi="0\\50
-\mathchardef\Theta="0\\51
-\mathchardef\Rho="0\\52
-\mathchardef\Sigma="0\\53
-\mathchardef\Tau="0\\54
-\mathchardef\varUpsilon="0\\55
-\mathchardef\varsigma="0\\56
-\mathchardef\Omega="0\\57
-\mathchardef\Xi="0\\58
-\mathchardef\Psi="0\\59
-\mathchardef\Zeta="0\\5A
-\mathchardef\therefore="3\\5C
-\mathchardef\perp="3\\5E
-\mathchardef\alpha="0\\61
-\mathchardef\beta="0\\62
-\mathchardef\chi="0\\63
-\mathchardef\delta="0\\64
-\mathchardef\epsilon="0\\65
-\mathchardef\phi="0\\66
-\mathchardef\gamma="0\\67
-\mathchardef\eta="0\\68
-\mathchardef\iota="0\\69
-\mathchardef\varphi="0\\6A
-\mathchardef\kappa="0\\6B
-\mathchardef\lambda="0\\6C
-\mathchardef\mu="0\\6D
-\mathchardef\ni="0\\6E
-\mathchardef\omicron="0\\6F
-\mathchardef\pi="0\\70
-\mathchardef\theta="0\\71
-\mathchardef\rho="0\\72
-\mathchardef\sigma="0\\73
-\mathchardef\tau="0\\74
-\mathchardef\upsilon="0\\75
-\mathchardef\varpi="0\\76
-\mathchardef\omega="0\\77
-\mathchardef\xi="0\\78
-\mathchardef\psi="0\\79
-\mathchardef\zeta="0\\7A
-\mathchardef\sim="3\\7E
-\mathchardef\Upsilon="0\\A1
-\mathcode`'="0\\A2 \mathchardef\minutes="0\\A2
-\mathchardef\leq="3\\A3 \let\le=\leq
-\mathchardef\fractionslash="0\\A4
-\mathchardef\infinity="0\\A5
-\mathchardef\clubsuit="0\\A7
-\mathchardef\diamondsuit="0\\A8
-\mathchardef\heartsuit="0\\A9
-\mathchardef\spadesuit="0\\AA
-\mathchardef\leftrightarrow="3\\AB
-\mathchardef\leftarrow="3\\AC \let\gets=\rightarrow
-\mathchardef\uparrow="3\\AD
-\mathchardef\rightarrow="3\\AE \let\to=\rightarrow
-\mathchardef\downarrow="3\\AF
-\mathchardef\degrees="0\\B0
-\mathchardef\pm="2\\B1
-\mathchardef\seconds="0\\B2
-\mathchardef\geq="3\\B3 \let\ge=\geq
-\mathchardef\times="2\\B4
-\mathchardef\propto="3\\B5
-\mathchardef\partial="0\\B6
-\mathchardef\div="2\\B8
-\mathchardef\neq="3\\B9 \let\ne=\neq
-\mathchardef\equiv="3\\BA
-\mathchardef\approx="3\\BB
-\mathchardef\ldots="6\\BC
-\edef\arrowvert{\delimiter"0\\BD33C }
-\mathchardef\relbar"3\\BE
-\edef\crlf{\noexpand\mathexbox\\BF}
-\mathchardef\aleph="0\\C0
-\mathchardef\Im="0\\C1
-\mathchardef\Re="0\\C2
-\mathchardef\wp="0\\C3
-\mathchardef\otimes="2\\C4
-\mathchardef\oplus="2\\C5
-\mathchardef\emptyset="0\\C6
-\mathchardef\cap="2\\C7
-\mathchardef\cup="2\\C8
-\mathchardef\supset="3\\C9
-\mathchardef\supseteq="3\\CA
-\mathchardef\nsubset="3\\CB
-\mathchardef\subset="3\\CC
-\mathchardef\subseteq="3\\CD
-\mathchardef\in="3\\CE
-\mathchardef\nin="3\\CF
-\mathchardef\angle="0\\D0
-\mathchardef\nabla="0\\D1
-\edef\registered{\noexpand\mathhexbox\\D2}
-\edef\copyright{\noexpand\mathhexbox\\D3}
-\edef\trademark{\noexpand\mathhexbox\\D4}
-\mathchardef\prod="1\\D5
-\edef\sqrt{\radical"\\D6370 }
-\mathchardef\cdot="2\\D7
-\mathchardef\neg="0\\D8 \let\lnot=\neg
-\mathchardef\wedge="3\\D9 \let\land=\wedge
-\mathchardef\vee="3\\DA \let\lor=\vee
-\mathchardef\Leftrightarrow="3\\DB
-\mathchardef\Leftarrow="3\\DC
-\mathchardef\Uparrow="3\\DD
-\mathchardef\Rightarrow="3\\DE
-\mathchardef\Downarrow="3\\DF
-\mathchardef\diamond="3\\E0
-\edef\langle{\delimiter"4\\E130A }
-\mathchardef\sum="1\\E5
-\edef\rangle{\delimiter"5\\F130B }
-\catcode`^^a0\active \let^^a0=~
-\catcode`^^a1\active \def^^a1{!`}
-\catcode`^^a4\active \let^^a4=\currency
-\catcode`^^a8\active \let^^a8=\twodotsglyph
-\catcode`^^a9\active \let^^a9=\copyright
-\catcode`^^aa\active \let^^aa=\orda
-\catcode`^^ac\active \let^^ac=\lnot
-\catcode`^^ad\active \let^^ad=\-
-\catcode`^^ae\active \let^^ae=\registered
-\catcode`^^af\active \let^^af=\macronglyph
-\catcode`^^b0\active \let^^b0=\degrees
-\catcode`^^b1\active \let^^b1=\pm
-\catcode`^^b2\active \def^^b2{^2}
-\catcode`^^b3\active \def^^b3{^3}
-\catcode`^^b4\active \let^^b4=\acuteglyph
-\catcode`^^b5\active \let^^b5=\mu
-\catcode`^^b7\active \let^^b7=\gbdecimal
-\catcode`^^b8\active \let^^b8=\cedillaglyph
-\catcode`^^b9\active \def^^b9{^1}
-\catcode`^^ba\active \let^^ba=\ordo
-\catcode`^^bc\active \def^^bc{\frac14}
-\catcode`^^bd\active \def^^bd{\frac12}
-\catcode`^^be\active \def^^be{\frac34}
-\catcode`^^bf\active \def^^bf{?`}
-\catcode`^^d7\active \let^^d7=\times
-\catcode`^^f7\active \let^^f7=\div
-\catcode`^^c0\active \def^^c0{\graveglyph A}
-\catcode`^^c1\active \def^^c1{\acuteglyph A}
-\catcode`^^c2\active \def^^c2{\circumglyph A}
-\catcode`^^c3\active \def^^c3{\tildeglyph A}
-\catcode`^^c4\active \def^^c4{\twodotsglyph A}
-\catcode`^^c5\active \def^^c5{\ringglyph A}
-\catcode`^^c6\active \let^^c6=\AE
-\catcode`^^c7\active \def^^c7{\cedillaglyph C}
-\catcode`^^c8\active \def^^c8{\graveglyph E}
-\catcode`^^c9\active \def^^c9{\acuteglyph E}
-\catcode`^^ca\active \def^^ca{\circumglyph E}
-\catcode`^^cb\active \def^^cb{\twodotsglyph E}
-\catcode`^^cc\active \def^^cc{\graveglyph I}
-\catcode`^^cd\active \def^^cd{\acuteglyph I}
-\catcode`^^ce\active \def^^ce{\circumglyph I}
-\catcode`^^cf\active \def^^cf{\twodotsglyph I}
-\catcode`^^d1\active \def^^d1{\tildeglyph N}
-\catcode`^^d2\active \def^^d2{\graveglyph O}
-\catcode`^^d3\active \def^^d3{\acuteglyph O}
-\catcode`^^d4\active \def^^d4{\circumglyph O}
-\catcode`^^d5\active \def^^d5{\tildeglyph O}
-\catcode`^^d6\active \def^^d6{\twodotsglyph O}
-\catcode`^^d8\active \let^^d8=\O
-\catcode`^^d9\active \def^^d9{\graveglyph U}
-\catcode`^^da\active \def^^da{\acuteglyph U}
-\catcode`^^db\active \def^^db{\circumglyph U}
-\catcode`^^dc\active \def^^dc{\twodotsglyph U}
-\catcode`^^dd\active \def^^dd{\acuteglyph Y}
-\catcode`^^df\active \let^^df=\ss
-\catcode`^^e0\active \def^^e0{\acuteglyph a}
-\catcode`^^e1\active \def^^e1{\graveglyph a}
-\catcode`^^e2\active \def^^e2{\circumglyph a}
-\catcode`^^e3\active \def^^e3{\tildeglyph a}
-\catcode`^^e4\active \def^^e4{\twodotsglyph a}
-\catcode`^^e5\active \def^^e5{\ringglyph a}
-\catcode`^^e6\active \let^^e6=\ae
-\catcode`^^e7\active \def^^e7{\cedillaglyph c}
-\catcode`^^e8\active \def^^e8{\graveglyph e}
-\catcode`^^e9\active \def^^e9{\acuteglyph e}
-\catcode`^^ea\active \def^^ea{\circumglyph e}
-\catcode`^^eb\active \def^^eb{\twodotsglyph e}
-\catcode`^^ec\active \def^^ec{\graveglyph i}
-\catcode`^^ed\active \def^^ed{\acuteglyph i}
-\catcode`^^ee\active \def^^ee{\circumglyph i}
-\catcode`^^ef\active \def^^ef{\twodotsglyph i}
-\catcode`^^f1\active \def^^f1{\tildeglyph n}
-\catcode`^^f2\active \def^^f2{\graveglyph o}
-\catcode`^^f3\active \def^^f3{\acuteglyph o}
-\catcode`^^f4\active \def^^f4{\circumglyph o}
-\catcode`^^f5\active \def^^f5{\tildeglyph o}
-\catcode`^^f6\active \def^^f6{\twodotsglyph o}
-\catcode`^^f8\active \let^^f8=\o
-\catcode`^^f9\active \def^^f9{\graveglyph u}
-\catcode`^^fa\active \def^^fa{\acuteglyph u}
-\catcode`^^fb\active \def^^fb{\circumglyph u}
-\catcode`^^fc\active \def^^fc{\twodotsglyph u}
-\catcode`^^fd\active \def^^fd{\acuteglyph y}
-\catcode`^^ff\active \def^^ff{\twodotsglyph y}
-\def\ttminus{--{}}
-\let\ttcircum=\asciicircum
-\let\tttilde=\asciitilde
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmdoc.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmdoc.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 843a8c96361..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmdoc.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-% pdccmdoc.tex 1.2 1995/03/30 -- macros for short documents
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "pdccmdoc.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.2",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, style file",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Top-level macro file for documents set in
-%%%                   Computer Modern fonts.
-%%%                   This macro file was generated by running plain
-%%%                   TeX on pdcsty.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcsty.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "pdcfmt2.tex, pdcfsel.tex, pdchyex.tex,
-%%%                   pdcimth.tex, pdccmsub.tex, pdcmigr.tex,
-%%%                   pdcoput5.tex, pdcdoc.def",
-%%%}
-
-\message{1.2 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\input pdcimth
-\input pdcmigr
-\input pdcfmt2
-\input pdchyex
-\input pdcoput5
-\input pdcfsel
-\input pdccmsub
-\autoloadfonts
-\def\STYheadingT{%
-    \m{rm}{cmss}\m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}%
-    \f{it}{cmssi}\f{tt}{cmtt}\f{mf}{logo}\f{mfi}{logosl}%
-}
-\font\headingrm=cmss17 \font\headingit=cmssi17
-\fontset{subheading}\STYheadingT{10 scaled 1200}{14pt}
-    {small}{tiny}
-\fontset{heading}\STYheadingT{10 scaled 1728}{20pt}
-    {subheading}{small}
-\def\STYbodyT{\m{rm}{cmr}\m{it}{cmti}%
-    \m{bf}{cmbx}\@\f{bi}{cmbxti10}%
-    \m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}%
-    \@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-    \f{tt}{cmtt}\@\f{ttb}{cmsltt10}%
-}
-\font\tinytt=cmtt8 at 7pt
-\font\bodysy=cmsy10 at 12pt
-\fontset{tiny}\STYbodyT{7}{9pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{small}\STYbodyT{9}{11pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{note}\STYbodyT{10}{12pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{body}\STYbodyT{12}{14pt}{small}{tiny}
-\def\everyloadfont#1#2{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt}
-\rightskip=0pt plus 2em \tolerance=1000
-\bodyfonts
-{\tt \hyphenchar\font=-1 }
-\def\PS{PostScript}
-\input pdcdoc.def
-\inputifexists{pdccmdoc.cfg}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmlft.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmlft.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 905b7d04627..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmlft.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-% pdccmlft.tex 1.2 1995/03/30 -- macros for short documents
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "pdccmlft.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.2",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, style file",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Top-level macro file for documents set in
-%%%                   Computer Modern fonts.
-%%%                   This macro file was generated by running plain
-%%%                   TeX on pdcsty.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcsty.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "pdcfmt2.tex, pdcfsel.tex, pdchyex.tex,
-%%%                   pdcimth.tex, pdccmsub.tex, pdcmigr.tex,
-%%%                   pdcoput5.tex, pdclft.def",
-%%%}
-
-\message{1.2 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\input pdcimth
-\input pdcmigr
-\input pdcfmt2
-\input pdchyex
-\input pdcoput5
-\input pdcfsel
-\input pdccmsub
-\autoloadfonts
-\def\STYheadingT{%
-    \m{rm}{cmss}\m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}%
-    \f{it}{cmssi}\f{tt}{cmtt}\f{mf}{logo}\f{mfi}{logosl}%
-}
-\font\headingrm=cmss17 \font\headingit=cmssi17
-\fontset{subheading}\STYheadingT{10 scaled 1200}{14pt}
-    {small}{tiny}
-\fontset{heading}\STYheadingT{10 scaled 1728}{20pt}
-    {subheading}{small}
-\def\STYbodyT{\m{rm}{cmr}\m{it}{cmti}%
-    \m{bf}{cmbx}\@\f{bi}{cmbxti10}%
-    \m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}%
-    \@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-    \f{tt}{cmtt}\@\f{ttb}{cmsltt10}%
-}
-\font\tinytt=cmtt8 at 7pt
-\font\bodysy=cmsy10 at 12pt
-\fontset{tiny}\STYbodyT{7}{9pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{small}\STYbodyT{9}{11pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{note}\STYbodyT{10}{12pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{body}\STYbodyT{12}{14pt}{small}{tiny}
-\def\everyloadfont#1#2{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt}
-\rightskip=0pt plus 2em \tolerance=1000
-\bodyfonts
-{\tt \hyphenchar\font=-1 }
-\def\PS{PostScript}
-\input pdclft.def
-\inputifexists{pdccmlft.cfg}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmsub.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmsub.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index a2712d5c445..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmsub.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-% pdcmisc.dtx 1.4 1995/03/30 -- CM subs for PS glyphs
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcmigr.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.4",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Macros for simulating some PostScript characters
-%%%                   using glyphs form the Computer Modern family.
-%%%                   This file was generated by running
-%%%                   plain TeX on pdcmisc.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcmisc.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "",
-%%% }
-
-\message{1.4 1995/03/30}
-
-\dimendef\dimena=0
-\def\pounds{{\it\char36 }}
-\def\yen{{%
-    \ooalign{%
-        \hfil\raise0.25ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle=$}\hfil\crcr
-        \hfil Y\hfil
-    }%
-}}
-\def\cents{\leavevmode\hbox{\rm\rlap/c}}
-\def\currency{{%
-    \ooalign{%
-        \hskip-0.1em
-            \raise0.2ex \hbox{\mathhexbox202}\hskip-0.1em\crcr
-        \hfil \raise0.2ex \hbox{\mathhexbox20E}\hfil
-    }%
-}}
-\def\florin{{\it f\/}}
-\def\circledletter#1#2{{%
-    \ooalign{%
-        \hfil\kern#1\raise0.00ex \hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm #2$}\hfil\crcr
-        \mathhexbox20D%
-    }%
-}}
-\def\registered{\circledletter{0.02em}R}
-\def\copyright{\circledletter{-0.045em}C}
-\def\lguillemet{%
-    \leavevmode
-    \raise0.5ex \hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\langle\!\langle$}%
-}
-\def\rguillemet{%
-    \leavevmode
-    \raise0.5ex \hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rangle\!\rangle$}%
-}
-\def\permille{{%
-    \setbox0 \hbox{/}%
-    \flushtop{$\scriptstyle0\!$}/%
-    \lower\dp0 \hbox{$\!\scriptstyle00$}%
-}}
-\def\gbdecimal{\mathhexbox201}
-\def\orda{\flushtop{\the\scriptfont\ifnum\fam>0 \fam\else 0\fi \b a}}
-\def\ordo{\flushtop{\the\scriptfont\ifnum\fam>0 \fam\else 0\fi \b o}}
-\let\sc=\relax
-\let\csc=\relax
-\let\mc=\relax
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 2261d583f4e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,881 +0,0 @@
-% pdccode.dtx -- documentation & source for pdccode.tex -*-tex-*-
-        
-%%%@TeX-document-file {
-%%% title 	= "PDCCODE -- Documented TeX Macros",
-%%% filename 	= "$texmf/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.dtx",
-%%% version 	= "$Revision: 1.6 $",
-%%% package 	= "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% date 	= "$Date: 1995/03/30 16:08:32 $",
-%%% author	= "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email	= "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address	= "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,"
-%%%                Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% abstract	= "This document describes and is the source code for 
-%%%                the TeX definitions file pdccode.tex.
-%%%                Running plain TeX on this file produces both a copy of the
-%%%                definitions file and the printed documentation.",
-%%% copyright	= "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying	= "This program is free software; you can redistribute
-%%%		   it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
-%%%		   General Public License as published by the Free
-%%%		   Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
-%%%		   or (at your option) any later version.",
-%%% notice	= "This program is distributed in the hope that it will
-%%%		   be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the
-%%%		   implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-%%%		   PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
-%%%		   License for more details.",
-%%% notice	= "You should have received a copy of the GNU General
-%%%		   Public License along with this program; if not, write
-%%%		   to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
-%%%		   Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.",
-%%% codetable	= "USASCII",
-%%% dependencies = "pdccode.tex"
-%%%}
-
-%{{{ pdccode
-%{{{  preamble
-
-\relax
-\input pdccode
-\document
-\rcs$Id: pdccode.dtx,v 1.6 1995/03/30 16:08:32 pdc Exp $\endrcs
-
-\codefile{tmp.tex}
-
-\defverbatim\"
-
-%}}}  preamble
-%{{{  introduction
-	
-\author{P. Damian Cugley}
-\title{PDCCODE---Documented \TeX\ Macros}
-\section{Introduction}
-
-	PDCCODE is a simpler and less featureful system than the
-	\LaTeX~2e Docstrip package, but uses the same file suffix
-	`|dtx|'.  Lines between |\code| and |\endcode| markers are
-	written to a file (set with the |\codefile| command), as well as
-	being printed `verbatim' in document.  Thus one \TeX\ pass
-	generates both the macro file(s) and a |dvi| file.
-
-	This document---generated from |pdccode.dtx|---is a |dtx| file
-	for PDCCODE itself, the file of macros used by my |dtx| files.
-	It cannot be used to generate |pdccode.tex| directly (\TeX\
-	might choke halfway through overwriting |pdccode.tex| with a new
-	version, leaving no |pdccode.tex| to generate |pdccode.tex|
-	with).  Instead it produces its copy as `|tmp.tex|', and
-	`|tmp.tex|' can be compared to the supplied |pdccode.tex|.
-
-\subsec{How to read this document}
-
-	The |dtx| files are programs (in \TeX's macro language) that
-	generate new programs (the macro files that will be used in
-	documents).  The macros described in {\it this} file are used
-	when generating macro files.  So, for example, the |\rcs| and
-	|\fileversion| macros used to extract identification information
-	from the |dtx| file are not defined in any of the generated
-	macro files.
-
-\subsec{Background}
-
-	For some time I~have been using a collection of macro files to
-	typeset various types of document with \TeX.  After using them
-	in Malvern\footnote*{Malvern is a sanserif font family
-	implemented in METAFONT.  The current version is release $1.2$.}
-	releases I have discovered that they had been merged with the
-	Unix\TeX\ macros directory.  Originally I~had never intended
-	that these files be used by anyone but me---they were full of
-	hacks and messy code and definitions I~don't use anymore.  Since
-	then I~thought of tidying up the macros enough that I'm not
-	embarassed by them, but the task of doing this {\it and}
-	documenting their use was daunting.
-
-	After installing \LaTeX~2e on my new computer, I~decided to have
-	a go at adapting the idea of `documented \TeX\ macros' files to
-	plain \TeX.  This way I~could clean up the macros and document
-	them in a systematic fashion.
-
-	The \LaTeX\ Docstrip/Doc-option approach evolved through several
-	different models and so is a complex format.  Docstrip (a
-	program written in \TeX's macro language) was used to strip
-	comments from |doc| files making |sty| files, and the \LaTeX\
-	Doc-option separately extracted \LaTeX\ code from comments in
-	|doc| files to make printed documentation.  Both Doc and
-	Docstrip required the user to type in file names whenever they
-	ran---which made them useless for batch processing.  So separate
-	driver files (with suffixes |drv| and |ins|) were added to
-	distributions.  Finally, the |doc| files, which used to be
-	usable as |sty| files (just a little slower because of the
-	comments) were have been changed to be documents instead (making
-	|drv| files redundant, once the |ltxdoc.cfg| configuration file
-	was added to the conventions) and given a new suffix |dtx|.
-
-	The system I~use---called PDCCODE---is simpler and faster, but
-	omits indexes, special change-log commands, and all the features
-	that come with \LaTeX\ formatting.  It doesn't have Docstrip's
-	{\it options}\/ feature, which allows several largely-similar
-	files to be generated from the same source.\footnote\dag{I do
-	have an experimental version |pdccode2.tex| which does this but
-	I~am not particularly happy with it yet.}  It doesn't print
-	statistics at the end, or do checksums, or even print comforting
-	lines of asterisks and percent signs in the log file.
-
-	My |dtx| files use a single macro file |pdccode.tex| which
-	defines a `code mode' where lines are written to the macro file
-	as well as appearing in the printed documentation.  One pass
-	generates both the macro file and the documentation in |dvi|
-	form.  The |pdccode.tex| file also includes enough layout
-	commands to typeset the comments.
-%}}}
-%{{{  using pdccode
-\section{Summary of using PDCCODE}
-
-	These commands are explained in more detail below.
-	
-\subsec{A skeleton  code file}
-
-	A code file using |pdccode.tex| will look something like this:
-$$\it
-\halign{\indent#\hfil\cr
-	"%" name "--" one line description\cr
-\noalign{\smallskip}
-	"%%%@TeX-document-file {"\cr
-	header comments for the document\cr
-	"%%%}"\cr
-\noalign{\smallskip}
-	"\relax"\cr
-	"\input pdccode"\cr
-	"\document"\cr
-	"\rcs$" RCS identification string "$\endrcs"\cr
-	"\codefile{" file name "}"\cr
-	"\author{" author name "}"\cr
-	"\title{" title for the document "}"\cr
-\noalign{\smallbreak}
-	"\section{Introduction}"\cr
-	introduction\cr
-\noalign{\smallbreak}
-	"\section{File identification}"\cr
-	"\code"\cr
-	"  \|\% " file name "\fileversion~\filedate~--" one line desc\cr
-	"  |"\cr
-	"  |%%%@TeX-definition-file {"\cr
-	"  " header comments for macro file\cr
-	"  |%%%}"\cr
-	"  |"\cr
-	"  \|\\message\{\fileversion~<\fileauthor~\filedate>\}"\cr
-	"  |"\cr
-	"\endcode"\cr
-\noalign{\smallbreak}%
-	definitions and commentary\cr
-\noalign{\smallbreak}%
-	"\endcodefile"\cr
-	"\enddocument"\cr
-	"\bye"\cr
-}$$
-
-\subsec{Commands in code sections}
-
-	Code sections start with |\code| and end with |\endcode|.  Before
-	the first |\code| you must do |\codefile{|\<file name>|}| to
-	specify the file.
-
-	Vertical mode material may be used between lines (e.g.,
-	|\smallbreaks|).  Unexpanded code lines are introduced with "|",
-	expanded lines with "\|".  In expanded lines, use "\{", "\}",
-	"\\", "\%", "\~" for those characters, "~" for a single space.
-
-\subsec{Commands in commentary}
-
-	Most of the commentary will be typeset using the conventions of
-	plain \TeX.
-
-	|\author{|\<text>|}|  (must precede |\title|)
-
-	|\title{|\<heading>|}|
-
-	|\section{|\<heading>|}|
-
-	|\subsec{|\<heading>|}|
-
-	|\noindenttrue|
-
-	|\footnote|
-
-	|\defverbatim|\<one-character control sequence>
-
-	|$|\<number>|\mm$| |$|\<number>|\em$| |$|\<number>|\pt$|
-	|$|\<number>|\inch$| 
-
-	|\<|\<name>|>| |\cs{|\<name>|}|
-	|\arg{|\<argument name>|}|
-
-	|\TeX| |\LaTeX| |\LaTeX~2e|
-
-	|\notepar| \<paragraph> |\endnotepar|
-	
-	
-%}}}  using pdccode
-%{{{  file identification
-\section{File identification}
-
-	Nowadays, macro files start with some comments identifying the
-	file.
-\code \catcode`\"=12
-	\|\% pdccode.tex \fileversion~\filedate~-- self-documenting TeX macros
-	|
-	|%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-	|%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.tex",
-	\|\%\%\% version~~~~~~~~= "\fileversion",
-	\|\%\%\% date~~~~~~~~~~~= "\filedate",
-	|%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-	|%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-	|%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-	|%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-	|%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-	|%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-	|%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-	|%%% abstract       = "Macros for documented TeX macros (DTX files).
-	|%%%                   This file was generated by running
-	\|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~plain TeX on \jobname.dtx",
-	|%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-	\|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Distribute \jobname.dtx only as part of the
-	|%%%                   package it came in.",
-	|%%% dependencies   = "",
-	|%%% }
-	|
-	\|\\message\{\fileversion~<pdc \filedate>\}
-	|
-\endcode
-%}}}  file id
-
-\bigskip\noindent
-	We start by making a nickname for a scratch register.  This is
-	|\toks@| in plain \TeX; this definition gives it a name I~can
-	use without catcode hackery.
-\code
-	|\toksdef\toksa=0
-\endcode
-
-%{{{  rcs support
-	
-\section{RCS Support}
-
-	RCS (Revision Control System) is a free source code control
-	system which is available from the Free Software Foundation.
-	It inserts keyword-value pairs enclosed in dollar signs into the
-	source code.  This command extracts the file's version, date,
-	author and locker (if there is one).  It is used like this:
-$$\centerline{\vbox{\tt\def~{\char32 \ignorespaces}
-		\halign{#\hfil\cr
-	\cs{rcs}\$Id:~\<name>,v~\<version>~\<date>~\<ignored>\quad\cr
-	\hfill~\<author>~\<ignored>~{\rm[}\<locker>~{\rm]}\$\cs{endrcs}\cr
-}}} $$
- 	The \<locker> field is non-empty iff the file is `locked'
-	(meaning it has been edited and the changes are not checked in
-	yet).  The |\filename| macro is defined, even though it will
-	almost certainly be identical to |\jobname|.
-\code
-	|\def\rcs#1: #2,v #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8$#9\endrcs{
-	|    \def\filename{#2}
-	|    \def\fileversion{#3}
-	|    \def\filedate{#4}
-	|    \def\fileauthor{#6}
-	|    \def\filelocker{#8}
-	|}
-\endcode
-	
-%}}}  rcs support
-%{{{  verbatim text
-\section{Verbatim text}
-
-	Verbatim text is text that is printed identically to the
-	characters in the manuscript file.  In the code sections, a
-	vertical bar is used to make lines for the code file.  In the
-	documentation, the vertical bar is used as a self-matching
-	verbatim mode character.
-
-	These definitions should be the same as the corresponding code
-	in |pdcfmt2.dtx|.
-
-\subsec{Lists of active characters}
-
-	The verbatim text macros need to know if any characters have
-	been made special apart from the usual ones.  This command tells
-	the verbatim macros that |#1| is an active char; in addition to
-	setting its catcode, this makes sure that the character will be
-	re-catcoded appropriately when in verbatim mode.  |#1| should be
-	a something that will work after `|`|'; usually this means a
-	one-character control sequence.
-\code
-	|\def\declareactivechar#1{%
-	|    \toksa\expandafter{\verbatimplains\do#1}%
-	|    \edef\verbatimplains{\the\toksa }%
-	|    \catcode`#1\active
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	Two list macros in the style of |\dospecials| are defined.  The
-	first is for characters that must be set to catcode~12, such as
-	`|\|', `|{|', `|}|', `|_|', `|$|', `|#|', `|&|', and `|%|'.  The
-	other is for a few characters that are given catcode~13, such as
-	`|`|', `|'|', `|~|', `|^|' and SP.
-\code
-	|\def\verbatimplains{\do\\\do\{\do\}\do\_\do\$\do\#\do\&\do\%}
-	|\def\verbatimactives{\do\`\do\'\do\~\do\^\do\ }
-\smallbreak
-	|\chardef\other=12
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Setting up verbatim mode}
-
-	This is a macro common to various verbatim text modes.  The
-	default spacing of whatever font is used, without any
-	adjustments of spacefactor for punctuation.  The characters
-	`|`|', `|'|', `|~|', and `|^|' produce slightly lowered glyphs.
-\code
-	|\newtoks\everyverbatim
-\smallbreak
-	|\bgroup \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\'=13 \catcode`\`=13 \toksa={\egroup
-	|    \def\setupverbatim{%
-	|        \frenchspacing
-	|        \spaceskip0pt \xspaceskip0pt % use spacing of font
-	|        \def\do##1{\catcode\lq##112 }\verbatimplains
-	|        \def\do##1{\catcode\lq##1\active }\verbatimactives
-	|        \let`\ttlq \let'\ttrq 
-	|        \let~\tttilde \let^\ttcircum
-	|        \the\everyverbatim
-	|    }
-	|}\the\toksa
-\endcode
-
-	Here are the definitions for the munged glyphs.  These are only
-	necessary in CM-Typewriter-like fonts; using something
-	like Courier, these definitions could probably be omitted.
-
-	The names `rq' and `lq' are based on the use of |\lq| and |\rq|
-	in plain \TeX.  An alternative definition for |\ttrq| would be
-	|\chardef\ttrq=13|, producing `{\tt\char13 }'.
-\code
-	|\def\ttlq{\lower0.125ex \hbox{\char18 }}
-	|\def\ttrq{\lower0.125ex \hbox{\char19 }}
-	|\def\tttilde{\lower0.5ex \hbox{\char`\~ }}
-	|\def\ttcircum{\lower0.5ex \hbox{\char`\^ }}
-\endcode
-	This makes the difference between |`'^~| and
-	{\tt`'\char`\^\char`\~}.\footnote*{It turns out that on some
-	\TeX\ systems, the CMTT font has been hacked to have an
-	ASCII-style reverse-apostrohe-cum-grave-accent as character~96
-	and a matching apostrophe-cum-acute-accent as charcter~39,
-	thereby correcting the defects that my definitions of |\ttlq|
-	and |\ttrq| address.  But such modified fonts are
-	nonstandard---they should {\it not} be called CMTT---and should
-	be replaced.}
-
-\subsec{Defining a self-matching character for verbatim text}
-
-	A macro for defining a self-matching verbatim character (I~got
-	the idea of a macro for declaring verbatim characters from the
-	\LaTeX~2e documentation macros).  |#1| must be a one-character
-	control sequence.  If it isn't active already, then
-	|\declareactivechar| is applied to it first.
-\code
-	|\def\defverbatim#1{%
-	|    \ifcat\noexpand#1\noexpand~\else \declareactivechar#1 \fi
-	|    \begingroup \uccode`\~=`#1 \uppercase{\toksa={\endgroup
-	|        \def~{%
-	|            \leavevmode
-	|            \begingroup \tt \setupverbatim
-	|            \catcode`#1\active \let~\endgroup
-	|       }%
-	|    }}\the\toksa
-	|}
-\endcode
-	Note that there must be a font called |\tt| for it to switch to.
-	(The catcode of |#1| is set to 13 after calling |\setupverbatim|
-	because |#1| will be included in |\verbatimplains|.)
-
-	Finally, we define vertical bar as the conventional
-	self-matching verbatim-mode character.
-\code
-	|\defverbatim\|
-\smallbreak
-	|\hyphenchar\tentt=-1
-\endcode
-	Both |\defverbatim| and |\defineactivechar| have local scope.
-
-%}}}  verbatim text
-%{{{  code sections
-%{{{   intro
-\section{Code sections}
-
-	The markers |\code| \dots |\endcode| mark code to be written to
-	the definition file.  Each line starts with either "|" or "\|"
-	and finishes with  the end of the line in the manuscript file.
-
-	Lines that start with "|" are written out as-is; no macro
-	expansion is allowed.  This is how the vast majority of lines
-	are done.
-
-	Lines starting "\|" are expanded.  This is so that things like
-	the current version ID (extracted from the RCS identification
-	line or set with |\def|) may be included in the code file.
-	Within such an expanded line, the following macros are defined:
-    $$\halign{\indent#\hfil&&\quad#\hfil\cr
-	|\%|&	|%|&	per cent sign&
-	|\{|&	|{|&	left brace&
-	|\}|&	|}|&	right brace\cr
-	|\\|&	|\|&	backslash&
-	|~|&	\tt\char32 & space&
-	|\~|&	|~|&	tilde\cr
-	}
-    $$
-	(This list is probably incomplete.)
-%}}}   intro
-%{{{   code file name
-	
-\subsec{Setting the codefile name}
-
-	Before the first code section, the |\codefile{|\<file name>|}|
-	command specifies the code file.  The last code section should
-	be followed by |\endcodefile|.  Only one code file may be open
-	at a time.
-\code
-	|\newwrite\CODEwrite
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\codefile#1{
-	|    \ifeof\CODEwrite\else \endcodefile \fi	
-	|    \def\thecodefile{#1} \openout\CODEwrite=#1
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\endcodefile{
-	|    \message{Code written on \thecodefile.}
-	|    \closeout\CODEwrite
-	|}	
-\endcode
-%}}}   code file name
-%{{{   code sections
-	
-\subsec{Code sections}
-
-	Switching to `code mode' is easy, because most of the work is
-	really done by the "|" and "\|" commands.
-
-\code
-	|\def\code{
-	|    \smallskip
-	|    \begingroup
-	|    \let|\CODEline \let\|\CODElinex
-	|    \let\{=\CODElb \let\}=\CODErb \let\\=\CODEbslash 
-	|    \def~{ } \let\~\CODEtilde
-	|    \the\everycode
-	|    \obeylines
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\endcode{
-	|    \smallbreak
-	|    \endgroup
-	|}
-\endcode
-%}}}   code sections
-%{{{   code lines
-\subsec{Code lines}
-
-	This is the definition for unexpanded code lines. 
-\code
-	|\def\CODEline{%
-	|    \begingroup	% matched by \CODElinei
-	|    \setupverbatim \catcode`\|\other
-	|    \CODElinei
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	In |\CODElinei|, We must redefine the characters (such as |`|)
-	that are active within verbatim text to expand to their
-	catcode-12 equivalents when they are written to the code file
-	currectly.
-
-	Since one of these is |^|, we temporarily give |@| the meaning
-	of |^| so that we may safely change the catcode of |^|.
-\code
-	|\begingroup\catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
-	|            \catcode\lq\@=\catcode\lq\^ \catcode\lq\^=\active
- 	|            \catcode\lq\@@M=\active \toksa={\endgroup %
-	|    \def\CODElinei#1@@M{%
-	|        \begingroup\let`\lq \let'\rq %
-	|            \let^\CODEcircum \let~ \CODEtilde%
-	|            \edef\tmp{#1}%
-	|            \write\CODEwrite\expandafter{\tmp}%
-	|        \endgroup %
-	|        \indent\the\everycodeline #1\par %
-	|        \endgroup % matches \CODEline
-	|    }%
-	|}\the\toksa
-\endcode
-
-	The definition for |\CODElinex| (expanded code lines) is much
-	simpler: 
-\code
-	|\begingroup\catcode`\^^M=13 \toksa={\endgroup %
-	|    \def\CODElinex#1^^M{%
-	|        \edef\tmp{\write\CODEwrite{#1}}\tmp %
-	|        {\indent\the\everycodeline #1\par}%
-	|    }%
-	|} \the\toksa
-\endcode
-%}}}   code lines
-%{{{   catcode hacks
-\subsec{Macros for making category-12 characters}
-
-	For characters that are active in verbatim mode (like |`|), or
-	which must be specially generated in expanded code lines (such
-	as braces generated with {\tt\cs{\char123 }}), we have a
-	`|\CODE|-' macro that generates an explicit character token with
-	catcode~12.
-
-\code
-	|\begingroup\catcode`\/=0 \catcode`\\=\other /toksa={/endgroup
-	|    /def/CODEbslash{\}
-	|}/the/toksa
-\smallbreak
-	|\begingroup\catcode`\^=\other \toksa={\endgroup
-	|    \def\CODEcircum{^}
-	|}\the\toksa
-\smallbreak
-	|\begingroup\catcode`\~=\other \toksa={\endgroup
-	|    \def\CODEtilde{~}
-	|}\the\toksa
-\smallbreak
-	|\begingroup\catcode`\%=\other \toksa={\endgroup
-	|    \def\%{%}
-	|}\the\toksa
-\smallbreak
-	|\begingroup\catcode`\~=\other \toksa={\endgroup
-	|    \def\CODEtilde{~}
-	|}\the\toksa
-\smallbreak
-	|\begingroup\catcode`\[=1 \catcode`\]=2 
-	|        \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other 
-	|        \toksa=[\endgroup
-	|    \def\CODElb[{] \def\CODErb[}]
-	|]\the\toksa
-\endcode
-%}}}   catcode hacks
-%{{{   customization
-\subsec{Customization}
-
-	The token list register |\everycode| is expanded at the start of
-	every code section, the token list register |\everycodeline| at
-	the start of every code line.  The default definitions select
-	typewriter font for the code listings, with each line numbered.
-\code
-	|\newtoks\everycode
-	|\newtoks\everycodeline
-\smallbreak
-	|\everycode{\tt \baselineskip=0.8\baselineskip \lineskiplimit=0pt }
-\smallbreak
-	|\newcount\lineno
-	|\everycodeline{\llap{$ \global\advance\lineno1 
-	|        \scriptstyle\the\lineno $\enspace}%
-	|        \mark\expandafter{\the\lineno}}
-\endcode
-%}}}   customization
-%}}}  code sections
-%{{{  formating
-%{{{   intro
-\section{Layout}
-
-	The PDCCODE macros include enough basic formatting commands to
-	make a simple document---since this file needs to be
-	self-contained. The formatting is fairly primitive, so that
-	|pdccode.tex| will not be excessively long.
-
-	The text is set in the default plain \TeX\ fonts: 10-point
-	Computer Modern Roman.  Titles are in CM Sans Serif Bold
-	Extended, headings in CMSS Demibold Condensed, and subheadings
-	in CMSS Italic: all of these are standard fonts which should be
-	available on all \TeX\ systems.
-
-	The line width is wide enough that code lines do not need to be
-	printed in a reduced font (which looks silly).
-
-	the first tokenm of a document is |\relax| and everything except
-	the initial |\input| and final |\bye| in the document is
-	enclosed in |\document|\dots|\enddocument|.  This is so that
-	documents using the PDCCODE conventions can be embedded within a
-	another document which by redefining these tokens.
-\code
-	|\let\document\relax \let\enddocument\relax
-\endcode
-
-	I have to set some \TeX~3 parameters because we don't seem to
-	have definitions for them in the local version of |plain.tex|.
-\code
-	|\lefthyphenmin=3 \righthyphenmin=2 \errorcontextlines10000
-\endcode
-
-%}}}   intro
-%{{{   layout
-\subsec{Layout}
-
-	The text width is wide enough for 72-character code lines.    
-\code
-	|\parindent=2em \hsize=36\fontdimen6\tentt \advance\hsize\parindent
-\endcode
-	A largish left margin is used set---perhaps readers will find it
-	useful for writing comments.
-\code	
-	|\hoffset=210mm \advance\hoffset-\hsize \advance\hoffset-25mm
-	|\newdimen\leftmargin \leftmargin=\hoffset \advance\leftmargin-25mm
-	|\advance\hoffset-1in
-\endcode
-
-	The vertical margins are set so that if the file is formatted
-	for A4 ($297\mm$) paper and fed into a driver which thinks it is
-	formatted for American Letter ($11\inch$) paper no information
-	will be lost.  We allow for $7\mm$ unprintable area at the edges
-	of paper (this is reasonable for a laser printer), and for the
-	headline being $24\pt + 6\pt - 10\pt = 20\pt$ above the top of
-	the text.  (The $6\pt$ allows for the height of the headline,
-	which is in 7-pt type.)
-\code
-	|\voffset=297mm \advance\voffset-11in 
-	|\advance\voffset7mm \advance\voffset20pt
-	|\vsize=297mm \advance\vsize-2\voffset \advance\vsize-2\baselineskip
-	|\advance\voffset-1in
-\endcode
-	
-	We use ragged-right (ranged-left) printing.  (Readability
-	studies have indicated that ragged-right printing is, if
-	anything, easier to read than with both sides aligned.)  To do
-	this we remove the stretch and shrink components of the font we
-	use, and make the right margin stretchable.
-\code
-	|\def\do#1{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt }
-	|\do\tenrm \do\tenit \do\tenbf
-\smallbreak
-	|\rightskip=0pt plus 2em minus 2pt \adjdemerits=0 \tolerance=500
-	|\parfillskip=0pt plus 0.8\hsize
-\endcode
-%}}}   layout
-%{{{   title and headline
-\subsec{Title and headline}
-
-	The author and title info are printed at the top of the first
-	page---in lieu of a separate title page---and the title goes in
-	the headline of subsequent pages, followed by the version ID and
-	date as extracted from the RCS identification string.  If the
-	file locker is non-empty (i.e., the file is being edited), an
-	`e' is appended to the version ID in the headline.
-\code
-	|\def\author#1{\def\theauthor{#1}} \author{P. Damian Cugley}
-\smallbreak
-	|\font\titlefont=cmssbx10 scaled \magstep3
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\title#1{
-	|    \vglue2\baselineskip
-	|    \begingroup \parindent-\leftmargin \hyphenpenalty10000 \titlefont 
-	|	#1\smallskip
-	|    \endgroup
-	|    \leftline{Version \fileversion, 
-	|        last changed \fileauthor\space \mungedate\filedate}
-	|    \ifx\filelocker\empty\else
-	|        \leftline{Edited by \filelocker\unskip\ \today}
-	|    \fi
-	|    \medskip 
-	|    \hrule \vskip1pt \hrule \vskip1pt \hrule \vskip1pt \hrule 
-	|    \medskip
-	|    \rightline{\theauthor}
-	|    \bigskip
-	|    \headline{\hfil\global\headline{%
-	|        \sevenbf \hskip-\leftmargin \themarks \hfil #1 
-	|        \fileversion
-	|        \ifx\filelocker\empty  
-	|            \space\mungedate\filedate
-	|        \else 
-	|            e\space\today
-	|        \fi
-	|    }}
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\themarks{%
-	|    \ifx\firstmark\empty\else
-	|        \firstmark
-	|        \ifx\firstmark\botmark \else --\botmark \fi
-	|    \fi
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	Some macros for printing the date.  The |\mungedate| macro
-	converts from RCS's format (using slashes) to ISO format (using
-	short dashes).
-\code
-	|\def\today{\mungedate{\number\year/\twodigits\month/\twodigits\day}}
-	|\def\twodigits#1{\ifnum#1<10 0\fi \number#1}
-	|\def\mungedate#1{$ \textfont0=\font \mathcode`/="7B #1 $}
-\endcode
-
-%}}}   title and author
-%{{{   sectioning
-\subsec{Sectioning}
-
-	The sectioning commands do no more than generate numbered
-	headings---there are no tables of contents or marks required.
-\code
-	|\font\secfont=cmssdc10 at 12pt
-	|\font\subsecfont=cmssi10
-\smallbreak
-	|\newcount\seccount
-	|\newcount\subseccount
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\section#1{%
-	|    \advance\seccount1 \subseccount=0
-	|    \bigbreak
-	|    \begingroup
-	|        \secfont \hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=1000
-	|        \rightskip=0pt plus 2em
-	|        \noindent\llap{\number\seccount.\enspace}#1
-	|        \medskip
-	|    \endgroup
-	|    \noindenttrue
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\subsec#1{%
-	|    \advance\subseccount1
-	|    \medbreak
-	|    \begingroup
-	|        \subsecfont \hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=1000
-	|        \rightskip=0pt plus 2em
-	|        \noindent\llap{\number\seccount.%
-	|            \number\subseccount.\enspace}#1
-	|        \nobreak\smallskip
-	|    \endgroup
-	|    \noindenttrue
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	Here's a simple hack to remove the indentation of the first
-	paragraph following a section heading.
-\code
-	|\newif\ifnoindent
-\smallbreak
-	|\everypar{%
-	|    \ifnoindent
-	|        {\setbox0=\lastbox}\global\noindentfalse
-	|    \fi
-	|}
-\endcode
-	
-%}}}   sectioning
-%{{{   footnotes
-\subsec{Footnotes}
-
-	Plain \TeX's footnote command is adjusted to use a new parameter
-	to specify the value of |\rightskip| in footnotes.\footnote*{The
-	default definition sets |\rightskip| to $0\pt$, which is
-	moderately disastrous given that spaces cannot stretch or
-	shrink.}  It was the trickiness involved in changing definitions
-	like this that persuaded me to not use `|@|' characters in macro
-	files.
-\code
-	|\newskip\footnoterightskip \footnoterightskip=\rightskip
-\smallbreak
-	|\catcode`@=11
-	|\def\vfootnote#1{\insert\footins\bgroup
-	|  \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
-	|  \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
-	|  \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty\@MM
-	|  \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\footnoterightskip 
-	|  \spaceskip\z@skip \xspaceskip\z@skip \rm
-	|  \textindent{#1}\footstrut\futurelet\next\fo@t}
-	|\catcode`@=11
-\endcode
-	This definition is a drop-in replacement for the one in {\it\TeX
-	book} Appendix~B (p.\thinspace363 in my copy).
-
-%}}}   footnotes
-%{{{   abbrevs
-\subsec{Miscellaneous abbreviations} 
-
-	The |\<| macro for writing the names of syntactic entities (as
-	\<foo>) is like in {\it\TeX book} Appendix~E.  The |\cs| macro
-	prints a control sequence name; I use this where the easier
-	dodge of writing "|\foo|" won't work (e.g., in the argument to
-	another macro).  Similarly |\arg| places its argument in
-	typewriter-style braces.  The |\pt| macro works in maths mode.
-\code
-	|\def\<#1>{\leavevmode\hbox{$\langle$\it#1\/$\rangle$}}
-	|\def\cs#1{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char`\\#1}}
-	|\def\arg#1{\leavevmode\hbox{{\tt\char`\{}#1{\tt\char`\}}}}
-	|\def\pt{\,{\rm pt}} \def\em{\,{\rm em}} \def\mm{\,{\rm mm}}
-	|\def\inch{''}
-\endcode
-
-	To make a version of the \LaTeX\ logo that should work
-	acceptably with a range of fonts ({\it\LaTeX}, {\bf\LaTeX},
-	{\subsecfont\LaTeX}), I~first define a macro for raising letters
-	until they are flush with the prevailing cap height.  I also
-	loosen up the `{\it\TeX}\/' logo (so that it also works with
-	sanserif fonts) and make it set the spacefactor to 1000 (to
-	override \TeX's assumption that a full stop following a capital
-	$X$ isn't the end of a sentence).
-\code	
-	|\def\flushtop#1{%
-	|    \leavevmode
-	|    \begingroup
-	|        \setbox0=\hbox{#1}\setbox2=\hbox{X}%
-	|        \dimen0=\ht2 \advance\dimen0-\ht0
-	|        \raise\dimen0 \box0
-	|    \endgroup
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\TeX{T\kern-0.1em \lower0.5ex \hbox{E}X\spacefactor1000 }
-	|\def\LaTeX{L\kern-0.1em \flushtop{a}\TeX}
-\endcode
-
-	Occasional paragraphs are written in italics and marked with
-	`note'.
-\notepar
-	The command says `notepar' not just `note' because in my macro
-	files I~use \/|\note| for numbered footnotes (\/{\rm \TeX book},
-	Exercise~15.12).\footnote*{Footnotes in |dtx| files are produced
-	with the plain |\footnote| command.}
-
-	Notes may occasionally be more than one paragraph long.
-\endnotepar
-\code
-	|\def\notepar{
-	|    \smallskip
-	|    \begingroup
-	|    \leftskip2\parindent \advance\rightskip\parindent minus \parindent
-	|    \noindent\kern-\parindent{\bf Note}\quad\it
-	|    \ignorespaces
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\endnotepar{
-	|    \smallbreak
-	|    \endgroup
-	|}
-\endcode
-%}}}   abbrevs
-%}}}  formatting
-
-\bigskip\noindent
-	The file is finished with an |\endinput| command; this can be
-	used by other prgorams to check that this file hasn't been
-	truncated by \TeX\ coming to a halt part-way through processing
-	the |dtx| file.
-\code
-	|\endinput
-\endcode
-\endcodefile
-\enddocument
-\bye
-%}}} pdccode
-	
-%Local variables:
-%fill-prefix: "	"
-%fold-folded-p: t
-%End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index aaeb25e3ea9..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,263 +0,0 @@
-% pdccode.tex 1.6 1995/03/30 -- self-documenting TeX macros
-
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.6",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Macros for documented TeX macros (DTX files).
-%%%                   This file was generated by running
-%%%                   plain TeX on pdccode.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdccode.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "",
-%%% }
-
-\message{1.6 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\toksdef\toksa=0
-\def\rcs#1: #2,v #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8$#9\endrcs{
-    \def\filename{#2}
-    \def\fileversion{#3}
-    \def\filedate{#4}
-    \def\fileauthor{#6}
-    \def\filelocker{#8}
-}
-\def\declareactivechar#1{%
-    \toksa\expandafter{\verbatimplains\do#1}%
-    \edef\verbatimplains{\the\toksa }%
-    \catcode`#1\active
-}
-\def\verbatimplains{\do\\\do\{\do\}\do\_\do\$\do\#\do\&\do\%}
-\def\verbatimactives{\do\`\do\'\do\~\do\^\do\ }
-\chardef\other=12
-\newtoks\everyverbatim
-\bgroup \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\'=13 \catcode`\`=13 \toksa={\egroup
-    \def\setupverbatim{%
-        \frenchspacing
-        \spaceskip0pt \xspaceskip0pt % use spacing of font
-        \def\do##1{\catcode\lq##112 }\verbatimplains
-        \def\do##1{\catcode\lq##1\active }\verbatimactives
-        \let`\ttlq \let'\ttrq
-        \let~\tttilde \let^\ttcircum
-        \the\everyverbatim
-    }
-}\the\toksa
-\def\ttlq{\lower0.125ex \hbox{\char18 }}
-\def\ttrq{\lower0.125ex \hbox{\char19 }}
-\def\tttilde{\lower0.5ex \hbox{\char`\~ }}
-\def\ttcircum{\lower0.5ex \hbox{\char`\^ }}
-\def\defverbatim#1{%
-    \ifcat\noexpand#1\noexpand~\else \declareactivechar#1 \fi
-    \begingroup \uccode`\~=`#1 \uppercase{\toksa={\endgroup
-        \def~{%
-            \leavevmode
-            \begingroup \tt \setupverbatim
-            \catcode`#1\active \let~\endgroup
-       }%
-    }}\the\toksa
-}
-\defverbatim\|
-\hyphenchar\tentt=-1
-\newwrite\CODEwrite
-\def\codefile#1{
-    \ifeof\CODEwrite\else \endcodefile \fi
-    \def\thecodefile{#1} \openout\CODEwrite=#1
-}
-\def\endcodefile{
-    \message{Code written on \thecodefile.}
-    \closeout\CODEwrite
-}
-\def\code{
-    \smallskip
-    \begingroup
-    \let|\CODEline \let\|\CODElinex
-    \let\{=\CODElb \let\}=\CODErb \let\\=\CODEbslash
-    \def~{ } \let\~\CODEtilde
-    \the\everycode
-    \obeylines
-}
-\def\endcode{
-    \smallbreak
-    \endgroup
-}
-\def\CODEline{%
-    \begingroup % matched by \CODElinei
-    \setupverbatim \catcode`\|\other
-    \CODElinei
-}
-\begingroup\catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
-            \catcode\lq\@=\catcode\lq\^ \catcode\lq\^=\active
-            \catcode\lq\@@M=\active \toksa={\endgroup %
-    \def\CODElinei#1@@M{%
-        \begingroup\let`\lq \let'\rq %
-            \let^\CODEcircum \let~ \CODEtilde%
-            \edef\tmp{#1}%
-            \write\CODEwrite\expandafter{\tmp}%
-        \endgroup %
-        \indent\the\everycodeline #1\par %
-        \endgroup % matches \CODEline
-    }%
-}\the\toksa
-\begingroup\catcode`\^^M=13 \toksa={\endgroup %
-    \def\CODElinex#1^^M{%
-        \edef\tmp{\write\CODEwrite{#1}}\tmp %
-        {\indent\the\everycodeline #1\par}%
-    }%
-} \the\toksa
-\begingroup\catcode`\/=0 \catcode`\\=\other /toksa={/endgroup
-    /def/CODEbslash{\}
-}/the/toksa
-\begingroup\catcode`\^=\other \toksa={\endgroup
-    \def\CODEcircum{^}
-}\the\toksa
-\begingroup\catcode`\~=\other \toksa={\endgroup
-    \def\CODEtilde{~}
-}\the\toksa
-\begingroup\catcode`\%=\other \toksa={\endgroup
-    \def\%{%}
-}\the\toksa
-\begingroup\catcode`\~=\other \toksa={\endgroup
-    \def\CODEtilde{~}
-}\the\toksa
-\begingroup\catcode`\[=1 \catcode`\]=2
-        \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other
-        \toksa=[\endgroup
-    \def\CODElb[{] \def\CODErb[}]
-]\the\toksa
-\newtoks\everycode
-\newtoks\everycodeline
-\everycode{\tt \baselineskip=0.8\baselineskip \lineskiplimit=0pt }
-\newcount\lineno
-\everycodeline{\llap{$ \global\advance\lineno1
-        \scriptstyle\the\lineno $\enspace}%
-        \mark\expandafter{\the\lineno}}
-\let\document\relax \let\enddocument\relax
-\lefthyphenmin=3 \righthyphenmin=2 \errorcontextlines10000
-\parindent=2em \hsize=36\fontdimen6\tentt \advance\hsize\parindent
-\hoffset=210mm \advance\hoffset-\hsize \advance\hoffset-25mm
-\newdimen\leftmargin \leftmargin=\hoffset \advance\leftmargin-25mm
-\advance\hoffset-1in
-\voffset=297mm \advance\voffset-11in
-\advance\voffset7mm \advance\voffset20pt
-\vsize=297mm \advance\vsize-2\voffset \advance\vsize-2\baselineskip
-\advance\voffset-1in
-\def\do#1{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt }
-\do\tenrm \do\tenit \do\tenbf
-\rightskip=0pt plus 2em minus 2pt \adjdemerits=0 \tolerance=500
-\parfillskip=0pt plus 0.8\hsize
-\def\author#1{\def\theauthor{#1}} \author{P. Damian Cugley}
-\font\titlefont=cmssbx10 scaled \magstep3
-\def\title#1{
-    \vglue2\baselineskip
-    \begingroup \parindent-\leftmargin \hyphenpenalty10000 \titlefont
- #1\smallskip
-    \endgroup
-    \leftline{Version \fileversion,
-        last changed \fileauthor\space \mungedate\filedate}
-    \ifx\filelocker\empty\else
-        \leftline{Edited by \filelocker\unskip\ \today}
-    \fi
-    \medskip
-    \hrule \vskip1pt \hrule \vskip1pt \hrule \vskip1pt \hrule
-    \medskip
-    \rightline{\theauthor}
-    \bigskip
-    \headline{\hfil\global\headline{%
-        \sevenbf \hskip-\leftmargin \themarks \hfil #1
-        \fileversion
-        \ifx\filelocker\empty
-            \space\mungedate\filedate
-        \else
-            e\space\today
-        \fi
-    }}
-}
-\def\themarks{%
-    \ifx\firstmark\empty\else
-        \firstmark
-        \ifx\firstmark\botmark \else --\botmark \fi
-    \fi
-}
-\def\today{\mungedate{\number\year/\twodigits\month/\twodigits\day}}
-\def\twodigits#1{\ifnum#1<10 0\fi \number#1}
-\def\mungedate#1{$ \textfont0=\font \mathcode`/="7B #1 $}
-\font\secfont=cmssdc10 at 12pt
-\font\subsecfont=cmssi10
-\newcount\seccount
-\newcount\subseccount
-\def\section#1{%
-    \advance\seccount1 \subseccount=0
-    \bigbreak
-    \begingroup
-        \secfont \hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=1000
-        \rightskip=0pt plus 2em
-        \noindent\llap{\number\seccount.\enspace}#1
-        \medskip
-    \endgroup
-    \noindenttrue
-}
-\def\subsec#1{%
-    \advance\subseccount1
-    \medbreak
-    \begingroup
-        \subsecfont \hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=1000
-        \rightskip=0pt plus 2em
-        \noindent\llap{\number\seccount.%
-            \number\subseccount.\enspace}#1
-        \nobreak\smallskip
-    \endgroup
-    \noindenttrue
-}
-\newif\ifnoindent
-\everypar{%
-    \ifnoindent
-        {\setbox0=\lastbox}\global\noindentfalse
-    \fi
-}
-\newskip\footnoterightskip \footnoterightskip=\rightskip
-\catcode`@=11
-\def\vfootnote#1{\insert\footins\bgroup
-  \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
-  \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
-  \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty\@MM
-  \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\footnoterightskip
-  \spaceskip\z@skip \xspaceskip\z@skip \rm
-  \textindent{#1}\footstrut\futurelet\next\fo@t}
-\catcode`@=11
-\def\<#1>{\leavevmode\hbox{$\langle$\it#1\/$\rangle$}}
-\def\cs#1{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char`\\#1}}
-\def\arg#1{\leavevmode\hbox{{\tt\char`\{}#1{\tt\char`\}}}}
-\def\pt{\,{\rm pt}} \def\em{\,{\rm em}} \def\mm{\,{\rm mm}}
-\def\inch{''}
-\def\flushtop#1{%
-    \leavevmode
-    \begingroup
-        \setbox0=\hbox{#1}\setbox2=\hbox{X}%
-        \dimen0=\ht2 \advance\dimen0-\ht0
-        \raise\dimen0 \box0
-    \endgroup
-}
-\def\TeX{T\kern-0.1em \lower0.5ex \hbox{E}X\spacefactor1000 }
-\def\LaTeX{L\kern-0.1em \flushtop{a}\TeX}
-\def\notepar{
-    \smallskip
-    \begingroup
-    \leftskip2\parindent \advance\rightskip\parindent minus \parindent
-    \noindent\kern-\parindent{\bf Note}\quad\it
-    \ignorespaces
-}
-\def\endnotepar{
-    \smallbreak
-    \endgroup
-}
-\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode2.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 62bb283ff3f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode2.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,292 +0,0 @@
-%{{{ pdccode.tex -- used to make self-documenting TeX code
-%{{{  rcs
-
-%%% version: $Revision: 1.2 $
-
-%  A simpler and less featureful system than the LaTeX "doc" package is used.
-%  Lines between \code and \endcode are printed to a file
-%  set with the \codefile{xx} command.  They are also listed
-%  "verbatim"
-
-\def\rcs#1: #2,v #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endrcs{
-    \def\filename{#2}
-    \def\fileversion{#3}
-    \def\filedate{#4}
-    \def\fileauthor{#6}
-}
-
-\rcs$Id: pdccode.tex,v 1.2 1994/12/03 16:26:00 pdc Exp pdc $\endrcs
-\message{\fileversion\space<\fileauthor\space\filedate>}
-%}}}  rcs
-%{{{  misc macros
-
-\errorcontextlines10000
-\def\expcs#1#2{\expandafter#1\csname#2\endcsname}
-\def\noexpcs{\expcs\noexpand}
-
-%}}}  misc macros
-%{{{  verbatim text
-
-%% Define verbatim text using |...|
-% This is used in the commentary
-
-%  Tell the verbatim macros that #1 is an active char; this
-%  makes sure that the character will be catcoded appropriately
-%  when in verbatim mode.  #1 should be a somethign that will
-%  wortk after "`".
-\def\declareactivechar#1{%
-	\toks0=\expandafter{\verbatimplains\do#1}%
-	\edef\verbatimplains{\the\toks0 }%
-	\catcode`#1=13
-}
-
-\def\verbatimplains{\do\\\do\{\do\}\do\_\do\$\do\#\do\&\do\%} % \{}_$#&%
-\def\verbatimactives{\do\`\do\'\do\~\do\^\do\ } % `'~^<space>
-
-% \setupverbatim -- makes almost all special characters catcode 12
-%  except for ` ' ~ ^, which produce slightly lowered glyphs
-\bgroup \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\'=13 \catcode`\`=13 \toks0={\egroup
-    \def\setupverbatim{%
-	\frenchspacing
-	\spaceskip0pt \xspaceskip0pt % use spacing of font
-	\def\do##1{\catcode\lq##1=12 }\verbatimplains
-	\def\do##1{\catcode\lq##1=13 }\verbatimactives
-	\let`=\ttlq \let'=\ttrq 
-	\let~=\tttilde \let^=\ttcircum
-	\the\everyverbatim
-	\hyphenchar\font=-1
-    }
-}\the\toks0
-
-\def\ttlq{\lower0.125ex \hbox{\char18 }}
-\def\ttrq{\lower0.125ex \hbox{\char19 }}
-\def\tttilde{\lower0.5ex \hbox{\char`\~ }}
-\def\ttcircum{\lower0.5ex \hbox{\char`\^ }}
-
-\newtoks\everyverbatim	% expanded at start of every verbatim text
-
-
-%  Define #1 as a self-matching verbatim character.
-%  #1 must be a one-char control-sequence
-\def\defverbatim#1{%
-	\declareactivechar#1
-	\begingroup \uccode`\~=`#1 \uppercase{\toks0={\endgroup
-		\def~{%
-			\leavevmode
-			\begingroup	% matched by closing char
-			\tt
-			\setupverbatim
-			\catcode`#1=13 \let~=\endgroup
-		}%
-	}}\the\toks0
-}
-
-\declareactivechar\| \defverbatim\|
-%}}}  verbatim text
-%{{{  writing code sections
-
-% \docodefiles is \do{xx}\do{yy} for a set of file identifiers
-% Each file identifier xx has \ifxx, \xxfalse, \xxtrue, \xxwrite
-% I am greatly hampered by the fact that \newwrite and \newif are \outer!
-\def\docodefiles{}
-
-\def\codefile#1#2{
-	\toks0=\expandafter{\docodefiles\do{#1}}
-	\edef\docodefiles{\the\toks0 }	
-	\expcs\CODEnewwrite{#1write}
-	\CODEnewif{#1} \csname#1true\endcsname
-	\expcs\openout{#1write}=#2
-	\expcs\def{filename#1}{#2}
-}
-\catcode`@=11
-\def\CODEnewwrite#1{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n #1}
-\catcode`@=12
-\def\CODEnewif#1{%
-	\expcs\edef{#1true}{\let\noexpcs{if#1}\noexpand\iftrue}
-	\expcs\edef{#1false}{\let\noexpcs{if#1}\noexpand\iffalse}
-	\csname#1false\endcsname
-}
-
-\def\allfilesfalse{\begingroup
-	\def\do##1{\global\csname##1false\endcsname}\docodefiles
-    \endgroup
-}
-\def\allfilestrue{\begingroup
-	\def\do##1{\global\csname##1true\endcsname}\docodefiles
-    \endgroup
-}
-
-
-\def\endcodefile#1{
-    \expcs\closeout{#1write}
-    \csname #1false\endcsname
-    \message{Code written to \csname filename#1\endcsname.}
-}	
-
-\def\code{
-	\smallskip
-	\begingroup
-	\let|\CODEline		% code line without expansion
-	\let\|\CODElinex	% code line with expansion
-	\let\{=\CODElb \let\}=\CODErb \let\\=\CODEbslash \def~{ }
-	\the\everycode
-	\obeylines 
-}
-\def\endcode{
-	\smallbreak
-	\endgroup
-}
-\def\CODEline{%
-	\begingroup
-	\setupverbatim
-	\catcode`\|=12
-	\CODElinei
-}
-
-
-% In \CODFElinei, We must redefine the characters that are active
-%  within verbatim text to expand to their catcode-12 equivalents when
-%  they are written to the code file.  Since one of these is ^, we
-%  temporarily give @ the meaning of ^ so that we may safely munge the
-%  catcode of ^.
-
-\begingroup \catcode`\'=13 \catcode`\`=13
-		\catcode\lq\@=\catcode\lq\^ \catcode\lq\^=13 
-		\catcode\lq\@@M=13 \toks0={\endgroup%
-	\def\CODElinei#1@@M{%
-		\begingroup\let`\lq \let'\rq \let^\CODEcircum \let~\CODEtilde %
-		    \edef\tmp{{#1}}%
-		    \def\do##1{\csname if##1\endcsname %
-		        \expcs\write{##1write}\tmp \fi %
-		    }\docodefiles %
-		\endgroup
-		\indent\the\everycodeline #1\par %
-		\endgroup %
-	}%
-	\def\CODElinex#1@@M{%
-		\def\do##1{\csname if##1\endcsname %
-		    \edef\filename{\csname filename##1\endcsname} %
-		    \edef\tmp{{#1}} %
-		    \expcs\write{##1write}\tmp \fi %
-	  	}\docodefiles %
-		\def\filename{\<filename>}%
-		{\indent\the\everycodeline #1\par}%
-	}%
-}\the\toks0
-
-%  Make macros which expand to various special characters, with catcode 12:
-\begingroup\catcode`\/=0 \catcode`\\=12 /toks0={/endgroup
-       /def/CODEbslash{\}
-}/the/toks0
-\begingroup\catcode`\^=12 \toks0={\endgroup
-       \def\CODEcircum{^}
-}\the\toks0
-\begingroup\catcode`\~=12 \toks0={\endgroup
-       \def\CODEtilde{~}
-}\the\toks0
-\begingroup\catcode`\%=12 \toks0={\endgroup
-	\def\%{%}
-}\the\toks0
-\begingroup\catcode`\[=1 \catcode`\]=2 \catcode`\{=12 \catcode`\}=12 \toks0=[\endgroup
-	\def\CODElb[{] \def\CODErb[}]
-]\the\toks0
-\newtoks\everycode
-\newtoks\everycodeline
-
-\def\filenamesanssuffix{\expandafter\CODEsanssuffix\filename.\CODEsanssuffix}
-\def\CODEsanssuffix#1.#2\CODEsanssuffix{#1}
-%}}}  writing code sections
-%{{{  layout
-
-
-\newcount\seccount
-\newcount\subseccount
-\font\secfont=cmssdc10 at 12pt
-\font\subsecfont=cmssi10
-
-\def\section#1{%
-	\advance\seccount1 \subseccount=0
-	\bigbreak
-	\begingroup
-		\secfont \hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=1000
-		\parskip=0pt \parindent=0pt \rightskip=0pt plus 2em
-		\number\seccount. #1
-		\medskip
-	\endgroup
-}
-
-\def\subsec#1{%
-	\advance\subseccount1
-	\medbreak
-	\begingroup
-		\subsecfont \hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=1000
-		\parskip=0pt \parindent=0pt \rightskip=0pt plus 2em
-		\number\seccount.\number\subseccount. #1
-		\nobreak\smallskip
-	\endgroup
-}
-
-\def\notepar{
-    \smallskip
-    \begingroup
-	\narrower\noindent\hang
-	{\bf Note}\quad\it
-	\ignorespaces
-}
-\def\endnotepar{
-	\smallbreak
-    \endgroup
-}
-
-%  	Leave a largish right margin; eventually marginalia will go
-%  there.  Allow enough line length for 80-character code lines.  This
-%  makes the text lines a bit longer than I'd like but I don't want to
-%  have to resort to having code lines in a smaller font.
-\hsize=40em \advance\hsize\parindent
-
-%	(297mm-11in) is the strip of paper lost if printed on USA
-%	letter paper; allow another bit for some laserprinters that
-%	can't print to the edge of the paper.
-\voffset=297mm \advance\voffset by -11in \advance\voffset by 0.25in
-\vsize=297mm \advance\vsize-2\voffset \advance\vsize-2\baselineskip
-\advance\voffset-1in
-
-\def\do#1{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt }
-\do\tenrm \do\tenit \do\tenbf
-
-\rightskip=0pt plus 2em minus 2pt
-\tolerance=500
-\lefthyphenmin=3 \righthyphenmin=2
-
-%}}}  layout
-%{{{  abbrevs
-
-\def\<#1>{\leavevmode\hbox{$\langle$\it#1\/$\rangle$}}
-\def\cs#1{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char`\\#1}}
-\def\arg#1{\leavevmode\hbox{{\tt\char`\{}#1{\tt\char`\}}}}
-\def\pt{\,{\rm pt}}
-\def\flushtop#1{%
-	\leavevmode
-	{%
-		\setbox0=\hbox{#1}\setbox2=\hbox{X}%
-		\dimen0=\ht2 \advance\dimen0-\ht0
-		\raise\dimen0 \box0
-	}%
-}
-\def\TeX{T\kern-0.1em\lower0.5ex\hbox{E}X}
-\def\LaTeX{L\kern-0.167em\flushtop{a}\TeX}
-
-%}}}  abbrev
-\newskip\footnoterightskip \footnoterightskip=\rightskip
-\catcode`@=11
-\def\vfootnote#1{\insert\footins\bgroup
-  \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
-  \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
-  \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty\@MM
-  \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\footnoterightskip
-  \spaceskip\z@skip \xspaceskip\z@skip \rm
-  \textindent{#1}\footstrut\futurelet\next\fo@t}
-\catcode`@=11
-
-
-%}}} pdccode.tex
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcdoc.def b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcdoc.def
deleted file mode 100644
index 0061070fd79..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcdoc.def
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,232 +0,0 @@
-% pdcdoc.def 1.2 1995/03/30 -- macros for short documents
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "pdcdoc.def",
-%%% version        = "1.2",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, style file",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Sectioning macros for style files.
-%%%                   This macro file was generated by running plain
-%%%                   TeX on pdcsty.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcsty.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = ""
-%%%}
-
-\message{1.2 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\topmg=297mm \advance\topmg-11in \advance\topmg7mm
-\botmg=\topmg
-\advance\topmg\ht\strutbox \advance\topmg\headlineskip
-\ifdim \topmg<20mm \topmg=20mm \fi
-\ifdim \botmg<27mm \botmg=27mm \fi
-\setpaper{210mm}{297mm}
-\setnkgrid{4}{3}
-\colrule=0pt
-\leftmargin=\gridwd \advance\leftmargin\colsep
-\everypage={\ifdim\leftmargin>0pt
-    \setbox\leftbox=\hbox to \gridwd{}\fi}
-\everyfootnote={\notefonts}
-\everylinenum={\smallfonts}
-\everylinenum={\smallfonts}
-\everytag={\bf}
-\newcount\partno
-\def\thepartno{%
-    \ifcase\partno O\or I\or II\or III\or IV\or V\else
-        \expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\partno}%
-    \fi
-}
-\newcount\secno \newcount\subsecno \newcount\subsubsecno
-\def\thesecno{%
-    \n{%
-        \number\secno
-        \ifnum\subsecno>0
-            .\number\subsecno
-            \ifnum\subsubsecno>0
-         .\number\subsubsecno
-            \fi
-        \fi
-    }%
-}
-\newtoks\majorheadline
-\expandafter\majorheadline
-    \expandafter{\expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\jobname}}
-\def\part#1{%
-    \global\advance\partno1
-    \newpageheading{2\baselineskip}{\headingfonts}
-        {}{\thepartno.\quad#1}
-    \TOCwrite\TOCentrypart{\thepartno}{#1}
-}
-\newcount\sectionpenalty
-\def\sectionheading#1{
-    \par
-    \vskip 0pt plus 0.3\vsize
-    \penalty\sectionpenalty \sectionpenalty-200
-    \vskip 1\bigskipamount plus -0.3\vsize
-    \begingroup \advance\leftskip-\leftmargin
-        \parskip=0pt \parindent=0pt
-        \hyphenpenalty=10000 \exhyphenpenalty=500
-        \interlinepenalty=100
-        \headingfonts \nointerlineskip
-        \hbox{\hskip-\leftmargin
-         \vrule height 2pt depth 0pt width \leftmargin
-         \vrule height 2pt depth 0pt width \hsize}
-       #1\par
-        \nobreak\smallskip
-    \endgroup
-    \global\noindenttrue
-}
-\newtoks\sectiontoks
-\newif\ifsecno \secnotrue
-\def\section#1{
-    \ifsecno
-        \global\advance\secno1 \global\subsecno0 \global\subsubsecno0
-    \fi
-    \toks0={#1}
-    \mark{{\the\sectiontoks}{\ifsecno\S\thesecno\space\fi\the\toks0 }}
-    \edef\tmp{\ifsecno\noexpand\S\the\secno\space\fi}
-    \global\sectiontoks\expandafter{\tmp#1}
-    \sectionheading{\ifsecno\thesecno\quad\fi #1}
-    \mark{{\the\sectiontoks}{\the\sectiontoks}}
-    \TOCwrite\TOCentrysection{\ifsecno\thesecno\fi}{#1}
-}
-\def\subsec#1{%
-    \ifsecno \global\advance\subsecno1  \global\subsubsecno0 \fi
-    \doheading\medskipamount{\subheadingfonts}{}
-        {\ifsecno\thesecno\quad\fi#1}
-    \TOCwrite\TOCentrysubsec{\ifsecno\thesecno\fi}{#1}
-}
-\def\subsubsec#1{%
-    \ifsecno \global\advance\subsubsecno+1 \fi
-    \doheading\smallskipamount{\rm}{}{\ifsecno\thesecno\quad\fi#1}
-    \TOCwrite\TOCentrysubsubsec{\ifsecno\thesecno\fi}{#1}
-}
-\newif\ifnoheadline
-\newif\iftwosided
-\footline={%
-    \ifnoheadline
-        \global\noheadlinefalse
-        \hfil\bodyfonts\n\folio\hfil
-    \else
-        \hfil
-    \fi
-}
-\headline={%
-    \ifnoheadline
-        \hfil
-    \else
-        \bodyfonts
-        \iftwosided
-            \ifodd\pageno
-         \hfil
-         \expandafter\firstoftwo\botmark\quad
-         {\bf\n\folio}%
-            \else
-         {\bf\n\folio}\quad
-         \the\majorheadline
-         \hfil
-            \fi
-        \else
-            \the\majorheadline
-            \hfil
-           \expandafter\secondoftwo\topmark\quad
-            {\bf\n\folio}%
-        \fi
-    \fi
-}
-\def\firstoftwo#1#2{#1}
-\def\secondoftwo#1{}
-\newwrite\TOCfile
-\openout\TOCfile=\jobname.toc
-\def\TOCwrite#1#2#3{%
-    \begingroup\def\n{\string\n}
-    \def\tmp{#3}%
-    \edef\tmp{\string#1{#2}{\expandafter\TOCtrim\meaning\tmp}}
-    \write\TOCfile\expandafter{\tmp{\folio}}\endgroup
-}
-\def\TOCtrim#1:->{}
-\def\TOCentrypart#1#2#3{
-    \smallskip
-    \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0\leftmargin
-    \moveleft\leftmargin\hbox to\dimen0{\strut\bf #1. #2\hfil}
-    \smallskip
-}
-\def\TOCentrysection#1#2#3{
-    \smallskip\noindent\llap{#1\kern1pc}%
-        {\bf \ignorespaces #2\quad\rm \n{#3}}\par
-}
-\def\TOCentrysubsec#1#2#3{
-    \ifvmode \noindent \else \quad \fi
-    {#1}~{\ignorespaces #2}
-}
-\def\TOCentrysubsubsec#1#2#3{}
-\def\frontmatter{
-    \write\TOCfile{\string\endinput}
-    \write\TOCfile{\folio}
-    \closeout\TOCfile
-    \vfill\supereject
-    \ifvoid\partialpage\else \null\vfill\eject \fi
-    \beginthe{frontmatter}
-    \pageno=-1 \secnofalse \noheadlinetrue
-    \def\TOCwrite##1##2##3{}
-}
-\def\endfrontmatter{
-    \section{Contents}
-    \input\jobname.toc
-    \vfill\supereject
-    \endthe{frontmatter}
-}
-\def\titlepage{
-    \vfill\eject
-    \beginthe{titlepage}
-    \noheadlinetrue
-    \def\splittitlepage{
-        \iftwosided \vfill\eject\null\vfill \else \vfill \fi
-    }
-}
-\def\endtitlepage{
-    \eject
-    \endthe{titlepage}
-}
-\def\abstract{
-    \smallskip
-    \beginthe{abstract}
-        \setbox\parbox\hbox to \gridwd{\subheadingfonts Abstract\hfil}
-        \noindenttrue \bodyfonts
-}
-\def\endabstract{
-        \smallskip
-    \endthe{abstract}
-}
-\def\pt{\,{\rm pt}}
-\def\mm{\,{\rm mm}}
-\def\MF{{\ifdim\fontdimen1\font>0pt \mfi \else \mf \fi META}\-%
-        {\ifdim\fontdimen1\font>0pt \mfi \else \mf \fi FONT}}
-\def\MSDOS{\leavevmode\hbox{MS-DOS}}
-\def\TeX{T\kern-0.1em\lower0.5ex\hbox{E}X\spacefactor1000 }
-\begingroup\catcode`\|=12 \toks0={\endgroup
-    \def\dfn#1{\ifx\index\UNDEFINED\else\index{#1|INDdfn}\fi{\bi #1}}
-} \the\toks0
-\declareactivechar\* \def*#1*{{\it#1\/}}
-\def\|{%
-    \relax\ifmmode
-        \Vert
-    \else
-        \begingroup
-        \ttb \setupverbatim
-        \catcode`\|=13 \let|\endgroup
-    \fi
-}
-\def\inputifexists#1{%
-    \openin15=#1
-    \ifeof15 \else \input #1 \fi
-    \closein15
-}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d8c5c78af2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1194 +0,0 @@
-% pdcfmt2.dtx -- documentation & source for pdcfmt2.tex -*-tex-*-
-        
-%%%@TeX-document-file {
-%%% title 	= "PDCFMT2 -- Formatting Macros",
-%%% filename 	= "$texmf/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.dtx",
-%%% version 	= "$Revision: 2.4 $",
-%%% package 	= "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% date 	= "$Date: 1995/04/06 11:55:16 $",
-%%% author	= "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email	= "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address	= "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,"
-%%%                Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% abstract	= "This document describes and is the source code for 
-%%%                the TeX definitions file pdcfmt2.tex.
-%%%                Running plain TeX on this file produces both the
-%%%                definitions file and the printed documentation.",
-%%% copyright	= "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying	= "This program is free software; you can redistribute
-%%%		   it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
-%%%		   General Public License as published by the Free
-%%%		   Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
-%%%		   or (at your option) any later version.",
-%%% notice	= "This program is distributed in the hope that it will
-%%%		   be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the
-%%%		   implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-%%%		   PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
-%%%		   License for more details.",
-%%% notice	= "You should have received a copy of the GNU General
-%%%		   Public License along with this program; if not, write
-%%%		   to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
-%%%		   Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.",
-%%% codetable	= "USASCII",
-%%% dependencies = "pdccode.tex"
-%%%}
-
-%{{{ pdcfmt2
-%{{{  preamble
-
-\relax
-\input pdccode
-\document
-\rcs$Id: pdcfmt2.dtx,v 2.4 1995/04/06 11:55:16 pdc Exp $\endrcs
-
-\def\example{
-    \smallskip\hrule\nobreak\smallskip
-    \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0-1pc \divide\dimen0 2
-    \halign to \hsize\bgroup\vtop{\tt\def~{\hfil\break} \def\\{\char`\\\relax} \hsize=\dimen0 ##}\tabskip=0pt plus 1fil&
-	\vtop{\hsize=\dimen0 ##}\tabskip=0pt\cr
-}
-\def\endexample{
-	\crcr\egroup
-    \nobreak\smallskip\hrule\smallskip
-}	
-
-\codefile{pdcfmt2.tex}
-%}}}  preamble
-%{{{  introduction
-	
-\author{P. Damian Cugley}
-\title{PDCFMT2---Formatting Macros}
-\section{Introduction}
-	
-	This document describes |pdcfmt2.tex|, a collection of
-	formatting macros for plain \TeX\ documents.  For example, it
-	defines commands for making bulleted lists, verbatim text, and
-	generic headings.  For longer documents, a higher-level `style
-	file' like |pdccmdoc.tex| will define commands to start sections
-	and generate a table of contents and so on.
-
-	The definitions file and the printed documentation are both in
-	|pdcfmt2.dtx|, a `documented \TeX\ macros' file\footnote*{The
-	\LaTeX~2e distribution uses files with the `|dtx|' suffix for
-	similar purposes.}  which, when processed by plain \TeX,
-	generates a fresh copy of |pdcfmt2.tex| in the current directory
-	in addition to the |dvi| file.  This ensures that the printed
-	documentation and the code it describes are identical.  The
-	|dtx| file uses the macros in |pdccode.tex|.
-
-	The name of the macros file ends in `-|2|' to prevent confusion
-	with |pdcfmt.tex| version 1.1.10, with which it is slightly
-	incompatible.
-
-%}}}  introduction
-%{{{  File identification
-\section{File identification}
-	
-	Nowadays, macro files start with some comments identifying the
-	file.
-
-\code
-	\|\% pdcfmt2.tex \fileversion~\filedate~-- macros for formatting
-	|
-	|%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-	|%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.tex",
-	\|\%\%\% version~~~~~~~~= "\fileversion",
-	\|\%\%\% date~~~~~~~~~~~= "\filedate",
-	|%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-	|%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-	|%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-	|%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-	|%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-	|%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-	|%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-	|%%% abstract       = "Formatting macros for plain TeX documents.
-	|%%%                   This file was generated by running
-	\|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~plain TeX on \jobname.dtx",
-	|%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-	\|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Distribute \jobname.dtx only as part of the
-	|%%%                   package it came in.",
-	|%%% dependencies   = "",
-	|%%% }
-	|
-	\|\\message\{\fileversion~<pdc \filedate>\}
-	|
-\endcode
-
-%}}}  getting started
-%{{{  internal
-
-\section{Internal definitions}
-
-	Most internal control sequence names will start with `|FMT|'.
-	Here are a few miscellaneous definitions used to save a token
-	here or there.
-
-	I will often use |\toksa| to create definitions containing
-	characters with unusual catcodes.  The idiom is
-$$\halign{\indent#\hfil\cr
-	|\begingroup| \<assignments> |\toksa={\endgroup|\cr
-	\quad\<definitions>\cr
-	|} \the\toksa|\cr
-}$$ 
- 	When |\toksa| is expanded, it closes the group (undoing the
-	\<assignments>) but then scans the \<definition> using the
-	catcodes set by \<assignments>.  (In extreme cases, the
-	definition of |\toksa| might be enclosed in |\uppercase|, to get
-	strange characters into a definiton.)
-
-	The advantage of this idiom over using |\gdef| in a group is
-	that the definitions need not be global.  Avoiding global
-	assignments makes it more likely that the document will be
-	embeddable in other documents.
-
-	Using |\toksa| instead of |\toks0| is more robust when using
-	|\uppercase|, because digits are be given |\uccode| values by
-	|maamac.tex|.
-\code
-	|\toksdef\toksa=0
-	|\chardef\other=12
-\endcode
-	
-%}}}  internal
-%{{{  verbatim text
-
-\section{Verbatim text}
-
-	`Verbatim' text means text designed to match the ASCII
-	characters in the manuscript file as closely as possible.  It
-	kis most often used in computer manuals, where commands typed to
-	a computer or the contents of text files are to be presented.
-	Within verbatim text, most of \TeX's special characters are
-	temporarily disabled.
-
-\subsec{Lists of active chararcters}
-
-	The verbatim text macros need to know if any characters have
-	been made special apart from the usual ones.  This command tells
-	the verbatim macros that |#1| is an active char; in addition to
-	setting its catcode, this makes sure that the character will be
-	re-catcoded appropriately when in verbatim mode.  |#1| should be
-	a something that will work after `|`|'; usually this means a
-	one-character control sequence.
-\code
-	|\def\declareactivechar#1{%
-	|    \toksa\expandafter{\verbatimplains\do#1}%
-	|    \edef\verbatimplains{\the\toksa }%
-	|    \catcode`#1\active
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	Two list macros in the style of |\dospecials| are defined.  The
-	first is for characters that must be set to catcode~12, such as
-	`|\|', `|{|', `|}|', `|_|', `|$|', `|#|', `|&|', and `|%|'.  The
-	other is for a few characters that are given catcode~13, such as
-	`|`|', `|'|', `|~|', `|^|' and SP.
-\code
-	|\def\verbatimplains{\do\\\do\{\do\}\do\_\do\$\do\#\do\&\do\%}
-	|\def\verbatimactives{\do\-\do\`\do\'\do\~\do\^\do\ }
-\smallbreak
-	|\chardef\other=12
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Setting up verbatim mode}
-
-	This is a macro common to various verbatim text modes.  The
-	default spacing of whatever font is used, without any
-	adjustments of spacefactor for punctuation.  The characters
-	`|`|', `|'|', `|~|', and `|^|' are produce slightly lowered
-	glyphs.
-\code
-	|\newtoks\everyverbatim
-\smallbreak
-	|\bgroup \catcode`\-=13\catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\'=13 \catcode`\`=13 \toksa={\egroup
-	|    \def\setupverbatim{%
-	|        \frenchspacing
-	|        \spaceskip0pt \xspaceskip0pt % use spacing of font
-	|        \def\do##1{\catcode\lq##112 }\verbatimplains
-	|        \def\do##1{\catcode\lq##1\active }\verbatimactives
-	|        \let`\ttlq \let'\ttrq 
-	|        \let~\tttilde \let^\ttcircum \let-\ttminus
-	|        \the\everyverbatim
-	|    }
-	|}\the\toksa
-\endcode
-
-	Here are the definitions for the munged glyphs.  These are only
-	necessary in CM Typewriter; when using a PostScript font,
-	different definitions would be necessary.
-
-	The names `rq' and `lq' are based on the use of |\lq| and |\rq|
-	in plain \TeX.  An alternative definition for |\ttrq| would be
-	|\chardef\ttrq="0D|, producing `{\tt\char"0D }'.
-\code
-	|\def\ttlq{\lower0.125ex \hbox{\char18 }}
-	|\def\ttrq{\lower0.125ex \hbox{\char19 }}
-	|\def\tttilde{\lower0.5ex \hbox{\char`\~ }}
-	|\def\ttcircum{\lower0.5ex \hbox{\char`\^ }}
-	|\def\ttminus{-}
-\endcode
-	This makes the difference between |`'^~| and
-	{\tt`'\char`\^\char`\~}.
-
-	The macro |\ttminus| is included because it is needed for
-	PostScript font support.
-
-\subsec{Defining a self-matching character for verbatim text}
-
-	A macro for defining a self-matching verbatim character (I~got
-	the idea of a macro for declaring verbatim characters from the
-	\LaTeX~2e documentation macros).  |#1| must be a one-character
-	control sequence.  If it isn't active already, then
-	|\declareactivechar| is applied to it first.
-\code
-	|\def\defverbatim#1{%
-	|    \ifcat\noexpand#1\noexpand~\else \declareactivechar#1 \fi
-	|    \begingroup \uccode`\~=`#1 \uppercase{\toksa={\endgroup
-	|        \def~{%
-	|            \leavevmode
-	|            \begingroup \tt \setupverbatim
-	|            \catcode`#1\active \let~\endgroup
-	|       }%
-	|    }}\the\toksa
-	|}
-\endcode
-	Note that there must be a font called |\tt| for it to switch to.
-	(The catcode of |#1| is set to 13 after calling |\setupverbatim|
-	because |#1| will be included in |\verbatimplains|.)
-
-	Finally, we define vertical bar as the conventional
-	self-matching verbatim-mode character.
-\code
-	|\defverbatim\|
-\endcode
-	Both |\defverbatim| and |\defineactivechar| have local scope.
-
-\subsec{List a file verbatim}
-
-	This does something similar to the |lines| environment (see
-	below), except here an external file is read in verbatim (see
-	{\it\TeX book} Appendix~D, Section~3).  The
-	|\startlinenumbering| macro may be put in the |\everylisting|
-	token register to create a listing with numbered lines.
-\code
-	|\newtoks\everylisting
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\listfile#1{
-	|    \medskip
-	|    \begingroup
-	|        \parindent=0pt \parskip=0pt
-	|        \def\par{\null\endgraf}\obeylines
-	|        \setupverbatim \maketabstab
-	|        \tt \the\everylisting  
-	|        \input#1 
-	|    \endgroup
-	|    \medskip\noindent\ignorespaces
-	|}
-\endcode
-	This macro redefines character |^^I| (horizontal tab) to produce
-	the equivalent of eight spaces.  This isn't quite the same as
-	what HTs are used for with UNIX files, but it works adequately
-	if all your tabs are at the start of the line (i.e., if tabs are
-	used only for indentation, not to make tables).
-\code
-	|{\catcode`\^^I=\active
-	| \gdef\maketabstab{\catcode`\^^I\active \def^^I{\hskip 4em}}
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-%}}}  verbatim text
-%{{{  everypar
-	
-\section{Everypar hacks}
-
-\subsec{Parameters}
-
-	The following may be set by higher-level macros to change the
-	apearance of the next paragraph.
-
-	If the flag |\ifnoindent| is set, then the indentation of the
-	next paragraph will be removed (by deleting the box added by
-	\TeX's |\indent| primitive).  Thus |\noindenttrue| works like
-	|\noindent|, except that there may be blank lines between
-	|\noindenttrue| and the paragraph it affects.
-\code
-	|\newif\ifnoindent
-\endcode
-	This flag is reset globally once it has had its effect.
-
-	If the box |\parbox| is non-void, then its value is typeset in
-	the left margin of the next paragraph.  (At present this does an
-	implicit |\noindenttrue| but later versions may allow the next
-	paragraph to be indented.)  The righthand edge of the parbox
-	will be distance |\parboxsep| from the left edge of the text
-	area.
-\code
-	|\newbox\parbox	
-	|\newdimen\parboxsep \parboxsep=1pc
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Setting \cs{everypar}}
-\code
-	|\everypar={%
-	|    \ifvoid\parbox
-	|        \ifnoindent {\setbox0=\lastbox}\global\noindentfalse \fi 
-	|    \else
-	|        {\setbox0=\lastbox}\global\noindentfalse
-	|        \dp\parbox=0pt
-	|        \hbox to 0pt{\hss \box\parbox \hskip\parboxsep}%
-	|    \fi
-	|}	
-\endcode
-%}}}  everypar
-%{{{  environment intrinsics
-	
-\section{Environment infrastructure}
-
-	An environment is a structure used to typeset textual elements
-	consisting of several \TeX\ paragraphs (usually embedded within
-	one conceptual paragraph).  It is a concept like \LaTeX\
-	environments, but with the syntax changed to be more
-	plain-\TeX-like.  
-
-	Since environments have one argument that may span many lines in
-	the file we use more verbose brackets than |{|--|}| to make it
-	easier to spot where they begin and end.  This is a structure in
-	a document looking like this:
-    $$
-\vbox{\halign{#\hfil\cr
-	|\|\<name>\<args>\cr
-	\quad\dots\cr
-	|\end|\<name>\cr
-}}
-    $$ 
-
-	A new environment is defined by defining macros called
-	|\|\<name> and |\end|\<name>.  Within the |\|\<name> and
-	|\end|\<name> macros, calls to |\beginthe| and |\endthe| are
-	used to check that environments are nested properly.
-\code
-	|\def\beginthe#1{%
-	|    \begingroup\def\PDCFMTblockname{#1}%
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\endthe#1{%
-	|    \def\tmp{#1}%
-	|    \ifx\tmp\PDCFMTblockname
-	|        \endgroup
-	|    \else
-	|        \errmessage{You should have said \string\endthe{\blockname}}%
-	|    \fi
-	|}
-\endcode
-    
-\subsec{A generic end-of-environment macro}
-
-	This macro does a |\smallskip| (if there is not already a larger
-	skip on the current list), and sets the `noindent' flag so that
-	the following \TeX\ paragraph is not indented.  
-\code
-	|\def\PDCFMTendenv#1{
-	|    \smallskip
-	|    \endthe{#1}
-	|    \global\noindenttrue
-	|}  
-\endcode
-
-	Where an environment describes text that should be indented,
-	usually |\parindent| should be used (for consistency).  If
-	|\parindent| is zero we still want to indent the text, and we
-	use |\envindent| to describe how much to indent it by.
-\code
-	|\newdimen\envindent \envindent=1pc
-\smallskip
-	|\def\PDCFMTindent{%
-	|    \ifdim\parindent>0pt
-	|        \parindent
-	|    \else
-	|        \envindent
-	|    \fi
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-%}}} environment intrinsics
-%{{{  quotations
-	
-\section{Quotations}
-	
-	This is a simple environment, with the left margin indented and
-	the first paragraph in the quotetd text not indented.  
-\example
-	It is ... who said~
-	\\quotation~
-	\indent Shookum hip rallo dyne.~
-	\\endquotation~
-	Indeed, it burgle gurgler.
-&	
-	It is interesting to remember the words of
-	Spencone Tipeth, who said
-	\smallskip\leftskip\parindent \noindent
-	Shookum hip rallo
-	dyne.\smallskip\leftskip0pt \noindent Indeed, it burgle gurgler.
-\endexample
-The token
-	register |\everyquotation| might be used to arrange for all
-	quotations to be in smaller type with
-	$$\hbox{|\everyquotation={\smallfonts}|}$$
-\code
-	|\newtoks\everyquotation
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\quotation{
-	|    \smallskip
-	|    \beginthe{quotation}
-	|    \advance\leftskip\PDCFMTindent
-	|    \noindenttrue
-	|    \the\everyquotation
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\endquotation{\PDCFMTendenv{quotation}}
-\endcode
-	The differences from using |{\narrower|\dots|\par}| (apart from
-	how it looks in the source file) include (a)~the right margin
-	isn't indented; (b)~it indents by |\envindent| if there is no
-	|\parindent| and (c)~it is preceeded and followed by a
-	smallskip.
-%}}}  quotations
-%{{{  textlists (bullets + numbered) 
-	
-\section{Textlists---bulleted or numbered lists}
-
-	Here's a generic list-of-items environment, used to implemented
-	bulleted and numbered lists.  Each item is started with the
-	convenient |\\| macro (and so may contain more than one
-	paragraph).  It is called a `textlist' to distinguish it from
-	other meanings of the word `list'.  Usually textlists will be
-	generated with higher-level macros like |\bullets| and
-	|\numbered|.
-
-\subsec{A generic textlist environment}
-
-	The token register |\everytextlist| is expanded at the start
-	of every textlist.  The level of nesting is recorded in
-	|\textlistdepth| (a to-level list is depth~0, a list inside
-	that is depth~1, and so on).  The flag |\ifnumbered| controls
-	whether items are numbered (using |\numberfordepth|) or
-	bulleted (using |\bulletfordepth|).
-\code
-	|\newtoks\everytextlist
-	|\newif\ifnumbered
-	|\newcount\textlistdepth  \textlistdepth=-1
-	|\newcount\textlistcount
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\textlist{%
-	|    \par 
-	|    \beginthe{textlist}
-	|    \advance\textlistdepth 1
-	|    \textlistcount0
-	|    \def\\{
-	|        \smallskip\noindent
-	|        \advance\textlistcount1
-	|        \llap{%
-	|            \ifnumbered
-	|                \numberfordepth\textlistdepth\textlistcount
-	|            \else
-	|                \bulletfordepth\textlistdepth
-	|            \fi\enspace}%
-	|        \ignorespaces
-	|    }
-	|    \advance\leftskip\PDCFMTindent
-	|    \the\everytextlist
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\endtextlist{\PDCFMTendenv{textlist}}
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Bulleted lists}
-
-	This describes a bulleted list, where each paragraph is indented
-	and preceeded by a mark in the margin.  
-\example
-	I would like to make...~\\bullets~\\\\ this point; and~\\\\ that
-	point~\\endbullets~And so on and so forth.
-& I would like to make the following very important and relevant
-	itemized points:\smallskip\item{$\bullet$}this point;
-	and\smallskip\item{$\bullet$}that
-	point\smallskip\noindent And so on and so forth.
-\endexample
-Bullets environments may
-	be nested, in which case different marks are used.  The sign is
-	chosen with |\bulletfordepth|.
-\code
-	|\newtoks\everybullets
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\bullets{\textlist \numberedfalse \the\everybullets}
-	|\let\endbullets=\endtextlist
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\bulletfordepth#1{%
-	|    \ifcase#1 $\bullet$\or --\or $\circ$\else $\cdot$\fi
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-
-\subsec{Numbered lists}
-
-	The numbered list is similar.  The style of numbering changes
-	with the listing depth; you can change this by redefining
-	|\numberfordepth|.
-    $$
-\centerline{\vbox{\halign{#\hfil&\qquad\hfil# &&\hfil# \cr
-	Depth 0&1.&2.&3.&\dots\cr
-	Depth 1&(1)&(2)&(3)&\dots\cr
-	Depth 2&({\it a\/})&({\it b\/})&({\it c\/})&\dots\cr
-	Depth 3+&(i)&(ii)&(iii)&\dots\cr
-}}}
-    $$ 
- 	There is also a token regieter |\everynumbered| for any extra
-	customization.  This is read after |\everytextlist|.
-\code
-	|\newtoks\everynumbered
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\numbered{\textlist \numberedtrue \the\everynumbered}
-	|\let\endnumbered=\endtextlist
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\numberfordepth#1#2{%
-	|    \ifcase#1 \n{\number#2}.\or (\n{\number#2})\or
-	|        ({\it\alphabetletter#2\/})\else (\romannumeral#2)\fi
-	|}
-\endcode
-	It turns out that sometimes it is useful to be able to impose a
-	format on numbers generated by formatting macros.  For example,
-	I~occasionally find it useful to force all numbers to be
-	generated in maths mode.  To do this, all numbers generated by
-	macros are enclosed in |\n{|--|}|.  By default, |\n| is
-	equivalent to |\relax|.
-\code
-	|\let\n\relax
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Picking a letter of the alphabet}
-
-	This macro behaves as much like the primitives |\number| and
-	|\romannumeral| as it can: it expands entirely within \TeX's
-	mouth, and so may be used in |\edef|s and the like.  It produces
-	|???| or |!!!| if its argument is not in the range 1--26.
-	The macro is defined so as to reduce the number of tokesn to be
-	skipped  when |#1| is less than 6.
-\code
-	|\def\alphabetletter#1{%
-	|    \ifcase#1 ??? \or a\or b\or c\or d\or e\else 
-	|        \xxxalphabetletter#1\fi
-	|}
-	|\def\xxxalphabetletter#1{%
-	|    \ifcase#1 \or\or\or\or\or\or f\or g\or h\or i\or j\or
-	|        k\or l\or m\or n\or o\or p\or q\or r\or s\or t\or u\or 
-	|        v\or w\or x\or y\or z\else !!!\fi
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-%}}}  textlists (bullets + numbered)
-%{{{  tagged list
-	
-\section{Tagged lists}
-
-	In other words, description lists.  Each paragraph starts with
-	the `tag' set either in the left margin or sticking in to the
-	current line if it is too long to fit.  The tag for each
-	paragraph is introduced with `|\\|\arg{\<text>}'.
-
-	The maximum width of tag labels (including the 1\thinspace en
-	space that goes between label and text) in is stored in
-	|\tagmaxwidth|.  If there is not room, then the label is run on
-	in to the paragraph and separated from the text by a quad space.
-\code
-	|\newdimen\tagmaxwidth
-\endcode
-	As well as giving a new definition to the |\\| macro, the
-	|\tagged| command mast choose a value for |\tagmaxwidth|.  If
-	there is a large left margin (signalled by giving |\leftmargin|
-	a positive value) then tags will go in there; otherwise the text
-	will be indented and the amount of indentation used as the
-	maximum label width.
-\code
-	|\newtoks\everytagged
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\tagged{%
-	|    \par
-	|    \beginthe{tagged}
-	|    \let\\\TAG
-	|    \ifdim\leftmargin=0pt 
-	|        \tagmaxwidth\PDCFMTindent
-	|    \else
-	|        \tagmaxwidth\leftmargin
-	|    \fi
-	|    \the\everytagged
-	|    \ifdim\tagmaxwidth>\leftmargin
-	|        \leftskip\tagmaxwidth \advance\leftskip-\leftmargin
-	|    \fi
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\endtagged{\PDCFMTendenv{tagged}}
-\endcode
-	The adjustment to |\leftmargin| comes after scanning
-	|\everytagged| so that it is possible to adjust |\tagmaxwidth|
-	inside |\everytagged|.
-
-	Trickery with |\futurelet| and |\aftergroup| (like that used in
-	plain \TeX's |\footnote| command) is used to allow catcode
-	changes in \<text> to work.  This allows macros that generate
-	`verbatim' text to work.
-\code
-	|\newtoks\everytag
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\TAG{%
-	|    \smallskip\noindent
-	|    \setbox0=\hbox\bgroup        % matched by \TAGfinish
-	|    \the\everytag\ignorespaces
-	|    \futurelet\next\TAGtest
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\TAGtest{%
-	|    \ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next
-	|        \let\next\TAGgotbrace
-	|    \else
-	|        \let\next\TAGnobrace
-	|    \fi \next
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\TAGgotbrace{%
-	|    \bgroup\aftergroup\TAGfinish 	
-	|    \let\next
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\TAGnobrace#1{%
-	|    #1\TAGfinish
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\TAGfinish{%
-	|    \unskip\hskip0.5em\egroup       % matches \TAG
-	|    \ifdim \wd0 < \tagmaxwidth
-	|        \wd0=\tagmaxwidth
-	|        \llap{\box0}%
-	|    \else
-	|        \hskip-\tagmaxwidth
-	|        \unhbox0 \unskip\quad
-	|    \fi
-	|    \ignorespaces
-	|}
-\endcode
-	It might be interesting to generalize these macros so that new
-	macros with an argument scanned this way may be created more
-	easily.
-%}}}  tagged list
-%{{{  lines
-	
-\section{Lines environment (for program listings etc)}
-
-	In the |lines| environment, each line in the manuscript file
-	becomes a new paragraph (i.e., a separate line on the printed
-	page).  A |%| at the end of a line may be used to split a file
-	line in to several logical lines.  In addition, the |lines|
-	environment is bracketed by horizontal rules.  The effect is
-	similar to that produced by the |\beginlines|--|\endlines|
-	macros in {\it\TeX book} Appendix~E.
-
-\code
-	|\newtoks\everylines
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\lines{
-	|    \par
-	|    \beginthe{lines}
-	|    \nobreak\smallskip\hrule\nobreak\smallskip
-	|    \obeylines
-	|    \parindent=0pt \parskip=0pt 
-	|    \parfillskip=0pt plus 1fil
-	|    \the\everylines
-	|    \nobreak
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\endlines{
-	|    \nobreak\smallskip
-	|    \endthe{lines}
-	|    \hrule\smallskip
-	|    \global\noindenttrue
-	|}  
-\endcode
-
-	For longer listings it may be nice to have the lines numbered
-	for later reference.  The following two macros may be put in
-	|\everylines| to enable line numbering---the first starts from~1
-	in each listing environment, the other continues the numbering
-	from where it left off.
-
-	The line number is kept in |\linenumber| (which may be adjusted
-	by the user).  Only every 5th line is numbered.  The number of
-	lines until the next printed one is held in |\PDCFMTcount|.
-	Both these are always set globally (which means lines
-	environments cannot be nested!).
-\code
-	|\newcount\linenumber
-	|\newcount\PDCFMTcount
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\startlinenumbering{%	
-	|    \global\linenumber=0 \global\PDCFMTcount=5 
-	|    \everypar{\numberthisline}%
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\continuelinenumbering{%
-	|    \everypar{\numberthisline}%
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	The |\numberthisline| macro is invoked at the beginning of every
-	paragraph.  It increments |\linenumber|, and writes the line
-	number of every fifth line in the right margin.  By default it
-	uses the same font as used in subscripts; this can be changed by
-	changing the token register |\everylinenum|.
-\code
-	|\newtoks\everylinenum \everylinenum{\the\scriptfont0 }
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\numberthisline{%
-	|    \strut
-	|    \global\advance\linenumber1 \global\advance\PDCFMTcount-1
-	|    \ifnum\PDCFMTcount>0 \else
-	|	\global\advance\PDCFMTcount 5
-	|	\rlap{\the\everylinenum \kern\hsize\kern1em \the\linenumber}%
-	|    \fi
-	|}%
-\endcode
-
-	Within the lines environment it can be useful to indicate where
-	lines have been skipped.  This macro also adjusts the
-	|\linenumber| macro.
-\code
-	|\def\linesskipped#1{%
-	|    \strut \hskip20pt $\vdots$ \hskip20pt
-	|    {\rm(\it #1 lines omitted\rm)}\par
-	|    \advance\linenumber#1\relax
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-%}}}  lines
-%{{{  display, table
-	
-\section{Displays, Tables -- wrapper about \cs{halign}}
-
-	The |display| environment does a generic (meaning not
-	necessarily mathematical) display, in a manner similar to the
-	|\begindisplay|--|\enddisplay| macros in {\it\TeX book}
-	Appendix~E.  As with Knuth's macro, assignments may follow on
-	the same line as |\display|, and |\cr| and |&| may be used to
-	split the display into rows and columns.
-\code
-	|\outer\def\display{\obeylines\startdisplay}
-	|\bgroup\obeylines \toksa={\egroup %
-	|    \def\startdisplay#1^^M{%
-	|        \catcode`\^^M=5 $$ #1 % matched by \enddisplay
-	|        \displayindent\PDCFMTindent %
-	|        \halign\bgroup##\hfil&&\quad##\hfil\cr %
-	|    } %
-	|}\the\toksa %
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\enddisplay{\crcr\egroup$$}
-\endcode
-
-	The |table| environment is similar, ecept that what follows
-	|\table| is an arbitrary |\halign| specification.
-\code
-	|\def\table{%
-	|    $$                  % matching $$ is in \endtable
-	|    \displayindent\PDCFMTindent 
-	|    \halign \bgroup
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\let\endtable=\enddisplay
-\endcode
-
-\notepar
-	Both the {\tt table} and {\tt display} environments must go
-	within paragraphs.  That is, there should not be blank lines
-	before |\table|, or after |\endtable| unless the table ends the
-	paragraph.
-\endnotepar
-%}}}  display, table
-%{{{  ebnf
-	
-\section{(E)BNF}
-
-	BNF is Bakus-Naur Formalism; EBNF is Extended BNF.  The same
-	environment does either format.  The style I~happen to like, has
-	non-terminal sumbols written like \<this>, and terminal symbols
-	enclosed in `--'.  Optional text is enclosed in brackets (I~like
-	to put spaces between the brackets and the enclosed text for
-	clarity) and repeatable text in braces.
-
-	In the manuscript file, each production is a separate paragraph.
-	The macro |\>| goes between the left hand side and right hand
-	side of a production; by default, it expands to `$::=$'.
-	Alternatives are separated by |\\|; by default this expands to a
-	bar `$\mid$'.  If the terminal symbols happen to be keyboard
-	characters, use the verbatim text character {\tt\char`\|} which
-	adds quotation marks around the text it produces.  For example,
-	the following expression
-    $$
-	\hbox{\<foo>\enspace$::=$\enspace`|f|' `|o|' `|o|' $\mid$
-	\<bar> [ \<mumble> `{\bf munge}' ].}
-    $$
- 	may be produced with
-    $$
-	\defverbatim\~
-	\hbox{~\<foo> \> |f| |o| |o| \\ \<bar> [ \<mumble> `{\bf munge}' ].~}
-    $$  
- 	Braces are produced with |\{| and |\}|.
-
-\code
-	|\newtoks\everybnf
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\bnf{
-	|    \nobreak\smallskip
-	|    \beginthe{bnf}
-	|    \advance\leftskip2\parindent \parindent=-\parindent 
-	|    \parskip0pt plus 1pt
-	|    \rightskip=1\rightskip plus 3em
-	|    \def\\{$\mid$}
-	|    \def\>{\unskip\enspace$::=$\enspace\ignorespaces}
-	|    \def|{`\begingroup\tt\setupverbatim\catcode`\|=13
-	|            \def|{\endgroup'}}
-	|    \def\{{$\lbrace$} \def\}{$\rbrace$}
-	|    \the\everybnf
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\endbnf{
-	|    \smallskip
-	|    \endthe{bnf}
-	|    \global\noindenttrue
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	The macro |\<| is based on the one in Appendix~E of the {\it\TeX
-	book}.  For example, |\<foo>| produces `\<foo>'.
-\code
-	|\def\<#1>{\leavevmode\hbox{$\langle${\it#1\/}$\rangle$}}
-\endcode
-	The difference is that the name is in italics: \<name> not
-	$\langle$name$\rangle$.
-
-\notepar
-	This macro is not intened for be used to generate character
-	names like Return and Tab; I suggest just saying `Return' and
-	`Tab' for these.
-
-	There is a style of RFC-822 email addresses written in the form
-	`\/|Damian Cugley <pdc@alleged.co.uk>|'.  I suggest that when
-	presenting email addresses in printed documents this be rendered
-	as something like `\/{\rm Damian Cugley (|pdc@alleged.co.uk|)}'.
-\endnotepar
-%}}}  ebnf
-%{{{  headings
-	
-\section{Headings}
-
-	Here are some macros for making headings for sections of a
-	document.  There are two styles of layout supported by these
-	heading macros: the usual style~$N$, with headings above the
-	first paragraph of the section, and the `tab-indexed' style~$T$,
-	with headings in the left margin, aligned with the first line of
-	the paragraph.
-
-
-\subsec{The left margin parameter}
-	For style~$T$ headings, this is the size of the extra margin at
-	the left side of the page (so $({\it hoffset}+1\,{\rm in})-{\it
-	leftmargin}$ is the margin between the left edge of headings and
-	the edge of the paper).  Set this parameter to $0\pt$ for
-	style~$N$.
-
-\code
-	|\newdimen\leftmargin
-\endcode
-
-
-\subsec{Headings that don't start a new page}
-
-	This macro is intended to be used by higher-level macro with
-	names like |\section|, which take care of numbering section
-	headings and so on.
-    $$
-	\hbox{\tt\cs{doheading}\arg{\<skip>}\arg{\<style>}%
-		\arg{\<coda>}\arg{\<text>}}
-    $$
- 	Where \<skip> is the skip to put before the heading (for
-	example, a \<dimendef token> like like |\medskipamount| or
-	|\bigskipamount|, or a \<dimen> enclosed in braces); \<style> is
-	tokens to insert before the \<text> (such as assignments that
-	select the font); \<coda> is tokens that follow the \<text>
-	(which might produce a rule under the heading, for example;
-	usually this is empty); and \<text> is the text of the heading
-	supplied by the user.
-\code
-	|\newskip\headingtemp
-	|\def\doheading#1#2#3#4{
-	|    \ifdim\lastskip<#1\relax \removelastskip \vskip#1\relax \fi
-	|    \ifdim \leftmargin>0pt
-\endcode
-	If the left margin is greater than zero then we generaten a
-	style~$T$ heading.  This is done by putting the text in
-	|\parbox|, which will be used by the |\everypar|.
-\code
-	|        \global\setbox\parbox=\vtop{%
-	|            \hsize=\leftmargin \advance\hsize-\parboxsep
-	|            \parindent=0pt
-	|            \leftskip=0pt \rightskip=0pt plus 3em
-	|            \hyphenpenalty=10000 \exhyphenpenalty=5000
-	|            \strut#2#4#3
-	|        }
-	|    \else
-\endcode
-	Otherwise we typeset the heading as a separate paragraph.
-\code
-	|        \begingroup
-	|            \parindent=0pt \parfillskip=0pt plus 1fil
-	|            \leftskip=0pt \rightskip=0pt plus0.25\hsize 
-	|            \hyphenpenalty=10000 \exhyphenpenalty=5000
-	|            \strut#2#4#3
-	|            \global\headingtemp=\baselineskip
-	|            \par
-	|        \endgroup
-\endcode
-	The vertical space between the heading and the following text is
-	calculated from the difference in baselineskips between the
-	fonts used in the heading and those used in body text, plus $\it
-	smallskipamount$.
-\code
-	|        \advance\headingtemp-\baselineskip 
-	|        \ifdim\headingtemp>0pt \nobreak \vskip 1.0\headingtemp \fi
-	|        \smallskip
-	|        \noindenttrue
-	|    \fi
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Headings that start a new page}
-
-	Major divisions of a book start on a nw page.  The parameters to
-	the macro are similar to those for |\doheading|:
-    $$
-	\hbox{\tt\cs{newpageheading}\arg{\<skip>}\arg{\<style>}%
-		\arg{\<coda>}\arg{\<text>}}
-    $$
-	Where here the \<skip> is the extra space at the top of the page.
-
-\code
-	|\def\newpageheading#1#2#3#4{
-	|    \vfill\supereject % ensure no insertions still floating
-	|    \null\vskip#1\relax
-	|    \moveleft\leftmargin\vbox{
-	|        \advance\hsize\leftmargin
-	|        \parindent=0pt \parfillskip=0pt plus 1fil
-	|        \leftskip=0pt \rightskip=0pt plus0.25\hsize 
-	|        \hyphenpenalty=10000 \exhyphenpenalty=5000
-	|        #2\strut#4#3
-	|        \global\headingtemp=\baselineskip
-	|        \par
-	|    }
-	|    \advance\headingtemp-\baselineskip 
-	|    \advance\headingtemp\smallskipamount
-	|    \vskip \headingtemp 
-	|    \noindenttrue
-	|    \def\tmp{#4}
-	|    \message{*\expandafter\TOCtrim\meaning\tmp.  }
-	|}
-\endcode
-%}}}  headings
-%{{{  footnotes
-\section{Footnotes}
-
-	We define a new command |\note| that replaces use of the
-	|\footnote| command.  This takes one parameter---the text of the
-	footnote---and supplies automatically-numbered footnote markers.
-
-	The |\newcount| command implicitly sets the counter to~0.
-
-\code
-	|\newcount\notecount
-\smallskip
-	|\def\note{%
-	|    \global\advance\notecount+1
-	|    \footnote{\number\notecount}%
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	We add a parameter for the indentation of footnote paragraphs.  
-\code
-	|\newdimen\footnoteparindent
-	|\footnoteparindent=\parindent
-\endcode
-
-	Now we modify the definition of |\footnote| in plain~\TeX\ (see
-	TeXbook p.\thinspace363).  It has the same function as
-	plain~\TeX's |\footnote|, but uses extra parameters
-	(|\everyfootnote|, |\footnotetextmark|), and handles the case
-	${\it parindent}=0\pt$.
-\code
-	|\newtoks\everyfootnote
-\smallbreak
-	|\catcode`\@=11			
-	|\def\footnote#1{\let\@sf\empty
-	|  \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi
-	|  \footnotetextmark{#1}\@sf\vfootnote{#1}}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\vfootnote#1{\insert\footins\bgroup % matched by \@foot
-	|    \interlinepenalty=\interfootnotelinepenalty
-	|    \parindent=\footnoteparindent
-	|    \leftskip=0pt 
-	|    \the\everyfootnote
-	|    \splittopskip=\ht\strutbox \splitmaxdepth=\dp\strutbox
-	|    \floatingpenalty=20000
-	|    \indent\footstrut
-	|    \ifdim\parindent>1em 
-	|        \llap{\footnotenotemark{#1}\enspace}%
-	|    \else
-	|        \footnotenotemark{#1}\enspace
-	|    \fi
-	|    \futurelet\next\fo@t
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\@foot{\smallskip\egroup}
-\smallskip
-	|\catcode`\@=12
-\endcode
-	These two parameters control the formatting of the footnote
-	marker in the text and in the note itself.  They take one
-	parameter, a \<number>.  The default definitions simply use a
-	superscript in maths mode.
-\code
-	|\def\footnotetextmark#1{$^{#1}$}
-	|\def\footnotenotemark#1{$^{#1}$}
-\endcode
-%}}}  footnotes
-%{{{  in-paragraph commands
-
-\section{Miscellaneous in-paragraph commands}
-
-
-\subsec{Writing the current date}
-
-\let\n=\relax
-\def\today{\n{\number\day} \monthname\month\ \n{\number\year}}
-\def\monthname#1{%
-    \ifcase#1\or
-        January\or February\or March\or April\or 
-        May\or June\or July\or August\or 
-        September\or October\or November\or December%
-    \fi
-}
-	
-	We define a macro |\today| that prints today's date.  I used to
-	have the option of the abbreviated date but decided this was an
-	unnecessary complication.  The format `\today' is usual
-	in non-American countries, and is recommended by {\it Hart's
-	Rules}\footnote*{Horace Hart, {\it Hart's Rules for Compositors
-	and Readers at the University Press, Oxford}, 39th~ed.,
-	completely revised (Oxford University Press, 1990),
-	p.\thinspace19.} and Strunk \&
-	White.\footnote\dag{William Strunk jun., and E.~B. White, {\it
-	The Elements of Style}, 3rd~ed.\ (Macmillan, 1979),
-	p.\thinspace3.  The American format is given first but followed
-	by the observation that the day--month--year format is `an
-	excellent way to write that date; the figures are separated by a
-	word, and are, for that reason, quickly grasped'.}
-\code
-	|\def\today{\n{\number\day} \monthname\month\ \n{\number\year}}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\monthname#1{%
-	|    \ifcase#1\or
-	|        January\or February\or March\or April\or 
-	|        May\or June\or July\or August\or 
-	|        September\or October\or November\or December%
-	|    \fi
-	|}
-\endcode
-	Redefine the |\monthname| macro if you want different names for
-	the months.
-
-
-\def\isodate{\n{\number\year}--\twodigits\month--\twodigits\day}
-\def\twodigits#1{%
-    \ifnum#1<10 0\fi \number#1%
-}
-
-	Here's a definition for the date in ISO~8601/BS~4795
-	format,\footnote\ddag{{\it The Oxford Writers' Dictionary}
-	(Oxford University Press, 1990), under `date'.  I~have not read
-	the relevant standards.} which puts the year first, giving
-	`\isodate':
-\code
-	|\def\isodate{\n{\number\year}--\twodigits\month--\twodigits\day}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\twodigits#1{%
-	|    \ifnum#1<10 0\fi \number#1%
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-
-\subsec{Raising things}
-
-	The |\flushtop| macro prints its argument in a box raised so
-	that the its top is aligned with the top of a letter X in the
-	current font.
-\code
-	|\def\flushtop#1{%
-	|    \leavevmode
-	|    \begingroup
-	|        \setbox0\hbox{#1}\setbox2\hbox{X}%
-	|        \dimen0\ht2 \advance\dimen0-\ht0
-	|        \raise\dimen0\box0
-	|    \endgroup
-	|}
-\endcode
-	This allows us to define a fairly generic version of the \LaTeX\
-	logo:
-\code
-	|\def\La{L\negthinspace\flushtop{a}}
-	|\def\LaTeX{\La\TeX}
-\endcode
-	I have not given a definition for the \LaTeX~2e logo, since
-	I~think that `|\LaTeX~2e|' (or `|\LaTeX2e|' if you prefer) is
-	adequate, whereas Addison--Wesley think it should be `|\LaTeX|
-	|\kern0.05em| |2$| |_{\textstyle| |\varepsilon}| |$|' in regular
-	text and something involving bold maths in boldface.  SImilarly,
-	I do not include macros for Bib\TeX, Sli\TeX, AMS-\TeX, and so
-	on; the |texlogos.sty| file from the Eplain package has
-	definitions for these.
-
-\def\superiorletter#1{\flushtop{\the\scriptfont\fam
-	\vphantom{t}\smash{#1}}}
-
-	Here's a variation which raises a scriptstyle letter so that
-	its {\it x}-height matches the cap-height of the body text,
-	thus making `M\superiorletter{\b c\kern0.1ex }Donald' and
-	`1\superiorletter{\b a}', `1\superiorletter{\b o}',
-	`1\superiorletter{er}', `2\superiorletter{\`eme}',
-	`1\superiorletter{st}', `2\superiorletter{nd}',
-	`3\superiorletter{rd}' and `659\superiorletter{th}' (which I
-	prefer to $659^{\rm th}$).
-\code
-	|\def\superiorletter#1{%
-	|    \flushtop{\the\scriptfont\fam \vphantom{x}\smash{#1}}%
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\Mc{M\flushtop{\the\scriptfont\fam \b{c}}}
-\endcode
-
-
-%}}}  in-paragraph commands
-\endcodefile
-\enddocument
-\bye
-%}}} pdcfmt2
-	
-%Local variables:
-%fill-prefix: "	"
-%fold-folded-p: t
-%End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index a7d81d4b601..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,398 +0,0 @@
-% pdcfmt2.tex 2.4 1995/04/06 -- macros for formatting
-
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.tex",
-%%% version        = "2.4",
-%%% date           = "1995/04/06",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Formatting macros for plain TeX documents.
-%%%                   This file was generated by running
-%%%                   plain TeX on pdcfmt2.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcfmt2.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "",
-%%% }
-
-\message{2.4 <pdc 1995/04/06>}
-
-\toksdef\toksa=0
-\chardef\other=12
-\def\declareactivechar#1{%
-    \toksa\expandafter{\verbatimplains\do#1}%
-    \edef\verbatimplains{\the\toksa }%
-    \catcode`#1\active
-}
-\def\verbatimplains{\do\\\do\{\do\}\do\_\do\$\do\#\do\&\do\%}
-\def\verbatimactives{\do\-\do\`\do\'\do\~\do\^\do\ }
-\chardef\other=12
-\newtoks\everyverbatim
-\bgroup \catcode`\-=13\catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\'=13 \catcode`\`=13 \toksa={\egroup
-    \def\setupverbatim{%
-        \frenchspacing
-        \spaceskip0pt \xspaceskip0pt % use spacing of font
-        \def\do##1{\catcode\lq##112 }\verbatimplains
-        \def\do##1{\catcode\lq##1\active }\verbatimactives
-        \let`\ttlq \let'\ttrq
-        \let~\tttilde \let^\ttcircum \let-\ttminus
-        \the\everyverbatim
-    }
-}\the\toksa
-\def\ttlq{\lower0.125ex \hbox{\char18 }}
-\def\ttrq{\lower0.125ex \hbox{\char19 }}
-\def\tttilde{\lower0.5ex \hbox{\char`\~ }}
-\def\ttcircum{\lower0.5ex \hbox{\char`\^ }}
-\def\ttminus{-}
-\def\defverbatim#1{%
-    \ifcat\noexpand#1\noexpand~\else \declareactivechar#1 \fi
-    \begingroup \uccode`\~=`#1 \uppercase{\toksa={\endgroup
-        \def~{%
-            \leavevmode
-            \begingroup \tt \setupverbatim
-            \catcode`#1\active \let~\endgroup
-       }%
-    }}\the\toksa
-}
-\defverbatim\|
-\newtoks\everylisting
-\def\listfile#1{
-    \medskip
-    \begingroup
-        \parindent=0pt \parskip=0pt
-        \def\par{\null\endgraf}\obeylines
-        \setupverbatim \maketabstab
-        \tt \the\everylisting
-        \input#1
-    \endgroup
-    \medskip\noindent\ignorespaces
-}
-{\catcode`\^^I=\active
- \gdef\maketabstab{\catcode`\^^I\active \def^^I{\hskip 4em}}
-}
-\newif\ifnoindent
-\newbox\parbox
-\newdimen\parboxsep \parboxsep=1pc
-\everypar={%
-    \ifvoid\parbox
-        \ifnoindent {\setbox0=\lastbox}\global\noindentfalse \fi
-    \else
-        {\setbox0=\lastbox}\global\noindentfalse
-        \dp\parbox=0pt
-        \hbox to 0pt{\hss \box\parbox \hskip\parboxsep}%
-    \fi
-}
-\def\beginthe#1{%
-    \begingroup\def\PDCFMTblockname{#1}%
-}
-\def\endthe#1{%
-    \def\tmp{#1}%
-    \ifx\tmp\PDCFMTblockname
-        \endgroup
-    \else
-        \errmessage{You should have said \string\endthe{\blockname}}%
-    \fi
-}
-\def\PDCFMTendenv#1{
-    \smallskip
-    \endthe{#1}
-    \global\noindenttrue
-}
-\newdimen\envindent \envindent=1pc
-\def\PDCFMTindent{%
-    \ifdim\parindent>0pt
-        \parindent
-    \else
-        \envindent
-    \fi
-}
-\newtoks\everyquotation
-\def\quotation{
-    \smallskip
-    \beginthe{quotation}
-    \advance\leftskip\PDCFMTindent
-    \noindenttrue
-    \the\everyquotation
-}
-\def\endquotation{\PDCFMTendenv{quotation}}
-\newtoks\everytextlist
-\newif\ifnumbered
-\newcount\textlistdepth  \textlistdepth=-1
-\newcount\textlistcount
-\def\textlist{%
-    \par
-    \beginthe{textlist}
-    \advance\textlistdepth 1
-    \textlistcount0
-    \def\\{
-        \smallskip\noindent
-        \advance\textlistcount1
-        \llap{%
-            \ifnumbered
-                \numberfordepth\textlistdepth\textlistcount
-            \else
-                \bulletfordepth\textlistdepth
-            \fi\enspace}%
-        \ignorespaces
-    }
-    \advance\leftskip\PDCFMTindent
-    \the\everytextlist
-}
-\def\endtextlist{\PDCFMTendenv{textlist}}
-\newtoks\everybullets
-\def\bullets{\textlist \numberedfalse \the\everybullets}
-\let\endbullets=\endtextlist
-\def\bulletfordepth#1{%
-    \ifcase#1 $\bullet$\or --\or $\circ$\else $\cdot$\fi
-}
-\newtoks\everynumbered
-\def\numbered{\textlist \numberedtrue \the\everynumbered}
-\let\endnumbered=\endtextlist
-\def\numberfordepth#1#2{%
-    \ifcase#1 \n{\number#2}.\or (\n{\number#2})\or
-        ({\it\alphabetletter#2\/})\else (\romannumeral#2)\fi
-}
-\let\n\relax
-\def\alphabetletter#1{%
-    \ifcase#1 ??? \or a\or b\or c\or d\or e\else
-        \xxxalphabetletter#1\fi
-}
-\def\xxxalphabetletter#1{%
-    \ifcase#1 \or\or\or\or\or\or f\or g\or h\or i\or j\or
-        k\or l\or m\or n\or o\or p\or q\or r\or s\or t\or u\or
-        v\or w\or x\or y\or z\else !!!\fi
-}
-\newdimen\tagmaxwidth
-\newtoks\everytagged
-\def\tagged{%
-    \par
-    \beginthe{tagged}
-    \let\\\TAG
-    \ifdim\leftmargin=0pt
-        \tagmaxwidth\PDCFMTindent
-    \else
-        \tagmaxwidth\leftmargin
-    \fi
-    \the\everytagged
-    \ifdim\tagmaxwidth>\leftmargin
-        \leftskip\tagmaxwidth \advance\leftskip-\leftmargin
-    \fi
-}
-\def\endtagged{\PDCFMTendenv{tagged}}
-\newtoks\everytag
-\def\TAG{%
-    \smallskip\noindent
-    \setbox0=\hbox\bgroup        % matched by \TAGfinish
-    \the\everytag\ignorespaces
-    \futurelet\next\TAGtest
-}
-\def\TAGtest{%
-    \ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next
-        \let\next\TAGgotbrace
-    \else
-        \let\next\TAGnobrace
-    \fi \next
-}
-\def\TAGgotbrace{%
-    \bgroup\aftergroup\TAGfinish
-    \let\next
-}
-\def\TAGnobrace#1{%
-    #1\TAGfinish
-}
-\def\TAGfinish{%
-    \unskip\hskip0.5em\egroup       % matches \TAG
-    \ifdim \wd0 < \tagmaxwidth
-        \wd0=\tagmaxwidth
-        \llap{\box0}%
-    \else
-        \hskip-\tagmaxwidth
-        \unhbox0 \unskip\quad
-    \fi
-    \ignorespaces
-}
-\newtoks\everylines
-\def\lines{
-    \par
-    \beginthe{lines}
-    \nobreak\smallskip\hrule\nobreak\smallskip
-    \obeylines
-    \parindent=0pt \parskip=0pt
-    \parfillskip=0pt plus 1fil
-    \the\everylines
-    \nobreak
-}
-\def\endlines{
-    \nobreak\smallskip
-    \endthe{lines}
-    \hrule\smallskip
-    \global\noindenttrue
-}
-\newcount\linenumber
-\newcount\PDCFMTcount
-\def\startlinenumbering{%
-    \global\linenumber=0 \global\PDCFMTcount=5
-    \everypar{\numberthisline}%
-}
-\def\continuelinenumbering{%
-    \everypar{\numberthisline}%
-}
-\newtoks\everylinenum \everylinenum{\the\scriptfont0 }
-\def\numberthisline{%
-    \strut
-    \global\advance\linenumber1 \global\advance\PDCFMTcount-1
-    \ifnum\PDCFMTcount>0 \else
- \global\advance\PDCFMTcount 5
- \rlap{\the\everylinenum \kern\hsize\kern1em \the\linenumber}%
-    \fi
-}%
-\def\linesskipped#1{%
-    \strut \hskip20pt $\vdots$ \hskip20pt
-    {\rm(\it #1 lines omitted\rm)}\par
-    \advance\linenumber#1\relax
-}
-\outer\def\display{\obeylines\startdisplay}
-\bgroup\obeylines \toksa={\egroup %
-    \def\startdisplay#1^^M{%
-        \catcode`\^^M=5 $$ #1 % matched by \enddisplay
-        \displayindent\PDCFMTindent %
-        \halign\bgroup##\hfil&&\quad##\hfil\cr %
-    } %
-}\the\toksa %
-\def\enddisplay{\crcr\egroup$$}
-\def\table{%
-    $$                  % matching $$ is in \endtable
-    \displayindent\PDCFMTindent
-    \halign \bgroup
-}
-\let\endtable=\enddisplay
-\newtoks\everybnf
-\def\bnf{
-    \nobreak\smallskip
-    \beginthe{bnf}
-    \advance\leftskip2\parindent \parindent=-\parindent
-    \parskip0pt plus 1pt
-    \rightskip=1\rightskip plus 3em
-    \def\\{$\mid$}
-    \def\>{\unskip\enspace$::=$\enspace\ignorespaces}
-    \def|{`\begingroup\tt\setupverbatim\catcode`\|=13
-            \def|{\endgroup'}}
-    \def\{{$\lbrace$} \def\}{$\rbrace$}
-    \the\everybnf
-}
-\def\endbnf{
-    \smallskip
-    \endthe{bnf}
-    \global\noindenttrue
-}
-\def\<#1>{\leavevmode\hbox{$\langle${\it#1\/}$\rangle$}}
-\newdimen\leftmargin
-\newskip\headingtemp
-\def\doheading#1#2#3#4{
-    \ifdim\lastskip<#1\relax \removelastskip \vskip#1\relax \fi
-    \ifdim \leftmargin>0pt
-        \global\setbox\parbox=\vtop{%
-            \hsize=\leftmargin \advance\hsize-\parboxsep
-            \parindent=0pt
-            \leftskip=0pt \rightskip=0pt plus 3em
-            \hyphenpenalty=10000 \exhyphenpenalty=5000
-            \strut#2#4#3
-        }
-    \else
-        \begingroup
-            \parindent=0pt \parfillskip=0pt plus 1fil
-            \leftskip=0pt \rightskip=0pt plus0.25\hsize
-            \hyphenpenalty=10000 \exhyphenpenalty=5000
-            \strut#2#4#3
-            \global\headingtemp=\baselineskip
-            \par
-        \endgroup
-        \advance\headingtemp-\baselineskip
-        \ifdim\headingtemp>0pt \nobreak \vskip 1.0\headingtemp \fi
-        \smallskip
-        \noindenttrue
-    \fi
-}
-\def\newpageheading#1#2#3#4{
-    \vfill\supereject % ensure no insertions still floating
-    \null\vskip#1\relax
-    \moveleft\leftmargin\vbox{
-        \advance\hsize\leftmargin
-        \parindent=0pt \parfillskip=0pt plus 1fil
-        \leftskip=0pt \rightskip=0pt plus0.25\hsize
-        \hyphenpenalty=10000 \exhyphenpenalty=5000
-        #2\strut#4#3
-        \global\headingtemp=\baselineskip
-        \par
-    }
-    \advance\headingtemp-\baselineskip
-    \advance\headingtemp\smallskipamount
-    \vskip \headingtemp
-    \noindenttrue
-    \def\tmp{#4}
-    \message{*\expandafter\TOCtrim\meaning\tmp.  }
-}
-\newcount\notecount
-\def\note{%
-    \global\advance\notecount+1
-    \footnote{\number\notecount}%
-}
-\newdimen\footnoteparindent
-\footnoteparindent=\parindent
-\newtoks\everyfootnote
-\catcode`\@=11
-\def\footnote#1{\let\@sf\empty
-  \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi
-  \footnotetextmark{#1}\@sf\vfootnote{#1}}
-\def\vfootnote#1{\insert\footins\bgroup % matched by \@foot
-    \interlinepenalty=\interfootnotelinepenalty
-    \parindent=\footnoteparindent
-    \leftskip=0pt
-    \the\everyfootnote
-    \splittopskip=\ht\strutbox \splitmaxdepth=\dp\strutbox
-    \floatingpenalty=20000
-    \indent\footstrut
-    \ifdim\parindent>1em
-        \llap{\footnotenotemark{#1}\enspace}%
-    \else
-        \footnotenotemark{#1}\enspace
-    \fi
-    \futurelet\next\fo@t
-}
-\def\@foot{\smallskip\egroup}
-\catcode`\@=12
-\def\footnotetextmark#1{$^{#1}$}
-\def\footnotenotemark#1{$^{#1}$}
-\def\today{\n{\number\day} \monthname\month\ \n{\number\year}}
-\def\monthname#1{%
-    \ifcase#1\or
-        January\or February\or March\or April\or
-        May\or June\or July\or August\or
-        September\or October\or November\or December%
-    \fi
-}
-\def\isodate{\n{\number\year}--\twodigits\month--\twodigits\day}
-\def\twodigits#1{%
-    \ifnum#1<10 0\fi \number#1%
-}
-\def\flushtop#1{%
-    \leavevmode
-    \begingroup
-        \setbox0\hbox{#1}\setbox2\hbox{X}%
-        \dimen0\ht2 \advance\dimen0-\ht0
-        \raise\dimen0\box0
-    \endgroup
-}
-\def\La{L\negthinspace\flushtop{a}}
-\def\LaTeX{\La\TeX}
-\def\superiorletter#1{%
-    \flushtop{\the\scriptfont\fam \vphantom{x}\smash{#1}}%
-}
-\def\Mc{M\flushtop{\the\scriptfont\fam \b{c}}}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index a7010f20a09..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,607 +0,0 @@
-% pdcfsel.dtx -- documentation & source for pdcfsel.tex -*-tex-*-
-        
-%%%@TeX-document-file {
-%%% title 	= "PDCFSEL, a font selection scheme for TeX",
-%%% filename 	= "$texmf/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.dtx",
-%%% version 	= "$Revision: 3.5 $",
-%%% package 	= "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% date 	= "$Date: 1995/03/28 19:05:54 $",
-%%% author	= "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email	= "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address	= "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,"
-%%%                Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% abstract	= "This document describes and defines pdcfsel.tex,
-%%%                a file of definitions for managing font selection in
-%%%                documents based on the plain TeX macros.
-%%%                Running plain TeX on this file produces both the
-%%%                definitions file and the printed documentation.",
-%%% copyright	= "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying	= "This program is free software; you can redistribute
-%%%		   it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
-%%%		   General Public License as published by the Free
-%%%		   Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
-%%%		   or (at your option) any later version.",
-%%% notice	= "This program is distributed in the hope that it will
-%%%		   be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the
-%%%		   implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-%%%		   PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
-%%%		   License for more details.",
-%%% notice	= "You should have received a copy of the GNU General
-%%%		   Public License along with this program; if not, write
-%%%		   to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
-%%%		   Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.",
-%%% codetable	= "USASCII",
-%%% dependencies = "pdccode.tex"
-%%%}
-
-%{{{ pdcfsel
-%{{{  premable
-
-\relax
-\input pdccode
-
-\document
-\rcs$Id: pdcfsel.dtx,v 3.5 1995/03/28 19:05:54 pdc Exp $\endrcs
-
-\codefile{pdcfsel.tex}
-	
-%}}}  premable
-%{{{  intro
-	
-\author{P. Damian Cugley}	
-\title{PDCFSEL, a font-selection scheme for \TeX}	
-\section{Introduction}
-
-	This document describes PDCFSEL, a file of font selection macros
-	designed to be used with documents using the plain \TeX\ format
-	(rather than \LaTeX, for example).
-
-	The PDCFSEL macros perform a similar function to the so-called
-	New Font Selection Scheme~2 (used in \LaTeX~2e).  PDCFSEL uses a
-	simpler model of font selection, and so is a smaller
-	package---about 110~lines of code---which is just as well as a
-	copy of it will probably need to be included with documents
-	using it.  The description of which fonts are used in a document
-	can be relatively compact, despite not using any special
-	database files.
-
-\subsec{Organizing fonts into fontsets}
-
-	We can arrange the fonts used in an imaginary \TeX\ document in
-	a table like so (with an asterisk marking fonts that have to be
-	scaled to fit):
-    $$\def\*{{\rm*}}
-\vbox{\halign{\strut#\hfil&\quad\vrule#&&\quad\tt#\hfil\cr
-	&&		|\rm|&|\it|&|\bf|&|\bi|&|\mi|&|\sy|\cr
-\noalign{\nointerlineskip}\omit& height \jot\cr
-\noalign{\hrule}\omit& height 1\jot\cr
-\noalign{\nointerlineskip}%
-	body text&&	cmr10&	cmti10&	cmbx10&	cmbxti10& cmmi10& cmsy10\cr
-	footnotes&&	cmr8&	cmti8&	cmbx8&	cmbxti10\*& cmmi8& cmsy8\cr
-	script&&	cmr7&	cmti7&	cmbx7&	cmbxti10\*& cmmi7& cmsy7\cr
-	scriptscript&&	cmr5&	cmti7\*& cmbx5&	cmbxti10\*& cmmi5& cmsy5\cr
-\noalign{\nointerlineskip}\omit& height\jot depth\jot&\multispan6\dotfill\cr
-\noalign{\nointerlineskip}%
-	heading&& 	cmss12& cmssi12& -&-&-&-\cr
-	subheading&&	cmss10& cmssi10& -&-&-&-\cr
-}}
-    $$ 
-	The column headings are {\it font nicknames}.  These nicknames
-	are used as described in the {\it\TeX book} to switch between
-	fonts in the same row.  Each has a corresponding {\it fam}
-	used in maths mode, with symbolic names like |\itfam| and
-	|\bffam| (we define $\hbox{|\rmfam|}=0 $ for consistency).
-	I~have added nicknames |\mi| and |\sy| for maths italic and
-	maths symbol respectively.
-
-	Each row of the table is a {\it fontset}.  Plain \TeX\ defines a
-	single fontset (which is like the `body text' row of this
-	table); in Appendix~E, Knuth discusses formats that switch
-	between different fontsets with macros like |\ninepoint| and
-	|\eightpoint|.  \LaTeX~2.09 uses many fontsets, called
-	|\normalsize|, |\large|, and so on.  (NFSS~2 uses a more complex
-	system, where size, weight, and slant may be changed
-	independently of each other.)
-
-	In this table, subheadings and body text have different fontsets
-	in the above, even though the fonts are the same size.  Also,
-	there are no |\sf| fonts; the headings are printed in sanserif
-	by using a fontset with |\rm| mapped on to a sanserif font.
-	This is more logical and flexible than the \LaTeX\ approach.
-
-	We can call font families which allow this table to work tidily
-	`regular', and families (like Computer Modern) that require
-	exceptions `irregular'.  The above table has one exception
-	(|\it| in scriptscript must use a scaled font); the CM Bold
-	Extended Text Italic fonts can be described as regular if we
-	think of the `body text' entry as being `|cmbxti10 at 10pt|', so
-	that the fonts in that column are scaled fonts without
-	exception.  To make font specification compact, we want to take
-	advantage of regular families as much as possible, while not
-	making it difficult to include exceptions.
-
-\subsec{Introduction to using  PCDFSEL}
-
-	PDCFSEL uses no databases of font families, and loads no fonts
-	by default.  This makes it more flexible, but also requires
-	document designers to write a `mini-database' of those fonts
-	used in the document.  The above scheme might be defined as
-	follows:
-\smallskip
-\halign{\indent#\hfil\cr
-	|\input pdcfsel|\cr
-\noalign{\smallbreak}%
-	|\newfam\bifam|\cr
-\noalign{\smallbreak}%
-	|\def\texttemplate{%|\cr
-	|    \m{rm}{cmr}\m{it}{cmti}\m{bf}{cmbx}\@\m{bi}{cmbxti10}%|\cr
-	|    \M{mi}{cmmi}\M{sy}{cmsy}%|\cr
-	|}|\cr
-	|\loadfont\scriptscriptit{cmti7 at 5pt }|\cr
-	|\xfontset{scriptscript}\texttemplate{5}|\cr
-	|\xfontset{script}\texttemplate{7}|\cr
-	|\fontset{note}\texttemplate{8}{10pt}{scriptscript}{scriptscript}|\cr
-	|\fontset{body}\texttemplate{10}{12pt}{script}{scriptscript}|\cr
-\noalign{\smallbreak}%
-	|\def\headingtemplate{%|\cr
-	|    \f{rm}{cmss}\f{it}{cmssi}%|\cr
-	|}|\cr
- |\fontset{subheading}\headingtemplate{10}{12pt}{subheading}{subheading}|\cr
- |\fontset{heading}\headingtemplate{12}{14pt}{subheading}{subheading}|\cr
-\noalign{\smallbreak}%
-	|\bodyfonts|\cr
-}
-\smallbreak
-\noindent
-	This defines commands |\bodyfonts|, |\notefonts|,
-	|\headingfonts| and |\subheadingfonts| which switch between
-	fontsets.  (The {\it script} and {\it scriptscript} fontsets,
-	which are defined with |\xfontset|, are used only in maths
-	mode and don't need `-|fonts|' commands.)  These -|fonts|
-	commands are not usually used directly in documents;
-	|\notefonts| will be used in some |\footnote| command,
-	|\headingfonts| in some heading-generating command, and so on.
-	
-	Changes of fontset are accompanied by changes in parameters like
-	|\baselineskip| and pseudo-parameters like |\smallskipamount|,
-	and give definitions to the {\it maths font tables}
-	|\textfont\rmfam|, \dots, |\scriptscriptfont\syfam| (for those
-	fonts that will be used in maths mode).
-
-	We want font nickname commands to be efficient, because they
-	are expected to be more common than changes between rows in
-	the table.  In this implementation, after an invocation of
-	|\bodyfonts|, the macro |\rm| expands to exactly `|\fam\rmfam
-	\bodyrm|'.  
-
-\subsec{How the rest of this document is organized}
-
-	The remainder of this document is a description of all of
-	|pdcfsel.tex|, including more details of how the commands it
-	defines are used.
-
-	Running this document (|pdcfsel.dtx|) through plain \TeX\
-	creates the definitions file (|pdcfsel.tex|) in addition to
-	the usual |dvi| and |log| files.  This way the macros and
-	their documentation may be kept together in one file.  The
-	definition lines are numbered.
-
-	The definitions start with macros for loading individual
-	fonts, followed by the macros used to group fonts into
-	fontsets.
-%}}}  intro
-%{{{  getting started
-	
-\section{Getting started}
-
-\subsec{File identification}
-
-	We start with some comments indentifying the file.
-\code
-        |% pdcfsel.tex -- macros for loading fonts -*-tex-*-
-        |
-        |%%%@TeX-document-file {
-        |%%% title      = "PDC Font Selection Scheme",
-        |%%% filename   = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.tex",
-        \|\%\%\% version \space\space\space= "\fileversion",
-        \|\%\%\% Date \space\space\space\space\space\space= "\filedate",
-	\|\%\%\% creator\space\space\space\space= "\filename",
-        |%%% package    = "pdcmac 1.0",
-        |%%% author     = "P. Damian Cugley",
-        |%%% email      = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-        |%%% address    = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,"
-        |%%%               Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-        |%%% abstract   = "A file of definitions for managing font 
-        |%%%               selection in documents based on the plain 
-        |%%%               TeX macros.  
-	|%%%                 This file was generated by running
-	|%%%               plain TeX on pdcfsel.dtx.",
-        |%%% dependencies = ""
-        |%%%}
-        |
-	\|\string\message\{\fileversion\space\string<%
-		\fileauthor\space\filedate\string>\}
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Private names}
-
-        Macros internal to FSEL all have names starting `|\FSEL|'.
-
-\subsec{Macros for edefs}
-
-	These save typing |\expandafter| a lot.  The expression
-	`|\expcs|\<token>\arg{\<tokens>}', creates a csname from
-	\<tokens> and applies \<token> to the result.  In the body of an
-	|\edef|, The expression `|\noexpcs|\arg{\<tokens>}' converts
-	\<tokens> to a csname without expanding the result.
-\code
-	|\def\expcs#1#2{\expandafter#1\csname#2\endcsname}
-	|\def\noexpcs{\expcs\noexpand}
-\endcode
-%}}}  getting started
-%{{{  selecting demand-loading
-	
-\section{Selecting auto-loading mode} 
-
-	The flag |\ifFSELautoload| is true, fonts are auto-loaded when
-	they first used instead of all at the start.  This is useful
-	when not all the fonts described by the fontsets will be
-	needed.  The flag is set with the user command
-	|\autoloadfonts|.
-
-	When demand-loading, the fonts used
-        are written to a file named after the document with a |.fnt|
-	suffix.  This checklist might
-        be used to decide which fonts need to be sent with the
-        document if it is being sent to someone to compile on a
-        different \TeX\ system.
-\code
-        |\newif\ifFSELautoload
-        |\def\autoloadfonts{
-        |    \FSELautoloadtrue
-        |    \csname newwrite\endcsname \FSELfile
-        |    \immediate\openout\FSELfile=\jobname.fnt
-        |}
-\endcode
-%}}}  selecting demand-loading
-%{{{  making csname for one font
-	
-\section{How to set up the csname for one font}
-
-        The macro |\loadfont| is used to load individual fonts, defining
-	a control sequence name (csname) which may be used later to
-	switch to that font.  When not demand-loading fonts, this is
-	just like |\global\font| followed by expanding the
-	|\everyloadfont| macro.
-
-	If the csname is already defined, then this command does
-	nothing.  This is so that irregularities in the font scheme for
-	the document can be allowed for.  Parameter |#1| is the csname,
-	for example `|\bodyrm|', and |#2| is the external name, for
-	example `|cmr10|' or `|cmr10 at 12pt|'.
-\code
-        |\def\loadfont#1#2{%
-        |    \ifx#1\relax 
-	|        \FSELloadfont#1{#2}%
-	|    \else\ifx#1\UNDEFINED
-	|        \FSELloadfont#1{#2}%
-	|    \fi\fi
-	|}
-\endcode
-	(We have to compare |#1| against both |\relax|, which is
-	produced by |\csname|--|\endcsname|, and a completely undefined
-	csname.)  The macro |\FSELloadfont| doesa the actual work of
-	loading the font.
-\code
-	|\def\FSELloadfont#1#2{%
-        |    \ifFSELautoload
-\endcode
-\begingroup \leftskip=\parindent \advance\leftskip4\fontdimen6\tentt
-\noindent{\it Demand-loading}.  We don't load the font, instead we
-	define a csname as a macro.  When expanded this new macro will
-	(a)~write the font name to the |fnt| file; (b)~define the macro
-	|\subfont| to load |cmr10| instead (in case \TeX\ stops with a
-	`font not loadable' message); (c)~load the font for real (this
-	overwrites the macro); (d)~call |\everyloadfont| for per-font
-	customization and (e)~switch to the new font.
-\par\endgroup
-\code
-        |        \edef#1{%
-        |            \write\FSELfile{#2}%
-        |            \def\noexpand\subfont{\global\font\noexpand#1cmr10 }%
-        |            \global\font\noexpand#1#2\relax
-        |            \noexpand\everyloadfont\noexpand#1{#2}%
-        |            \noexpand#1%
-        |        }%
-        |    \else
-\endcode
-\leftline{\hskip4\fontdimen6\tentt \indent{\it Immediate loading}.}
-\code
-        |        \global\font#1#2\relax  \everyloadfont#1{#2}%
-        |    \fi
-        |}
-\endcode
-
-	The macro |\everyloadfont| is expanded immediately after
-	actually loading a font.  (The definition used is that one
-	current when the font is actually loaded, not the one current
-	when |\loadfont| was executed.)  Its |#1| parameter is always a
-	\<fontdef token>, i.e., it can be to used as a parameter to
-	|\fontdimen1|.  The |#2| parameter is the external name of the
-	font.
-\code
-        |\def\everyloadfont#1#2{}
-\endcode
-	For example, in a document with a ragged-right margin, this
-	might be used to suppress the stretch and
-        shrink of interword spaces by being defined as follows
-    $$
-\vbox{\halign{#\hfil\cr
-	|\def\everyloadfont#1#2{%|\cr
-	|    \fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt|\cr
-	|}|\cr
-}}
-    $$
-%}}}  making csname for one font
-%{{{  making a fontset
-	
-\section{How to set up a fontset}
-
-	Now that we know how to define individual font csnames, we
-        need the mechanism for grouping them in to fontsets.  A
-	fontset is defined by a template macro which says what font
-	nicknames are defined and gives part of the external font
-	name.  The template macro takes no parameters and expands to
-	a list each of whose elements are of the form
-    $$ 
-\vbox{\halign{$#$\hfil&\quad#\hfil\cr
-	\<type> \arg{\<nickname>} \arg{\<partial name>}&
-		or\cr
-	\cs{@} \<type> \arg{\<nickname>} \arg{\<external name>}&
-		for a scaled font.\cr
-}}
-    $$ 
-	where a \<type> is one of the control sequences |\f|, |\m| or
-	|\M|, and \<nickname> is the two- or three-letter nickname
-	used for the font (without any leading backslash), for example
-	|rm|, |it|, |bf|.  There must be a font fam called
-	|\|\<nickname>|fam| (|\rmfam|, |\itfam| etc.\ are already
-	defined).
-
-	If there is no |\@|, then the \<partial name> is a font name
-	sans the size specification, such as |cmr|.  The size in
-	points will be appended to this (|cmr| + $10\pt$ = |cmr10|).
-	If |\@| is included then the \<external name> is the complete
-	font name, such as |cmr10| or |ptmr|.  This will be followed
-	by `{\tt\char32 at\char32 10pt\char32 }', say.
-
-	The \<type> specifies how much support for mathematics this font
-	requires.  This is because maths mode requires that all fonts
-	that might be used in a formula be loaded (because the font
-	tables |\textfont|, |\scriptfont| and |\scriptscriptfont| must
-	be set).  The code |\f| means that the font is not used in
-	maths, |\m| means that |\textfont| and |\scriptfont| will be set
-	correctly for this fam, and |\M| means that |\scriptscriptfont|
-	will also be set.  In these cases there must be a corresponding
-	token ending in `-|fam|' that expands to the fam number.
-
-	The fontset name is a sequence of \<letter>s, like `|body|',
-	`|note|', `|script|', `|heading|'.  This is turned into a
-	fontset selection macro by adding `|\|' to the front and
-	`|fonts|' to the end (e.g., |\bodyfonts|).  The csnames for
-	loaded fonts are formed from the fontset name + the nickname
-	(e.g., |\bodyrm|).
-
-\subsec{Defining the csnames for a fontset}
-
-	The macro |\xfontset| defines all the csnames for the fonts in a
-	fontset, without defining a `-|fonts|' macro.  This is used to
-	define a fontset that is never selected in its own right (e.g.,
-	its fonts are used only as subscripts and superscripts), and
-	also used internally by the |\fontset| command.  Its arguments
-	are |#1| the fontset name, |#2| the csname of a template macro,
-	and |#3| a \<number> that specifies the font size (sans the
-	`|pt|').
-\code
-        |\def\xfontset#1#2#3{
-        |    \def\f##1##2{\expcs\loadfont{#1##1}{##2#3}}
-        |    \let\m=\f \let\M=\f 
-        |    \def\@##1##2##3{\expcs\loadfont{#1##2}{##3 at #3pt }}
-        |    #2
-        |}
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Defining a complete fontset}
-
-	The user command |\fontset| is used to define a complete
-	fontset.  Its parameters are
-        |#1| (a string of letters) is the fontset name,
-        |#2| (a csname) is a template macro,
-        |#3| (a \<number>) is size in points,
-        |#4| (a \<skip>) is baseline skip,
-        |#5| (a fontset name) is the scriptstyle fontset, and
-        |#6| (a fontset name) is the scriptscriptstyle fontset.
-\code
-        |% Set up a fontset -- define \#1fonts
-        |\def\fontset#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
-        |    \xfontset{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-\endcode
-\begingroup\leftskip=\parindent \advance\leftskip2\fontdimen6\tentt
-\noindent
-	Now to define the |\#1fonts| macro.  When demand-loading, this
-	macro will call |\#1mathfonts| (to ensure the fonts needed for
-	maths are loaded).  Then it will call |\FSELnicknames| to
-	define |\rm|, |\it|, etc., and to define |\textfont\rmfam|, etc.
-	Finally it will set the baseline skip and related parameters and
-	switch to the new |\rm| font.
-\par\endgroup
-\code
-        |    \expcs\edef{#1fonts}{%
-        |       \ifFSELautoload \noexpcs{#1mathsfonts}\fi
-        |       \noexpand\FSELnicknames{#1}{#5}{#6}\noexpand#2%
-        |       \noexpand\setbaselineskip{#4}%
-        |       \noexpand\rm
-        |    }%
-\endcode
-\begingroup\leftskip=\parindent \advance\leftskip2\fontdimen6\tentt
-\noindent
-	If we are demand-loading, we must define |\#1mathsfonts| as well.
-\par\endgroup
-\code
-        |    \ifFSELautoload
-        |       \expcs\def{#1mathsfonts}{\FSELloadmaths{#1}{#5}{#6}#2}%
-        |    \fi
-        |}
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Setting font nicknames}
-
-	|\FSELnicknames|
-	gives definitions to |\f|, |\m| and |\M| so that expanding the
-	template macro defines |\rm| and the like.  If the fontset name
-	is |ffff|, and a nickname |xx| is introduced with |\f|, the
-	macro |\xx| is defined to |\ffffxx|.  If it is introduced with
-	|\m|, then the font table entries  |\textfont\xxfam| and |\scriptfont\xxfam| are also
-	set, and |\xx| expands to `|\fam\xxfam \ffffxx|'.  If it is
-	introduced with |\M| then |\scriptscriptfont\xxfam| is also set.
-
-	The parameters are |#1| the fontset name, |#2| the fontset name
-	for scriptstyle, and |#3| the fontset name for
-	scriptscriptstyle.  The implicit fourth parameter is the
-	template macro.
-\code
-        |\def\FSELnicknames#1#2#3{%
-        |    \let\@\relax
-        |    \def\f##1##2{%
-        |       \expcs\edef{##1}{\noexpcs{#1##1}}%
-        |    }%
-        |    \def\m##1##2{%
-        |       \expcs\textfont{##1fam}\csname#1##1\endcsname
-        |       \expcs\scriptfont{##1fam}\csname#2##1\endcsname
-        |       \expcs\edef{##1}{%
-	|           \fam\expcs\noexpand{##1fam}%
-	|           \expcs\noexpand{#1##1}%
-	|       }%
-        |    }%
-        |    \def\M##1{%
-        |       \expcs\scriptscriptfont{##1fam}\csname#3##1\endcsname
-        |       \m{##1}%
-        |    }%
-        |}
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Setting the baseline skip}
-	The second helper macro, |\setbaselineskip|, sets
-	|\baselineskip| and a bunch of related paramaters and
-	pseudo-parameters like |\smallskipamount|.  It takes one
-	parameter, a \<skip>.
-\notepar
-	My definitions for the skips that go before and after displays
-	put less white\-space around displays than is set in plain \TeX.
-	This can be changed by redefining this macro in a style file.
-\endnotepar
-\code
-        |\def\setbaselineskip#1{%
-        |    \baselineskip#1\relax \normalbaselineskip\baselineskip
-        |    \jot0.25\baselineskip
-        |    \smallskipamount 0.25\baselineskip plus 0.083\baselineskip
-        |       minus 0.083\baselineskip
-        |    \medskipamount 0.5\baselineskip plus 0.167\baselineskip
-        |       minus 0.167\baselineskip
-        |    \bigskipamount 1\baselineskip plus 0.333\baselineskip
-        |       minus 0.333\baselineskip
-        |    \abovedisplayskip\medskipamount
-        |    \abovedisplayshortskip\abovedisplayskip 
-        |    \advance\abovedisplayshortskip-1\abovedisplayskip
-        |    \belowdisplayskip\medskipamount
-        |    \belowdisplayshortskip\smallskipamount
-        |}
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Loading maths fonts}
-	Finally, we need to force the fonts used in maths at a given
-	size to be loaded.  for |\f| fonts this does nothing; for |\m|
-	fonts it loads the text and script fonts; for |\M| fonts it also
-	loads the scriptscript font.
-
-	This is done the first time this fontset is selected, even if no
-	formulas are used (rather than trying to do something
-	complicated like use |\everymath|\dots).  Because this macro
-	only needs to be used once for each fontset, it finishes by
-	redefining |\#1mathfonts| to be the same as |\relax|.
-	
-	Its parameters are |#1| the fontset name, |#2| the fontset name
-	for scriptstyle, and |#3| the fontset name for scriptscriptstyle.
-\code
-        |\def\FSELloadmaths#1#2#3{%
-        |    \let\@\relax \def\f##1##2{}%
-        |    \def\m##1##2{\csname#1##1\endcsname \csname#2##1\endcsname}%
-        |    \def\M##1{\csname#3##1\endcsname \m{##1}}%
-        |    \global\expcs\let{#1mathsfonts}\relax
-        |}
-\endcode
-	
-%}}}  making a fontset
-%{{{  finishing up
-	
-\section{Finishing up}
-	
-	We define |\rmfam|, |\mifam| and |\syfam| as aliases for the
-	numbers $0$, $1$ and $2$.  This is so that the maths fonts may
-	be included in the font templates without any special
-	arrangements.   The names |\itfam|,  |\bffam|, |\ttfam|, and |\slfam| are set in |plain.tex|.
-\code
-        |\chardef\rmfam=0 \chardef\mifam=1 \chardef\syfam=2
-\endcode
-	Note that we do not include an alias for the the maths
-	extension font's fam number.  This is because there is only
-	one maths extension font---|cmex10|---used for all sizes, so it
-	does not belong in any fontset.
-
-\section{Summary of user commands}
-
-	The following lists the user commands provided by FSEL.  A
-	\<fontset name> is a sequence of letters like |note|;
-	\<points> is a \TeX\ \<number> representing size in points
-	(without any final |pt|); an \<external name> is the external
-	name for a font (e.g., `|cmr12|').
-
-\medskip\hrule\medskip
-
-\begingroup \parindent=0pt
-
-	|\autoloadfonts|
-
-	|\loadfont|\<csname>\arg{\<external name>}
-
-	|\xfontset|\arg{\<fontset name>}\<csname>\arg{\<points>}
-
-	|\fontset|\arg{\<fontset
-	name>}\<csname>\arg{\<points>}\arg{\<skip>}\arg{\<fontset
-	name>}\arg{\<fontset name>}
-
-	|\def\everyloadfont#1#2{| \dots\ |}|
-
-	|\def\setbaselineskip#1{| \dots\ |}|
-
-\medskip\hrule\medskip
-
-\endgroup
-
-%}}}  finishing up
-%{{{  bugs
-
-\section{Bugs}
-
-	FSEL clobbers the macros |\f|, |\m|, |\M| and |\@|.
-%}}}  bugs
-\endcodefile
-\enddocument
-\bye
-	
-%}}} pdcfsel
-
-%Local variables:
-%fold-folded-p: t
-%fill-prefix: "	"
-%End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b68aada1ab..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-% pdcfsel.tex -- macros for loading fonts -*-tex-*-
-
-%%%@TeX-document-file {
-%%% title      = "PDC Font Selection Scheme",
-%%% filename   = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.tex",
-%%% version    = "3.5",
-%%% Date       = "1995/03/28",
-%%% creator    = "pdcfsel.dtx",
-%%% package    = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author     = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email      = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address    = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,"
-%%%               Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% abstract   = "A file of definitions for managing font
-%%%               selection in documents based on the plain
-%%%               TeX macros.
-%%%                 This file was generated by running
-%%%               plain TeX on pdcfsel.dtx.",
-%%% dependencies = ""
-%%%}
-
-\message{3.5 <pdc 1995/03/28>}
-\def\expcs#1#2{\expandafter#1\csname#2\endcsname}
-\def\noexpcs{\expcs\noexpand}
-\newif\ifFSELautoload
-\def\autoloadfonts{
-    \FSELautoloadtrue
-    \csname newwrite\endcsname \FSELfile
-    \immediate\openout\FSELfile=\jobname.fnt
-}
-\def\loadfont#1#2{%
-    \ifx#1\relax
-        \FSELloadfont#1{#2}%
-    \else\ifx#1\UNDEFINED
-        \FSELloadfont#1{#2}%
-    \fi\fi
-}
-\def\FSELloadfont#1#2{%
-    \ifFSELautoload
-        \edef#1{%
-            \write\FSELfile{#2}%
-            \def\noexpand\subfont{\global\font\noexpand#1cmr10 }%
-            \global\font\noexpand#1#2\relax
-            \noexpand\everyloadfont\noexpand#1{#2}%
-            \noexpand#1%
-        }%
-    \else
-        \global\font#1#2\relax  \everyloadfont#1{#2}%
-    \fi
-}
-\def\everyloadfont#1#2{}
-\def\xfontset#1#2#3{
-    \def\f##1##2{\expcs\loadfont{#1##1}{##2#3}}
-    \let\m=\f \let\M=\f
-    \def\@##1##2##3{\expcs\loadfont{#1##2}{##3 at #3pt }}
-    #2
-}
-% Set up a fontset -- define \#1fonts
-\def\fontset#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
-    \xfontset{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-    \expcs\edef{#1fonts}{%
-       \ifFSELautoload \noexpcs{#1mathsfonts}\fi
-       \noexpand\FSELnicknames{#1}{#5}{#6}\noexpand#2%
-       \noexpand\setbaselineskip{#4}%
-       \noexpand\rm
-    }%
-    \ifFSELautoload
-       \expcs\def{#1mathsfonts}{\FSELloadmaths{#1}{#5}{#6}#2}%
-    \fi
-}
-\def\FSELnicknames#1#2#3{%
-    \let\@\relax
-    \def\f##1##2{%
-       \expcs\edef{##1}{\noexpcs{#1##1}}%
-    }%
-    \def\m##1##2{%
-       \expcs\textfont{##1fam}\csname#1##1\endcsname
-       \expcs\scriptfont{##1fam}\csname#2##1\endcsname
-       \expcs\edef{##1}{%
-           \fam\expcs\noexpand{##1fam}%
-           \expcs\noexpand{#1##1}%
-       }%
-    }%
-    \def\M##1{%
-       \expcs\scriptscriptfont{##1fam}\csname#3##1\endcsname
-       \m{##1}%
-    }%
-}
-\def\setbaselineskip#1{%
-    \baselineskip#1\relax \normalbaselineskip\baselineskip
-    \jot0.25\baselineskip
-    \smallskipamount 0.25\baselineskip plus 0.083\baselineskip
-       minus 0.083\baselineskip
-    \medskipamount 0.5\baselineskip plus 0.167\baselineskip
-       minus 0.167\baselineskip
-    \bigskipamount 1\baselineskip plus 0.333\baselineskip
-       minus 0.333\baselineskip
-    \abovedisplayskip\medskipamount
-    \abovedisplayshortskip\abovedisplayskip
-    \advance\abovedisplayshortskip-1\abovedisplayskip
-    \belowdisplayskip\medskipamount
-    \belowdisplayshortskip\smallskipamount
-}
-\def\FSELloadmaths#1#2#3{%
-    \let\@\relax \def\f##1##2{}%
-    \def\m##1##2{\csname#1##1\endcsname \csname#2##1\endcsname}%
-    \def\M##1{\csname#3##1\endcsname \m{##1}}%
-    \global\expcs\let{#1mathsfonts}\relax
-}
-\chardef\rmfam=0 \chardef\mifam=1 \chardef\syfam=2
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcguide.fnt b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcguide.fnt
deleted file mode 100644
index ac5aae10e59..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcguide.fnt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-cmr12
-cmr9
-cmti12
-cmti9
-cmbx12
-cmbx9
-cmmi12
-cmmi9
-cmsy9
-cmtt12
-cmss10 scaled 1200
-cmmi10 scaled 1728
-cmmi10 scaled 1200
-cmsy10 scaled 1728
-cmsy10 scaled 1200
-cmr10
-cmr7
-cmti10
-cmti7
-cmbx10
-cmbx7
-cmmi10
-cmmi7
-cmsy10
-cmsy7
-cmtt10
-cmtt10 scaled 1200
-cmbxti10 at 12pt 
-cmbxti10 at 10pt 
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcguide.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index f2304296a7e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcguide.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,942 +0,0 @@
-% pdcguide.dtx -- user guide for PDCMAC -- Time-stamp: <pdc 1995-04-06>	
-	
-%%%@TeX-document-file {
-%%% title 	= "The PDCMAC Package",
-%%% filename 	= "$texmf/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcguide.dtx",
-%%% version 	= "$Revision$",
-%%% package 	= "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% date 	= "$Date$",
-%%% author	= "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email	= "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address	= "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,"
-%%%                Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% abstract	= "A brief user guide for the PDCMAC package.",
-%%% copyright	= "Copyright (c) 1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% codetable	= "USASCII",
-%%% dependencies = "pdccmlft.tex, pdcmacvn.tex, ..."
-%%%}
-
-%{{{ pdcguide 
-%{{{  preamble
-
-\errorcontextlines10000
-
-\ifx\usepsfonts!
-    \def\bodyfontname{pplr} \def\bodyttfontname{phvr} 
-    \def\headingttfontname{phvro}
-    \input pdcpsdoc
-    \mathcode`.=\gbdecimal \mathcode`/="202F
-\else
-    \input pdccmdoc  \mathcode`.="0201 \mathcode`/="213D
-\fi
-
-\input pdcmacvn
-\majorheadline{PDCMAC Release $\pdcmacversion$} \twosidedtrue
-\noheadlinetrue 
-    
-\def\n#1{$ \textfont0=\font \mathcode`i=`i \mathcode`v=`v \mathcode`x=`x #1 $}
-
-\def\plainslash{/} \declareactivechar\/ \let/\plainslash
-\def\texmf#1#2{{\tt\let/=\slash%  $ for matching
-	\$texmf/#1%
-	\def\tmp{#2}\ifx\tmp\empty \plainslash \else /#2\fi}}
-\def\url#1#2#3{{\tt#1:\penalty\exhyphenpenalty
-	\plainslash\plainslash \let/=\slash #2%
-	\def\tmp{#3}\ifx\tmp\empty \plainslash \else /#3\fi}}
-
-\newcount\tablecount \tablecount2
-\def\newtableid{\global\advance\tablecount1 \number\tablecount}
-
-%}}}  preamble
-%{{{  intro
-\section{What is this thing you Earth people call PDCMAC?}
-%{{{   intro
-\subsec{Introduction}
-		
-	PDCMAC is collection of \TeX\ definition files (macro files)
-	which may be useful for setting documents using plain \TeX\
-	(`plain' here meaning \TeX\ formats following similar
-	conventions to those of Appendix~B of the {\it\TeX book}, as
-	opposed to more complex formats like \LaTeX).  This package is
-	much less powerful than \LaTeX~2e; it is intended to be a
-	simpler solution to simpler requirements.  Because it is less
-	complex, the macro code should be more readily adapted by other
-	\TeX\ hackers.
-
-	The package includes a font-selection system, an output routine,
-	general formatting macros, and `style files' which input the
-	other files and set the format for documents.
-
-	The name `PDCMAC' is pronounced `{\it p-d-c}-mac'.  In file
-	names where case matters it is always written in all-lower-case.
-	The fairly consistent use of a `|pdc|-' or `|ma|-' prefix in
-	this and other names is intended to prevent these files clashing
-	with files from other packages.  (The `|ma|-' files are part of
-	the Malvern package.)
-%}}}   intro
-%{{{   conventions
-\subsec{Conventions in this guide}
-
-	Contents and names of computer files, and commands to be typed
-	literally are printed in {\tt this distinctive font}.
-	Placeholders to be filled in with real file names etc.~are
-	written in {\it this italic font}.
-	
-%}}}   conventions
-%{{{   copying
-	
-\subsec{Copying}
-	The PDCMAC files are copyright \copyright\ 1990--1995 P. Damian
-	Cugley.  They may be used in documents, and distributed as a
-	complete package as per the GNU General Public Licence
-	(reproduced at the end of this document).
-
-	The |tex| files generated by the |dtx| files are like `object
-	files'; you should not distribute them without their source
-	files (the |dtx| files).
-
-	Do not modify the generated |tex| files; if you must modify the
-	macros, do this by editing the |dtx| files and running them
-	through \TeX\ again.  If you must distribute modified versions
-	(instead of persuading me to modify my copies), help reduce the
-	proliferation of incompatible versions by doing the following:
-\bullets
-	\\describe the modifications clearly in the printed
-	documentation;
-
-	\\say who modifed them in the header comments in the definition
-	files, and change the version identifier;
-
-	\\use a different name for the modifed definition files.
-\endbullets
-	The last point is so that documents using the unmodified
-	versions can coexist with the ones using modified ones.
-
-
-	
-%}}}  copying
-%{{{   feedback
-	
-\subsec{Feedback}
-	I am very interested to hear from people who find a use for this
-	package.  Please send comments and suggestions, or reports of
-	bugs, to the address above.  If you find PDCMAC useful or
-	amusing, please send me a pretty postcard.  Thanks.
-
-%}}}  feedback
-%}}}  intro
-%{{{  unpack install
-\section{Unpacking and installing the files}
-%{{{   unpack
-
-\subsec{Unpacking}
-
-	Two common formats for archives are 
-\bullets
-\\	(on Unix) 
-	|tar| files, compressed using GNU |zip| (|gzip|), and
-\\	(on MS-DOS) PKZIP-style archives.
-\endbullets
-	Compressed tarfiles will have names like |pdcmac-1.0.tar.gz| or
-	|pdcmac10.tgz| (the latter form is required by ISO-9660\note{ISO
-	9660 is the standard for CD-ROM file systems.  Its file names
-	are like MS-DOS file names: a sequence of 8-letter components
-	followed by a `|.|' and three-letter suffix.  ISO~9660 names use
-	capital letters, but on case-sensitive operating systems these
-	are usually transliterated to lower-case.}  file systems).
-	Unpack the package with something like
-\display \defverbatim\"
-	"zcat pdcmac10.tgz | tar -xf -"
-\enddisplay
-	This generates a new directory called |pdcmac-1.0|.
-
-	PKZIP archives unpack files into the current directory, so they
-	are unpacked like this:
-\display 
-	|md pdcmac|\cr
-	|cd pdcmac|\cr
-	|unzip a:\pdcmac10.zip|\cr
-\enddisplay
-	assuming the zipfile is so named.
-
-	There is a list of the files in the release in the appendix.
-%}}}   unpack
-%{{{   compile
-	
-\subsec{Generating the macro files}
-
-	The macro files are packaged with their documentation in
-	|dtx|\note{The \LaTeX~2e distribution uses the file name suffix
-	|dtx| for files with a similar function.  Unlike the \LaTeX\
-	system, the |dtx| files for PDCMAC produce the printed
-	documentation and unpack the macro files themselves using a
-	single macro file |pdccode.tex| and a single run through plain
-	\TeX; there are no |drv| or |ins| files.}  files; run plain
-	\TeX\ on each of the |dtx| files in turn to generate the macro
-	files and the printed documentation.  The resulting definition
-	files have almost no comments in them; instead you must read the
-	|dtx| files or the printed documentation.
-
-	The macro files are written in the current working directory.
-	They are identical to the code lines in the printed
-	documentation (they are generated from the same text in the
-	|dtx| files).
-
-	There is a file |pdcmondo.tex| which reads all of the |dtx|
-	files in turn except |pdcsty.dtx| and produces one large (70+
-	pages) document as well as all their macro files.  This is most
-	useful if you want to make a printed listing rather than keeping
-	|dvi| files for reading online.
-
-%}}}   compile
-%{{{   install
-\subsec{Installing the files}
-
-	The definition (|tex|) files belong in a directory where \TeX\
-	can find them.  In the new soon-to-be-standardized file name
-	conventions TWG-TDS~$0.61$\note{The TUG Working Group on a \TeX\
-	Directory Structure, {\it A Directory Structure for
-	Implementation-Independent \TeX\ Files} Version~$0.61$
-	(\url{ftp}{ftp.th-darmstadt.de/pub/tex/TDS-compliant/draft}{twg-tds.dvi},
-	10~February 1995).} this is the directory
-	\texmf{tex/plain/pdcmac}{}.  On older systems, the files go with
-	all the other macro files.
-
-	With TWG-TDS~$0.61$ the documentation goes in
-	\texmf{doc/plain/pdcmac}{}.  If you do not have a directory for
-	documentation, the documentation files might as well go in the
-	\TeX\ inputs directory as well.
-%}}}   install
-%{{{   configure
-	
-\subsec{Configuration on Unix systems}
-
-	There is a |configure| script and makefile template included,
-	which allows the process of unpacking to be run automatically on
-	Unix systems.\note{The configuration system is based on the GNU
-	Coding Standards, but was written by hand rather than using
-	Autoconf.}  The remainder of this section assumes you are
-	installing PDCMAC on a Unix system.
-
-\subsec{Run\-ning |configure|}
-
-	Start by running a Bourne Shell on the |configure| script, by
-	typing `|sh configure|'.  This examines your file system and
-	attempts to guess suitable directories in which to put macro and
-	documentation files.  The |configure| script understands options
-	listed in Table~1.
-
-\midinsert
-\noindent{\bf Table 1}\quad  Options for |configure|.  Other
-	options are ignored.\smallskip
-\moveleft\leftmargin\vbox{
-    \def\,{{\rm,}}
-    \def\\#1\, #2&{\vbox to \ht\strutbox{\hbox{$
-	\left.
-	\vcenter{\ialign{\strut##\hfil\cr#1 \cr#2 \cr}}
-	\right\rbrace
-	$}\vss}&}
-    \halign to \bodywd{\tt#\hfil\tabskip=0pt plus 1fil&
-		\vtop{\noindent#\smallskip}\tabskip=0pt\cr
-\noalign{\hrule height 1pt \vskip1.5\jot}%
-\it Option&\omit\it Meaning\hfil\cr
-\noalign{\vskip1\jot \hrule \vskip1.5\jot}%
-	\ttminus h\, \ttminus \ttminus help&
-		Print a summary of options\cr
-	\ttminus n\, \ttminus \ttminus no\ttminus create&
-		Create |config.status| but don't run it to make |makefile|.\cr
-	\\\ttminus t$dir$\, \ttminus \ttminus texmf=$dir$&
-		Says where to find a \TeX\ directory hierarchy.  For example,
-		`|-t|\allowbreak|/usr/texmf|' or `|-t|\allowbreak|/usr/local/lib/tex3.14/tex|'.  The
-		|configure| script will often guess correctly without this
-		option.\cr
-	\\\ttminus p$dir$\, \ttminus \ttminus prefix=$dir$&
-		Specifies the parent of the \TeX\ directory, for example,
-		`|-p/usr|' or `|-p/usr/local/lib|'.  This is for compatability
-		with the GNU coding standards.\cr
-	\\\ttminus wtds\, \ttminus \ttminus with\ttminus tds& Specify that the \TeX\ directory uses some
-		approximation to the TWG-TDS $0.61$ file name
-		conventions.  This should not be necessary as
-		|configure| will usually guess correctly.
-	\cr
-\noalign{\vskip\jot \hrule height 1pt}%
-}    }
-\endinsert
-
-	The configuration process creates a script |config.status| which
-	records the configuration; running |config.status| generates a
-	file |makefile|\note{Usually a makefile is called |Makefile|,
-	but I~wanted to make the package proof against file name munging
-	from being copied onto MS-DOS discs.}  from the template
-	|makefile.in|.
-
-	The |config.status| script has one option |-r| (or |--recheck|),
-	which re-runs |configure| with the same arguments as were used
-	to generate |config.status|; any options following |-r| are
-	passed to |configure|.  
-
-%}}}   configure
-%{{{   make
-	
-\subsec{Running |make|}
-
-	Now you can use the |make| command to unpack and install all the
-	files.  Do `|make|' to generate all the definition files and
-	documentation.  Then `|make install|' to copy the macros into
-	\TeX's macros directory and the documentation into \TeX's
-	documentation area (assuming there is one).  The standard
-	targets which the makefile understands are listed in Table~2.
-
-\midinsert
-\noindent{\bf Table 2}\quad  Conventional targets defined in |makefile|.\smallskip
-\moveleft\leftmargin\vbox{
-    \def\,{{\rm,}}
-    \def\\#1\, #2&{\vbox to \ht\strutbox{\hbox{$
-	\left.
-	\vcenter{\ialign{\strut##\hfil\cr#1 \cr#2 \cr}}
-	\right\rbrace
-	$}\vss}&}
-    \halign to \bodywd{\tt make #\hfil\tabskip=0pt plus 1fil&
-		\vtop{\noindent\strut#\strut\smallskip}\tabskip=0pt\cr
-\noalign{\hrule height 1pt \vskip1.5\jot}%
-\omit\it Command&\omit\it Meaning\hfil\cr
-\noalign{\vskip1\jot \hrule \vskip1.5\jot}%
-    all&
-	Generate all the definitions files and |dvi| files\cr
-    install&
-	Generate the definition files and copy them in to \TeX's
-	macro area.  Also copy the |dvi| files into \TeX's documentation
-	area, if possible.\cr
-    uninstall&
-	Delete all the files that `|make install|' would install.\cr
-    mostlyclean& Delete some files but not as many as `|make clean|'.\cr
-    clean& Delete files from the current directory that are normally
-	created by `|make all|'.  Don't delete files that could be built
-	using the makefile but which come with the distribution.\cr
-    distclean& Delete some more files, including those made by
-	configuration.  If you have unpacked the files and generated the
-	macro files without creating any other files, this should leave
-	only the files in the distribution.\cr
-    realclean& Delete files deleted `|make distclean|' and any others
-	that can be rebuilt using the makefile.\cr
-    TAGS& Generate a tags table file for Emacs.\cr
-    dist& Make a tarfile and zipfile for the package.\cr
-\noalign{\vskip\jot \hrule height 1pt}%
-}    }
-\endinsert
-%}}}   make
-%}}}  unpack install
-%{{{  using
-	
-\section{Using PDCMAC style files for your documents}
-
-	Normally a document will start by reading one of the style
-	files, which in turn load the various definition files.  The
-	style files are intended to be more-or-less compatible with each
-	other.  I have arbitrarily divided the style files into
-	`leaflets' and `docs'.
-%{{{   leaflets
-
-\subsec{Leaflet styles}
-
-	A leaflet is only a few pages, so does not need a table of
-	contents or division into large units.  There is still a
-	|\section| command, but it is designed for smaller divisions
-	than the |\section| command used in `docs' (in a leaflet,
-	|\section| produces a heading with prominence similar to that
-	produced by |\subsec| in a doc).
-	
-	A leaflet-style document has no front matter, and so should
-	start with some sort of heading for the title.
-\lines \it
-	|\input pdccmlft|
-	|\majorheadline{| title |} \noheadlinetrue|
-	\quad commands to generate the title at the top of the first page
-\smallskip
-	\quad text of the document, perhaps using |\section| commands
-\smallskip
-	|\bye|
-\endlines
-%}}}   leaflets
-%{{{   docs
-	
-\subsec{Doc styles}
-
-	A doc is something larger than a leaflet but smaller than a
-	book.  It has a table of contents and numbered sections and
-	subsections, with section titles being reproduced in the
-	headline.  There is no provision for cross-references and
-	automatic bibliography (which require an |aux| file and at least
-	two passes through \TeX).  
-
-	Sections may be grouped into larger divisions I have called
-	\dfn{part}s.  Parts are numbered independently of sections, in
-	upper-case roman numerals.  (There is no special reason for not
-	numbering sections within parts; I~just prefer to have fewer
-	levels of numbering, so we get `\S$12.6$' instead of
-	`Subsection~$4.1.6$'.)
-
-\lines\it
-	|\input pdccmdoc|
-	|\part{| title |}|  ---or--- |\majorheadline{| title |}|
-	|\section{| title |}|
-	\quad contents of section
-\smallbreak
-	more sections
-\smallbreak
-	|\frontmatter|
-	\quad front matter
-	|\endfrontmatter|
-	|\bye|
-\endlines
-	
-\subsec{Front matter}
-
-	The front matter of the document---the title page, preface,
-	forword, etc.---must be printed {\it last}, with the table of
-	contents at the end of the front matter; this is so that the
-	table of contents may be accumulated during the \TeX ing of the
-	file.\note{It has a benefit for people reading the document with
-	a browser: page~1 of the document is the first page of the DVI
-	file, which makes selecting a given page easy, and the table of
-	contents is at the very end, so the browser's `go to last page'
-	command can be used to find the table of contents quickly.}
-     	The front matter starts with |\frontmatter| and may contain
-	|\section| commands.  Such sections will be unnumbered and will
-	not appear in the table of contents.
-	
-	For a short document, a separate title page is probably
-	excessive, and an abstract may be preferable to a preface.  In
-	this case the first page after |\frontmatter| could have the
-	title of the document (with author etc.)\ followed by an
-	abstract, any copyright information (or other small print), and
-	the contents (generated by |\endfrontmatter|).  In other words,
-	something like this:
-\lines\it
-	|\frontmatter|
-	\quad commands to print the title, etc.
-	\quad|\abstract|
-	\qquad the text of the abstract
-	\quad|\endabstract|
-	\quad copyright information, etc.
-	|\endfrontmatter|
-\endlines
- 	For a longer document, there will be a separate title page and
-	perhaps a preface.
-\lines\it
-	|\frontmatter|
-	\quad|\titlepage|
-	\qquad commands to print the title, etc.
-	\quad|\splittitlepage|
-	\qquad print copyright information, etc.
-	\quad|\endtitlepage|
-	\quad|\section{Preface}|
-	\qquad text of preface, etc.
-	|\endfrontmatter|
-\endlines
- 	The macro |\splittitlepage| marks the division between the title
-	page (title recto, page~i) and the back of the title page (title
-	verso, page~ii), which is where copyright information goes.
-	When formatting for one-sided printing, the copyright
-	information belongs on the title recto, because the title verso
-	will be blank, so |\splittitle| instead does |\vfill|.
-%}}}   docs
-%{{{   new syms
-\subsec{New symbols}
-
-	Several new symbols common to Malvern~A and PostScript fonts are
-	added (listed in Table~3).  Approximations built from other
-	glyphs are available in Computer Modern documents.
-
-
-\def\chartable#1{%
-    \midinsert
-	\leftline{{\bf Table \newtableid}\quad #1}\smallskip
-	\def\cs##1{\hbox to \gridwd{\hbox to2em{\csname##1\endcsname\hfil} 
-		{\tt\char`\\##1}\hfil}}
-	\def\mcs##1{\hbox to \gridwd{\hbox to2em{$\csname##1\endcsname$\hfil} 
-		{\tt\char`\\##1}\hfil}}
-	\def\mch##1{\hbox to \gridwd{\hbox to2em{$##1$\hfil} 
-		{\tt##1}\hfil}}
-	\moveleft\leftmargin\vbox\bgroup
-	    \hrule\medskip
-	    \halign\bgroup ##\hfil&& \hskip\colsep##\hfil\cr
-}
-\def\endchartable{
-	    \egroup
-            \smallskip\hrule
-	\egroup
-    \endinsert
-}
-
-\chartable{New symbols}
-	\cs{cents}&	\cs{pounds}& \cs{yen}&		\cs{florin}\cr
-	\cs{currency}& 	\cs{lguillemet}& \cs{rguillemet}& \cs{gbdecimal}\cr
-	\cs{permille}&	\cs{registered}& \cs{orda}& 	\cs{ordo}\cr
-	\cs{S}&		\cs{P}&		\cs{dag}&	\cs{ddag}\cr
-\endchartable
-
-	The symbols in the last row are `new' in the sense that they
-	will change according to the current font when using Malvern or
-	PostScript fonts.
-
-	
-	The maths symbols in Table~4 will be in the current |\rm| font
-	(fam~0) in PostScript documents.
-\begingroup\catcode`_=12 \catcode`\|=12
-\chartable{Maths symbols taken from Adobe's latin character set}
-	\mch{<}&	\mch{>}&	\mcs{_}&	\mch{|}\cr
-	\mcs{backslash}& \mcs{setminus}& \mcs{sim}&	\mcs{mid}\cr
-	\mcs{bullet}	&\mcs{lbrace}&	\mcs{rbrace}\cr
-\endchartable
-\endgroup
-	
-%}}}   new syms
-%}}}  using
-
-\section{Appendix}	
-%{{{  tagged-table intrinsics
-
-\def\taggedtable#1#2#3{
-    \medskip
-    \noindent{\bf Table \newtableid}\quad#1
-    \medskip
-    \moveleft\leftmargin\vbox{\hsize=\bodywd
-	\hrule height 1pt  \medskip
-	\line{\it\strut\hbox to \leftmargin{#2\hfil}{\it #3}\hfil}
-	\smallskip \hrule
-    }
-    \tagged \everytag{\tt}
-}
-\def\endtaggedtable{
-    \endtagged
-    \removelastskip \medskip \hrule height 1pt \bigskip
-}
-
-%}}}  tagged-table intrisnics
-%{{{  file types
-\subsec{File suffixes}
-
-	In this document, `a |foo| file' refers to a file of the type
-	conventionally given a name ending in `-|.foo|' (using lower
-	case because \TeX\ file names are always given in lower case).
-	This table lists some conventional file name suffixes used for
-	files in this package.
-
-\taggedtable{File suffixes used in this package}{\hbox to
-	\gridwd{Suffix\hfil Origin}}{Meaning}
-\def\\#1#2{\TAG{\hbox to \gridwd{\tt#1\hfil\rm#2}}}
-\\{1}{Unix}
-	Manual page for a program, in |nroff| format.
-\\{def}{\LaTeX~2e}
-	Definitions used by macro files but not expected to be referred
-	to directly in user documents.
-\\{dtx}{\LaTeX~2e}
-	Documented \TeX\ macros---a file which combines macro
-	definitions with their printed documentation.
-\\{eps}{Adobe}
-	An EPSF (Encapsulated PostScript Format) file.
-\\{fig}{Fig}
-	A picture file in Fig's undocumented format.
-\\{fnt}{PDCMAC}
-	Font list---a list of fonts used in a document, generated by the
-	PDCFSEL macros.
-%\\{idx}{\LaTeX~$2.09$}
-%	Unsorted index file.  (The lamentable convention of using |idx|
-%	and |ind|, both standing for `index' but representing different
-%	stages in the index-generation process, is for compatibility
-%	with \LaTeX.)
-\\{in}{GNU}
-	Template for a configuration file---when using the |configure|
-	script, the file |foo| is generated from the template |foo.in|.
-\\{tex}{\TeX}
-	(1)~A plain \TeX\ document. (2)~A plain \TeX\ definition file.
-\\{tgz}{GNU}
-	A Unix |tar| archive, compressed with GNU |zip|.  (Same as
-	|tar.gz|.)
-\\{txt}{traditional}
-	Plain ASCII text, readable on the terminal.
-\\{zip}{?PKZIP}
-	An MS-DOS PKZIP archive.
-\endtaggedtable
-	
-%}}}  file types
-%{{{  file list
-	
-\subsec{List of files}
-
-	Here is a list of files supplied with the package.  A list of
-	the files generated from these---the definition files, used in
-	documents---form the next section.
-
-	All the names are chosen so that they may be copied onto, say,
-	an ISO~9660\note{See note~1 on page 2.} or MS-DOS file system and
-	back to a sensible file system without the names being changed.
-
-\taggedtable{Files supplied in the package.}{File}{Contents}
-\\{00readme.txt}
-	Brief description of the package.
-
-\\{configure}
-	A shell script used to automatically configure the makefile for
-	Unix systems.  (This is an unavoidable exception to the rule
-	that names are ISO-9660-compatible.)
-
-\\{copying.tex}
-	A copy of the GNU General Public Licence, in \TeX able form.
-
-\\{copying.txt}
-	A copy of the GNU General Public Licence.
-
-\\{dtxtags}
-	Shellscript for making tag files in |etags|(1) format.
-
-\\{dtxtags.1}
-	A Unix manual entry for |dtxtags|.\note{This (and three more
-	shellscripts used in the makefile) are not intended to be
-	installed anywhere, but I~included manual pages just in case
-	they are---or in case the installer is curious as to what these
-	scripts do.}
-
-\\{fig2epsf}
-	A Unix shellscript that converts figures from Fig's format into
-	Encapsulated PostScript Format (EPSF) version~$3.0$ files.  It
-	uses |fig2dev| (from the TransFig package) to do most of the
-	work.  (It munges the PostScript code produced by |fig2dev|
-	2.1.4.1 so that it will print and will work with Ghostview.)
-
-\\{fig2epsf.1}
-	A Unix manual page for |fig2epsf|.  
-
-\\{install.txt}
-	Installation hints.
-
-\\{makefile.in}
-	Template from which the configuration process generates a
-	makefile, used by Unix's |make| command to automate compilation
-	and installation.  Should be called |Makefile.in| but that's not
-	ISO-9660-compliant.
-
-\\{magrmac.dtx}
-	Documentation for Malvern Greek macros.  This replaces the file
-	|magrmac.tex| included in Malvern release~$1.2$.
-
-\\{magrman.tex}
-	Brief user manual for |magrmac.tex|.  This replaces the version
-	distributed with Malvern~$1.2$.  It requires some Malvern~G
-	fonts.
-
-\\{oput01.eps oput02.eps}
-	Diagrams for |pdcoput5.dtx|.\note{The second edition of the {\it
-	PostScript Language Reference Manual} says these should be called
-	`-|.epsf|', but such names are not ISO-9660-compliant, so I~have
-	switched to `-|.eps|'.}
-
-\\{oput01.fig oput02.fig}
-	Source code for the above figures (Fig format).
-
-\\{pdcadobe.dtx}
-	Source code and documentation for |pdcadobe.tex|.
-
-\\{pdccode.dtx}
-	Source code and documentation for |pdccode.tex|.
-
-\\{pdccode.tex}
-	Macros used by |dtx| files.  This file has to be included
-	because |pdccode.dtx| can't be \TeX ed without it.
-
-\\{pdccode2.tex}
-	An experimental variation allowing multiple simultaneous
-	code files.
-
-\\{pdcfmt2.dtx}
-	Source code and documentation for formatting macros.
-
-\\{pdcfsel.dtx}
-	Source code and documentation for font selection macros.
-
-\\{pdcguide.dvi}
-	A copy of the user guide, already run through \TeX.
-
-\\{pdcguide.tex}
-	This user guide for PDCMAC.
-
-\\{pdcl1maa.dtx}
-	Source code and documentation for |pdcl1maa.tex|.
-
-\\{pdcmacvn.tex}
-	Version number for the whole package.
-
-\\{pdcmisc.dtx}
-	Source code and documentation for some small macro files.
-
-\\{pdcmondo.tex}
-	Makes a combined listing of all the |dtx| files (except
-	|pdcsty.dtx|).
-
-\\{pdcoput5.dtx}
-	Source code and documentation for an output routine.
-
-\\{pdcsty.dtx}
-	Source code and documentation for style files (|pdccmdoc.tex|,
-	|ma55doc.tex|, etc.).
-
-\\{pinstall}
-	A Unix shellscript that substitutes for the |install| command on
-	systems which don't have GNU |install|.\note{I am not going to
-	bother trying to make a makefile that will work with all the
-	different versions of |install|, since there is no easy way to
-	tell them apart and they are mutually incompatible.}
-
-\\{pinstall.1}
-	A Unix manual page for |pinstall|.
-
-\\{pmkdir}
-	A Unix shellscript used to create a directory.  Unlike plain
-	|mkdir|, it creates parent directories of the specified
-	directory if they do not exist.  This would be called
-	|pmkdirhier| but that name is not ISO-9660-compliant.
-
-\\{pmkdir.1}
-	A Unix manual page for |pmkdir|.
-
-\\{version.txt}
-	List of the version identifiers of the |dtx| files and the
-	shellscripts that come with the package.
-\endtaggedtable
-
-%}}}  file list
-%{{{  macro files
-	
-\subsec{List of definition files}
-
-	The following files are the ones that are intended to go in the
-	\TeX\ inputs area and to be used in documents.  Here a
-	\dfn{macro file} is simply a file of \TeX\ definitions; a
-	\dfn{style file} is a higher-level definition file that
-	specifies most of the things that affect the style of a document
-	(layout, fonts, macros, etc.).  Style files start by reading a
-	bunch of macro files.
-
-\taggedtable{Files generated from the |dtx| files.}{File}{Contents}
-\\{ma55doc.tex}
-	Style file for short documents with Malvern~55 as the text font.
-	A table of contents and page headlines are generated
-	automatically.
-
-\\{ma55lft.tex}
-	Style file for very short documents with Malvern~55 as the text
-	font. `Leaflet'-class documents have no table of contents.  
-
-\\{magrmac.tex}
-	Macros for typesetting in Greek with Malvern fonts (or any font
-	with the Malvern~G encoding).  There is a brief user's guide in
-	|magrman.tex|.
-
-\\{pdcadobe.tex}
-	Support for fonts with the Adobe Standard Roman and Adobe Symbol
-	repertoires\note{The \dfn{repertoire} of an encoding scheme is
-	the set of characters/glyphs it includes.  Since PostScript
-	fonts may be easily re-encoded, repertoire is more significant
-	then the actual encoding.} in the |dvi| file, and ISO~8859--1
-	(Latin-1) conventions in the manuscript file.  The output
-	encoding actually used is that variation on \TeX\ Text generated
-	by the |afm2tfm| that comes with DVIPS.  Newer \TeX\ systems
-	should instead use PostScript fonts with (a subset of) the 1990
-	Cork encoding.\note{Variously called `DC', `EC', `T1', and
-	`\TeX\ Extended Text---Latin', and described in {\it TUGboat}
-	10\#4.}  This file actually combines two functions: (1)~making
-	the various symbols availabe via commands like |\pounds| and
-	(2)~making Latin-1 characters in the manuscript produce
-	corresponding characters in the output.  Described in
-	|pdcadobe.dtx|.
-
-
-\\{pdccmdoc.tex}
-	Style file for short documents with Computer Modern Roman as the
-	text font.  A table of contents and page headlines are generated
-	automatically.
-
-\\{pdccmlft.tex}
-	Style file for very short documents with Computer Modern Roman
-	as the text font.  `Leaflet'-class documents have no table of
-	contents.
-
-\\{pdcfmt2.tex}
-	Macros for formatting text---bulleted and numbered lists, syntax
-	descriptions, verbatim text, headings, etc.  Most of
-	the facilities used by the style files come from this file.
-
-\\{pdcfsel.tex}	
-	Macros for selecting fonts.  Fonts are organized into
-	\dfn{fontset}s (selected with macros with names like
-	|\bodyfonts|) in which fonts are selected with nicknames like
-	|\it|, |\bf| (specified at the start of the document using
-	template macros).
-
-\\{pdchyex.tex}
-	Some random British English hyphenation exceptions (developed
-	while I~was using American English hyphenation paterns).  You
-	may not want to use this.  Described in |pdcmisc.dtx|.
-
-\\{pdcimth.tex}
-	Make letters in maths formulas come out in text italic instead
-	of math italic.  Useful if the body font isn't CMR, or if
-	multiple-letter identifiers are used.  Described in
-	|pdcmisc.dtx|.
-
-\\{pdcl1maa.tex}
-	Support for documents with using the ISO~8859--1 (Latin-1)
-	character set in the manuscript file and fonts with Malvern~A
-	encoding in the |dvi| file.  Described in |pdcl1maa.dtx|.
-
-\\{pdccmsub.tex}
-	Define some Malvern~A and PostScript glyphs (like \yen,
-	\registered) by overprinting CM glyphs.  Described in
-	|pdcmisc.dtx|.
-
-\\{pdcmigr.tex}
-	Make Greek capitals in maths mode use math italic (fam~1)
-	letters instead of letters from the roman font.  Especially
-	useful when there are no Greek caps in the roman font.
-	Described in |pdcmisc.dtx|.
-\endtaggedtable
-%}}}  macro files
-%{{{  old files
-\subsec{Obselete files}
-	
-	The following macro files were included with the Malvern~$1.0$
-	distribution, but were not intended to be installed.
-	Nevertheless they appear to have been copied into some older
-	versions of the Unix\TeX\ distribution.  They are obselete, and
-	their successors have new names (intended to reduce the chance
-	of accidental clashes).  I'd appreciate people removing them
-	from their \TeX\ systems.
-\display
-	|formac.tex|&
-	|parmac.tex|&
-	|utils.tex|&
-	|ssoutput.tex|\cr
-	|ldfonts.tex|&
-	|malvern.tex|&
-	|cmdoc.tex|\cr
-\enddisplay
-	The following documents are similarly obselete and should not be
-	in the macros directory anyway.
-\display
-	|aboutmalvern.tex|&
-	|latexfmv.tex|\cr
-\enddisplay
-	The following macro files have the new-style names, but are
-	superseded by PDCMAC~$1.0$ files.  You are not required to
-	remove then if you have documents using them.  Fortunately, they
-	appear not to have been absorbed by the Unix\TeX\ distribution
-	anyway.
-\display
-	|pdcfmt.tex|&
-	|pdcpars.tex|&
-	|pdcutil.tex|&
-	|pdcoput.tex|\cr
-\enddisplay
-	The new versions will have the major number of their version ID
-	appended to their names (e.g., |pdcfmt2.tex|), and this way new
-	and old versions may coexist, allowing older documents to still
-	be processed by \TeX.  The functionality of |pdcpars.tex| and
-	|pdcfmt.tex| have been taken over by |pdcfmt2.tex|.
-	
-
-%}}}  old files
-%{{{  gpl
-	
-\rigidbalancepartialpage{\bigskip}
-
-\begingroup \notefonts \setncolumns2 \everypage{} \leftmargin=0pt
-    \advance\textlistdepth2 \let\section=\subsec
-    \input copying.tex
-    \rigidbalancepartialpage{\bigskip}
-\endgroup
-
-	
-%}}}  gpl
-	
-\frontmatter
-%{{{  an absurd logo
-
-\ifx\asyfam\UNDEFINED
-%{{{   CMSSDC logo
-
-\moveleft\leftmargin\vbox{
-
-\font\titlefont=cmssdc10 at 24pt
-
-\leftline{\titlefont P D C M A C\quad User Guide}
-
-\bigskip	
-} % end of vbox
-%}}}
-\else
-%{{{   PostScript logo
-
-\moveleft\leftmargin\vbox{\hsize=\bodywd
-	\font\thefont=pplr at 120pt
-	\input rotate
-
-	\line{\thefont
-	    \setbox0=\hbox{\lower0.975ex\hbox{pd}}\dp0=1ex \ht0=0pt \rotu0%
-	    c%
-	    \setbox0=\hbox{\lower0.95ex\hbox{vw}}\dp0=1ex \ht0=0pt \rotu0%
-	    c\hfil
-	}
-}
-\medskip	
-\leftline{\font\thotherfont=pplri at 60pt \thotherfont
-	\kern-0.1em USER GUIDE}
-\bigskip
-
-%}}}   PostScript logo
-\fi	
-%}}}  an absurd logo
-%{{{  titlepage
-
-\halign{#\hfil\cr
-	\headingfonts Edition 1 for Release 
-		$\textfont0=\font \pdcmacversion$\cr
-\noalign{\medskip}%
-	P. Damian Cugley\cr
-\noalign{\smallskip}%
-	Oxford University Computing Laboratory\cr
-	Parks Road\cr
-	Oxford \sc{OX2~7HN}\cr
-	UK\cr
-\noalign{\smallskip}%
-	|damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk|\cr
-}
-
-\bigskip
-\abstract
-	PDCMAC is a collection of macro files intended to be useful with
-	\TeX\ formats with similar conventions to those described in the
-	{\it\TeX book}.  This document describes how to unpack the files
-	and use them in \TeX\ documents.
-\endabstract
-
-\bigskip
-	
-\global\setbox\botbox\vbox{\hsize=\bodywd \prevdepth=0pt
-\noindent
-	{\it PDCMAC User Guide}.  \copyright~1995 P. Damian Cugley.  All
-	rights reserved.  Verbatim copies of this document (including
-	this copyright message) may be freely distributed.  This edition
-	first published March 1995.
-}
-
-\let\section=\subsec
-%}}}  title page
-\endfrontmatter	
-
-\bye
-%}}}
-%Local Variables:
-%fill-prefix: "	"
-%fold-folded-p: t
-%End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdchyex.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdchyex.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index a83c61b95e6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdchyex.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-% pdchyex.tex 1.4 1995/03/30 -- some British hyphenations
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdchyex.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.4",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "A non-exhaustive set of hyphenation exceptions
-%%%                   designed to make TeX with American hyphenation
-%%%                   tables produce some British hyphenations.
-%%%                   This file was generated by running
-%%%                   plain TeX on pdcmisc.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991, 1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcmisc.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "",
-%%%}
-
-\message{1.4 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\lefthyphenmin=2 \righthyphenmin=3 \uchyph=0
-\hyphenation{
-    le-gend le-gends re-adjust re-appear exact-ing
-    abs-cess abs-cess-es abs-cessed ana-lyse ana-lyses
-    ana-lysis ana-lyses appear-ance appear-ances bio-graphy
-    celeb-rate celeb-rates celeb-rations cor-respond-ence
-    depend-ent des-pise des-pises dis-pised dimin-ish
-    dimin-ish-es dimin-ish-ed dis-connect dis-connect-ed
-    dis-connects forget-ting gener-ally haemor-rhage
-    illus-trate immedi-ate immedi-ately immport-ance
-    inexplic-able inter-pret inter-est inter-ested
-    inter-est-ing minis-ter origin-ally philo-sophy
-    philo-sophic philo-sophic-ally prim-ary prob-ably
-    semb-lance
-    calm-est debt-ors fea-ther fea-thers post-humous lamb-like
-    poingn-ant tough-ish ach-ing archaeo-logy etymo-logy
-    philo-logist psycho-logist tauto-logy zoolo-gist
-    art-iest cig-ar-ette bio-logy bio-chem-is-try boy-friend
-    brit-ain brit-ish com-ic com-ics cug-ley dogs-body
-    dor-mouse gai-man graph-ic immedie-ate immedi-ate
-    immedi-ately issue mckean mis-hap mis-haps news-letter
-    news-paper night-crawler origin-ally origin-ator phys-ique
-    phys-iques porn-o-graphy porn-o-graphic rec-om-mend-ation
-    Ser-geant ser-geant Sien-kie-wicz spon-tan-e-ous
-    spon-tan-e-ously stop-ped strip-ped teen-ager teen-agers
-    tem-per-men-tal Thatch-er-ism Thatch-er-ite under-ground
-    under-grounds var-i-able venge-ance warp-smith warp-smiths
-    whirl-pool
-}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcimth.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcimth.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index fc42eb8365a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcimth.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-% pdcimth.tex 1.4 1995/03/30 - maths letters in text italic
-\message{1.4 1995/03/30}
-
-\begingroup
-    \count0="7400 \count1=\count0
-    \advance\count0 by`A \advance\count1 by`a
-    \count2=`A \count3=`a \count4=26
-    \loop\ifnum\count4>0
-        \advance\count4 by-1
-        \global\mathcode\count2=\count0
-        \global\mathcode\count3=\count1
-        \advance\count0 by1 \advance\count1 by1
-        \advance\count2 by1 \advance\count3 by1
-    \repeat
-\endgroup
-\endinput
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcimth.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.4",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "A definition file for TeX, which redefines
-%%%                   mathcodes to use letters from the
-%%%                   text italic font instead of math italic.
-%%%                   This file was generated by running
-%%%                   plain TeX on pdcmisc.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991, 1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcmisc.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "",
-%%% }
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index b7ec2dbe81a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,248 +0,0 @@
-% pdcl1maa.dtx -- documentation & source for pdcl1maa.tex -*-tex-*-
-        
-%%%@TeX-document-file {
-%%% title 	= "PDCL1MAA -- Formatting Macros",
-%%% filename 	= "$texmf/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.dtx",
-%%% version 	= "$Revision: 1.3 $",
-%%% package 	= "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% date 	= "$Date: 1995/03/30 16:09:52 $",
-%%% author	= "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email	= "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address	= "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,"
-%%%                Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% abstract	= "This document describes and is the source code for 
-%%%                the TeX definitions file pdcl1maa.tex.
-%%%                Running plain TeX on this file produces both the
-%%%                definitions file and the printed documentation.",
-%%% copyright	= "Copyright (c) 1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying	= "This program is free software; you can redistribute
-%%%		   it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
-%%%		   General Public License as published by the Free
-%%%		   Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
-%%%		   or (at your option) any later version.",
-%%% notice	= "This program is distributed in the hope that it will
-%%%		   be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the
-%%%		   implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-%%%		   PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
-%%%		   License for more details.",
-%%% notice	= "You should have received a copy of the GNU General
-%%%		   Public License along with this program; if not, write
-%%%		   to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
-%%%		   Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.",
-%%% codetable	= "USASCII",
-%%% dependencies = "pdccode.tex"
-%%%}
-
-%{{{ pdcl1maa
-%{{{  preamble
-
-\relax
-\input pdccode
-
-\document
-\rcs$Id: pdcl1maa.dtx,v 1.3 1995/03/30 16:09:52 pdc Exp $\endrcs
-\codefile{pdcl1maa.tex}
-%}}}  preamble
-%{{{  introduction
-	
-\author{P. Damian Cugley}
-\title{PDCL1MAA---Macros for using Latin-1 characters with Malvern~A}
-\section{Introduction}
-	
-	This document describes |pdcl1maa.tex|, a collection of
-	definitions designed to make Malvern~A characters available
-	using the ISO~8859--1 input encoding (Latin-1).
-
-
-\subsec{About this document}
-
-	The definitions file and the printed documentation are both in
-	|pdcl1maa.dtx|, a `documented \TeX\ macros' file\footnote*{The
-	\LaTeX~2e distribution uses files with the `|dtx|' suffix for
-	similar purposes.}  which, when processed by plain \TeX,
-	generates a fresh copy of |pdcl1maa.tex| in the current directory
-	in addition to the |dvi| file.  This ensures that the printed
-	documentation and the code it describes are identical.  The
-	|dtx| file uses the macros in |pdccode.tex|.
-
-%}}}  introduction
-%{{{  File identification
-\section{File identification}
-	
-	Nowadays, macro files start with some comments identifying the
-	file.
-
-\code
-	\|\% pdcl1maa.tex \fileversion~\filedate~-- Latin-1 chars in Malvern-A
-	|
-	|%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-	|%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.tex",
-	\|\%\%\% version~~~~~~~~= "\fileversion",
-	\|\%\%\% date~~~~~~~~~~~= "\filedate",
-	|%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-	|%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-	|%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-	|%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-	|%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-	|%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-	|%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-	|%%% abstract       = "ISO 8859-1 characters using Malvern-A fonts.
-	|%%%                   This file was generated by running
-	\|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~plain TeX on \jobname.dtx",
-	|%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-	\|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Distribute \jobname.dtx only as part of the
-	|%%%                   package it came in.",
-	|%%% dependencies   = "",
-	|%%% }
-	|
-	\|\\message\{\fileversion~<pdc \filedate>\}
-	|
-\endcode
-%}}}  file id
-%{{{  ISO 8859-1 support
-\section{ISO 8859--1 input}
-
-\subsec{Symbols}
-
-	Those characters whose code is the same as the code of the
-	corresponding glyph are left alone (with catcode~12).  For
-	example, |^^a3| (pounds sterling) is left alone.
-
-	Those that have an equivalent |\chardef| (or |\mathchardef|)
-	name are defined with |\let|.  Those with an equivalent standard
-	ligature use that ligature.
-
-	I don't use |\declareactivechar| on these because they would not
-	work properly in verbatim text with catcode~12.  (Extending
-	verbatim text to include Latin-1 will take a few definitions
-	along the same lines as |\ttlq| etc.)
-\code
-	|\catcode`^^a0\active \let^^a0=~
-%	A1
-% 	A2
-%	A3	
-%	A4
-	|\catcode`^^a5\active \let^^a5=\yen
-%	A6
-	|\catcode`^^a7\active \let^^a7=\S
-	|\catcode`^^a8\active \let^^a8=\"
-	|\catcode`^^a9\active \let^^a9=\copyright
-	|\catcode`^^aa\active \let^^aa=\orda
-	|\catcode`^^ab\active \def^^ab{<<}
-	|\catcode`^^ac\active \let^^ac=\lnot
-	|\catcode`^^ad\active \let^^ad=\-
-	|\catcode`^^ae\active \let^^ae=\registered
-	|\catcode`^^af\active \let^^af=\=
-\smallbreak
-	|\catcode`^^b0\active \let^^b0=\degrees
-	|\catcode`^^b1\active \let^^b1=\pm
-	|\catcode`^^b2\active \def^^b2{^2}
-	|\catcode`^^b3\active \def^^b3{^3}
-	|\catcode`^^b4\active \let^^b4=\'
-	|\catcode`^^b5\active \let^^b5=\mu
-	|\catcode`^^b6\active \let^^b6=\P
-	|\catcode`^^b7\active \let^^b7=\gbdecimal
-	|\catcode`^^b8\active \let^^b8=\c
-	|\catcode`^^b9\active \def^^b9{^1}
-	|\catcode`^^ba\active \let^^ba=\ordo
-	|\catcode`^^bb\active \def^^bb{>>}
-	|\catcode`^^bc\active \def^^bc{\frac14}
-	|\catcode`^^bd\active \def^^bd{\frac12}
-	|\catcode`^^be\active \def^^be{\frac34}
-	|\catcode`^^bf\active \def^^bf{?`}
-\smallbreak	
-	|\catcode`^^d7\active \let^^d7=\times
-	|\catcode`^^f7\active \let^^f7=\div
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Composite letters}
-
-
-	The characters that represent marks for composite
-	letters\footnote*{This phrase is used on the grounds that the
-	word {\it accent} tends to provoke lectures on ways in which
-	many composite letters do {\it not} represent accents in the
-	languages in which they are used.} are |\let| to the
-	corresponding composite-letter-making command---one may write
-	`{\tt\char"7F u\char"18 c}' to get `\"u\c c'.
-\code
-	|\catcode`^^c0\active \def^^c0{\`A}
-	|\catcode`^^c1\active \def^^c1{\'A}
-	|\catcode`^^c2\active \def^^c2{\^A}
-	|\catcode`^^c3\active \def^^c3{\~A}
-	|\catcode`^^c4\active \def^^c4{\"A}
-	|\catcode`^^c5\active \let^^c5=\AA
-	|\catcode`^^c6\active \let^^c6=\AE
-	|\catcode`^^c7\active \def^^c7{\c C}
-	|\catcode`^^c8\active \def^^c8{\`E}
-	|\catcode`^^c9\active \def^^c9{\'E}
-	|\catcode`^^ca\active \def^^ca{\^E}
-	|\catcode`^^cb\active \def^^cb{\"E}
-	|\catcode`^^cc\active \def^^cc{\`I}
-	|\catcode`^^cd\active \def^^cd{\'I}
-	|\catcode`^^ce\active \def^^ce{\^I}
-	|\catcode`^^cf\active \def^^cf{\"I}
-\smallbreak
-	|\catcode`^^d0\active \let^^d0=\DH
-	|\catcode`^^d1\active \def^^d1{\~N}
-	|\catcode`^^d2\active \def^^d2{\`O}
-	|\catcode`^^d3\active \def^^d3{\'O}
-	|\catcode`^^d4\active \def^^d4{\^O}
-	|\catcode`^^d5\active \def^^d5{\~O}
-	|\catcode`^^d6\active \def^^d6{\"O}
-	|\catcode`^^d8\active \let^^d8=\O
-	|\catcode`^^d9\active \def^^d9{\`U}
-	|\catcode`^^da\active \def^^da{\'U}
-	|\catcode`^^db\active \def^^db{\^U}
-	|\catcode`^^dc\active \def^^dc{\"U}
-	|\catcode`^^dd\active \def^^dd{\'Y}
-	|\catcode`^^de\active \let^^de=\TH
-	|\catcode`^^df\active \let^^df=\ss
-\smallbreak
-        |\catcode`^^e0\active \def^^e0{\'a}
-	|\catcode`^^e1\active \def^^e1{\`a}
-	|\catcode`^^e2\active \def^^e2{\^a}
-	|\catcode`^^e3\active \def^^e3{\~a}
-	|\catcode`^^e4\active \def^^e4{\"a}
-	|\catcode`^^e5\active \let^^e5=\aa
-	|\catcode`^^e6\active \let^^e6=\ae
-	|\catcode`^^e7\active \def^^e7{\c c}
-	|\catcode`^^e8\active \def^^e8{\`e}
-	|\catcode`^^e9\active \def^^e9{\'e}
-	|\catcode`^^ea\active \def^^ea{\^e}
-	|\catcode`^^eb\active \def^^eb{\"e}
-	|\catcode`^^ec\active \def^^ec{\`i}
-	|\catcode`^^ed\active \def^^ed{\'i}
-	|\catcode`^^ee\active \def^^ee{\^i}
-	|\catcode`^^ef\active \def^^ef{\"i}
-\smallbreak
-	|\catcode`^^f0\active \let^^f0=\dh
-	|\catcode`^^f1\active \def^^f1{\~n}
-	|\catcode`^^f2\active \def^^f2{\`o}
-	|\catcode`^^f3\active \def^^f3{\'o}
-	|\catcode`^^f4\active \def^^f4{\^o}
-	|\catcode`^^f5\active \def^^f5{\~o}
-	|\catcode`^^f6\active \def^^f6{\"o}
-	|\catcode`^^f8\active \let^^f8=\o
-	|\catcode`^^f9\active \def^^f9{\`u}
-	|\catcode`^^fa\active \def^^fa{\'u}
-	|\catcode`^^fb\active \def^^fb{\^u}
-	|\catcode`^^fc\active \def^^fc{\"u}
-	|\catcode`^^fd\active \def^^fd{\'y}
-	|\catcode`^^fe\active \let^^fe=\th
-	|\catcode`^^ff\active \def^^ff{\"y}
-\endcode
-
-%}}}  ISO 8859-1 support
-\endcodefile
-\enddocument
-\bye
-%}}} pdcl1maa.dtx
-
-%Local variables:
-%fill-prefix: "\t"
-%fold-folded-p: t
-%End:
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 17f690c48d5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-% pdcl1maa.tex 1.3 1995/03/30 -- Latin-1 chars in Malvern-A
-
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.3",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "ISO 8859-1 characters using Malvern-A fonts.
-%%%                   This file was generated by running
-%%%                   plain TeX on pdcl1maa.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcl1maa.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "",
-%%% }
-
-\message{1.3 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\catcode`^^a0\active \let^^a0=~
-\catcode`^^a5\active \let^^a5=\yen
-\catcode`^^a7\active \let^^a7=\S
-\catcode`^^a8\active \let^^a8=\"
-\catcode`^^a9\active \let^^a9=\copyright
-\catcode`^^aa\active \let^^aa=\orda
-\catcode`^^ab\active \def^^ab{<<}
-\catcode`^^ac\active \let^^ac=\lnot
-\catcode`^^ad\active \let^^ad=\-
-\catcode`^^ae\active \let^^ae=\registered
-\catcode`^^af\active \let^^af=\=
-\catcode`^^b0\active \let^^b0=\degrees
-\catcode`^^b1\active \let^^b1=\pm
-\catcode`^^b2\active \def^^b2{^2}
-\catcode`^^b3\active \def^^b3{^3}
-\catcode`^^b4\active \let^^b4=\'
-\catcode`^^b5\active \let^^b5=\mu
-\catcode`^^b6\active \let^^b6=\P
-\catcode`^^b7\active \let^^b7=\gbdecimal
-\catcode`^^b8\active \let^^b8=\c
-\catcode`^^b9\active \def^^b9{^1}
-\catcode`^^ba\active \let^^ba=\ordo
-\catcode`^^bb\active \def^^bb{>>}
-\catcode`^^bc\active \def^^bc{\frac14}
-\catcode`^^bd\active \def^^bd{\frac12}
-\catcode`^^be\active \def^^be{\frac34}
-\catcode`^^bf\active \def^^bf{?`}
-\catcode`^^d7\active \let^^d7=\times
-\catcode`^^f7\active \let^^f7=\div
-\catcode`^^c0\active \def^^c0{\`A}
-\catcode`^^c1\active \def^^c1{\'A}
-\catcode`^^c2\active \def^^c2{\^A}
-\catcode`^^c3\active \def^^c3{\~A}
-\catcode`^^c4\active \def^^c4{\"A}
-\catcode`^^c5\active \let^^c5=\AA
-\catcode`^^c6\active \let^^c6=\AE
-\catcode`^^c7\active \def^^c7{\c C}
-\catcode`^^c8\active \def^^c8{\`E}
-\catcode`^^c9\active \def^^c9{\'E}
-\catcode`^^ca\active \def^^ca{\^E}
-\catcode`^^cb\active \def^^cb{\"E}
-\catcode`^^cc\active \def^^cc{\`I}
-\catcode`^^cd\active \def^^cd{\'I}
-\catcode`^^ce\active \def^^ce{\^I}
-\catcode`^^cf\active \def^^cf{\"I}
-\catcode`^^d0\active \let^^d0=\DH
-\catcode`^^d1\active \def^^d1{\~N}
-\catcode`^^d2\active \def^^d2{\`O}
-\catcode`^^d3\active \def^^d3{\'O}
-\catcode`^^d4\active \def^^d4{\^O}
-\catcode`^^d5\active \def^^d5{\~O}
-\catcode`^^d6\active \def^^d6{\"O}
-\catcode`^^d8\active \let^^d8=\O
-\catcode`^^d9\active \def^^d9{\`U}
-\catcode`^^da\active \def^^da{\'U}
-\catcode`^^db\active \def^^db{\^U}
-\catcode`^^dc\active \def^^dc{\"U}
-\catcode`^^dd\active \def^^dd{\'Y}
-\catcode`^^de\active \let^^de=\TH
-\catcode`^^df\active \let^^df=\ss
-\catcode`^^e0\active \def^^e0{\'a}
-\catcode`^^e1\active \def^^e1{\`a}
-\catcode`^^e2\active \def^^e2{\^a}
-\catcode`^^e3\active \def^^e3{\~a}
-\catcode`^^e4\active \def^^e4{\"a}
-\catcode`^^e5\active \let^^e5=\aa
-\catcode`^^e6\active \let^^e6=\ae
-\catcode`^^e7\active \def^^e7{\c c}
-\catcode`^^e8\active \def^^e8{\`e}
-\catcode`^^e9\active \def^^e9{\'e}
-\catcode`^^ea\active \def^^ea{\^e}
-\catcode`^^eb\active \def^^eb{\"e}
-\catcode`^^ec\active \def^^ec{\`i}
-\catcode`^^ed\active \def^^ed{\'i}
-\catcode`^^ee\active \def^^ee{\^i}
-\catcode`^^ef\active \def^^ef{\"i}
-\catcode`^^f0\active \let^^f0=\dh
-\catcode`^^f1\active \def^^f1{\~n}
-\catcode`^^f2\active \def^^f2{\`o}
-\catcode`^^f3\active \def^^f3{\'o}
-\catcode`^^f4\active \def^^f4{\^o}
-\catcode`^^f5\active \def^^f5{\~o}
-\catcode`^^f6\active \def^^f6{\"o}
-\catcode`^^f8\active \let^^f8=\o
-\catcode`^^f9\active \def^^f9{\`u}
-\catcode`^^fa\active \def^^fa{\'u}
-\catcode`^^fb\active \def^^fb{\^u}
-\catcode`^^fc\active \def^^fc{\"u}
-\catcode`^^fd\active \def^^fd{\'y}
-\catcode`^^fe\active \let^^fe=\th
-\catcode`^^ff\active \def^^ff{\"y}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdclft.def b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdclft.def
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ccd9172b55..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdclft.def
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-% pdclft.def 1.2 1995/03/30 -- macros for short documents
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "pdclft.def",
-%%% version        = "1.2",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, style file",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Sectioning macros for style files.
-%%%                   This macro file was generated by running plain
-%%%                   TeX on pdcsty.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcsty.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = ""
-%%%}
-
-\message{1.2 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\topmg=297mm \advance\topmg-11in \advance\topmg7mm
-\botmg=\topmg
-\advance\topmg\ht\strutbox \advance\topmg\headlineskip
-\ifdim \topmg<20mm \topmg=20mm \fi
-\ifdim \botmg<27mm \botmg=27mm \fi
-\setpaper{210mm}{297mm}
-\setnkgrid{4}{3}
-\colrule=0pt
-\leftmargin=\gridwd \advance\leftmargin\colsep
-\everypage={\ifdim\leftmargin>0pt
-    \setbox\leftbox=\hbox to \gridwd{}\fi}
-\everyfootnote={\notefonts}
-\everylinenum={\smallfonts}
-\everylinenum={\smallfonts}
-\everytag={\bf}
-\newcount\secno \newcount\subsecno
-\def\thesecno{%
-    \n{%
-        \number\secno
-        \ifnum\subsecno>0
-            .\number\subsecno
-        \fi
-    }%
-}
-\def\section{
-    \global\advance\secno1 \global\subsecno0
-    \doheading\medskipamount{\subheadingfonts\thesecno\enspace}{}
-}
-\def\subsec{
-    \global\advance\subsecno1
-    \doheading\smallskipamount{\bodyfonts\thesecno\enspace}{}
-}
-\newtoks\majorheadline
-\expandafter\majorheadline
-    \expandafter{\expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\jobname}}
-\newif\ifnoheadline \newif\iftwosided
-\headline{%
-    \ifnoheadline
-        \hfil
-    \else\iftwosided
-        \ifodd\pageno
-            \hfil \the\majorheadline \quad{\bf\folio}%
-        \else
-            {\bf\folio}\quad \the\majorheadline\hfil
-        \fi
-    \else
-        \hfil \the\majorheadline \quad{\bf\folio}%
-    \fi\fi
-}
-\footline{%
-    \ifnoheadline
-        \global\noheadlinefalse
-        \hfil{\bf\folio}\hfil
-    \else
-        \hfil
-    \fi
-}
-\def\pt{\,{\rm pt}}
-\def\mm{\,{\rm mm}}
-\def\MF{{\ifdim\fontdimen1\font>0pt \mfi \else \mf \fi META}\-%
-        {\ifdim\fontdimen1\font>0pt \mfi \else \mf \fi FONT}}
-\def\MSDOS{\leavevmode\hbox{MS-DOS}}
-\def\TeX{T\kern-0.1em\lower0.5ex\hbox{E}X\spacefactor1000 }
-\begingroup\catcode`\|=12 \toks0={\endgroup
-    \def\dfn#1{\ifx\index\UNDEFINED\else\index{#1|INDdfn}\fi{\bi #1}}
-} \the\toks0
-\declareactivechar\* \def*#1*{{\it#1\/}}
-\def\|{%
-    \relax\ifmmode
-        \Vert
-    \else
-        \begingroup
-        \ttb \setupverbatim
-        \catcode`\|=13 \let|\endgroup
-    \fi
-}
-\def\inputifexists#1{%
-    \openin15=#1
-    \ifeof15 \else \input #1 \fi
-    \closein15
-}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmacvn.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmacvn.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index e8a114b16d7..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmacvn.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-\def\pdcmacversion{1.0.01}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmigr.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmigr.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index a01860a53e3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmigr.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-% pdcmigr.tex 1.4 1995/03/30-- see end of file for more info
-\message{1.4 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-\mathchardef\Gamma   = "7100
-\mathchardef\Delta   = "7101
-\mathchardef\Theta   = "7102
-\mathchardef\Lambda  = "7103
-\mathchardef\Xi      = "7104
-\mathchardef\Pi      = "7105
-\mathchardef\Sigma   = "7106
-\mathchardef\Upsilon = "7107
-\mathchardef\Phi     = "7108
-\mathchardef\Psi     = "7109
-\mathchardef\Omega   = "710A
-\endinput
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcmigr.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.4",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "A definition file for TeX, which redefines
-%%%                   \Gamma, ..., \Omega to use letters from the
-%%%                   maths italic font instead of the roman font.
-%%%                   This file was generated by running
-%%%                   plain TeX on pdcmisc.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991, 1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcmisc.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "",
-%%% }
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmisc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmisc.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e73e2c8eda..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmisc.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,555 +0,0 @@
-% pdcmisc.dtx -- documentation and source code for misc macro files -*-tex-*-
-
-%%%@TeX-document-file {
-%%% title 	= "Miscellanous macro files",
-%%% filename 	= "$texmf/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcmisc.dtx",
-%%% version 	= "$Revision: 1.4 $",
-%%% package 	= "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% date 	= "$Date: 1995/03/30 16:13:08 $",
-%%% author	= "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email	= "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address	= "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,"
-%%%                Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% abstract	= "This document describes and is the source code for 
-%%%                the TeX definitions files pdcmigr.tex, pdcimth.tex,
-%%%                pdchyex.tex, pdcmasyb.tex.
-%%%                Running plain TeX on this file produces both the
-%%%                definitions files and the printed documentation.",
-%%% copyright	= "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying	= "This program is free software; you can redistribute
-%%%		   it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
-%%%		   General Public License as published by the Free
-%%%		   Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
-%%%		   or (at your option) any later version.",
-%%% notice	= "This program is distributed in the hope that it will
-%%%		   be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the
-%%%		   implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-%%%		   PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
-%%%		   License for more details.",
-%%% notice	= "You should have received a copy of the GNU General
-%%%		   Public License along with this program; if not, write
-%%%		   to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
-%%%		   Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.",
-%%% codetable	= "USASCII",
-%%% dependencies = "pdccode.tex"
-%%%}
-	
-%{{{ pdcmisc.dtx
-%{{{  preamble
-
-\relax
-\input pdccode
-
-\document
-\rcs$Id: pdcmisc.dtx,v 1.4 1995/03/30 16:13:08 pdc Exp $\endrcs
-
-\def\newfile{\lineno=0 }
-%}}}  preamble
-%{{{  intro
-\author{P. Damian Cugley}
-\title{Miscellaneous macro files}
-
-%}}}  intro
-%{{{  pdcmigr
-	
-\newfile
-\section{PDCMIGR: Use math italic Greek capitals}
-
-	Knuth notes that it is conventional to use unslanted Greek
-	capitals in maths, even though other letters are slanted
-	(I~personally think that it looks nicer to use slanted Greek
-	caps).  Thus \TeX\ takes the Greek capitals from fam~0 by
-	default.
-
-	If you are using a body text font that does not have the Greek
-	capitals---for example, almost any PostScript or Cork-style
-	font---then this no longer works.  Better then to switch to
-	using the Greek capitals from the math italic font (fam~1).
-	That's what the file |pdcmigr.tex| does.  The characters are
-	still in maths class~7, meaning that they will respect changes
-	to |\fam| made by font-switching commands.
-	
-\codefile{pdcmigr.tex}
-
-\code
-	\|\% pdcmigr.tex \fileversion~\filedate -- see end of file %
-		for more info
-	\|\\message\{\fileversion~<\fileauthor~\filedate>\}
-\smallbreak
-	|\mathchardef\Gamma   = "7100
-	|\mathchardef\Delta   = "7101
-	|\mathchardef\Theta   = "7102
-	|\mathchardef\Lambda  = "7103
-	|\mathchardef\Xi      = "7104
-	|\mathchardef\Pi      = "7105
-	|\mathchardef\Sigma   = "7106
-	|\mathchardef\Upsilon = "7107
-	|\mathchardef\Phi     = "7108
-	|\mathchardef\Psi     = "7109
-	|\mathchardef\Omega   = "710A
-\endcode
-
-	This file has more comments than code.  Since the code is so
-	short I think I'll get away with putting the comments after an
-	|\endinput|.
-\code
-	|\endinput
-\smallskip
-	|%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-	|%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcmigr.tex",
-	\|\%\%\% version~~~~~~~~= "\fileversion",
-	\|\%\%\% date~~~~~~~~~~~= "\filedate",
-	|%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-	|%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-	|%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-	|%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-	|%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-	|%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-	|%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-	|%%% abstract       = "A definition file for TeX, which redefines
-	|%%%                   \Gamma, ..., \Omega to use letters from the
-	|%%%                   maths italic font instead of the roman font.
-	|%%%                   This file was generated by running
-	|%%%                   plain TeX on pdcmisc.dtx",
-	|%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991, 1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-	|%%%                   Distribute pdcmisc.dtx only as part of the
-	|%%%                   package it came in.",
-	|%%% dependencies   = "",
-	|%%% }
-\endcode
-
-\endcodefile
-%}}}  pdcmigr
-%{{{  pdcimth
-
-\newfile
-\section{PDCIMTH: use text italic letters in maths mode}
-
-	Very few existing font families have a separate math-italic font.  When
-	using these fonts as body fonts, with the Computer Modern fonts as
-	maths fonts, it looks wrong to have the maths letters in a completely
-	different style form the text italic.  Therefore it makes sense to
-	redefine maths mode so that the letters come from the text italic font.
-
-	This is also useful when multiple-letter identifiers are used in maths
-	mode.  We c an say |$difference:=height+depth$| and get `$\it
-	difference:=height+depth$' instead of `$difference:=height+depth$'.
-
-	In the following, the counters |\count0| to |\count4| are used as
-	follows:
-$$\centerline{\vbox{\halign{\tt\cs{#}\hfil&&\quad#\hfil\cr
-	count0&mathcode for current upper case char\cr
-	count1&mathcode for current lower case char\cr
-	count2&ASCII code of current upper case char\cr
-	count3&ASCII code of current lower case char\cr
-	count4&number of characters left to redefine\cr
-}}}$$
- 	The grouping prevents this temporary use conflicting with \TeX's
-	use of these counters.
-	
-\codefile{pdcimth.tex}
-\code
-	\|\% pdcimth.tex \fileversion~\filedate~- maths letters in text italic
-	\|\\message\{\fileversion~\filedate\}
-	|
-	|\begingroup
-\smallbreak
-	|    \count0="7400 \count1=\count0
-	|    \advance\count0 by`A \advance\count1 by`a
-	|    \count2=`A \count3=`a \count4=26
-\smallbreak
-	|    \loop\ifnum\count4>0
-	|        \advance\count4 by-1
-	|        \global\mathcode\count2=\count0 
-	|        \global\mathcode\count3=\count1
-	|        \advance\count0 by1 \advance\count1 by1
-	|        \advance\count2 by1 \advance\count3 by1
-	|    \repeat
-\smallbreak
-	|\endgroup
-\endcode
-\noindent
-	The value $\hbox{\H{}\tt 7400} + c$ used above means mathcode~7,
-	fam~4 (|\itfam|), character~$c$.
-
-	Once again, the code is short enough that I think I can get away
-	with putting the comments at the end:
-\code
-	|\endinput
-\smallskip
-	|%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-	|%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcimth.tex",
-	\|\%\%\% version~~~~~~~~= "\fileversion",
-	\|\%\%\% date~~~~~~~~~~~= "\filedate",
-	|%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-	|%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-	|%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-	|%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-	|%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-	|%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-	|%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-	|%%% abstract       = "A definition file for TeX, which redefines
-	|%%%                   mathcodes to use letters from the
-	|%%%                   text italic font instead of math italic.
-	|%%%                   This file was generated by running
-	|%%%                   plain TeX on pdcmisc.dtx",
-	|%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991, 1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-	|%%%                   Distribute pdcmisc.dtx only as part of the
-	|%%%                   package it came in.",
-	|%%% dependencies   = "",
-	|%%% }
-\endcode
-\endcodefile
-%}}}  pdcimth
-%{{{  pdchyex
-
-\newfile
-\section{PDCHYEX: Hyphenation exceptions}
-
-	These hyphenation exceptions are ones I~use for must documents.
-
-\notepar
-	Of all the macro files in this package, this is the one you
-	should be most chary of using.  These are written for a \TeX\
-	system which uses American English hyphenation patterns, but are
-	intended to help it produce hyphenations suitable for British
-	English, and this peverse approach will probably lead to all
-	sorts of anomalies. Ideally separate hyphenation patterns will
-	be used for British English documents.
-\endnotepar
-
-\codefile{pdchyex.tex}
-
-\subsec{File identification}
-
-	The list of exceptions is expected to grow, so it seems best to
-	have the identification at the top of the file.
-
-\code
-	\|\% pdchyex.tex \fileversion~\filedate~-- some British hyphenations
-\smallskip
-	|%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-	|%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdchyex.tex",
-	\|\%\%\% version~~~~~~~~= "\fileversion",
-	\|\%\%\% date~~~~~~~~~~~= "\filedate",
-	|%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-	|%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-	|%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-	|%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-	|%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-	|%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-	|%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-	|%%% abstract       = "A non-exhaustive set of hyphenation exceptions
-	|%%%                   designed to make TeX with American hyphenation
-	|%%%                   tables produce some British hyphenations.
-	|%%%                   This file was generated by running
-	|%%%                   plain TeX on pdcmisc.dtx",
-	|%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991, 1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-	|%%%                   Distribute pdcmisc.dtx only as part of the
-	|%%%                   package it came in.",
-	|%%% dependencies   = "",
-	|%%%}
-	|
-	\|\\message\{\fileversion~<\fileauthor~\filedate>\}
-	|
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Setting parameters}
-
-	These settings are from {\it Hart's Rules} p.\thinspace141.
-\code
-	|\lefthyphenmin=2 \righthyphenmin=3 \uchyph=0
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{And finally, the hyphenation exceptions}
-
-\code
-	|\hyphenation{
-\endcode
-	First, some words from {\it Hart's Rules}\/ pp.\thinspace14--15.
-	I've taken the list on p.\thinspace14 and included here those
-	which were given wrong hyphenation by \TeX's default tables.
-\code
-	|    le-gend le-gends re-adjust re-appear exact-ing
-\smallbreak
-
-	|    abs-cess abs-cess-es abs-cessed ana-lyse ana-lyses
-	|    ana-lysis ana-lyses appear-ance appear-ances bio-graphy
-	|    celeb-rate celeb-rates celeb-rations cor-respond-ence
-	|    depend-ent des-pise des-pises dis-pised dimin-ish
-	|    dimin-ish-es dimin-ish-ed dis-connect dis-connect-ed
-	|    dis-connects forget-ting gener-ally haemor-rhage
-	|    illus-trate immedi-ate immedi-ately immport-ance
-	|    inexplic-able inter-pret inter-est inter-ested
-	|    inter-est-ing minis-ter origin-ally philo-sophy
-	|    philo-sophic philo-sophic-ally prim-ary prob-ably
-	|    semb-lance
-\smallbreak
-	|    calm-est debt-ors fea-ther fea-thers post-humous lamb-like
-	|    poingn-ant tough-ish ach-ing archaeo-logy etymo-logy
-	|    philo-logist psycho-logist tauto-logy zoolo-gist
-\endcode
-	Now some random hyphenations I~encountered in my own documents
-	at some point.  I~haven't checked these in a spelling
-	dictionary, so don't use them in documents where your life
-	depends on correct hyphenation.
-\code	
-
-	|    art-iest cig-ar-ette bio-logy bio-chem-is-try boy-friend
-	|    brit-ain brit-ish com-ic com-ics cug-ley dogs-body
-	|    dor-mouse gai-man graph-ic immedie-ate immedi-ate
-	|    immedi-ately issue mckean mis-hap mis-haps news-letter
-	|    news-paper night-crawler origin-ally origin-ator phys-ique
-	|    phys-iques porn-o-graphy porn-o-graphic rec-om-mend-ation
-	|    Ser-geant ser-geant Sien-kie-wicz spon-tan-e-ous
-	|    spon-tan-e-ously stop-ped strip-ped teen-ager teen-agers
-	|    tem-per-men-tal Thatch-er-ism Thatch-er-ite under-ground
-	|    under-grounds var-i-able venge-ance warp-smith warp-smiths
-	|    whirl-pool
-
-	|}
-\endcode
-\endcodefile
-	
-%}}}  pdchyex
-%{{{  pdccmsub
-
-\newfile
-\codefile{pdccmsub.tex}
-\section{PDCCNSUB: Substitutions using Computer Modern glyphs}
-
-	The Malvern and PostScript repertoire includes some characters
-	not included in the \TeX\ Text fonts used by plain \TeX.  I~have
-	made macros for some of these that assemble symbols from
-	existing characters.  This way documents can be switched between
-	the different font encoding schemes mroe easily.  They won't
-	look very pretty though.
-
-\notepar
-	These work acceptably with ten-point Computer Modern but might
-	need adjustment with other fonts.
-\endnotepar
-	
-%{{{   indentification
-\subsec{File dientification}
-
-\code
-	\|\% \filename~\fileversion~\filedate~-- CM subs for PS glyphs
-\smallskip
-	|%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-	|%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcmigr.tex",
-	\|\%\%\% version~~~~~~~~= "\fileversion",
-	\|\%\%\% date~~~~~~~~~~~= "\filedate",
-	|%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-	|%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-	|%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-	|%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-	|%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-	|%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-	|%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-	|%%% abstract       = "Macros for simulating some PostScript characters
-	|%%%                   using glyphs form the Computer Modern family.
-	|%%%                   This file was generated by running
-	|%%%                   plain TeX on pdcmisc.dtx",
-	|%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-	|%%%                   Distribute pdcmisc.dtx only as part of the
-	|%%%                   package it came in.",
-	|%%% dependencies   = "",
-	|%%% }
-	|
-	\|\\message\{\fileversion~\filedate\}
-	|
-\endcode
-
-%}}}   indentification
-
-
-\code
-	|\dimendef\dimena=0
-\endcode
-\dimendef\dimena=0
-
-%{{{   currency
-
-\subsec{Currency signs}
-
-\def\yen{{%
-    \ooalign{%
-        \hfil\raise0.25ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle=$}\hfil\crcr
-        \hfil Y\hfil
-    }%
-}} 
-\def\currency{{%
-    \ooalign{%
-	\dimena-0.10em
-	\hskip\dimena \raise0.2ex \hbox{\mathhexbox202}\hskip\dimena\crcr
-	\hfil \raise0.2ex \hbox{\mathhexbox20E}\hfil
-    }%
-}} 
-	
- 	The Yen sign looks like `50\thinspace000\yen', the cents sign
-	like `37\rlap/c'.  The pounds-sterling sign is always italic.
-\code
-	|\def\pounds{{\it\char36 }}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\yen{{%
-	|    \ooalign{%
-	|        \hfil\raise0.25ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle=$}\hfil\crcr
-	|        \hfil Y\hfil
-	|    }%
-	|}}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\cents{\leavevmode\hbox{\rm\rlap/c}}
-\endcode
-
-	The ISO~646 currency sign---originally created to replace the
-	dollar sign in the international reference version character
-	set---is supposed to be drawn as a circle with four `ears';
-	we'll have to fake it rather crudely: `\currency', as in
-	`\currency100' or possibly `100\currency'.
-\code
-	|\def\currency{{%
-	|    \ooalign{%
-	|        \hskip-0.1em
-	|            \raise0.2ex \hbox{\mathhexbox202}\hskip-0.1em\crcr
-	|        \hfil \raise0.2ex \hbox{\mathhexbox20E}\hfil
-	|    }%
-	|}} 
-\endcode	
-
-	The florin sign `{\it f}' seems to have started life as a way of
-	getting an italic {\it f} on dot-matrix printers.  In an italic
-	context it still has to be in itaics---switching to a roman
-	letter does not seem appropriate.
-\code
-	|\def\florin{{\it f\/}}
-\endcode
-
-%}}}   currency
-%{{{   circled letters
-	
-
-\subsec{Things in circles}
-
-\def\circledletter#1#2{{%
-    \ooalign{%
-	\hfil\kern#1\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm #2$}\hfil\crcr
-        \mathhexbox20D%
-    }%
-}}
-\def\registered{\circledletter{0.02em}R}
-\def\copyright{\circledletter{-0.045em}C}
-	Here's a general macro for making letters in circles---like
-	the registered trade mark sign `\registered', or the signs
-	`\circledletter{0.04em}P' and `\circledletter{0.02em}S'
-	(I~don't use them so I~haven't given them names) or even `\circledletter{0.05em}1'.  A matching
-	copyright sing (using a small capital {\it c} instead of a
-	lower case {\it c}) looks like `\copyright'.  Parameter |#1|
-	to the macro is the amount to shift the small letter relative
-	to the circle to get it optically centred.
-\code
-	|\def\circledletter#1#2{{%
-	|    \ooalign{%
-	|        \hfil\kern#1\raise0.00ex \hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm #2$}\hfil\crcr
-	|        \mathhexbox20D%
-	|    }%
-	|}}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\registered{\circledletter{0.02em}R}
-	|\def\copyright{\circledletter{-0.045em}C}
-\endcode
-%}}}   circled letters
-%{{{   guillemets
-	
-\subsec{Guillemets}
-
-\def\lguillemet{\leavevmode \raise0.5ex \hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\langle\!\langle$}}
-\def\rguillemet{\leavevmode \raise0.5ex \hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rangle\!\rangle$}}
-
-	Ersatz guillemets look like \lguillemet this\rguillemet.
-\code
-	|\def\lguillemet{%
-	|    \leavevmode 
-	|    \raise0.5ex \hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\langle\!\langle$}%
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\rguillemet{%
-	|    \leavevmode 
-	|    \raise0.5ex \hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rangle\!\rangle$}%
-	|}
-\endcode
-%}}}   guillemets
-%{{{   misc
-\subsec{Miscellaneous}
-
-\def\permille{{%
-    \setbox0 \hbox{/}%
-    \flushtop{$\scriptstyle0\!$}/%
-    \lower\dp0 \hbox{$\!\scriptstyle00$}%
-}}
-\def\orda{\flushtop{\the\scriptfont\ifnum\fam>0 \fam\else 0\fi \b a}}
-\def\ordo{\flushtop{\the\scriptfont\ifnum\fam>0 \fam\else 0\fi \b o}}
-
-	The per-mille sign `\permille' can't be made from `\%' sign because
-	matching the rings is impossible, so we use `0/00':
-\code
-	|\def\permille{{%
-	|    \setbox0 \hbox{/}%
-	|    \flushtop{$\scriptstyle0\!$}/%
-	|    \lower\dp0 \hbox{$\!\scriptstyle00$}%
-	|}}
-\endcode
-
-	The British decimal point is a raised dot: `3\mathhexbox201141'
-	instead of `3.141'.
-\code
-	|\def\gbdecimal{\mathhexbox201}
-\endcode
-	Unfortunately, this symbol has become a casualty of the `DTP
-	revolution', and the American use of a full stop as a decimal
-	point has become common.
-
-	The glyphs `\orda' and `\ordo' are used in to abbreviate Spanish
-	ordinal numbers: the feminine {\it primera} becomes 1\orda, and
-	the masculine {\it primero} 1\ordo.
-\code
-	|\def\orda{\flushtop{\the\scriptfont\ifnum\fam>0 \fam\else 0\fi \b a}}
-	|\def\ordo{\flushtop{\the\scriptfont\ifnum\fam>0 \fam\else 0\fi \b o}}
-\endcode
-
-	
-%}}}   misc
-%{{{   sc and csc
-	
-\subsec{Substitutions for Malvern's alphabet-switching commands}
-	
-	The macros used to select small capitals etc.\ in Malvern fonts
-	cannot work with Computer Modern, but might appear in documents
-	anyway.  Instead they are all made equivalent to |\relax|.  
-
-\code
-	|\let\sc=\relax
-	|\let\csc=\relax
-	|\let\mc=\relax
-\endcode
-
-%}}}   sc and csc
-
-\endcodefile
-	
-%}}}  pdcmasub
-\enddocument	
-\bye
-%}}} pdcmisc.dtx
-%Local Variables:
-%fill-prefix: "	"
-%fold-folded-p: t
-%End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmondo.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmondo.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 5736cf2cbdc..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmondo.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-% Combined listing of the PDCMAC macros
-% hacked together pdc 1995-03-28
-
-\relax
-\input pdccode
-\input epsf
-\errorcontextlines10000
-\document
-
-\input pdcmacvn
-
-%  Redefine the PDCCODE macros
-
-%\def\codefile#1{}
-%\def\endcodefile{}
-%\begingroup\obeylines \toksa={\endgroup %
-%    \def\CODElinei#1^^M{%
-%        \indent\the\everycodeline #1\par %
-%        \endgroup % matches \CODEline
-%    }%
-%    \def\CODElinex#1^^M{%
-%        {\indent\the\everycodeline #1\par}%
-%    }%
-%} \the\toksa
-
-
-% abbreviated TOC macros taken from pdcsty
-
-\newwrite\TOCfile
-\openout\TOCfile=\jobname.toc
-\def\TOCwrite#1#2#3{%
-    \begingroup\def\n{\string\n}
-    \def\tmp{#3}%
-    \edef\tmp{\string#1{#2}{\expandafter\TOCtrim\meaning\tmp}}
-    \write\TOCfile\expandafter{\tmp{\folio}}\endgroup
-}
-\def\TOCtrim#1:->{}
-\def\TOCentryfile#1#2#3{
-    \medbreak\noindent{\subsecfont #2}\smallskip
-}
-\def\TOCentrysection#1#2#3{
-    \indent \llap{\S#1\enspace}
-	\ignorespaces #2\quad#3\par
-}
-\def\TOCentrysubsec#1#2#3{}
-
-
-% Abbreviated fontmatter definitions from pdcsty:
-
-\def\frontmatter{
-    \write\TOCfile{\string\endinput}
-    \closeout\TOCfile
-    \vfill\supereject
-    \pageno=-1 \secnofalse \headline{\hfil}
-    \def\TOCwrite##1##2##3{}
-}
-\def\endfrontmatter{
-    \section{Contents}
-    \input\jobname.toc
-    \vfill\supereject
-}
-\newif\ifsecno \secnotrue
-
-
-% sectioning taken from pdccode -- adapted to include TOC entries.
-
-\def\section#1{%
-    \advance\seccount1 \subseccount=0
-    \bigbreak
-    \begingroup
-        \secfont \hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=1000
-        \rightskip=0pt plus 2em
-        \ifsecno \noindent\llap{\number\seccount.\enspace}\fi #1
-	\TOCwrite\TOCentrysection{\number\seccount}{#1}
-        \nobreak\medskip
-    \endgroup
-    \noindenttrue
-}
-\def\subsec#1{%
-    \advance\subseccount1
-    \medbreak
-    \begingroup
-        \subsecfont \hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=1000
-        \parskip=0pt \parindent=0pt \rightskip=0pt plus 2em
-        \ifsecno \noindent\llap{\number\seccount.%
-		\number\subseccount.\enspace}\fi #1
-	\TOCwrite\TOCentrysubsec{\number\seccount.\number\subseccount}{#1}
-        \nobreak\smallskip
-    \endgroup
-    \noindenttrue
-}
-\def\title#1{
-    \vglue2\baselineskip
-    \begingroup \titlefont \parindent-\leftmargin \hyphenpenalty10000
-	 #1\smallskip
-    \endgroup
-    \leftline{Version \fileversion,
-        last changed \fileauthor\space \mungedate\filedate}
-    \ifx\filelocker\empty\else
-        \leftline{Edited by \filelocker\unskip\ \today}
-    \fi
-    \medskip
-    \hrule \vskip1pt \hrule \vskip1pt \hrule \vskip1pt \hrule
-    \medskip
-    \rightline{\theauthor}
-    \bigskip
-    \headline{\hfil\global\headline{%
-        \hskip-\leftmargin \sevenbf \themarks \hfil #1
-        \fileversion
-        \ifx\filelocker\empty
-            \space\mungedate\filedate
-        \else
-            e\space\today
-        \fi
-    }}
-    \TOCwrite\TOCentryfile{}{#1}
-}
-
-% A command to include another complete document in this one.
-
-\def\includedocument#1{
-    \begingroup
-	\let\RELAX\relax
-	\def\relax{\let\relax\RELAX \iffalse}
-	\let\document=\fi
-	\let\enddocument\endinput
-	\lineno=0
-	\input #1
-	\vfil\eject \mark{}
-    \endgroup
-}
-
-\includedocument{maamac.dtx}
-\includedocument{magrmac.dtx}
-\includedocument{pdcadobe.dtx}
-\includedocument{pdccode.dtx}
-\includedocument{pdcfsel.dtx}
-\includedocument{pdcfmt2.dtx}
-\includedocument{pdcl1maa.dtx}
-\includedocument{pdcmisc.dtx}
-\includedocument{pdcoput5.dtx}
-
-\headline{\hfil}
-\null		
-% need a blank page (unfortunate kludge)
-% This is because each embedded document is followed by a page break
-%  but we need the a page break before the TOC to finish writing out
-%  the TOC file.  Argh.
-\frontmatter
-\vfill
-\leftline{\titlefont PDCMAC Mondo Combined Listing}
-\leftline{\titlefont For release 1\kern-0.07em \raise0.5ex\hbox{.}0}
-
-\section{Preface}
-
-	PDCMAC is a package of plain \TeX\ macro files.  The macro files
-	are generated by running plain \TeX\ on |dtx| files, which
-	produces both a copy of the macros and printed documentation
-	(see the {\it PDCMAC User Guide}\/ for more information).  This
-	`combined listing' is a compilation of most of the |dtx| files
-	in the PDCMAC distribution (|pdcsty.dtx|, which generates the
-	sample style files, is not included).
-
-	This compilation document works as follows.  First it reads
-	|pdcmac.tex| and then redefines some macros to write entries for
-	a table of contents, and then reads the |dtx| files one after
-	another.  The results should be same as running \TeX\ on each of
-	the |dtx| files separately, except that the pages are numbered
-	continuously and there is a contents list.
-
-	This is useful for two different purposes: (1)~to make a printed
-	copy of the macros for reference while using them, and (2)~to
-	generate all the macro files in one \TeX\ command instead of
-	several.  This is useful when you cannot use the makefile
-	supplied with the package.  If you do have the makefile, it will
-	probably be the more convenient way to keep the macro files
-	up-to-date.
-
-	The files are included in alphabetical order.  See the PDCCODE
-	chapter below for information on the PDCCODE system.
-
-\endfrontmatter
-\enddocument
-\bye
-
-%Local Variables:
-%fill-prefix: "	"
-%tex-has-children: t
-%End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 59930102a17..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,986 +0,0 @@
-% pdcoput5.dtx -- documentation & source for outpout routine -*-tex-*-
-        
-%%%@TeX-document-file {
-%%% title 	= "PDCOPUT5 -- An output routine for zines",
-%%% filename 	= "$texmf/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.dtx",
-%%% version 	= "$Revision: 5.3 $",
-%%% package 	= "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% date 	= "$Date: 1995/04/06 11:51:03 $",
-%%% author	= "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email	= "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address	= "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,"
-%%%                Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% abstract	= "This document describes and is the source code for 
-%%%                the TeX definitions file pdcoput5.tex.
-%%%                Running plain TeX on this file produces both the
-%%%                definitions file and the printed documentation.",
-%%% copyright	= "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying	= "This program is free software; you can redistribute
-%%%		   it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
-%%%		   General Public License as published by the Free
-%%%		   Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
-%%%		   or (at your option) any later version.",
-%%% notice	= "This program is distributed in the hope that it will
-%%%		   be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the
-%%%		   implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-%%%		   PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
-%%%		   License for more details.",
-%%% notice	= "You should have received a copy of the GNU General
-%%%		   Public License along with this program; if not, write
-%%%		   to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
-%%%		   Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.",
-%%% codetable	= "USASCII",
-%%% dependencies = "pdccode.tex"
-%%%}
-
-%{{{ pdcoput5.tex
-%{{{  preamble
-
-\relax
-\input pdccode
-\input epsf
-
-\document
-\rcs$Id: pdcoput5.dtx,v 5.3 1995/04/06 11:51:03 pdc Exp $\endrcs
-
-\codefile{pdcoput5.tex}
-
-\countdef\counta=255 \newcount\countb
-\counta=`a \countb="7461
-\loop \ifnum\counta<"7B
-    \mathcode\counta\countb
-    \advance\counta1 \advance\countb1
-\repeat
-\counta=`A \countb="7441
-\loop \ifnum\counta<"5B
-    \mathcode\counta\countb
-    \advance\counta1 \advance\countb1
-\repeat
-
-%}}}  preamble
-%{{{  introduction
-
-\title{PDCOPUT5---an output routine for zines}
-
-\section{Introduction}
-
-	This document describes |pdcoput5.tex|, a \TeX\ definition file
-	that defines an output routine for \TeX\ documents.  The
-	complete text of the macros is reproduced, with brief
-	descriptions of how to exploit them.
-
-	In fact, running plain \TeX\ on the file |pdcoput5.dtx|
-	generates a copy of the macros in a file called |pdcoput5.tex|
-	in the current directory, as well as the printed
-	documentation.\footnote*{The \LaTeX~2e distribution uses files
-	with the suffix |dtx| for similar purposes.}  This should help
-	ensure that the printed documentation matches the file it
-	describes.
-
-	The name ends with `-|5|' to distinguish this file from its
-	predecessor (version 4.1.7), so that documents based on the old
-	macros can still be printed.
-
-%{{{   output routines
-\subsec{Output routines}
-
-	In a \TeX\ document, there is a special sequence of \TeX\
-	commands called the {\it output routine} which controls the
-	assembly of pages for output to the |dvi| file.  
-	Plain \TeX\ comes with an output routine that handles simple
-	documents (with footnotes and topinserts); \LaTeX\ has a more
-	complex output routine that has many extra features (margin
-	paragraphs, \LaTeX's floats).
-%}}}   output routines
-%{{{   backgorund
-	
-\subsec{Background to this output routine}
-
-	I have been using \TeX\ to typeset fanzines\footnote\dag{The
-	word {\it fanzine} comes from science fiction fans' jargon: {\it
-	fan} for amateur (in the sense of unpaid, not necessarily
-	amateurish) + {\it magazine}.  (They call professional magazines
-	{\it prozines}.)  Thus a fanzine (or zine for short) is a small
-	magazine, often produced by photocopying or cheap printing by
-	its editor.  The word {\it zine} rhymes with {\it scene} not
-	{\it sign}, and isn't spelled with an apostrophe (unless you are
-	the sort of person who spells {\it phone}, {\it cello} and {\it
-	bus} with an apostrophe).}  for some years.  Unfortunately, for
-	magazine layouts, the `floating' insertions provided by plain
-	\TeX\ and \LaTeX\ do exactly the wrong thing---in a magazine,
-	the designer wants to lay out the components of the page
-	(illustrations, text, headings) exactly where he or she wants
-	them, whereas the standard \TeX\ formats are designed to let the
-	formatter place components according to its own complex rules.
-	
-	Originally I~tried browbeating \LaTeX\ into doing the zine
-	layouts I~wanted.  I realized eventually that by the time I~had
-	redefined enough of \LaTeX's kernel to get the effects I~wanted
-	I~would more or less have written everything from scratch.  The
-	sort of typesetting I~wanted is so unlike what \LaTeX\ is
-	designed for that \LaTeX\ was getting in the way.
-	
-	Thus I~developed a set of \TeX\ definition files,\footnote\ddag{We
-	can ignore the intermediate stage, which involved writing a
-	`user-friendly' format in the style of \LaTeX\ and Texinfo, with
-	structures very different from plain \TeX's syntax.  In the end
-	I realized that a format that requires disguising or renaming
-	plain \TeX\ constructs makes using and modifying the macros
-	harder, not easier, because the user has to understand the new
-	conventions in addition to plain \TeX\ syntax.} with an output
-	routine that allowed a page to be peppered with inserts with the
-	text flowing in between them (with a more restricted class of
-	inserts than, say, a DTP program, but still flexible enough to
-	be useful).  The output routine also does multi-column text---in
-	this respect it is very similar to the |multicol| package in
-	\LaTeX~2e.  The routine presented here has been rewritten from
-	scratch a few times, each time shedding some cruft as I~have a
-	better understanding of \TeX.
-%}}}   backgorund
-%{{{   layout model
-	
-\subsec{The layout model}
-
-\topinsert
-    \line{\vbox{\advance\hsize-1pc \hsize=0.333\hsize
-		\noindent{\bf Figure 1}\quad Page layout.  This shows a
-		page without the optional extra boxes.  In this example,
-		text columns each span two grid cells.  The left-hand
-		column has an illo (space for an illustration) with caption.
-	}%
-	\epsfxsize=\hsize \advance\epsfxsize-1pc
-	\epsfxsize=0.667\epsfxsize \epsffile{oput01.eps}\hfil
-}
-\medskip\hrule\medskip
-\endinsert
-
-\topinsert
-    \line{\epsfxsize=\hsize \advance\epsfxsize-1pc
-	\epsfxsize=0.667\epsfxsize \epsffile{oput02.eps}\hfil
-	\vbox{\advance\hsize-1pc \hsize=0.333\hsize
-		\noindent{\bf Figure 2}\quad Page layout parameters.  
-		This page has with
-		all the optional boxes (shown with dashed lines).  One text
-		column has a space left for artwork.  Text columns are the same
-		width as grid cells.
-	}}
-\medskip\hrule\medskip
-\endinsert
-
-	The main part of the page (everything except the headline and
-	footline) is called the {\it body}.  The body is divided into a
-	grid of cells.  The cells are conceptually the framework on
-	which page components like text columns and illustrations are
-	hung.  For example, text columns may span two cells.  Figure~1
-	shows a simple layout.  Fitting on the grid usually means the
-	width of the object is $N\times gridwd + (N-1)\times colsep$ and
-	its left edge is $K\times(gridwd + colsep)$ from the left edge
-	of the page body.  
-
-	The aim of using a grid layout is to combine flexibility with
-	enough structure that the result is not a chaotic mess.  The
-	example grid is 5~cells wide, so that text columns can probably
-	be 2 or 3 cells wide without being too narrow or too wide.
-	Illustrations may be anything from 1 to 5 cells wide, or may
-	bleed off the page.
-
-	
-
-	
-%}}}   layout model
-%}}}  introduction
-%{{{  identification
-\section{File identification}
-
-	Macro files nowadays tend to start with a whole slew of header
-	comments designed to be useful to people comign across the file
-	in some archive and unaware of what it is for.
-
-\code
-	\|\% \filename~\fileversion~\filedate~-- output routine for zines
-	|
-	|%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-	|%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.tex",
-	\|\%\%\% version~~~~~~~~= "\fileversion",
-	\|\%\%\% date~~~~~~~~~~~= "\filedate",
-	|%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-	|%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-	|%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-	|%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-	|%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-	|%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-	|%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-	|%%% abstract       = "TeX output routine for magazine-style layout.
-	|%%%                   This file was generated by running
-	\|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~plain TeX on \jobname.dtx",
-	|%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-	\|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Distribute \jobname.dtx only as part of the
-	|%%%                   package it came in.",
-	|%%% dependencies   = "",
-	|%%% }
-	|
-	\|\\message\{\fileversion~<pdc \filedate>\}
-	|
-\endcode
-%}}}  identification
-%{{{  internals
-\section{Miscellaneous internal definitions}
-\subsec{Scratch registers}
-	
-	These are one-token names for some handy non-global temporary
-	registers (in plain \TeX\ these are given names with |@| in
-	them; these definitions give them names I can use).
-\code
-	|\countdef\counta=255
-	|\dimendef\dimena=0 \dimendef\dimenb=2
-	|\toksdef\toksa=0 \toksdef\toksb=2
-\endcode
-	I~don't use |\dimen1| and |\toks1| because they are supposed to
-	be used only globally (as discussed in {\it\TeX book}
-	Appendix~B).
-
-\subsec{Queues}
-
-	These macros manipulate queues of instructions for the ouytput
-	routine, represented as list macros of a form similar to those
-	described in {\it\TeX book} Appendix~D Section~2 (the parameters
-	in different order).
-
-\notepar
-	All of these work by making assignments and so will not work in
-	\TeX's mouth.
-\endnotepar
-
-	We can describe these briefly using letters like $x$ to stand
-	for elements (enclosed in braces) and $xs$ to stand for a list
-	macro of $x$s.  Each macr has a duplicate starting with `|g|-'
-	which does the same operation globally.
-
-%	|\prepend| $xs$ $x$ --- $xs:=\langle x\rangle + xs$
-%\code
-%	|\long\def\prepend#1#2{%
-%	|    \toksa={\\{#2}}\toksb=\expandafter{#1}%
-%	|    \edef#1{\the\toksa\the\toksb}%
-%	|}
-%\smallbreak
-%	|\long\def\gprepend#1#2{%
-%	|    \toksa={\\{#2}}\toksb=\expandafter{#1}%
-%	|    \xdef#1{\the\toksa\the\toksb}%
-%	|}
-%\endcode
-	|\qappend| $xs$ $x$ --- $xs:= xs + \langle x\rangle $
-\code
-	|\long\def\qappend#1#2{%
-	|    \toksa={\\{#2}}\toksb=\expandafter{#1}%
-	|    \xdef#1{\the\toksb\the\toksa}%
-	|}
-\endcode
-%	|\catenate| $xs$ $ys$ $zs$ --- $xs:=ys + zs$
-%\code
-%	|\def\catenate#1#2#3{%
-%	|    \toksa=\expandafter{#2}\toksb=\expandafter{#3}%
-%	|    \edef#1{\the\toksa\the\toksb}%
-%	|}
-%\smallbreak
-%	|\def\gcatenate#1#2#3{%
-%	|    \toksa=\expandafter{#2}\toksb=\expandafter{#3}%
-%	|    \xdef#1{\the\toksa\the\toksb}%
-%	|}
-%\endcode
-	|\qremove| $x$ $xs$ --- $x, xs := hd(xs), tl(xs)$
-	(where $xs = \langle hd(xs)\rangle + tl(xs)$)
-\code
-	|\def\qremove#1#2{%
-	|    \expandafter\glopoff#2\glopoff#1#2%
-	|}
-	|\long\def\glopoff\\#1#2\glopoff#3#4{%
-	|    \gdef#3{#1}\gdef#4{#2}%
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-%}}}  internals
-%{{{  parameters
-\section{Parameters}
-
-	We collect here definitions for parameters that customizate the
-	layout.  In documents, many of these are set in using
-	higher-level macros.
-
-	The abbreviations |mg| (margin), |wd| (width) and |ht| (height)
-	are used a lot in dimen names.
-
-\subsec{Heights and depths}
-	The physical size of the paper is $paperwd\times paperwd$.  The
-	area which will be filled with text columns is $bodywd\times
-	bodyht$.  This area is divided in to a grid of cells each
-	$gridwd\times gridht$, with cells separated by $colsep$
-	horizontally but butting vertically (there are $n$ cells, so
-	$n\times gridwd + (n-1)\times colsep = bodywd$).  Finally,
-	$colwd$ is the width of text columns ($colwd = k\times gridwd +
-	(k-1)\times colsep$) and $colht$ is the height of text columns
-	on the current page (it is equal to $bodyht$ iff therte is no
-	topbox or botbox).
-\code
-	|\newdimen\paperwd \newdimen\paperht
-	|\newdimen\bodywd \newdimen\bodyht
-	|\newdimen\gridwd \newdimen\gridht
-	|\newdimen\colwd \newdimen\colht
-\endcode
-
-
-\subsec{Margins and separators}
-	These margins measure from the edge of the paper as defined by
-	|\paperwd| and |\paperht|.  The inner margin (|\innermg|) is on
-	the left on odd pages and on the right for even pages.
-
-	The bottom margin will be increased slightly later on to make
-	$$vsize=N\times baselineskip + topskip\quad.$$
-	
-\code
-	|\newdimen\topmg    \topmg=20mm
-	|\newdimen\outermg  \outermg=20mm
-	|\newdimen\innermg  \innermg=20mm
-	|\newdimen\botmg    \botmg=27mm
-\endcode
-
-	Parameters for the distance between the baselines of the
-	headline and the first line of text the corresponding distance
-	for footlines.
-\code
-	|\newskip\headlineskip  \headlineskip=10mm 
-	|\newskip\footlineskip  \footlineskip=10mm
-\endcode
-
-
-	The parameters |\caprule| and |\capsep| specify the separation
-	between captions and the adjacent text column.  The vertical
-	displacement is $capsep$, with a horizontal rule of thickness
-	$caprule$ is drawn in the middle (set this to $0\pt$ to have no
-	rule).
-
-\code
-	|\newdimen\caprule  \caprule=0.4pt
-	|\newskip\capsep    \capsep=5mm
-\endcode
-
-	The corresponding parameters for column separators---this time
-	it is a vertical rule.
-\code
-	|\newdimen\colrule  \colrule=0.4pt
-	|\newdimen\colsep   \colsep=5mm
-\endcode
-
-	The number of text columns on a page.  
-\code
-	|\newcount\ncols \ncols=1
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Boxes}
-	To switch the number of columns in mid page, the first text is
-	run through the output routine and the resultant partial page is
-	stored in |\partialpage| to be placed at the top of the next
-	output.
-
-\code
-	|\newbox\partialpage  
-\endcode
-
-	The special boxes |\topbox| and |\botbox|, if non-void, are
-	placed at the top and bottom of the page, going inside the
-	headline and footline but outside the body text area (which is
-	reduced correspondingly).  These are often useful in
-	multi-column text to put titles that span the page.
-\code
-	|\newbox\topbox \newbox\botbox
-\endcode
-
-	These boxes, if not void, go at the left and right of the body
-	text.  The amount of space for columns of text is reduced by the
-	width of the boxes.
-\code
-	|\newbox\leftbox \newbox\rightbox
-\endcode
-
-	The output routine is passed the current page contents in
-	box~255.
-\code
-	|\chardef\pagebox=255
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Hooks}
-
-	These two list macros are used to override the output routine
-	with customized layouts.
-
-	One item is removed from |\pagelist| to generate each page body
-	(the page body is everything except the headline, footline,
-	topbox, botbox amd partial page).  If the list is empty, then
-	the default action is `|\makebody\pagebox|'.  The commands
-	should make a box with width |\bodywd|m and heght |\colht|.
-\code
-	|\let\pagelist\empty
-\endcode
-	An item is removed from |\collist| each time a column is to be
-	created by |\makebody|.  Each item should be \TeX\ commands that
-	generate a box with width |\colwd| and height |\colht|.
-\code
-	|\let\collist\empty
-\endcode
-
-	Finally, token registers that may be used to customize pages and
-	captions.  For example, |\everypage| is used in |pdccmdoc.tex|
-	to create an empty |\leftbox| on each page.
-\code
-	|\newtoks\everypage
-	|\newtoks\everycaption
-\endcode
-%}}}  parameters
-%{{{  make a column (vbox)
-\section{How to make one column}
-
-	This is the default way to generate a column of text---this will
-	normally be invoked $k$ times if there are $k$ columns.
-
-	A column is a vbox of height $colht$ and width $colwd$.  It
-	contains, in order from top to bottom, an illustration (vertical
-	mode material, normally white space for artwork to be pasted
-	into), caption separator, text (from the page), caption
-	separator, and bottom illustration.  The illustrations are
-	usually omitted.  When there is no illustration, the caption
-	separators are omitted too.
- 	The macro takes the following parameters:
-$$\halign{\indent\tt\##\hfil&\quad#\hfil&\quad#\hfil\cr
-	1&  vertical mode material& illustration at top of column\cr
-	2&  \<8-bit number>&	box to make middle out of\cr
-	3&  vertical mode material& illustration for bottom of column\cr
-}$$ 
- 	To make baselines line up, $capsep=baselineskip$ and the height
-	of a top illustration must be $N\times baselineskip + topskip$
-	and of a bottom illustration must be $N\times baselineskip$
-	(|\prevdepth| is set to $0\pt$ at the start of the bottom
-	illustration, so if it starts with a box, baselineskip glue will
-	be inserted to make the baseline of the box align correctly.)
-\code
-	|\newdimen\toptotal \newdimen\bottotal
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\xxxmakecolumn#1#2#3#4#5{\xmakecolumn
-	|    {\ifdim#1=0pt\else \kern#1 \fi
-	|     \def\tmp{#2}\ifx\tmp\empty\else #2 \fi}
-	|    {#3}
-	|    {\def\tmp{#2}\ifx\tmp\empty\else #2 \fi
-	|     \ifdim#1=0pt\else \kern#1 \fi}%
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\xmakecolumn#1#2#3{%
-	|    \vbox to \colht{
-\endcode
-	Calculate in |\dimena| how much of the text box will be needed
-	once we have allowed for any illustrations, footnotes or
-	topinserts:
-\code
-	|        \dimena\colht 
-	|        \setbox0=\vbox{#1}\advance\dimena-\ht0
-	|        \ifdim\ht0>0pt 
-	|            \advance\dimena-\capsep 
-	|            \advance\dimena\topskip \advance\dimena-\baselineskip
-	|        \fi
-	|        \setbox4=\vbox{\prevdepth=0pt #3}%
-	|        \advance\dimena-\ht4
-	|        \ifdim\ht4>0pt \advance\dimena-\capsep \fi
-	|        \ifvoid\footins\else
-	|            \advance\dimena-\ht\footins
-	|            \advance\dimena-\skip\footins
-	|        \fi
-	|        \ifvoid\topins\else
-	|            \advance\dimena-\ht\topins
-	|            \advance\dimena-\skip\topins
-	|        \fi
-\endcode
-	Split that much text off the top of the box:
-\code
-	|        \splittopskip\topskip \splitmaxdepth\maxdepth
-	|        \setbox2=\vsplit#2to\dimena
-\endcode
-	Now to sandwich it all together.  
-\code
-	|        \dimena=\ht0 \dimenb=\dp0 \unvbox0
-	|        \ifdim\dimena>0pt  
-	|            \prevdepth=\dimenb
-	|            \capseparator 
-	|            \dimena\baselineskip \advance\dimena-\topskip
-	|            \kern\dimena
-	|            \nointerlineskip
-	|        \fi
-	|        \ifvoid\topins\else \unvbox\topins \vskip\skip\topins \fi
-	|        \dimena\dp2	
-	|        \ifvoid2 \vfil \else \unvbox2 \fi
-	|        \ifvoid\footins \else
-	|            \vskip\skip\footins \footnoterule
-	|            \dimena=\dp\footins \unvbox\footins
-	|        \fi
-	|        \ifdim\ht4>0pt 
-	|            \prevdepth=\dimena
-	|            \capseparator \kern-\prevdepth \prevdepth0pt
-	|        \fi
-	|        \unvbox4
-	|    }%
-	|}
-\endcode
-	The caption separator is in an hbox so that 
-	baselineskip glue will be added appropriately.
-\code
-	|\def\capseparator{%
-	|    \hbox to \colwd{%
-	|        \dimena=0.5ex \advance\dimena-0.5\caprule
-	|        \dimenb=\dimena \advance\dimenb\caprule
-	|        \vrule height \dimenb depth-\dimena width\colwd
-	|    }%
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	Here's a macro for making an illustration (blank space) with
-	caption, suitable for top of page.  |#1| is the cation, |#2| is
-	vertical mode material commands to make the illustration (often
-	this will be something like `|\kern|$n$|\baselineskip|' to leave
-	$n$ lines of blank space).  The whitespace between illustration
-	and caption is adjusted to make the whole shebang line up.
-\code
-	|\def\topillustration#1#2{%
-	|    \setbox0=\vbox{#2}%
-	|    \dimena\ht0 \dimenb\dp0 \unvbox0
-	|    \counta\dimena \divide\counta\baselineskip
-	|    \advance\dimena-\counta\baselineskip \advance\dimena-\topskip
-	|    \kern-\dimena \prevdepth\dimenb
-	|    \hsize=\colwd \vskip-\parskip \noindent#1\par
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	Similar for bottom of column.
-\code
-	|\def\botillustration#1#2{%
-	|    \setbox0\vbox{\hsize=\colwd \vskip-\parskip \prevdepth=0pt #1}
-	|    \setbox2=\vbox{\prevdepth=\dp0 #2}%
-	|    \dimena=\ht0 \advance\dimena\dp0 \advance\dimena\ht2
-	|    \unvbox0
-	|    \counta\dimena \divide\counta\baselineskip 
-	|    \advance\dimena-\counta\baselineskip 
-	|    \advance\dimena-\baselineskip
-	|    \kern-\dimena
-	|    \unvbox2
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-%}}}  make a column
-%{{{  make body part of page (hbox)
-\section{Making the page body hbox}
-
-	The page body is everything except the footline, headline,
-	topbox and botbox.  It should be a box of height |\bodywd|
-	(which is normally fixed) and height |\colht| (which is
-	|\bodyht| minus the top and bot boxes).
-
-	The default macro for making the body is |\makebody| which takes
-	as its parameter the box number (usually |\pagebox|).  (This may
-	be replaced by adding items to the list macro |\pagelist|.)
-\code
-	|\def\makebody#1{%
-	|    \hbox to \bodywd{%
-	|        \ifvoid\leftbox\else 
-	|            \box\leftbox 
-	|            \colseparator
-	|        \fi
-	|        \makecolumnfromcollist{#1}%
-	|        \counta\ncols
-	|        \loop \ifnum\counta>1
-	|            \colseparator
-	|            \makecolumnfromcollist{#1}%
-	|            \advance\counta -1
-	|        \repeat
-	|        \ifvoid\rightbox\else 
-	|            \colseparator
-	|            \box\rightbox 
-	|        \fi
-	|    }%
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\colseparator{%
-	|    \hfil \vrule width\colrule depth0pt \hfil 
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	The macro |\makecolumnfromcollist| is used to generate columns
-	(which must be boxes of height |\colht| and width |\colwd|).  It
-	uses the next item on |\collist| if there is one, otherwise it
-	just uses |\xmakecolumn|.
-\code
-	|\def\makecolumnfromcollist#1{%
-	|    \ifx\collist\empty
-	|        \xmakecolumn{}{#1}{}%
-	|    \else
-	|        \qremove\temp\collist
-	|        \temp
-	|    \fi
-	|}
-	|
-\endcode
-%}}}  make insides of page (hbox)
-%{{{  make a page (vbox)
-\section{Making a page vbox}
-
-	The macro generates a new page---a vbox to be `shipped out'.
-	The first page includes a |papersize| special; this is because
-	if the macros used to change the paper size also generated the
-	|\special| then there might be conflicting |\special|s which
-	would confuse the printer driver.  This way the paper size may
-	be changed a few times before the first page.
-
-	The |\colht| register is set to the height of text columns on
-	this page (which is $bodyht$ minus the height of any partial
-	page, top or bottom boxes).
-\code
-	|\def\makepage{%
-	|    \vbox{
-	|        \papersizespecial
-	|        \colht\bodyht \advance\colht-\ht\partialpage
-	|        \advance\colht-\ht\topbox \advance\colht-\ht\botbox
-	|        \advance\colht-\dp\partialpage
-	|        \advance\colht-\dp\topbox
-	|        \the\everypage
-	|        \makeheadline \nointerlineskip
-	|        \box\partialpage \nointerlineskip
-	|        \box\topbox \nointerlineskip
-	|        \ifx\pagelist\empty
-	|            \makebody\pagebox
-	|        \else
-	|            \qremove\temp\pagelist 
-	|            \temp
-	|        \fi
-	|        \unvbox\botbox
-	|        \makefootline
-	|    }%
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	The |\makeheadline| macro generates the headline in the form of
-	vertical mode material with zero height.  It is expanded after
-	|\everypage| has been expanded, at the very top of the page's
-	vbox.
-\code
-	|\def\makeheadline{
-	|    \vbox to 0pt {
-	|        \skip0=\topskip \advance\skip0-2\ht\strutbox 
-	|        \advance\skip0-\headlineskip
-	|        \vskip\skip0
-	|        \hbox to \bodywd{\the\headline}
-	|        \vss
-	|    }
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	The footline is, naturally, generated with |\makefootline|.
-	This time there is no requirement for it to be zero height.  It
-	is the last thing in the box being shipped out.
-\code
-	|\def\makefootline{{
-	|    \baselineskip=\footlineskip
-	|    \hbox to \bodywd{\the\footline}
-	|}}
-\endcode
-
-	The |papersize| special is specified in the manual for DVIPS.
-	It specifies the physical size of the medium---and so must be
-	multiplied by the current magnification.
-\code
-	|\def\papersizespecial{{%
-	|    \dimena=0.001\paperwd \multiply\dimena\mag
-	|    \dimenb=0.001\paperht \multiply\dimenb\mag
-	|    \special{papersize=\the\dimena,\the\dimenb}%
-	|    \global\let\papersizespecial=\relax
-	|}}
-	|
-\endcode
-%}}}  make a page (vbox)
-%{{{  output
-\section{The output routine}
-
-	The output routine sets |\hoffset| appropiately (subtracting
-	$1{\scriptstyle''}$ to allow for \TeX's peculiar origin point
-	one inch from the top left of the page.
-\code
-	|\def\pdcoutput{%
-	|    \ifodd\pageno \hoffset=\innermg \else \hoffset=\outermg \fi
-	|    \advance\hoffset-1 true in
-	|    \voffset=\topmg
-	|    \advance\voffset-1truein
-	|    \shipout\makepage \advancepageno 
-	|    \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else \dosupereject \fi
-	|    \unvbox\pagebox
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\output={\pdcoutput}
-\endcode
-%}}}  output
-%{{{  automated column setting
-\section{Specifying a grid}
-
-	These macros for setting the paper size ought to be invoked
-	after the base font and baseline skip have been set but before
-	the numebr of columns is chosen.
-
-\subsec{Specifiying the paper size}
-
-	This is a macro that might be used in documents.  It takes two
-	parameters, \<dimen>s for the width and height of the paper.
-\code
-	|\def\setpaper#1#2{%
-	|    \paperwd=#1\relax
-	|    \paperht=#2\relax
-	|    \OPUTcalcbodywdht
-	|    \OPUTcalctopskip
-	|}
-\endcode
-	Calculate the page body width |\bodywd| from the paper size and
-	the size of the margins:
-\code
-	|\def\OPUTcalcbodywdht{
-	|    \bodywd=\paperwd \advance\bodywd-\outermg \advance\bodywd-\innermg
-	|    \bodyht=\paperht \advance\bodyht-\topmg \advance\bodyht-\botmg
-	|    \OPUTcalctopskip
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	To avoid having to write `Aiv' or `afour' for specifying
-	international standard A4 paper, I~use an
-	|\ifcase|.\footnote*{Note for Americans: A4 corresponds to
-	American Letter size, and A3 to Ledger size.}  This macro
-	handles A0 to A5.
-\code
-	|\def\setpaperA#1{
-	|    \ifcase#1
-	|        \setpaper{841mm}{1189mm}\or
-	|        \setpaper{594mm}{841mm}\or	
-	|        \setpaper{420mm}{594mm}\or	
-	|        \setpaper{297mm}{420mm}\or	
-	|        \setpaper{210mm}{297mm}\or	
-	|        \setpaper{148mm}{210mm}	
-	|    \else
-	|        \errmessage{Dunno how big DIN A#1 paper is, sorry.}
-	|    \fi
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Adjusting the body height and top skip}
-
-	Plain \TeX\ sets |\topskip| to $10\pt$, which means there is a
-	gap between the top of the letters of the top line of text and
-	the top of the pages's vbox (i.e., $vsize$ is measured from the
-	baseline of the last line to a line $topskip$ above the baseline
-	of the first line).  For magazine-style setting, it is more
-	usual to have $topskip$ set to the cap-height of the font
-	(assuming there are no strange tall characters in use).  
-
-	To have an exactly $N$ lines to a page,
-    $$
-	bodyht = (N-1)\times baselineskip + topskip	\quad.
-    $$  
- 	This macro increases the bottom margin in order to set $bodyht$
-	to such a value.
-\code
-	|\def\OPUTcalctopskip{
-	|    \setbox0=\hbox{AXbl()!gyJQ,}
-	|    \topskip=\ht0 \maxdepth=\dp0
-	|    \advance\bodyht-\topskip \divide\bodyht\baselineskip
-	|    \multiply\bodyht\baselineskip \advance\bodyht\topskip
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	Give this value for $bodyht$, we can set $hsize$ and $vsize$
-	according to the number of columns to a page.  For $N$ lines to
-	a column, we need $N\times ncols$ lines to make a whole page, so
-    $$
-	\eqalign{vsize 
-		&= (ncols \times N - 1) \times baselineskip + topskip\cr
-		&= (bodyht + \delta) \times ncols - \delta\cr
-	}
-    $$
- 	where $\delta=baselineskip-topskip$.
-\code
-	|\def\OPUTcalchsizevsize{
-	|    \hsize=\colwd
-	|    \vsize=\bodyht 
-	|    \advance\vsize-\topskip \advance\vsize\baselineskip 
-	|    \multiply\vsize\ncols 
-	|    \advance\vsize-\baselineskip \advance\vsize\topskip
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-
-\subsec{Setting the number of columns}
-
-	Now some macros used in documents for setting the number of
-	coumns.  In the general case we have a grid of $n$ cells with
-	text columnns spanning $k$ cells.  This macro takes two number
-	parameters, $n$ and $k$.  It sets |\ncols| to as many columns
-	fit on the page.
-    $$
-	\eqalign{colwd &= k \times gridwd + (k - 1) \times colsep\cr
-	ncols &= \lfloor n \mathbin/ k \rfloor\cr}
-    $$ 
- 	Often $n$ is not a multiple of $k$, which leaves some grid cells
-	`spare' for illustrations or extra margins and so on.
-\code
-	|\def\setnkgrid#1#2{%
-	|    \gridwd=\bodywd 
-	|    \advance\gridwd-#1\colsep \advance\gridwd\colsep \divide\gridwd#1
-	|    \colwd#2\gridwd \advance\colwd#2\colsep \advance\colwd-\colsep
-	|    \ncols#1 \divide\ncols#2
-	|    \gridht=\baselineskip
-	|    \capsep=\gridht
-	|    \OPUTcalchsizevsize
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	For simpler layouts, we just set the number of columns and set
-	the grid and column widths to be the same.
-\code
-	|\def\setncolumns#1{%
-	|    \colwd=\bodywd
-	|    \advance\colwd-#1\colsep \advance\colwd\colsep \divide\colwd #1
-	|    \gridwd=\colwd
-	|    \ncols=#1
-	|    \OPUTcalchsizevsize
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Setting default values}
-
-	We give all the parameters default values by assuming A4 paper
-	and a single-column layout in \TeX's default fonts.
-\code
-	|\setpaperA4
-	|\setncolumns1
-\endcode
-
-%}}}  automated column setting
-%{{{  balancing columns
-\section{Routines for balanced columns}
-
-\subsec{Balanced columns from a rigid vbox}
-
-	This is the routine discussed in {\it\TeX book}, Appendix~D,
-	Section~7 (pp.\thinspace396--397).  It takes a rigid, regular
-	vbox (rigid meaning there is no stretchable glue between lines,
-	and regular meaning that baselines are all the same distance
-	apart).  Its parameters are
-    $$\centerline{\vbox{\halign{\tt\char`\##\hfil&&\quad#\hfil\cr
-	1&\<8-bit number>&	box to chop\cr
-	2&\<number>&		how many columns to make (${}>0$)\cr
-	3&\<dimen>&		the value of \cs{topskip} for the box\cr
-	4&tokens&		what to put between columns\cr
-    }}}$$
- 	the last parameter will usually be |\hfil| or |\colseparator|.
-	Usually this command will be used like
-$$\hbox{|\hbox to \bodywd{\rigidbalance...}|}$$
-	
-
-\code
-	|\newcount\RGDncols
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\rigidbalance#1#2#3#4{%
-	|    \setbox0=\box#1\relax \RGDncols=#2\relax \toksa={#4}%
-	|    \begingroup\splittopskip#3\relax \vbadness=10000 
-	|        \valign{##\vfil\cr \RGDdosplits}%
-	|    \endgroup
-	|}
-\endcode
-	The helper function that produces the insides of the valign is
-	recursive.
-\code
-	|\def\RGDdosplits{
-	|    \dimena\ht0 \divide\dimena\RGDncols 
-	|    \advance\dimena\splittopskip
-	|    \setbox1=\vsplit0 to\dimena
-	|    \unvbox1
-	|    \global\advance\RGDncols-1
-	|    \cr
-	|    \ifnum\RGDncols>0 
-	|        \noalign{\the\toksa}
-	|        \RGDdosplits
-	|    \fi
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Balance partial page}
-
-	Occasionally it is useful to switch between different grids or
-	numbers of columns within one page.  This macro does this,
-	creating a shorter-than-usual page body (including topbox and
-	botbox) and then putting the result in |\partialpage| Its
-	parameters are |#1| the \TeX\ code used to generate the text
-	columns and |#2| what to put between the partial page and the
-	rest of the page.
-
-\code
-	|\def\makepartialpage#1#2{
-	|    \maybepagebreak
-	|    \begingroup
-	|        \output{%
-	|            \message{[partial}
-	|            \setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox\pagebox}%
-	|            \global\setbox\partialpage\vbox{
-	|                \box\partialpage \nointerlineskip
-	|                \the\everypage
-	|                \box\topbox \nointerlineskip
-	|                \hbox to \bodywd{%
-	|                    \ifvoid\leftbox\else 
-	|                        \box\leftbox \colseparator 
-	|                    \fi
-	|                    #1%
-	|                    \ifvoid\rightbox\else 
-	|                        \colseparator \box\rightbox 
-	|                    \fi
-	|                }% \nointerlineskip
-	|                \box\botbox
-	|                #2
-	|                \dimena\baselineskip \advance\dimena-\topskip
-	|                \kern\dimena
-	|            }%
-	|            \message{page]}
-	|        }
-	|        \eject
-	|    \endgroup
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\rigidbalancepartialpage{
-	|    \makepartialpage{\rigidbalance0\ncols\topskip\colseparator}
-	|}
-\endcode
-	Occasionally \TeX\ might have just over a pageful of text when
-	this command is used (since the page break calculations do not
-	take into account the space subtracted by
-	illustrations\footnote*{This is probably a bug.}). In this case
-	we have to force out a complete page.
-\code
-	|\def\maybepagebreak{%
-	|    \vskip0pt plus\baselineskip \penalty-100
-	|    \loop 
-	|        \dimena\vsize \advance\dimena-\ncols\ht\partialpage
-	|        \advance\dimena-\ncols\ht\topbox
-	|        \advance\dimena-\ncols\ht\botbox
-	|    \ifdim\pagetotal>\dimena
-	|        \eject\null
-	|    \repeat
-	|}
-\endcode
-%}}}  balancing columns
-\endcodefile 
-\enddocument 
-\bye
-%}}} pdcoput5.tex
-
-%Local variables:
-%fold-folded-p: t
-%fill-prefix: "	"
-%End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 30828ac9358..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,336 +0,0 @@
-% pdcoput5.dtx 5.3 1995/04/06 -- output routine for zines
-
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.tex",
-%%% version        = "5.3",
-%%% date           = "1995/04/06",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "TeX output routine for magazine-style layout.
-%%%                   This file was generated by running
-%%%                   plain TeX on pdcoput5.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcoput5.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "",
-%%% }
-
-\message{5.3 <pdc 1995/04/06>}
-
-\countdef\counta=255
-\dimendef\dimena=0 \dimendef\dimenb=2
-\toksdef\toksa=0 \toksdef\toksb=2
-\long\def\qappend#1#2{%
-    \toksa={\\{#2}}\toksb=\expandafter{#1}%
-    \xdef#1{\the\toksb\the\toksa}%
-}
-\def\qremove#1#2{%
-    \expandafter\glopoff#2\glopoff#1#2%
-}
-\long\def\glopoff\\#1#2\glopoff#3#4{%
-    \gdef#3{#1}\gdef#4{#2}%
-}
-\newdimen\paperwd \newdimen\paperht
-\newdimen\bodywd \newdimen\bodyht
-\newdimen\gridwd \newdimen\gridht
-\newdimen\colwd \newdimen\colht
-\newdimen\topmg    \topmg=20mm
-\newdimen\outermg  \outermg=20mm
-\newdimen\innermg  \innermg=20mm
-\newdimen\botmg    \botmg=27mm
-\newskip\headlineskip  \headlineskip=10mm
-\newskip\footlineskip  \footlineskip=10mm
-\newdimen\caprule  \caprule=0.4pt
-\newskip\capsep    \capsep=5mm
-\newdimen\colrule  \colrule=0.4pt
-\newdimen\colsep   \colsep=5mm
-\newcount\ncols \ncols=1
-\newbox\partialpage
-\newbox\topbox \newbox\botbox
-\newbox\leftbox \newbox\rightbox
-\chardef\pagebox=255
-\let\pagelist\empty
-\let\collist\empty
-\newtoks\everypage
-\newtoks\everycaption
-\newdimen\toptotal \newdimen\bottotal
-\def\xxxmakecolumn#1#2#3#4#5{\xmakecolumn
-    {\ifdim#1=0pt\else \kern#1 \fi
-     \def\tmp{#2}\ifx\tmp\empty\else #2 \fi}
-    {#3}
-    {\def\tmp{#2}\ifx\tmp\empty\else #2 \fi
-     \ifdim#1=0pt\else \kern#1 \fi}%
-}
-\def\xmakecolumn#1#2#3{%
-    \vbox to \colht{
-        \dimena\colht
-        \setbox0=\vbox{#1}\advance\dimena-\ht0
-        \ifdim\ht0>0pt
-            \advance\dimena-\capsep
-            \advance\dimena\topskip \advance\dimena-\baselineskip
-        \fi
-        \setbox4=\vbox{\prevdepth=0pt #3}%
-        \advance\dimena-\ht4
-        \ifdim\ht4>0pt \advance\dimena-\capsep \fi
-        \ifvoid\footins\else
-            \advance\dimena-\ht\footins
-            \advance\dimena-\skip\footins
-        \fi
-        \ifvoid\topins\else
-            \advance\dimena-\ht\topins
-            \advance\dimena-\skip\topins
-        \fi
-        \splittopskip\topskip \splitmaxdepth\maxdepth
-        \setbox2=\vsplit#2to\dimena
-        \dimena=\ht0 \dimenb=\dp0 \unvbox0
-        \ifdim\dimena>0pt
-            \prevdepth=\dimenb
-            \capseparator
-            \dimena\baselineskip \advance\dimena-\topskip
-            \kern\dimena
-            \nointerlineskip
-        \fi
-        \ifvoid\topins\else \unvbox\topins \vskip\skip\topins \fi
-        \dimena\dp2
-        \ifvoid2 \vfil \else \unvbox2 \fi
-        \ifvoid\footins \else
-            \vskip\skip\footins \footnoterule
-            \dimena=\dp\footins \unvbox\footins
-        \fi
-        \ifdim\ht4>0pt
-            \prevdepth=\dimena
-            \capseparator \kern-\prevdepth \prevdepth0pt
-        \fi
-        \unvbox4
-    }%
-}
-\def\capseparator{%
-    \hbox to \colwd{%
-        \dimena=0.5ex \advance\dimena-0.5\caprule
-        \dimenb=\dimena \advance\dimenb\caprule
-        \vrule height \dimenb depth-\dimena width\colwd
-    }%
-}
-\def\topillustration#1#2{%
-    \setbox0=\vbox{#2}%
-    \dimena\ht0 \dimenb\dp0 \unvbox0
-    \counta\dimena \divide\counta\baselineskip
-    \advance\dimena-\counta\baselineskip \advance\dimena-\topskip
-    \kern-\dimena \prevdepth\dimenb
-    \hsize=\colwd \vskip-\parskip \noindent#1\par
-}
-\def\botillustration#1#2{%
-    \setbox0\vbox{\hsize=\colwd \vskip-\parskip \prevdepth=0pt #1}
-    \setbox2=\vbox{\prevdepth=\dp0 #2}%
-    \dimena=\ht0 \advance\dimena\dp0 \advance\dimena\ht2
-    \unvbox0
-    \counta\dimena \divide\counta\baselineskip
-    \advance\dimena-\counta\baselineskip
-    \advance\dimena-\baselineskip
-    \kern-\dimena
-    \unvbox2
-}
-\def\makebody#1{%
-    \hbox to \bodywd{%
-        \ifvoid\leftbox\else
-            \box\leftbox
-            \colseparator
-        \fi
-        \makecolumnfromcollist{#1}%
-        \counta\ncols
-        \loop \ifnum\counta>1
-            \colseparator
-            \makecolumnfromcollist{#1}%
-            \advance\counta -1
-        \repeat
-        \ifvoid\rightbox\else
-            \colseparator
-            \box\rightbox
-        \fi
-    }%
-}
-\def\colseparator{%
-    \hfil \vrule width\colrule depth0pt \hfil
-}
-\def\makecolumnfromcollist#1{%
-    \ifx\collist\empty
-        \xmakecolumn{}{#1}{}%
-    \else
-        \qremove\temp\collist
-        \temp
-    \fi
-}
-
-\def\makepage{%
-    \vbox{
-        \papersizespecial
-        \colht\bodyht \advance\colht-\ht\partialpage
-        \advance\colht-\ht\topbox \advance\colht-\ht\botbox
-        \advance\colht-\dp\partialpage
-        \advance\colht-\dp\topbox
-        \the\everypage
-        \makeheadline \nointerlineskip
-        \box\partialpage \nointerlineskip
-        \box\topbox \nointerlineskip
-        \ifx\pagelist\empty
-            \makebody\pagebox
-        \else
-            \qremove\temp\pagelist
-            \temp
-        \fi
-        \unvbox\botbox
-        \makefootline
-    }%
-}
-\def\makeheadline{
-    \vbox to 0pt {
-        \skip0=\topskip \advance\skip0-2\ht\strutbox
-        \advance\skip0-\headlineskip
-        \vskip\skip0
-        \hbox to \bodywd{\the\headline}
-        \vss
-    }
-}
-\def\makefootline{{
-    \baselineskip=\footlineskip
-    \hbox to \bodywd{\the\footline}
-}}
-\def\papersizespecial{{%
-    \dimena=0.001\paperwd \multiply\dimena\mag
-    \dimenb=0.001\paperht \multiply\dimenb\mag
-    \special{papersize=\the\dimena,\the\dimenb}%
-    \global\let\papersizespecial=\relax
-}}
-
-\def\pdcoutput{%
-    \ifodd\pageno \hoffset=\innermg \else \hoffset=\outermg \fi
-    \advance\hoffset-1 true in
-    \voffset=\topmg
-    \advance\voffset-1truein
-    \shipout\makepage \advancepageno
-    \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else \dosupereject \fi
-    \unvbox\pagebox
-}
-\output={\pdcoutput}
-\def\setpaper#1#2{%
-    \paperwd=#1\relax
-    \paperht=#2\relax
-    \OPUTcalcbodywdht
-    \OPUTcalctopskip
-}
-\def\OPUTcalcbodywdht{
-    \bodywd=\paperwd \advance\bodywd-\outermg \advance\bodywd-\innermg
-    \bodyht=\paperht \advance\bodyht-\topmg \advance\bodyht-\botmg
-    \OPUTcalctopskip
-}
-\def\setpaperA#1{
-    \ifcase#1
-        \setpaper{841mm}{1189mm}\or
-        \setpaper{594mm}{841mm}\or
-        \setpaper{420mm}{594mm}\or
-        \setpaper{297mm}{420mm}\or
-        \setpaper{210mm}{297mm}\or
-        \setpaper{148mm}{210mm}
-    \else
-        \errmessage{Dunno how big DIN A#1 paper is, sorry.}
-    \fi
-}
-\def\OPUTcalctopskip{
-    \setbox0=\hbox{AXbl()!gyJQ,}
-    \topskip=\ht0 \maxdepth=\dp0
-    \advance\bodyht-\topskip \divide\bodyht\baselineskip
-    \multiply\bodyht\baselineskip \advance\bodyht\topskip
-}
-\def\OPUTcalchsizevsize{
-    \hsize=\colwd
-    \vsize=\bodyht
-    \advance\vsize-\topskip \advance\vsize\baselineskip
-    \multiply\vsize\ncols
-    \advance\vsize-\baselineskip \advance\vsize\topskip
-}
-\def\setnkgrid#1#2{%
-    \gridwd=\bodywd
-    \advance\gridwd-#1\colsep \advance\gridwd\colsep \divide\gridwd#1
-    \colwd#2\gridwd \advance\colwd#2\colsep \advance\colwd-\colsep
-    \ncols#1 \divide\ncols#2
-    \gridht=\baselineskip
-    \capsep=\gridht
-    \OPUTcalchsizevsize
-}
-\def\setncolumns#1{%
-    \colwd=\bodywd
-    \advance\colwd-#1\colsep \advance\colwd\colsep \divide\colwd #1
-    \gridwd=\colwd
-    \ncols=#1
-    \OPUTcalchsizevsize
-}
-\setpaperA4
-\setncolumns1
-\newcount\RGDncols
-\def\rigidbalance#1#2#3#4{%
-    \setbox0=\box#1\relax \RGDncols=#2\relax \toksa={#4}%
-    \begingroup\splittopskip#3\relax \vbadness=10000
-        \valign{##\vfil\cr \RGDdosplits}%
-    \endgroup
-}
-\def\RGDdosplits{
-    \dimena\ht0 \divide\dimena\RGDncols
-    \advance\dimena\splittopskip
-    \setbox1=\vsplit0 to\dimena
-    \unvbox1
-    \global\advance\RGDncols-1
-    \cr
-    \ifnum\RGDncols>0
-        \noalign{\the\toksa}
-        \RGDdosplits
-    \fi
-}
-\def\makepartialpage#1#2{
-    \maybepagebreak
-    \begingroup
-        \output{%
-            \message{[partial}
-            \setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox\pagebox}%
-            \global\setbox\partialpage\vbox{
-                \box\partialpage \nointerlineskip
-                \the\everypage
-                \box\topbox \nointerlineskip
-                \hbox to \bodywd{%
-                    \ifvoid\leftbox\else
-                        \box\leftbox \colseparator
-                    \fi
-                    #1%
-                    \ifvoid\rightbox\else
-                        \colseparator \box\rightbox
-                    \fi
-                }% \nointerlineskip
-                \box\botbox
-                #2
-                \dimena\baselineskip \advance\dimena-\topskip
-                \kern\dimena
-            }%
-            \message{page]}
-        }
-        \eject
-    \endgroup
-}
-\def\rigidbalancepartialpage{
-    \makepartialpage{\rigidbalance0\ncols\topskip\colseparator}
-}
-\def\maybepagebreak{%
-    \vskip0pt plus\baselineskip \penalty-100
-    \loop
-        \dimena\vsize \advance\dimena-\ncols\ht\partialpage
-        \advance\dimena-\ncols\ht\topbox
-        \advance\dimena-\ncols\ht\botbox
-    \ifdim\pagetotal>\dimena
-        \eject\null
-    \repeat
-}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcpsdoc.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcpsdoc.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 59d64508a5e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcpsdoc.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-% pdcpsdoc.tex 1.2 1995/03/30 -- macros for short documents
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "pdcpsdoc.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.2",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, style file",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%%                   This macro file was generated by running plain
-%%%                   TeX on pdcsty.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcsty.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "pdcadobe.tex, pdcfmt2.tex, pdcfsel.tex,
-%%%                   pdchyex.tex, pdcimth.tex, pdcmigr.tex,
-%%%                   pdcoput5.tex, pdcdoc.def",
-%%%}
-
-\message{1.2 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\input pdcimth
-\input pdcmigr
-\input pdcfmt2
-\input pdchyex
-\input pdcoput5
-\input pdcfsel
-\input pdcadobe
-\autoloadfonts
-\def\KBcanonical#1{%
-    \expcs\ifx{KB#1}\relax #1\else\csname KB#1\endcsname \fi
-}
-\ifx\KBadobe\UNDEFINED \def\KBadobe#1{\KBcanonical{#10}} \fi
-\def\KBit#1{\KBcanonical{#1i}}
-\def\KBbi#1{\KBbf{#1i}}
-\def\KBbf#1{\expandafter\KBbfx#1.}
-\def\KBbfx#1#2#3#4#5.{\KBcanonical{#1#2#3b#5}}
-\def\KBpagbr{pagdr}        \def\KBpagbri{pagdro}
-\def\KBpbkbr{pbkdr}        \def\KBpbkbri{pbkdri}
-\def\KBpagri{pagro}        \def\KBpagbi{pagbo}
-\def\KBphvri{phvro}        \def\KBphvbi{phvbo}
-\def\KBpcrri{pcrro}        \def\KBpcrbi{pcrbo}
-\def\KBphvrrni{phvron}     \def\KBphvbrni{phvbon}
-\def\KBphvrrn0{phvr0n}     \def\KBphvbrn0{phvb0n}
-\def\KBphvrrni0{phvro0n}   \def\KBphvbrni0{phvbo0n}
-\ifx\headingfontname\UNDEFINED \def\headingfontname{phvr} \fi
-\ifx\headingttfontname\UNDEFINED \def\headingttfontname{pcrb} \fi
-\def\STYheadingT{%
-    \@\f{rm}{\headingfontname}\@\m{mi}{cmmi10}\@\m{sy}{cmsy10}%
-    \@\f{asy}{psyr}%
-    \@\f{it}{\KBit\headingfontname}%
-    \@\f{tt}{\headingttfontname}\@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-}
-\loadfont\bodysy{cmsy10 at 12pt}
-\fontset{subheading}\STYheadingT{12}{14pt}{subheading}{subheading}
-\fontset{heading}\STYheadingT{18}{20pt}{subheading}{subheading}
-\ifx\bodyfontname\UNDEFINED \def\bodyfontname{ptmr} \fi
-\ifx\bodyttfontname\UNDEFINED \def\bodyttfontname{pcrr} \fi
-\def\STYbodyT{%
-    \@\m{rm}{\bodyfontname}\@\m{it}{\KBit\bodyfontname}%
-    \@\m{bf}{\KBbf\bodyfontname}\@\f{bi}{\KBbi\bodyfontname}%
-    \@\m{asy}{psyr}\m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}%
-    \@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-    \@\f{tt}{\bodyttfontname}\@\f{tb}{\KBit\bodyttfontname}%
-}
-\let\sc=\relax  \let\mc=\relax  \let\csc=\relax
-\fontset{tiny}\STYbodyT{7}{9pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{small}\STYbodyT{9}{11pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{note}\STYbodyT{10}{12pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{body}\STYbodyT{12}{14pt}{small}{tiny}
-\def\everyloadfont#1#2{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt}
-\rightskip=0pt plus 2em \tolerance=1000
-\bodyfonts
-{\tt \hyphenchar\font=-1 }
-\input pdcdoc.def
-\inputifexists{pdcpsdoc.cfg}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcpslft.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcpslft.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 9912b2544fb..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcpslft.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-% pdcpslft.tex 1.2 1995/03/30 -- macros for short documents
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "pdcpslft.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.2",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, style file",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%%                   This macro file was generated by running plain
-%%%                   TeX on pdcsty.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcsty.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "pdcadobe.tex, pdcfmt2.tex, pdcfsel.tex,
-%%%                   pdchyex.tex, pdcimth.tex, pdcmigr.tex,
-%%%                   pdcoput5.tex, pdclft.def",
-%%%}
-
-\message{1.2 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\input pdcimth
-\input pdcmigr
-\input pdcfmt2
-\input pdchyex
-\input pdcoput5
-\input pdcfsel
-\input pdcadobe
-\autoloadfonts
-\def\KBcanonical#1{%
-    \expcs\ifx{KB#1}\relax #1\else\csname KB#1\endcsname \fi
-}
-\ifx\KBadobe\UNDEFINED \def\KBadobe#1{\KBcanonical{#10}} \fi
-\def\KBit#1{\KBcanonical{#1i}}
-\def\KBbi#1{\KBbf{#1i}}
-\def\KBbf#1{\expandafter\KBbfx#1.}
-\def\KBbfx#1#2#3#4#5.{\KBcanonical{#1#2#3b#5}}
-\def\KBpagbr{pagdr}        \def\KBpagbri{pagdro}
-\def\KBpbkbr{pbkdr}        \def\KBpbkbri{pbkdri}
-\def\KBpagri{pagro}        \def\KBpagbi{pagbo}
-\def\KBphvri{phvro}        \def\KBphvbi{phvbo}
-\def\KBpcrri{pcrro}        \def\KBpcrbi{pcrbo}
-\def\KBphvrrni{phvron}     \def\KBphvbrni{phvbon}
-\def\KBphvrrn0{phvr0n}     \def\KBphvbrn0{phvb0n}
-\def\KBphvrrni0{phvro0n}   \def\KBphvbrni0{phvbo0n}
-\ifx\headingfontname\UNDEFINED \def\headingfontname{phvr} \fi
-\ifx\headingttfontname\UNDEFINED \def\headingttfontname{pcrb} \fi
-\def\STYheadingT{%
-    \@\f{rm}{\headingfontname}\@\m{mi}{cmmi10}\@\m{sy}{cmsy10}%
-    \@\f{asy}{psyr}%
-    \@\f{it}{\KBit\headingfontname}%
-    \@\f{tt}{\headingttfontname}\@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-}
-\loadfont\bodysy{cmsy10 at 12pt}
-\fontset{subheading}\STYheadingT{12}{14pt}{subheading}{subheading}
-\fontset{heading}\STYheadingT{18}{20pt}{subheading}{subheading}
-\ifx\bodyfontname\UNDEFINED \def\bodyfontname{ptmr} \fi
-\ifx\bodyttfontname\UNDEFINED \def\bodyttfontname{pcrr} \fi
-\def\STYbodyT{%
-    \@\m{rm}{\bodyfontname}\@\m{it}{\KBit\bodyfontname}%
-    \@\m{bf}{\KBbf\bodyfontname}\@\f{bi}{\KBbi\bodyfontname}%
-    \@\m{asy}{psyr}\m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}%
-    \@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-    \@\f{tt}{\bodyttfontname}\@\f{tb}{\KBit\bodyttfontname}%
-}
-\let\sc=\relax  \let\mc=\relax  \let\csc=\relax
-\fontset{tiny}\STYbodyT{7}{9pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{small}\STYbodyT{9}{11pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{note}\STYbodyT{10}{12pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{body}\STYbodyT{12}{14pt}{small}{tiny}
-\def\everyloadfont#1#2{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt}
-\rightskip=0pt plus 2em \tolerance=1000
-\bodyfonts
-{\tt \hyphenchar\font=-1 }
-\input pdclft.def
-\inputifexists{pdcpslft.cfg}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcsty.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcsty.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 58c5ac76808..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcsty.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1153 +0,0 @@
-% pdcsty -- documentation and source code for several style files -*-tex-*-
-
-%%%@TeX-document-file {
-%%% title 	= "Damian's random style files",
-%%% filename 	= "$texmf/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcsty.dtx",
-%%% version 	= "$Revision: 1.2 $",
-%%% package 	= "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% date 	= "$Date: 1995/03/30 16:12:17 $",
-%%% author	= "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email	= "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address	= "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,"
-%%%                Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% abstract	= "This document describes and is the source code for 
-%%%                the TeX style files pdccmdoc.tex, ma55doc.tex,
-%%%                etc. and definitioon files pdcdoc1.tex and pdclft1.tex.
-%%%                Running plain TeX on this file produces both the
-%%%                definitions files and the printed documentation.",
-%%% copyright	= "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying	= "This program is free software; you can redistribute
-%%%		   it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
-%%%		   General Public License as published by the Free
-%%%		   Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
-%%%		   or (at your option) any later version.",
-%%% notice	= "This program is distributed in the hope that it will
-%%%		   be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the
-%%%		   implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-%%%		   PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
-%%%		   License for more details.",
-%%% notice	= "You should have received a copy of the GNU General
-%%%		   Public License along with this program; if not, write
-%%%		   to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
-%%%		   Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.",
-%%% codetable	= "USASCII",
-%%% dependencies = "pdccode2.tex"
-%%%}
-	
-
-%{{{ pdcsty.dtx
-%{{{  preamble
-
-\input pdccode2
-\rcs$Id: pdcsty.dtx,v 1.2 1995/03/30 16:12:17 pdc Exp $\endrcs
-
-\everycode{\tt \baselineskip=0.8\baselineskip \lineskiplimit=0pt }
-\newcount\lineno
-\everycodeline{\llap{$ \global\advance\lineno1 
-	\scriptstyle\the\lineno $\enspace}}
-
-
-\codefile{cmX}{pdccmlft.tex} \codefile{cmT}{pdccmdoc.tex} 
-\codefile{maX}{ma55lft.tex} \codefile{maT}{ma55doc.tex}
-\codefile{psX}{pdcpslft.tex} \codefile{psT}{pdcpsdoc.tex}
-\codefile{X}{pdclft.def} \codefile{T}{pdcdoc.def}
-	
-\def\maonly{\global\maXtrue \global\maTtrue 
-    \global\cmXfalse \global\cmTfalse
-    \global\psXfalse \global\psTfalse
-    \global\Xfalse \global\Tfalse 
-    \banner{Malvern}}
-\def\cmonly{\global\maXfalse \global\maTfalse
-    \global\cmXtrue  \global\cmTtrue
-    \global\psXfalse  \global\psTfalse
-    \global\Xfalse \global\Tfalse
-    \banner{Computer Modern}}
-\def\psonly{\global\maXfalse \global\maTfalse
-    \global\cmXfalse  \global\cmTfalse
-    \global\psXtrue  \global\psTtrue
-    \global\Xfalse \global\Tfalse
-    \banner{PostScript fonts}}
-
-\def\styonly {\global\maXtrue \global\maTtrue
-    \global\cmXtrue \global\cmTtrue
-    \global\psXtrue \global\psTtrue
-    \global\Xfalse \global\Tfalse
-    \banner{Style files}}
-\def\Tstyonly{\global\maXfalse \global\maTtrue
-    \global\cmXfalse \global\cmTtrue
-    \global\psXfalse \global\psTtrue
-    \global\Xfalse \global\Tfalse
-    \banner{Doc style files}}
-\def\Xstyonly{\global\maXtrue \global\maTfalse
-    \global\cmXtrue \global\cmTfalse
-    \global\psXtrue \global\psTfalse
-    \global\Xfalse \global\Tfalse
-    \banner{Lft style files}}
-
-\def\Tonly {\global\maXfalse \global\maTfalse
-    \global\cmXfalse \global\cmTfalse
-    \global\psXfalse \global\psTfalse
-    \global\Xfalse \global\Ttrue
-    \banner{Sectioning macros for Docs}}
-\def\Xonly {\global\maXfalse \global\maTfalse
-    \global\cmXfalse \global\cmTfalse
-    \global\psXfalse \global\psTfalse
-    \global\Xtrue \global\Tfalse
-    \banner{Sectioning macros for Lfts}}
-
-\def\banner#1{
-    \par
-    \line{%
-	\vrule height 1ex width 0.2ex
-	\leaders\vrule height 1ex depth -0.8ex \hskip2em
-	\enspace{\it \strut #1\/}\enspace
-	\leaders\vrule height 1ex depth -0.8ex \hfil
-    }
-}
-
-\def\onlyone#1{
-    \allfilesfalse \global\csname#1true\endcsname
-    \banner{{\tt\csname filename#1\endcsname}}
-}
-\def\onlytwo#1#2{
-    \allfilesfalse \global\csname#1true\endcsname 
-	\global\csname#2true\endcsname
-    \banner{{\tt\csname filename#1\endcsname}, 
-	{\tt\csname filename#2\endcsname}}
-}
-
-\def\common{
-    \par
-    \allfilesfalse \global\Xtrue \global\Ttrue
-    \closebanner
-}
-
-\def\closebanner{
-    \line{%
-	\vrule height 1.8ex depth -0.5ex width 0.2ex
-	\leaders\vrule height 0.7ex depth -0.5ex \hfil
-    }
-}
-
-
-
-%}}}  preamble
-%{{{  introduction
-
-\null\vskip2\baselineskip\hrule\bigskip
-\leftline{Style files for the pdc- macros \fileversion\space(\filedate)}
-\bigskip\hrule\bigskip
-\headline{\hfil\global\headline={\hfil
-	\sevenbf Style files for the pdc- macros 
-	\fileversion\space(\filedate)}} 
-
-\section{Introduction}
-
-\subsec{About the style files}
-
-	This document describes a family of plain \TeX\ style files for
-	typesetting documents which are short enough not to need any
-	fancy indexing or cross-references, but long enough to want
-	numbered section headings and a table of contents.
-
-	A {\it style file} in this context means a definitions file that
-	specifies the formatting of for a document: layout, choice of
-	fonts, instructions for how to format lists, and so on.  The
-	style files use the macros defined in other definition files to
-	supply most of the features they need.  The document only needs
-	one `|\input|' command to set up most of the commands it needs.
-
-\subsec{No cross-references}
-
-	Omitting cross-references is important because it means we can
-	avoid having documents that have to be run through \TeX\ more
-	than once (the first time to generate a raw index or
-	cross-reference file, the second to incorporate the references
-	into the document).  This greatly simplifies the macros.
-
-	So that the table of contents may be generated automatically
-	without requiring a second pass, it is printed {\it last\/} in
-	the file.  It follows that the table of contents belongs at the
-	end of the front matter of the document (on pages numbered in
-	roman numerals), immediately before page~1.  It is easiest if
-	all the front matter is printed last.  After the end of the
-	document proper, put the front matter enclosed in |\frontmatter|
-	\dots |\endfrontmatter|; this automatically switches to page
-	numbering in roman numerals, and puts the table of contents at
-	the end.
-
-	The file |pdccmdoc.tex| does documents using the Computer Modern
-	fonts.  There is a variant called |pdccmlft.tex| intended for
-	`leaflets' that are even shorter than the `docs' produced with
-	|pdccmdoc.tex|.  Leaflets have no front matter section, no table
-	of contents, and section headings are much less prominent---they
-	should only be a few pages long at most.  The Malvern versions
-	are called |ma55doc.tex| and |ma55lft.tex|.
-
-\subsec{About this document}
-
-	The file that generates this printed documentation, |pdcsty.dtx|
-	is a `documented \TeX' file.  As well as briefly describing what
-	the macros are for and how they work, it includes a complete
-	listing of their definitions.  The text of the definitions is
-	also written to files in the current directory, generating fresh
-	copies of the style files.  This way this documentation and the
-	files it describes are guaranteed to match.
-
-	The lines of all definitions are numbered continuously, even
-	though only a subset of all the definition lines will go in each
-	file.
-	
-%}}}  introduction
-%{{{  starting up
-
-\section{Starting up}
-
-\subsec{File identification}
-	
-	Nowadays, macro files start with some comments identifying the
-	file, for the benefit of people wondering what the file is for.
-	The macro file otherwise has no other comments, in the hope that
-	this will let \TeX\ read it in faster.  (It should be possible
-	for the identification comments to go {\it after} an |\endinput|
-	at the close of the file, but the convention is to have them at
-	the start.)
-
-	The following segment is common to the style files and the
-	definiton files.
-
-\code
-	\|\% \filename~\fileversion~\filedate~-- macros for short documents
-\smallbreak
-	|%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-	\|\%\%\% filename~~~~~~~= "\filename",
-	\|\%\%\% version~~~~~~~~= "\fileversion",
-	\|\%\%\% date~~~~~~~~~~~= "\filedate",
-	|%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-	|%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-	|%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-	|%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-	|%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-	|%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, style file",
-	|%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-\cmonly	|%%% abstract       = "Top-level macro file for documents set in
-	|%%%                   Computer Modern fonts.  
-\maonly	|%%% abstract       = "Top-level macro file for documents set in
-	|%%%                   Malvern 55, 56 and 75 fonts.  
-\onlytwo{X}{T}
-	|%%% abstract       = "Sectioning macros for style files.
-\allfilestrue\closebanner
-	|%%%                   This macro file was generated by running plain
-	\|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~TeX on \jobname.dtx",
-	|%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-	|%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-	\|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Distribute \jobname.dtx only as part of the
-	|%%%                   package it came in.",
-\onlytwo{X}{T}
-	|%%% dependencies   = ""
-\cmonly	|%%% dependencies   = "pdcfmt2.tex, pdcfsel.tex, pdchyex.tex,
-	|%%%                   pdcimth.tex, pdccmsub.tex, pdcmigr.tex,
-\maonly	|%%% dependencies   = "maamac.tex, pdcfmt2.tex, pdcfsel.tex,
-	|%%%                   pdchyex.tex, pdcimth.tex, pdcmigr.tex,
-\psonly	|%%% dependencies   = "pdcadobe.tex, pdcfmt2.tex, pdcfsel.tex,
-	|%%%                   pdchyex.tex, pdcimth.tex, pdcmigr.tex,
-\Tstyonly
-	|%%%                   pdcoput5.tex, pdcdoc.def",
-\Xstyonly
-	|%%%                   pdcoput5.tex, pdclft.def",
-\allfilestrue\closebanner
-	|%%%}
-	|
-	\|\\message\{\fileversion~<\fileauthor~\filedate>\}
-	|
-\endcode
-
-	This is followed immediately by a list of the macro files
-	included by this format:
-\code
-\styonly
-	|\input pdcimth
-	|\input pdcmigr
-	|\input pdcfmt2
-	|\input pdchyex
-	|\input pdcoput5
-	|\input pdcfsel
-\cmonly
-	|\input pdccmsub
-\maonly
-	|\input maamac
-\psonly
-	|\input pdcadobe
-\common
-\endcode
-
-
-%}}}  starting up
-%{{{  layout
-	
-\section{Layout}
-
-\subsec{Paper sizes}
-
-	The section defining the paper size is at the very top of the
-	file to make it easy for someone adapting the macros to American
-	Letter size paper to find them.
-
-	Nevertheless, we set the top and bottom margins to be large
-	enough that even if it is printed on American paper, nothing
-	important will be cut off.  This requires decent-sized margins
-	at the top and bottom of pages (since the end of the page that
-	will be lost depends on whether the printer driver has its real
-	origin at top-left or bottom-left).  The edge of the printing
-	area is guessed at as being $7\,{\rm mm}$ from the edge of the
-	paper.
-\code
-	|\topmg=297mm \advance\topmg-11in \advance\topmg7mm
-	|\botmg=\topmg
-	|\advance\topmg\ht\strutbox \advance\topmg\headlineskip
-	|\ifdim \topmg<20mm \topmg=20mm \fi
-	|\ifdim \botmg<27mm \botmg=27mm \fi
-\smallbreak
-	|\setpaper{210mm}{297mm}
-\endcode
-
-	The document has `tab-index' headings, that is, headings go in a
-	wide left margin to the left of the body text.  The underlying
-	structure is a grid is 4~cells wide, with the text spanning
-	across the rightmost 3~cells.  Definitions in the fonts section
-	below specify that the text will be set ragged-right.
-\code
-	|\setnkgrid{4}{3}
-	|\colrule=0pt
- 	|\leftmargin=\gridwd \advance\leftmargin\colsep
-\endcode
-	The output routine's |\leftbox| is set at the start of each page
-	to make space for the left margin.
-\code
-	|\everypage={\ifdim\leftmargin>0pt 
-	|    \setbox\leftbox=\hbox to \gridwd{}\fi}
-\endcode
-
-	While we're here, we customize some of the environments supplied
-	by pdcFMT2:
-\code
-	|\everyfootnote={\notefonts}
-	|\everylinenum={\smallfonts}
-\maonly
-	|\def\footnotetextmark#1{{\rmsy#1}}
-	|\def\footnotenotemark#1{{\rmsy#1}}
-\common
-	|\everylinenum={\smallfonts}
-	|\everytag={\bf}
-\endcode
-
-%}}}  layout
-%{{{  fonts
-\section{Fonts}
-
-	This section describes the fonts available in the document.
-
-	We introduce extra nicknames |\bi| for bold italic (used for the
-	first mention of new techical terms), |\mf| for the METAFONT
-	logo, |\mfi| for the METAFONT logo in italic (Something of an
-	affectation) and |\ttb| for an `emphasized' typewriter (usually
-	it is best if this is slanted, not bold).
-\code
-\styonly
-	|\autoloadfonts
-\endcode
-
-	The style files differ because of encoding schemes more than
-	because of the particular fonts.  For example, a style for Times
-	Roman will work for Palatino too,if we change the names of the
-	fonts used.  To do this, a macro |\basefontname| may be defined
-	before the style file is read in; if it isn't defined it is
-	given a default value.
-
-%{{{   cmr
-
-\subsec{Fonts for Computer Modern documents}
-\cmonly
-	We use Computer Modern Sans Serif for the headings in CM
-	documents.  I have not put much effort into making formulas
-	work in headings.  
-\code
-	|\def\STYheadingT{%
-	|    \m{rm}{cmss}\m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}%
-	|    \f{it}{cmssi}\f{tt}{cmtt}\f{mf}{logo}\f{mfi}{logosl}%
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\font\headingrm=cmss17 \font\headingit=cmssi17
-	|\fontset{subheading}\STYheadingT{10 scaled 1200}{14pt}
-	|    {small}{tiny}
-	|\fontset{heading}\STYheadingT{10 scaled 1728}{20pt}
-	|    {subheading}{small}
-\endcode
-
-	We use Computer Modern for body text.
-\code
-	|\def\STYbodyT{\m{rm}{cmr}\m{it}{cmti}%
-	|    \m{bf}{cmbx}\@\f{bi}{cmbxti10}%
-	|    \m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}%
-	|    \@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-	|    \f{tt}{cmtt}\@\f{ttb}{cmsltt10}%
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\font\tinytt=cmtt8 at 7pt
-	|\font\bodysy=cmsy10 at 12pt
-\endcode
-	
-%}}}   cmr
-%{{{   malvern
-	
-\subsec{Fonts for Malvern documents}
-\maonly
-
-	Headings are in Malvern~75.  The maths fonts are scaled for
-	expediency; I~do not make much effort to make formulas work in
-	headings.
-\code
-	|\def\STYheadingT{%
-	|    \m{rm}{ma75a}\@\m{mi}{cmmi10}\@\m{sy}{cmsy10}%
-	|    \f{it}{ma76a}\@\f{tt}{cmtt10}\@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\fontset{subheading}\STYheadingT{12}{14pt}{subheading}{subheading}
-	|\fontset{heading}\STYheadingT{18}{20pt}{subheading}{subheading}
-\endcode
-
-
-	We use Malvern~55 for body text.  The supplementary font with
-	encoding~B is added, with font nickname |\rmsy|.
-\code
-	|\newfam\rmsyfam
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\STYbodyT{%
-	|    \m{rm}{ma55a}\f{rmsy}{ma55b}\m{it}{ma56a}%
-	|    \m{bf}{ma75a}\f{bi}{ma76a}%
-	|    \m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}%
-	|    \@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-	|    \f{tt}{cmtt}\f{tb}{cmsltt}%
-	|}
-\endcode
-%	The main problem with defining the body fonts is that the
-%	$x$-height of Malvern is larger then Computer Modern. This makes
-%	in necessary to load the maths fonts at a larger size to match.
-%	(A better solution might be to make a parameter file for
-%	Computer Modern so that maths fonts may be generated with
-%	compatible proportions.)
-%\code
-%	|\loadfont\bodytt{cmtt10 scaled \magstep2}
-%	|\loadfont\notett{cmtt10 scaled \magstep1}
-%	|\loadfont\smalltt{cmtt10 scaled \magstephalf}
-%	|\loadfont\bodytb{cmsltt10 scaled \magstep2}
-%	|\loadfont\smalltb{cmsltt10 scaled \magstep1}
-%	|\loadfont\notetb{cmsltt10 scaled \magstephalf}
-%\endcode
-	There is no point using |\loadfont| on the maths symbol fonts,
-	since they have to be loaded anyway the first time |\bodyfonts|
-	is called.
-\code
-	|\font\bodymi=cmmi10 scaled \magstep2
-	|\font\bodysy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-	|\font\notemi=cmmi10 scaled \magstep1
-	|\font\notesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
-	|\font\smallmi=cmmi10 scaled \magstephalf
-	|\font\smallsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstephalf
-\endcode
-%}}}   malvern
-%{{{   PostScript
-	
-\subsec{Fonts for Times documents}
-\psonly
-	The big problem with PostScript fonts is what they are called;
-	I~shall be assuming that Fontname~$1.6$\footnote*{Karl Berry,
-	{\it File Names for \TeX\ Fonts} $1.6$ ({\tt
-	ftp:\penalty\exhyphenpenalty //ftp.umb.edu\slash pub\slash
-	tex\slash fontname/}).} applies: fonts with |afm2tfm|'s
-	variation on the \TeX\ Text encoding are called |ptmr| and fonts
-	with Adobe's StandardRoman encoding are called |ptmr0| (rather
-	than |rptmr|).
-
-	This macro attempts to make it possible to guess the standard
-	name for the italic variant of a given font.
-	|\KBcanonical{|\<tentative font name>|}| takes a font name which
-	is formed from an upright name optionally followed by `|i|'
-	representing an italic variation.  It returns the corresponding
-	standard name.  For example, |ptmri| is left unchanged, but
-	|phvri| is changed to |phvro| and |phvrrni| is changed to
-	|phvron|.
-\code
-	|\def\KBcanonical#1{%
-	|    \expcs\ifx{KB#1}\relax #1\else\csname KB#1\endcsname \fi
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\ifx\KBadobe\UNDEFINED \def\KBadobe#1{\KBcanonical{#10}} \fi
-	|\def\KBit#1{\KBcanonical{#1i}}
-	|\def\KBbi#1{\KBbf{#1i}}
-	|\def\KBbf#1{\expandafter\KBbfx#1.}
-	|\def\KBbfx#1#2#3#4#5.{\KBcanonical{#1#2#3b#5}}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\KBpagbr{pagdr}        \def\KBpagbri{pagdro}
-	|\def\KBpbkbr{pbkdr}        \def\KBpbkbri{pbkdri}
-	|\def\KBpagri{pagro}        \def\KBpagbi{pagbo}
-	|\def\KBphvri{phvro}        \def\KBphvbi{phvbo}
-	|\def\KBpcrri{pcrro}        \def\KBpcrbi{pcrbo}
-	|\def\KBphvrrni{phvron}     \def\KBphvbrni{phvbon}
-	|\def\KBphvrrn0{phvr0n}     \def\KBphvbrn0{phvb0n}
-	|\def\KBphvrrni0{phvro0n}   \def\KBphvbrni0{phvbo0n}
-\endcode
-
-	Headings are in Helvetica.  The maths fonts are scaled for
-	expediency; I~do not make much effort to make formulas work in
-	headings.
-\code
-
-	|\ifx\headingfontname\UNDEFINED \def\headingfontname{phvr} \fi
-	|\ifx\headingttfontname\UNDEFINED \def\headingttfontname{pcrb} \fi
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\STYheadingT{%
-	|    \@\f{rm}{\headingfontname}\@\m{mi}{cmmi10}\@\m{sy}{cmsy10}%
-	|    \@\f{asy}{psyr}%
-	|    \@\f{it}{\KBit\headingfontname}%
-	|    \@\f{tt}{\headingttfontname}\@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\loadfont\bodysy{cmsy10 at 12pt}
-\smallbreak
-	|\fontset{subheading}\STYheadingT{12}{14pt}{subheading}{subheading}
-	|\fontset{heading}\STYheadingT{18}{20pt}{subheading}{subheading}
-\endcode
-
-
-	We use Times Roman by default for body text, and Courier for
-	typewriter text.  Adobe's Symbol font is included, with font
-	nickname |\asy|; a family called |\asyfam| has already been
-	created by |pdcadobe.tex|.
-\code
-	|\ifx\bodyfontname\UNDEFINED \def\bodyfontname{ptmr} \fi
-	|\ifx\bodyttfontname\UNDEFINED \def\bodyttfontname{pcrr} \fi
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\STYbodyT{%
-	|    \@\m{rm}{\bodyfontname}\@\m{it}{\KBit\bodyfontname}%
-	|    \@\m{bf}{\KBbf\bodyfontname}\@\f{bi}{\KBbi\bodyfontname}%
-	|    \@\m{asy}{psyr}\m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}%
-	|    \@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-	|    \@\f{tt}{\bodyttfontname}\@\f{tb}{\KBit\bodyttfontname}%
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-
-	Finally the alphabet-switching commands defined for Malvern
-	fonts are given dummy definitions.
-\code
-	|\let\sc=\relax  \let\mc=\relax  \let\csc=\relax
-\endcode
-
-%}}}   malvern
-	
-\common
-\subsec{Definitions common to all formats}
-
-\code
-\styonly
-	|\fontset{tiny}\STYbodyT{7}{9pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-	|\fontset{small}\STYbodyT{9}{11pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-	|\fontset{note}\STYbodyT{10}{12pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-	|\fontset{body}\STYbodyT{12}{14pt}{small}{tiny}
-\endcode
-
-	The text is set left-justified (ragged-right).  To make this
-	work, the fontdimens that control word spacing are set to force
-	interword spaces to all be the same width.
-\code
-	|\def\everyloadfont#1#2{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt}
-	|\rightskip=0pt plus 2em \tolerance=1000
-\smallbreak
-	|\bodyfonts
-	|{\tt \hyphenchar\font=-1 }
-\common
-\endcode
-
-%}}}  fonts
-%{{{  minimal section headings
-\section{Simple sectioning}
-
-\onlyone{X}
-	A `leaflet' is divided into short sections, which may contain
-	subsections (but usually will not).  There may well be more than
-	one section on a page.  
-
-	The section number is held in two count registers, and printed
-	(enclosed in |\n{|\dots|}|) with the macro |\thesecno|:
-
-\code
-	|\newcount\secno \newcount\subsecno
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\thesecno{%
-	|    \n{%
-	|        \number\secno
-	|        \ifnum\subsecno>0
-	|            .\number\subsecno
-	|        \fi
-	|    }%
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	The section and subsection commands are implemented
-	straightforwardly with macros from |pdcfmt2.tex|, since there is
-	no need for marks or fiddling with table-of-contents files.
-\code
-	|\def\section{
-	|    \global\advance\secno1 \global\subsecno0
-	|    \doheading\medskipamount{\subheadingfonts\thesecno\enspace}{}
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\subsec{
-	|    \global\advance\subsecno1
-	|    \doheading\smallskipamount{\bodyfonts\thesecno\enspace}{}
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	The page header includes only the title of the file, which the
-	user sets with the command |\majorheadline{|\<text>|}|
-\code
-	|\newtoks\majorheadline 
-	|\expandafter\majorheadline	
-	|    \expandafter{\expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\jobname}}
-\endcode
-	All those |\expandafter|s are to get the initial value in upper
-	case.
-
-	The flag |noheadline| signals that the headline is to be omitted
-	on this page (e.g., the title page).  The |twosided| flag is set
-	for two-sided binding.
-\code
-	|\newif\ifnoheadline \newif\iftwosided 
-\smallbreak
-	|\headline{%
-	|    \ifnoheadline
-	|        \hfil
-	|    \else\iftwosided
-	|        \ifodd\pageno
-	|            \hfil \the\majorheadline \quad{\bf\folio}%
-	|        \else
-	|            {\bf\folio}\quad \the\majorheadline\hfil
-	|        \fi
-	|    \else
-	|        \hfil \the\majorheadline \quad{\bf\folio}%
-	|    \fi\fi
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\footline{%
-	|    \ifnoheadline
-	|        \global\noheadlinefalse
-	|        \hfil{\bf\folio}\hfil
-	|    \else
-	|        \hfil
-	|    \fi
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-%}}}  minimal section headings
-%{{{  sectioning
-\section{Sectioning in PDCCMDOC documents}
-
-\onlyone{T}
-	Now a document is divided into {\it sections}, which are further
-	divided into so-called {\it subsecs} and {\it subsubsecs}.
-	(Division into subsubsecs should be done sparingly.)
-
-	The sections may be grouped into {\it parts}---or, to look at it
-	another way, parts are a larger division of the document than
-	sections, but sections are not numbered within part numbers.
-	Each |\part| command should be almost immediately followed by
-	|\section|.
-
-\subsec{Macros for section numbers}
-
-	The part and section numbers are kept in \TeX\ number registers,
-	with corresponding `|\the|-' macros to print the value
-	formatted.
-\code
-	|\newcount\partno
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\thepartno{%
-	|    \ifcase\partno O\or I\or II\or III\or IV\or V\else
-	|        \expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\partno}%
-	|    \fi
-	|}
-\endcode
-	Formatted section and subsec numbers are generated by one macro
-	|\thesecno|.  It automatically omits (sub)subsec numbers if they
-	are zero.  The whole number is enclosed in |\n{|\dots|}| so that
-	the formatting of numbers may be customized.
-\code
-	|\newcount\secno \newcount\subsecno \newcount\subsubsecno
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\thesecno{%
-	|    \n{%
-	|        \number\secno
-	|        \ifnum\subsecno>0 
-	|            .\number\subsecno
-	|            \ifnum\subsubsecno>0
-	|        	.\number\subsubsecno
-	|            \fi
-	|        \fi
-	|    }%
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Parts}
-
-	The |\part| macro takes one argument, the title.  It sets a
-	token register |\majorheadline| which is printed on the left
-	page of two-sided documents.
-	
-	The |\majorheadline{|\<text>|}| command may be used immediately
-	after a |\part| command if the part title is not suitable to go
-	in the headline.  This should also be used at the start of the
-	document to the title of the document, if division into parts is
-	not used.
-\code
-	|\newtoks\majorheadline
-	|\expandafter\majorheadline	
-	|    \expandafter{\expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\jobname}}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\part#1{%
-	|    \global\advance\partno1
-	|    \newpageheading{2\baselineskip}{\headingfonts}
-	|        {}{\thepartno.\quad#1}
-	|    \TOCwrite\TOCentrypart{\thepartno}{#1}
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Section headings}
-
-	Section headings will start on a new page if the current page is
-	almost finished.  The section heading is set across the full
-	width of the page, including the margin usually used for
-	tab-indexed headings.
-
-	To force the next section to start a new page, do
-	|\sectionpenalty-10000| immediately before it.  
-\code
-	|\newcount\sectionpenalty 
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\sectionheading#1{
-	|    \par
-	|    \vskip 0pt plus 0.3\vsize 
-	|    \penalty\sectionpenalty \sectionpenalty-200
-	|    \vskip 1\bigskipamount plus -0.3\vsize
-	|    \begingroup \advance\leftskip-\leftmargin
-	|        \parskip=0pt \parindent=0pt
-	|        \hyphenpenalty=10000 \exhyphenpenalty=500 
-	|        \interlinepenalty=100
-	|        \headingfonts \nointerlineskip
-	|        \hbox{\hskip-\leftmargin 
-	|        	\vrule height 2pt depth 0pt width \leftmargin
-	|        	\vrule height 2pt depth 0pt width \hsize}
-%	|        \nobreak\medskip
-	|       #1\par
-	|        \nobreak\smallskip
-	|    \endgroup
-	|    \global\noindenttrue
-	|}
-\endcode
-	As well as generating a heading, the section macro generates
-	marks used for the page headings and a TOC entry.  The marks are
-	of the form in a way similar to that discussed in Chapter~23 of
-	the {\it\TeX book}.  More precisely, a mark is placed on either
-	side of the section heading of the form
-$$\hbox{\tt\arg{\<rhs>}\arg{\<lhs>}}$$ where \<rhs> is the section
-	number that belongs on the right-hand page, reflecting the
-	situation at the bottom of the page, whereas \<lhs> is what
-	belongs on following left-hand pages.
-\code
-	|\newtoks\sectiontoks
-	|\newif\ifsecno \secnotrue
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\section#1{
-	|    \ifsecno
-	|        \global\advance\secno1 \global\subsecno0 \global\subsubsecno0
-	|    \fi
-	|    \toks0={#1}
-	|    \mark{{\the\sectiontoks}{\ifsecno\S\thesecno\space\fi\the\toks0 }}
-	|    \edef\tmp{\ifsecno\noexpand\S\the\secno\space\fi}
-	|    \global\sectiontoks\expandafter{\tmp#1}
-	|    \sectionheading{\ifsecno\thesecno\quad\fi #1}
-	|    \mark{{\the\sectiontoks}{\the\sectiontoks}}
-	|    \TOCwrite\TOCentrysection{\ifsecno\thesecno\fi}{#1}
-	|}
-\endcode
-	Subsecs and subsubsecs use the |\doheading| macro defined in
-	|pdcfmt.tex|.  They do not appear in page headings, but may
-	appear in the TOC.
-\code
-	|\def\subsec#1{%
-	|    \ifsecno \global\advance\subsecno1  \global\subsubsecno0 \fi
-	|    \doheading\medskipamount{\subheadingfonts}{}
-	|        {\ifsecno\thesecno\quad\fi#1}
-	|    \TOCwrite\TOCentrysubsec{\ifsecno\thesecno\fi}{#1}
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\subsubsec#1{%
-	|    \ifsecno \global\advance\subsubsecno+1 \fi
-	|    \doheading\smallskipamount{\rm}{}{\ifsecno\thesecno\quad\fi#1}
-	|    \TOCwrite\TOCentrysubsubsec{\ifsecno\thesecno\fi}{#1}
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	The headline and footline are controlled by two flags.  The
-	command |\noheadlinetrue| suppresses the headline for this page
-	(e.g., a title page).  The |twosided| flag says whether the
-	document should be formatted for two-sided printing.
-\code
-	|\newif\ifnoheadline
-	|\newif\iftwosided
-\smallbreak
-	|\footline={%
-	|    \ifnoheadline 
-	|        \global\noheadlinefalse
-	|        \hfil\bodyfonts\n\folio\hfil 
-	|    \else
-	|        \hfil
-	|    \fi
-	|}
-\endcode
-	The headline varies according to whether it is a one-sided page,
-	a left-hand page or a right-hand page.  On a one-sided page, it
-	has the major headline (part or document title) at the left, and
-	the section title of the {\it first} section on the page on the
-	right with the folio.  On a left-hand page, there is the folio
-	and the major headline, and on a right-hand page there is the
-	section title for the {\it last} section on the page, and the
-	folio.
-\code
-	|\headline={%
-	|    \ifnoheadline
-	|        \hfil
-	|    \else
-	|        \bodyfonts 
-	|        \iftwosided
-	|            \ifodd\pageno
-	|        	\hfil 
-	|        	\expandafter\firstoftwo\botmark\quad
-	|        	{\bf\n\folio}%
-	|            \else
-	|        	{\bf\n\folio}\quad
-	|        	\the\majorheadline
-	|        	\hfil
-	|            \fi
-	|        \else
-	|            \the\majorheadline
-	|            \hfil 
-	|           \expandafter\secondoftwo\topmark\quad
-	|            {\bf\n\folio}%
-	|        \fi
-	|    \fi
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\firstoftwo#1#2{#1}
-	|\def\secondoftwo#1{}
-\endcode
-%}}}  sectioning
-%{{{  table of contents
-\section{Table of contents intrinsics}
-
-	This section defines the macros used to generate a table of
-	contents.  The entries are written to a file \<jobname>|.toc| in
-	the current directory.  At the end of the manuscript this files
-	is closed and then read to generate the table of contents.
-
-	Macros special to the TOC-generating section have names starting
-	with `|\TOC|-'.
-\code
-	|\newwrite\TOCfile
-	|\openout\TOCfile=\jobname.toc
-\endcode
-
-	Entries in the TOC file are of the form 
-$$\hbox{\tt\cs{TOCentry}\<foo>\arg{\<secno>}\arg{\<title>}\arg{\<folio>}}$$
-	where |\TOCentry|\<foo> is a csname, \<secno> is some
-	automatically-generated section number like `|1.2|', \<title> is
-	the section title as supplied by the user, and \<folio> is the
-	folio for this page, in arabic or lower-case roman numeral form.
-
-	They are generated with calls to |\TOCwrite| like this
-$$\hbox{\tt\cs{TOCwrite}\cs{TOCentry}\<foo>\arg{\<secno>}\arg{\<title>}}$$
-	The \<secno> is evaluated when |\TOCwrite| is called, whereas
-	the \<title> is carefully written without being expanded so that
-	its expansion happens when the TOC file is read in.  The
-	\<folio> is automatically appended when it is written.
-\code
-	|\def\TOCwrite#1#2#3{%
-	|    \begingroup\def\n{\string\n}
-	|    \def\tmp{#3}%
-	|    \edef\tmp{\string#1{#2}{\expandafter\TOCtrim\meaning\tmp}}
-	|    \write\TOCfile\expandafter{\tmp{\folio}}\endgroup
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\TOCtrim#1:->{}
-\endcode
-
-
-	Now we define all the `|\TOCentry|-' macros.  
-\code
-	|\def\TOCentrypart#1#2#3{
-	|    \smallskip
-	|    \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0\leftmargin
-	|    \moveleft\leftmargin\hbox to\dimen0{\strut\bf #1. #2\hfil}
-	|    \smallskip
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\TOCentrysection#1#2#3{
-	|    \smallskip\noindent\llap{#1\kern1pc}%
-	|        {\bf \ignorespaces #2\quad\rm \n{#3}}\par
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\TOCentrysubsec#1#2#3{
-	|    \ifvmode \noindent \else \quad \fi
-	|    {#1}~{\ignorespaces #2}
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\TOCentrysubsubsec#1#2#3{}
-\endcode
-%}}}  table of contents
-%{{{  front matter
-\section{Printing the front matter}
-
-	The front matter of the document---the title page, preface,
-	forword, etc.---must be printed {\it last}, with the table of
-	contents at the end of the front matter; this is so that the
-	table of contents may be accumulated during the \TeX ing of the
-	file.\footnote*{It has a benefit for people reading the document
-	with a browser: page~1 of the document is the first page of the
-	DVI file, which makes selecting a given page easy, and the table
-	of contents is at the very end, so the browsers `go to last
-	page' command can be used to find the table of contents
-	quickly.}
-     	The front matter starts with the command |\frontmatter| and may
-	contain |\section| commands.  Such sections will be unnumbered
-	and will not appear in the table of contents.
-	
-	For a short document, a separate title page is probably
-	excessive, and an abstract may be preferable to a preface.  In
-	this case the first page after |\frontmatter| could have the
-	title of the document (with author etc.)\ followed by an
-	abstract, any copyright information (or other small print), and
-	the contents (generated by |\endfrontmatter|).  In other words,
-	something like this:
-$$\halign{\indent#\hfil\cr
-	|\frontmatter|\cr
-	\quad\it commands to print the title, etc.\cr
-	\quad|\abstract|\cr
-	\qquad\it the text of the abstract\cr
-	\quad|\endabstract|\cr
-	\quad\it copyright information, etc.\cr
-	|\endfrontmatter|\cr
-}$$
- 	For a longer document, there will be a separate title page and
-	perhaps a preface.
-$$\halign{\indent#\hfil\cr
-	|\frontmatter|\cr
-	\quad|\titlepage|\cr
-	\qquad\it commands to print the title, etc.\cr
-	\quad|\splittitlepage|\cr
-	\qquad\it print copyright information, etc.\cr
-	\quad|\endtitlepage|\cr
-	\quad|\section{Preface}|\cr
-	\qquad\it text of preface, etc.\cr
-	|\endfrontmatter|\cr
-}$$ 
- 	The macro |\splittitlepage| marks the division between the title
-	page (title recto, page~i) and the back of the title page (title
-	verso, page~ii), which is where copyright information goes.  On
-	a one-sided document, the copyright information belongs on the
-	title recto, because the title verso will be blank, so
-	|\splittitle| instead does |\vfill|.
-
-	Setting |\pageno| nagative makes it print in roman numerals.
-	Calling |\secnofalse| suppresses section numbering.  The first
-	page has no headline.
-\code
-	|\def\frontmatter{
-	|    \write\TOCfile{\string\endinput}
-	|    \write\TOCfile{\folio}
-	|    \closeout\TOCfile
-	|    \vfill\supereject
-	|    \ifvoid\partialpage\else \null\vfill\eject \fi
-	|    \beginthe{frontmatter}
-	|    \pageno=-1 \secnofalse \noheadlinetrue
-	|    \def\TOCwrite##1##2##3{}
-	|}
-\endcode
-	The front matter is finshed off with the contents list,
-	generated by |\endfrontmatter|.  This reads the TOC file, which
-	was closed at the end of the last page of the body of the
-	document.
-\code
-	|\def\endfrontmatter{
-	|    \section{Contents}
-	|    \input\jobname.toc
-	|    \vfill\supereject
-	|    \endthe{frontmatter}
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	Here's macros for generating the titlepage---it shoul;d enclose
-	commands to generate the title, author and publisher information
-	for the document.  If it is used, it goes immediately after
-	|\frontmatter|, so that the title page is page~i.
-\code
-	|\def\titlepage{
-	|    \vfill\eject
-	|    \beginthe{titlepage}
-	|    \noheadlinetrue
-	|    \def\splittitlepage{
-	|        \iftwosided \vfill\eject\null\vfill \else \vfill \fi
-	|    }
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\endtitlepage{
-	|    \eject
-	|    \endthe{titlepage}
-	|}
-\endcode
-
-	This |abstract| environment doesn't do anything fancy.
-\code
-	|\def\abstract{
-	|    \smallskip 
-	|    \beginthe{abstract}
-	|        \setbox\parbox\hbox to \gridwd{\subheadingfonts Abstract\hfil}
-	|        \noindenttrue \bodyfonts
-	|}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\endabstract{
-	|        \smallskip
-	|    \endthe{abstract}
-	|}
-\endcode		
-%}}}  front matter
-	This concludes the code that is included only in documents with TOC.
-\common
-
-%{{{  abbreviations
-
-\section{abbrevs}
-
-
-	The definitions of |\pt| and |\mm| work only in maths mode.
-\code
-	|\def\pt{\,{\rm pt}}
-	|\def\mm{\,{\rm mm}}
-\smallbreak
-	|\def\MF{{\ifdim\fontdimen1\font>0pt \mfi \else \mf \fi META}\-%
-	|        {\ifdim\fontdimen1\font>0pt \mfi \else \mf \fi FONT}}
-	|\def\MSDOS{\leavevmode\hbox{MS-DOS}}
-\endcode
-
-\subsec{Program names with small caps}
-
-	Some program names use small capitals in their names.  For
-	normal fonts there is no point trying to duplicate this, since
-	small capitals aren't common to all fonts.  But small capitals
-	come `for free' with Malvern, so we might as well use them.  The
-	following definitions apply to Malvern~A fonts.
-\code
-\maonly
-	|\def\PS{\csc{PostScript}}
-	|\def\La{L\negthinspace\flushtop{\char"C1 }}
-\cmonly
-	|\def\PS{PostScript}
-\common
-\endcode
-
-\font\sf=cmss10
-	Here's a redefinition of |\TeX|.  This adds a spacefactor 1000
-	to the end (so that \TeX\ doesn't apply its usual heuristic that
-	a full stop following a capoital {\it X} isn't a sentence end).
-	It also loosens up the logo, producing `\TeX' rather than the
-	usual `T\negthinspace\lower0.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-0.125emX'.  This
-	design is more forgiving of changes in font (for example, in
-	sanserif it makes `{\sf\TeX}' instead of `{\sf
-	T\negthinspace\lower0.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-0.125emX}').
-\code
-	|\def\TeX{T\kern-0.1em\lower0.5ex\hbox{E}X\spacefactor1000 }
-\endcode
-	
-	The macro |\dfn{...}| formats a defining instance of a word or
-	phrase (usually used the first time a new technical term is
-	introduced).  When generating an index with a command |\index|,
-	this also adds the phrase to the index.
-\code
-	|\begingroup\catcode`\|=12 \toks0={\endgroup
-	|    \def\dfn#1{\ifx\index\UNDEFINED\else\index{#1|INDdfn}\fi{\bi #1}}
-	|} \the\toks0
-\endcode
-
-	Here's a hack for using email-style emphasis using
-	`asterisking'.  Text enclosed in matching asterisks is
-	emphasized.
-\code
-	|\declareactivechar\* \def*#1*{{\it#1\/}}
-\endcode
-
-
-\begingroup\defverbatim\~
-	When documenting computer progams it is useful to be able to
-	present dialogues between the user and the computer, with the
-	user's commands distinguished by a slightly different font.
-	Here we define ~\|~\<text>~|~ so that it behaves like
-	~|~\<text>~|~ except that |\ttb| is used instead of |\tt|.  In
-	maths mode it is still equivalent to |\Vert|.
-\code
-	|\def\|{%
-	|    \relax\ifmmode
-	|        \Vert
-	|    \else
-	|        \begingroup
-	|        \ttb \setupverbatim 
-	|        \catcode`\|=13 \let|\endgroup
-	|    \fi
-	|}
-\endcode
-\endgroup
-%}}}  abbreviations
-%{{{  postamble
-\section{Finally}
-
-	The definitions common to all style files are read last, so that
-	they can take account of changes to |\baselineskip|.
-\code
-\Tstyonly
-	|\input pdcdoc.def
-\Xstyonly
-	|\input pdclft.def
-\common
-\endcode
-
-	And, at last, a file {\tt\<filename>.cfg} is read, if it exists. 
-\code	
-	|\def\inputifexists#1{%
-	|    \openin15=#1
-	|    \ifeof15 \else \input #1 \fi
-	|    \closein15
-	|}
-\styonly
-	\|\\inputifexists\{\filenamesanssuffix.cfg\}
-\common
-\endcode
-
-\endcodefile{cmX} \endcodefile{cmT} \endcodefile{maX} \endcodefile{maT}
-\endcodefile{psX} \endcodefile{psT} \endcodefile{X} \endcodefile{T}
-\bye
-%}}}  postamble	
-%}}} pdccmcode.dtx
-
-%Local variables:
-%fold-folded-p: t
-%fill-prefix: "	"
-%End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pinstall b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pinstall
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bcb9be0459..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pinstall
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-#  I can't figure out how I'm supposed to use a builtin "install"
-#  program in a makefile given that every Unix has an incompatible version!
-
-#  This script shall behave similarly to GNU "install".
-
-version="1.1  Time-stamp: <pdc 1995-03-24>"
-
-echo=
-strip=:
-
-while test $# -gt 0; do
-	case $1 in
-	    -c) ;;
-	    -n|--no-create)
-		echo=echo ;;
-	    --g*=*)
-		group=`expr $1 : '.*=\(.*\)$'` ;;
-	    -g|--g*)
-		group=$2; shift ;;
-	    -g*)
-		group=`expr $1 : '-.\(.*\)$'` ;;
-	    --o*=*)
-		owner=`expr $1 : '.*=\(.*\)$'` ;;
-	    -o|--o*)
-		owner=$2; shift ;;
-	    -o*)
-		owner=`expr $1 : '-.\(.*\)$'` ;;
-	    --m*=*)
-		mode=`expr $1 : '.*=\(.*\)$'` ;;
-	    -m|--m*)
-		mode=$2; shift ;;
-	    -m*)
-		mode=`expr $1 : '-.\(.*\)$'` ;;
-	    -s|--strip)
-		strip=strip ;;
-	    -h|--help)
-		cat <<@EOF
-$0 -- install files
-usage: 
-    $0 [ OPTION ]... FILE1 FILE2
-    $0 [ OPTION ]... FILE1...FILEn DIR
-    $0 --help | --version
-options:
-    -c	ignored
-    --group=GROUP --owner=USER --mode=MODE  -g GROUP -o USER -m MODE
-    --strip  -s
-@EOF
-		exit 0 ;;   
-	    -V|--version)
-		echo "PDCMAC install ($0) version $version"
-		exit 0 ;;
-	    -*)
-		echo >&2 $0: $1: not understood -- try $0 --help
-		exit 2 ;;
-	    *)
-		files="$files $lastfile"
-		lastfile=$1 ;;
-	esac
-	shift
-done
-
-#echo group=$group owner=$owner mode=$mode lastfile=$lastfile files=$files
-
-$echo cp -p $files $lastfile || exit 1
-if test -d "$lastfile"; then
-	$echo cd $lastfile
-else
-	files="$lastfile"
-fi
-
-if test -n "$group"; then
-	$echo chgrp $group $files || exit 1
-fi
-
-if test -n "$owner"; then
-	$echo chown $owner $files || exit 1
-fi
-
-if test -n "$mode"; then
-	$echo chmod $mode $files || exit 1
-fi
-$echo $strip $files
-
-exit 0
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pinstall.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pinstall.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b405f35ace..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pinstall.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-.TH PINSTALL 1 "Time-stamp: <pdc 1995-03-27>" "PDCMAC 1.0" "CONTRIBUTED SOFTWARE"
-.SH NAME
-pinstall \- shellscript for copying programs into system directories,
-compatible with install
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.na
-.B pinstall
-[
-.B \-c
-] [
-.I options
-]
-.I file1
-.I file2
-.br
-.B pinstall
-[
-.B \-c
-] [
-.I options
-]
-.I file\|.\|.\|.
-.I dir
-.br
-.BR pinstall
-.B \-\-help
-|
-.B \-\-version
-.PP 
-.I options
-= [
-.B \-\-no\-create
-] [
-.BI \-\-group= groupname
-] [
-.BI \-\-owner= username
-] [
-.BI \-\-mode= mode
-] [
-.B \-\-strip 
-]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.na 
-This documents the 
-.SM PDCMAC 
-version of
-.IR install (1),
-called
-.IR pinstall .
-It is only used if 
-.SM GNU
-.I install
-is not available.
-.PP
-This copies 
-.I file1
-(which must exist)
-to the name
-.IR file2 ,
-or
-the 
-.I files
-into the directory called
-.IR dir ,
-preserving the last-modified times
-(just like
-.BR "cp \-p" ).
-.PP
-This command is implemented as a shellscript.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.B \-c
-Ignored.
-.TP
-.BI \-\-group= "groupname, " "\-g " groupname
-.PD 0v
-.TP
-.BI \-\-owner= "username, " "\-o " username
-.TP
-.BI \-\-mode= "mode, " "\-m " mode
-.PD
-Set the group, owner or mode for the new files (using the same
-conventions as
-.IR chgrp (1),
-.IR chown (1),
-and
-.IR chmod (1)
-respectively).
-Only root can combine changes of mode and group.
-.TP
-.BR \-\-help ", " \-h
-Print a usage message and exit.
-.TP
-.BR \-\-no\-create ", " \-n
-Do not copy files; instead print the commands that would have been performed.
-.TP
-.BR \-\-strip ", " \-s
-Apply 
-.IR strip (1)
-to the files after copying them.
-.TP
-.BR \-\-version ", " \-V
-Print a version identification message and exit.
-.SH AUTHOR
-P. Damian Cugley
-.I damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-pmkdir(1), chgrp(1), chown(1), chmod(1), cp(1), strip(1), install(1)
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pmkdir b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pmkdir
deleted file mode 100644
index b0b5862cc3b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pmkdir
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-version="1.0 Time-stamp: <pdc 1995-03-27>"
-
-# pmkdir [ -m MODE | -g GROUP | -o OWNER | -n ] DIR 
-#  -- create a directory DIR, including any necessary
-#  intervening directories.
-# Also takes note of 3 enbvironment variables:
-#  GROUP -- group to give to new directories
-#  OWNER -- owner for new directories
-#  MODE -- mode for new directories
-# If called with the name of an existing directory, this will still
-#  change group, mode, owner (if they are set).
-
-me=`basename $0`
-
-while test $# -gt 0; do
-	case $1 in
-	    --m*=*)
-		MODE=`expr $1 : '.*=\(.*\)$'` ; export MODE ;;
-	    -m|--m*)
-		MODE=$2 ; export MODE; shift ;;
-	    --g*=*)
-		GROUP=`expr $1 : '.*=\(.*\)$'` ; export GROUP ;;
-	    -g|--g*)
-		GROUP=$2; export GROUP; shift ;;
-	    --o*=*)
-		OWNER=`expr $1 : '.*=\(.*\)$'` ; export OWNER ;;
-	    -o|--o*)
-		OWNER=$2; export OWNER; shift ;;
-	    -n*|--n*)
-		echo=echo ;;
-	    -h|--h*)
-		cat <<'@EOF'
-$me -- make directory and any parent directories necessary
-
-$me [--no-create] [--mode=MODE] [--group=GROUP] [--owner=OWNER] DIR...
-$me --help | --version
-
-MODE is a mode for the new directory(s); see chmod(1).
-GROUP and OWNER are the group and owner; see chown(1) and chgrp(1).
-
-The --no-create option means don't do anything, print the commands instead.
-
-If not specified on the command line, the environment variables MODE,
-GROUP and OWNER are used.  If there are no environment variables, the
-defaults used by mkdir(1) apply.
-@EOF
-		exit 0
-		;;
-	    -V|--v*)
-		echo $me for PDCMAC $version 
-		exit 0 ;;
-	    -*)
-		echo >&2 `basename $0`: $1: not understood
-		exit 2 ;;
-	    *)
-		p=`dirname $1`
-		test -d $p || $0 $p || exit 1
-		$echo mkdir $1 || exit 1
-		test -n "$OWNER" && { $echo chgrp $OWNER $1 || exit 1; }
-		test -n "$GROUP" && { $echo chgrp $GROUP $1 || exit 1; }
-		test -n "$MODE" && { $echo chmod $MODE $1 || exit 1; }
-		;;
-	esac
-	shift
-done
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pmkdir.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pmkdir.1
deleted file mode 100644
index c9a5981cb21..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pmkdir.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-.TH PMKDIR 1 "Time-stamp: <pdc 1995-03-27>" "PDCMAC 1.0" "CONTRIBUTED SOFTWARE"
-.SH NAME
-pmkdir \- make a directory and possibly its parents as well
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.na
-.B pmkdir
-[
-.B \-\-no\-create
-] [
-.BI \-\-group= groupname
-] [
-.BI \-\-owner= username
-] [
-.BI \-\-mode= mode
-]
-.I dir\|.\|.\|.
-.br
-.BR pmkdir
-.B \-\-help
-|
-.B \-\-version
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.na 
-This documents the
-.SM PDCMAC
-version of
-.IR mkdirhier (1),
-called
-.IR pmkdir .
-.PP
-For each 
-.I dir
-this creates a directory with that file name.
-Unlike
-.IR mkdir (1),
-any intermediate directories required will also be
-created.
-.PP
-This command is implemented as a shellscript.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.BI \-\-group= "groupname, " "\-g " groupname
-.PD 0v
-.TP
-.BI \-\-owner= "username, " "\-o " username
-.TP
-.BI \-\-mode= "mode, " "\-m " mode
-.PD
-Set the group, owner or mode for the new files (using the same
-conventions as
-.IR chgrp (1),
-.IR chown (1),
-and
-.IR chmod (1)
-respectively).
-Only root can combine changes of mode and group.
-.TP
-.BR \-\-help ", " \-h
-Print a usage message and exit.
-.TP
-.BR \-\-no\-create ", " \-n
-Do not copy files; instead print the commands that would have been performed.
-.TP
-.BR \-\-version ", " \-V
-Print a version identification message and exit.
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-.TP
-.SM GROUP
-.PD 0v
-.TP
-.SM OWNER
-.TP
-.SM MODE
-.PD
-The values of these variables are used if the corresponding command-line
-options are omitted.
-.SH AUTHOR
-P. Damian Cugley
-.I damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-pinstall(1), chgrp(1), chown(1), chmod(1), mkdir(1), mkdirhier(1)
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/ma55doc.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/ma55doc.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index c22a178174f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/ma55doc.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-% ma55doc.tex 1.2 1995/03/30 -- macros for short documents
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "ma55doc.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.2",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, style file",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Top-level macro file for documents set in
-%%%                   Malvern 55, 56 and 75 fonts.
-%%%                   This macro file was generated by running plain
-%%%                   TeX on pdcsty.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcsty.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "maamac.tex, pdcfmt2.tex, pdcfsel.tex,
-%%%                   pdchyex.tex, pdcimth.tex, pdcmigr.tex,
-%%%                   pdcoput5.tex, pdcdoc.def",
-%%%}
-
-\message{1.2 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\input pdcimth
-\input pdcmigr
-\input pdcfmt2
-\input pdchyex
-\input pdcoput5
-\input pdcfsel
-\input maamac
-\def\footnotetextmark#1{{\rmsy#1}}
-\def\footnotenotemark#1{{\rmsy#1}}
-\autoloadfonts
-\def\STYheadingT{%
-    \m{rm}{ma75a}\@\m{mi}{cmmi10}\@\m{sy}{cmsy10}%
-    \f{it}{ma76a}\@\f{tt}{cmtt10}\@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-}
-\fontset{subheading}\STYheadingT{12}{14pt}{subheading}{subheading}
-\fontset{heading}\STYheadingT{18}{20pt}{subheading}{subheading}
-\newfam\rmsyfam
-\def\STYbodyT{%
-    \m{rm}{ma55a}\f{rmsy}{ma55b}\m{it}{ma56a}%
-    \m{bf}{ma75a}\f{bi}{ma76a}%
-    \m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}%
-    \@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-    \f{tt}{cmtt}\f{tb}{cmsltt}%
-}
-\font\bodymi=cmmi10 scaled \magstep2
-\font\bodysy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-\font\notemi=cmmi10 scaled \magstep1
-\font\notesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
-\font\smallmi=cmmi10 scaled \magstephalf
-\font\smallsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstephalf
-\fontset{tiny}\STYbodyT{7}{9pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{small}\STYbodyT{9}{11pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{note}\STYbodyT{10}{12pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{body}\STYbodyT{12}{14pt}{small}{tiny}
-\def\everyloadfont#1#2{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt}
-\rightskip=0pt plus 2em \tolerance=1000
-\bodyfonts
-{\tt \hyphenchar\font=-1 }
-\def\PS{\csc{PostScript}}
-\def\La{L\negthinspace\flushtop{\char"C1 }}
-\input pdcdoc.def
-\inputifexists{ma55doc.cfg}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/ma55lft.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/ma55lft.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b72a6e99a4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/ma55lft.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-% ma55lft.tex 1.2 1995/03/30 -- macros for short documents
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "ma55lft.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.2",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, style file",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Top-level macro file for documents set in
-%%%                   Malvern 55, 56 and 75 fonts.
-%%%                   This macro file was generated by running plain
-%%%                   TeX on pdcsty.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcsty.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "maamac.tex, pdcfmt2.tex, pdcfsel.tex,
-%%%                   pdchyex.tex, pdcimth.tex, pdcmigr.tex,
-%%%                   pdcoput5.tex, pdclft.def",
-%%%}
-
-\message{1.2 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\input pdcimth
-\input pdcmigr
-\input pdcfmt2
-\input pdchyex
-\input pdcoput5
-\input pdcfsel
-\input maamac
-\def\footnotetextmark#1{{\rmsy#1}}
-\def\footnotenotemark#1{{\rmsy#1}}
-\autoloadfonts
-\def\STYheadingT{%
-    \m{rm}{ma75a}\@\m{mi}{cmmi10}\@\m{sy}{cmsy10}%
-    \f{it}{ma76a}\@\f{tt}{cmtt10}\@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-}
-\fontset{subheading}\STYheadingT{12}{14pt}{subheading}{subheading}
-\fontset{heading}\STYheadingT{18}{20pt}{subheading}{subheading}
-\newfam\rmsyfam
-\def\STYbodyT{%
-    \m{rm}{ma55a}\f{rmsy}{ma55b}\m{it}{ma56a}%
-    \m{bf}{ma75a}\f{bi}{ma76a}%
-    \m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}%
-    \@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-    \f{tt}{cmtt}\f{tb}{cmsltt}%
-}
-\font\bodymi=cmmi10 scaled \magstep2
-\font\bodysy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-\font\notemi=cmmi10 scaled \magstep1
-\font\notesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
-\font\smallmi=cmmi10 scaled \magstephalf
-\font\smallsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstephalf
-\fontset{tiny}\STYbodyT{7}{9pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{small}\STYbodyT{9}{11pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{note}\STYbodyT{10}{12pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{body}\STYbodyT{12}{14pt}{small}{tiny}
-\def\everyloadfont#1#2{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt}
-\rightskip=0pt plus 2em \tolerance=1000
-\bodyfonts
-{\tt \hyphenchar\font=-1 }
-\def\PS{\csc{PostScript}}
-\def\La{L\negthinspace\flushtop{\char"C1 }}
-\input pdclft.def
-\inputifexists{ma55lft.cfg}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/maamac.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/maamac.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index c3c2835eb10..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/maamac.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
-% maamac.tex 1.5 1995/04/06 -- Malvern A Macros
-
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/maamac.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.5",
-%%% date           = "1995/04/06",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Macros for using the Malvern-A font coding
-%%%                   scheme in plain TeX documents.
-%%%                   This file was generated by running
-%%%                   plain TeX on maamac.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute maamac.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "",
-%%% }
-
-\message{1.5 <pdc 1995/04/06>}
-
-\dimendef\dimena0  \dimendef\dimenb2
-\toksdef\toksa0
-\countdef\counta255
-\ifx\countb\UNDEFINED \csname newcount\endcsname\countb \fi
-\ifx\countc\UNDEFINED \csname newcount\endcsname\countc \fi
-\def\code#1{%
-    \ifcat#1a%
-        `#1
-    \else\ifcat#1+%
-        `#1
-    \else\ifx\char#1
-    \else
-        #1%
-    \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\let\then=\iffalse
-\def\ifcap#1\then{\expandafter\ifcapnum\code{#1}\then}
-\def\ifcapnum#1\then{\ifnum\lccode#1=#1}
-\def\iflower#1\then{\expandafter\iflowernum\code{#1}\then}
-\def\iflowernum#1\then{\ifnum\uccode#1=#1}
-\def\fontslant#1{\expandafter\stripPT\the\fontdimen1#1}
-\begingroup \uccode`2=`p \uccode`3=`t \uppercase{\toksa{\endgroup
-    \def\\#123{#1}
-}} \the\toksa
-\let\stripPT=\\
-\def\putxy#1#2#3{\leavevmode\rlap{\hskip#1\raise#2\hbox{#3}}}
-\def\putmarkxy#1#2#3#4{{%
-    \setbox0=\hbox{#4}#2\relax
-    \dimenb#1\wd0 \advance\dimenb\fontslant\font\dimena
-    \leavevmode
-    \putxy{\dimenb}{\dimena}{\hbox to 0pt{\hss\char#3\hss}}%
-    \box0
-}}
-\def\putmarky{\putmarkxy{0.5}}
-\def\typeImark#1#2{{%
-    \setbox2=\hbox{#2}%
-    \ifdim \ht2=1ex
-        \accent#1\relax#2%
-    \else
-        \counta\code{#2}%
-        \ifnum\counta>64 \ifnum\counta<96
-            \advance\counta 128
-        \fi \fi
-        \putmarky{\dimena0.5\ht0 \advance\dimena-0.5ex }
-                {#1}{\char\counta}%
-    \fi
-}}
-\chardef\dotglyph22     \def\.{\typeImark\dotglyph}
-\chardef\twodotsglyph23 \def\"{\typeImark\twodotsglyph}
-\chardef\macronglyph150 \def\={\typeImark\macronglyph}
-\chardef\longmacronglyph151
-        \def\longmacronmark{\typeImark\longmacronglyph}
-\def\typeIImark#1#2{{%
-    \counta#1\relax \countb\code{#2}%
-    \ifcap{#2}\then
-        \ifnum \counta<128 \advance\counta 128 \fi
-        \ifnum \countb<128 \advance\countb 128 \fi
-    \fi
-    \accent\counta \char\countb
-}}
-\chardef\acuteglyph8      \def\'{\typeIImark\acuteglyph}
-\chardef\graveglyph9      \def\`{\typeIImark\graveglyph}
-\chardef\circumglyph10    \def\^{\typeIImark\circumglyph}
-\chardef\tildeglyph11     \def\~{\typeIImark\tildeglyph}
-\chardef\ringglyph12      \def\ringmark{\typeIImark\ringglyph}
-\chardef\caronglyph13     \def\v{\typeIImark\caronglyph}
-\chardef\breveglyph14     \def\u{\typeIImark\breveglyph}
-\chardef\hungarglyph15 \def\H{\typeIImark\hungarglyph}
-\def\cedillalike#1#2#3{{%
-    \setbox0=\hbox{#3}%
-    \ifdim\ht0>1ex
-        \ooalign{\hidewidth\char#2\relax\hidewidth\crcr\unhbox0 }%
-    \else
-        \accent#1 #3%
-    \fi
-}}
-\chardef\cedillaglyph6 \chardef\Cedillaglyph134
-\def\c{\cedillalike\cedillaglyph\Cedillaglyph}
-\chardef\ogonekglyph7 \chardef\Ogonekglyph135
-\def\k{\cedillalike\ogonekglyph\Ogonekglyph}
-\chardef\TH"00  \chardef\th"10  \chardef\DH"04  \chardef\dh"14
-\chardef\A "01  \chardef\a "11  \chardef\E "05  \chardef\e "15
-\chardef\NG"02  \chardef\ng"12  \chardef\L "03  \chardef\l "13
-\chardef\AE"5E  \chardef\ae"7E  \chardef\OE"5F  \chardef\oe"7F
-\chardef\O "5C  \chardef\o "7C
-\chardef\vd"9C  \chardef\vt"9D  \chardef\h "9E  \chardef\vl"9F
-\chardef\ss"18  \chardef\i "19  \chardef\j "1A
-\def\aa{\ringmark a} \def\AA{\ringmark A}
-\chardef\orda"98 \chardef\ordo"99 \def\No{N\ordo} \def\no{n\ordo}
-\chardef\csuperior"98 \def\Mc{M\csuperior}
-\chardef\trademark "22
-\chardef\copyright "FB  \chardef\registered"FD
-\chardef\careof    "9A  \chardef\Box       "A0
-\chardef\cents     "A2  \chardef\pounds    "A3
-\chardef\currency  "A4  \chardef\permille  "A5
-\chardef\yen       "A8  \chardef\florin    "A9
-\chardef\dag       "AA  \chardef\ddag      "AB
-\chardef\gbdecimal "AE  \chardef\minus     "AF
-\chardef\S         "BA  \chardef\P         "BB
-\chardef\degrees   "C0
-\chardef\lguillemet"BC  \chardef\rguillemet"BE
-\mathcode`\,"602C  \mathcode`\-"20AF
-\mathcode`\."002E  \mathcode`\/"002F
-\mathchardef\bullet   "2020  \mathchardef\times    "20A6
-\mathchardef\backslash"005B  \mathchardef\setminus "205B
-\mathchardef\cdot     "20AE  \mathchardef\cdotp    "60AE
-\def\langle{\delimiter"40DB30A }  \delcode`\<"0DB30A
-\def\rangle{\delimiter"50DD30B }  \delcode`\>"0DD30B
-\def\lbrace{\delimiter"407B308 }  \let\{\lbrace  \mathcode`\{"407B
-\def\rbrace{\delimiter"507D309 }  \let\}\rbrace  \mathcode`\}"407D
-\uccode\th\TH  \lccode\TH\th  \uccode\TH\TH  \lccode\th\th
-\uccode\a \A   \lccode\A \a   \uccode\A \A   \lccode\a \a
-\uccode\ng\NG  \lccode\NG\ng  \uccode\NG\NG  \lccode\ng\ng
-\uccode\l \L   \lccode\L \l   \uccode\L \L   \lccode\l \l
-\uccode\dh\DH  \lccode\DH\dh  \uccode\DH\DH  \lccode\dh\dh
-\uccode\e \E   \lccode\E \e   \uccode\E \E   \lccode\e \e
-\uccode\o \O   \lccode\O \o   \uccode\O \O   \lccode\o \o
-\uccode\ae\AE  \lccode\AE\ae  \uccode\AE\AE  \lccode\ae\ae
-\uccode\oe\OE  \lccode\OE\oe  \uccode\OE\OE  \lccode\oe\oe
-\uccode\i`I    \uccode\j`J \lccode\i\i \lccode\j\j
-\uccode\csuperior`C
-\def\changecodes#1#2#3#4{%
-    \counta#2\relax \countb#3\relax \countc#4\relax
-    \loop
-    \ifnum\countc>0
-        #1\counta\countb
-        \advance\counta 1
-        \advance\countb 1
-        \advance\countc-1
-    \repeat
-}
-\changecodes\uccode{"E1}{`A}{26}
-\changecodes\uccode{"C1}{"C1}{26}
-\changecodes\lccode{"E1}{"E1}{26}
-\changecodes\lccode{"C1}{`a}{26}
-\changecodes\lccode{"B0}{`0}{10}
-\changecodes\uccode{`0}{"B0}{10}
-\changecodes\mathcode{`a}{"7461}{26}
-\changecodes\mathcode{`A}{"7441}{26}
-\changecodes\mathcode{`0}{"70B0}{10}
-\def\capspecials#1#2{%
-    \chardef\TH"#10 \chardef\A "#11 \chardef\NG"#12
-    \chardef\L "#13 \chardef\DH"#14 \chardef\E "#15
-    \chardef\O "#2C \chardef\AE"#2E \chardef\OE"#2F
-}
-\def\lcspecials#1#2#3{%
-    \chardef\th"#10 \chardef\a "#11 \chardef\ng"#12
-    \chardef\l "#13 \chardef\dh"#14 \chardef\e "#15
-    \chardef\o "#2C \chardef\ae"#2E \chardef\oe"#2F
-    \def\ss{\char"#23 \char"#23 }\chardef\i"#39 \chardef\j"#3A
-}
-\def\sc#1{{%
-    \changecodes\lccode{`A}{"E1}{26}\capspecials9F\lowercase{#1}%
-}}
-\def\mc#1{{%
-    \changecodes\lccode{`A}{"C1}{26}\capspecials8D\lowercase{#1}%
-}}
-\def\csc#1{{%
-    \changecodes\uccode{`a}{"E1}{26}\lcspecials9FE\uppercase{#1}%
-}}
-\def\allcaps#1{{%
-    \lcspecials054\uppercase{#1}%
-}}
-\def\alllc#1{{%
-    \capspecials17\lowercase{#1}%
-}}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index eebec3bdfac..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-% magrmac.tex 1.3 1995/03/29 -- Malvern Greek Macros
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.3",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/29",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, Malvern, Greek, macros",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Macros for using Malvern Greek fonts.
-%%%                   This file was generated by running
-%%%                   plain TeX on magrmac.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute magrmac.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "",
-%%%}
-
-\message{1.3 1995/03/29}
-
-\newtoks\everygreek
-\chardef\other=12
-\def\begingreek{%
-    \begingroup
-    \catcode`\~\other \catcode`\|\other \catcode`\"\other
-    \the\everygreek
-}
-\let\endgreek=\endgroup
-\toksdef\toksa=0
-\begingroup \let\\=\toksa \catcode`\s=13 \catcode`\S=13 \\={\endgroup
-    \def\tmp{%
-        \catcode`\s\active \chardef s`c
-        \catcode`\S\active \chardef S`C
-    }
-}\the\\
-\let\grlunatesigma=\tmp
-\chardef\ninetytwo=92
-\begingroup \uccode`\~=`f \uppercase{\toksa={\endgroup
-    \def\grvarphi{%
-        \catcode`\f\active \chardef~\ninetytwo
-    }
-}} \the\toksa
-\begingroup \catcode`\<=\active \catcode`\>=\active
-        \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active \toksa={\endgroup
-    \def\monotoniko{%
-        \catcode\lq\'\active \chardef'3
-        \catcode\lq\`\active \chardef`3
-        \catcode\lq\~\active \chardef~3
-        \catcode\lq\<\active \let<\relax
-        \catcode\lq\>\active \let>\relax
-        \catcode\lq\|\active \let|\relax
-    }
-}\the\toksa
-\def\plutoniko{%
-    \catcode`\'\other \catcode`\`\other \catcode`\~\other
-    \catcode`\<\other \catcode`\>\other \catcode`\|\other
-}
-\def\grdelimiter#1{
-    \begingroup \uccode`~=`#1 \uppercase{\toksa={\endgroup
-        \def~{\begingreek \let~\endgreek}
-    }} \the\toksa
-}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 909cec7dfd2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,300 +0,0 @@
-% pdcadobe.tex 1.3 1995/03/30 -- macros for Adobe style fonts
-
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.3",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Formatting macros for Adobe-style fonts.
-%%%                   This file was generated by running
-%%%                   plain TeX on pdcadobe.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcadobe.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "",
-%%% }
-
-\message{1.3 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\chardef\quotesingle="0D
-\chardef\quotedouble="22
-\chardef\_="5F
-\chardef\asciicircum="80
-\chardef\asciitilde="81
-\chardef\cents="A2
-\chardef\pounds="A3
-\chardef\fractionslash="A4
-\chardef\yen="A5
-\chardef\florin="A6
-\chardef\S="A7
-\chardef\currency="A8
-\chardef\lguillemet="AB
-\chardef\dag="B2
-\chardef\ddag="B3
-\chardef\gbdecimal="B4
-\chardef\P="B6
-\chardef\bullet="B7
-\chardef\quotesinglebase="B8
-\chardef\quotedblbase="B9
-\chardef\rguillemet="BB
-\chardef\ellipsis="BC \def\dots{\ellipsis\thinspace}
-\chardef\permille="BD
-\chardef\orda="E3
-\chardef\ordo="EB
-\mathchardef\backslash="205C
-\edef\lbrace{\delimiter"407B308} \let\{=\lbrace \mathcode`\{="407B
-\mathcode`\|="707C  \mathchardef\mid="307C
-\edef\rbrace{\delimiter"507D309} \let\}=\rbrace \mathcode`\}="507D
-\mathchardef\sim="3081
-\mathchardef\cdot="20B4
-\mathchardef\bullet="20B7
-\mathchardef\ldots="60BC
-\chardef\graveglyph="12
-\chardef\acuteglyph="13
-\chardef\hookglyph="14
-\chardef\breveglyph="15
-\chardef\macronglyph="16
-\chardef\ringglyph="17
-\chardef\cedillaglyph="18
-\chardef\circumglyph="5E
-\chardef\tildeglyph="7E
-\chardef\twodotsglyph="7F
-\chardef\dotglyph="C7
-\chardef\hungarianglyph="CD
-\chardef\ogonekglyph="CE
-\chardef\AA="C8 \chardef\aa="98
-\chardef\L="E8 \chardef\l="F8
-\def\.#1{\accent\dotglyph #1}
-\def\H#1{\accent\hungarianglyph"CD #1}
-\ifx\asyfam\UNDEFINED
-    \newfam\asyfam
-\fi
-\edef\\{\ifcase\asyfam 0\or 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or
-    8\or 9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\fi
-}
-\mathchardef\forall="0\\22
-\mathchardef\exists="0\\24
-\mathchardef\suchthat="0\\27
-\mathcode`*="2\\2A
-\mathcode`,="6\\2C
-\mathcode`-="2\\2D
-\mathcode`.="2\\2E
-\mathcode`/="2\\2F
-\mathcode`<="3\\3C
-\mathcode`>="3\\3E
-\mathchardef\cong="3\\40
-\mathchardef\Alpha="0\\41
-\mathchardef\Beta="0\\42
-\mathchardef\Chi="0\\43
-\mathchardef\Delta="0\\44
-\mathchardef\Epsilon="0\\45
-\mathchardef\Phi="0\\46
-\mathchardef\Gamma="0\\47
-\mathchardef\Eta="0\\48
-\mathchardef\Iota="0\\49
-\mathchardef\vartheta="0\\4A
-\mathchardef\Kappa="0\\4B
-\mathchardef\Lambda="0\\4C
-\mathchardef\Mu="0\\4D
-\mathchardef\Ni="0\\4E
-\mathchardef\Omicron="0\\4F
-\mathchardef\Pi="0\\50
-\mathchardef\Theta="0\\51
-\mathchardef\Rho="0\\52
-\mathchardef\Sigma="0\\53
-\mathchardef\Tau="0\\54
-\mathchardef\varUpsilon="0\\55
-\mathchardef\varsigma="0\\56
-\mathchardef\Omega="0\\57
-\mathchardef\Xi="0\\58
-\mathchardef\Psi="0\\59
-\mathchardef\Zeta="0\\5A
-\mathchardef\therefore="3\\5C
-\mathchardef\perp="3\\5E
-\mathchardef\alpha="0\\61
-\mathchardef\beta="0\\62
-\mathchardef\chi="0\\63
-\mathchardef\delta="0\\64
-\mathchardef\epsilon="0\\65
-\mathchardef\phi="0\\66
-\mathchardef\gamma="0\\67
-\mathchardef\eta="0\\68
-\mathchardef\iota="0\\69
-\mathchardef\varphi="0\\6A
-\mathchardef\kappa="0\\6B
-\mathchardef\lambda="0\\6C
-\mathchardef\mu="0\\6D
-\mathchardef\ni="0\\6E
-\mathchardef\omicron="0\\6F
-\mathchardef\pi="0\\70
-\mathchardef\theta="0\\71
-\mathchardef\rho="0\\72
-\mathchardef\sigma="0\\73
-\mathchardef\tau="0\\74
-\mathchardef\upsilon="0\\75
-\mathchardef\varpi="0\\76
-\mathchardef\omega="0\\77
-\mathchardef\xi="0\\78
-\mathchardef\psi="0\\79
-\mathchardef\zeta="0\\7A
-\mathchardef\sim="3\\7E
-\mathchardef\Upsilon="0\\A1
-\mathcode`'="0\\A2 \mathchardef\minutes="0\\A2
-\mathchardef\leq="3\\A3 \let\le=\leq
-\mathchardef\fractionslash="0\\A4
-\mathchardef\infinity="0\\A5
-\mathchardef\clubsuit="0\\A7
-\mathchardef\diamondsuit="0\\A8
-\mathchardef\heartsuit="0\\A9
-\mathchardef\spadesuit="0\\AA
-\mathchardef\leftrightarrow="3\\AB
-\mathchardef\leftarrow="3\\AC \let\gets=\rightarrow
-\mathchardef\uparrow="3\\AD
-\mathchardef\rightarrow="3\\AE \let\to=\rightarrow
-\mathchardef\downarrow="3\\AF
-\mathchardef\degrees="0\\B0
-\mathchardef\pm="2\\B1
-\mathchardef\seconds="0\\B2
-\mathchardef\geq="3\\B3 \let\ge=\geq
-\mathchardef\times="2\\B4
-\mathchardef\propto="3\\B5
-\mathchardef\partial="0\\B6
-\mathchardef\div="2\\B8
-\mathchardef\neq="3\\B9 \let\ne=\neq
-\mathchardef\equiv="3\\BA
-\mathchardef\approx="3\\BB
-\mathchardef\ldots="6\\BC
-\edef\arrowvert{\delimiter"0\\BD33C }
-\mathchardef\relbar"3\\BE
-\edef\crlf{\noexpand\mathexbox\\BF}
-\mathchardef\aleph="0\\C0
-\mathchardef\Im="0\\C1
-\mathchardef\Re="0\\C2
-\mathchardef\wp="0\\C3
-\mathchardef\otimes="2\\C4
-\mathchardef\oplus="2\\C5
-\mathchardef\emptyset="0\\C6
-\mathchardef\cap="2\\C7
-\mathchardef\cup="2\\C8
-\mathchardef\supset="3\\C9
-\mathchardef\supseteq="3\\CA
-\mathchardef\nsubset="3\\CB
-\mathchardef\subset="3\\CC
-\mathchardef\subseteq="3\\CD
-\mathchardef\in="3\\CE
-\mathchardef\nin="3\\CF
-\mathchardef\angle="0\\D0
-\mathchardef\nabla="0\\D1
-\edef\registered{\noexpand\mathhexbox\\D2}
-\edef\copyright{\noexpand\mathhexbox\\D3}
-\edef\trademark{\noexpand\mathhexbox\\D4}
-\mathchardef\prod="1\\D5
-\edef\sqrt{\radical"\\D6370 }
-\mathchardef\cdot="2\\D7
-\mathchardef\neg="0\\D8 \let\lnot=\neg
-\mathchardef\wedge="3\\D9 \let\land=\wedge
-\mathchardef\vee="3\\DA \let\lor=\vee
-\mathchardef\Leftrightarrow="3\\DB
-\mathchardef\Leftarrow="3\\DC
-\mathchardef\Uparrow="3\\DD
-\mathchardef\Rightarrow="3\\DE
-\mathchardef\Downarrow="3\\DF
-\mathchardef\diamond="3\\E0
-\edef\langle{\delimiter"4\\E130A }
-\mathchardef\sum="1\\E5
-\edef\rangle{\delimiter"5\\F130B }
-\catcode`^^a0\active \let^^a0=~
-\catcode`^^a1\active \def^^a1{!`}
-\catcode`^^a4\active \let^^a4=\currency
-\catcode`^^a8\active \let^^a8=\twodotsglyph
-\catcode`^^a9\active \let^^a9=\copyright
-\catcode`^^aa\active \let^^aa=\orda
-\catcode`^^ac\active \let^^ac=\lnot
-\catcode`^^ad\active \let^^ad=\-
-\catcode`^^ae\active \let^^ae=\registered
-\catcode`^^af\active \let^^af=\macronglyph
-\catcode`^^b0\active \let^^b0=\degrees
-\catcode`^^b1\active \let^^b1=\pm
-\catcode`^^b2\active \def^^b2{^2}
-\catcode`^^b3\active \def^^b3{^3}
-\catcode`^^b4\active \let^^b4=\acuteglyph
-\catcode`^^b5\active \let^^b5=\mu
-\catcode`^^b7\active \let^^b7=\gbdecimal
-\catcode`^^b8\active \let^^b8=\cedillaglyph
-\catcode`^^b9\active \def^^b9{^1}
-\catcode`^^ba\active \let^^ba=\ordo
-\catcode`^^bc\active \def^^bc{\frac14}
-\catcode`^^bd\active \def^^bd{\frac12}
-\catcode`^^be\active \def^^be{\frac34}
-\catcode`^^bf\active \def^^bf{?`}
-\catcode`^^d7\active \let^^d7=\times
-\catcode`^^f7\active \let^^f7=\div
-\catcode`^^c0\active \def^^c0{\graveglyph A}
-\catcode`^^c1\active \def^^c1{\acuteglyph A}
-\catcode`^^c2\active \def^^c2{\circumglyph A}
-\catcode`^^c3\active \def^^c3{\tildeglyph A}
-\catcode`^^c4\active \def^^c4{\twodotsglyph A}
-\catcode`^^c5\active \def^^c5{\ringglyph A}
-\catcode`^^c6\active \let^^c6=\AE
-\catcode`^^c7\active \def^^c7{\cedillaglyph C}
-\catcode`^^c8\active \def^^c8{\graveglyph E}
-\catcode`^^c9\active \def^^c9{\acuteglyph E}
-\catcode`^^ca\active \def^^ca{\circumglyph E}
-\catcode`^^cb\active \def^^cb{\twodotsglyph E}
-\catcode`^^cc\active \def^^cc{\graveglyph I}
-\catcode`^^cd\active \def^^cd{\acuteglyph I}
-\catcode`^^ce\active \def^^ce{\circumglyph I}
-\catcode`^^cf\active \def^^cf{\twodotsglyph I}
-\catcode`^^d1\active \def^^d1{\tildeglyph N}
-\catcode`^^d2\active \def^^d2{\graveglyph O}
-\catcode`^^d3\active \def^^d3{\acuteglyph O}
-\catcode`^^d4\active \def^^d4{\circumglyph O}
-\catcode`^^d5\active \def^^d5{\tildeglyph O}
-\catcode`^^d6\active \def^^d6{\twodotsglyph O}
-\catcode`^^d8\active \let^^d8=\O
-\catcode`^^d9\active \def^^d9{\graveglyph U}
-\catcode`^^da\active \def^^da{\acuteglyph U}
-\catcode`^^db\active \def^^db{\circumglyph U}
-\catcode`^^dc\active \def^^dc{\twodotsglyph U}
-\catcode`^^dd\active \def^^dd{\acuteglyph Y}
-\catcode`^^df\active \let^^df=\ss
-\catcode`^^e0\active \def^^e0{\acuteglyph a}
-\catcode`^^e1\active \def^^e1{\graveglyph a}
-\catcode`^^e2\active \def^^e2{\circumglyph a}
-\catcode`^^e3\active \def^^e3{\tildeglyph a}
-\catcode`^^e4\active \def^^e4{\twodotsglyph a}
-\catcode`^^e5\active \def^^e5{\ringglyph a}
-\catcode`^^e6\active \let^^e6=\ae
-\catcode`^^e7\active \def^^e7{\cedillaglyph c}
-\catcode`^^e8\active \def^^e8{\graveglyph e}
-\catcode`^^e9\active \def^^e9{\acuteglyph e}
-\catcode`^^ea\active \def^^ea{\circumglyph e}
-\catcode`^^eb\active \def^^eb{\twodotsglyph e}
-\catcode`^^ec\active \def^^ec{\graveglyph i}
-\catcode`^^ed\active \def^^ed{\acuteglyph i}
-\catcode`^^ee\active \def^^ee{\circumglyph i}
-\catcode`^^ef\active \def^^ef{\twodotsglyph i}
-\catcode`^^f1\active \def^^f1{\tildeglyph n}
-\catcode`^^f2\active \def^^f2{\graveglyph o}
-\catcode`^^f3\active \def^^f3{\acuteglyph o}
-\catcode`^^f4\active \def^^f4{\circumglyph o}
-\catcode`^^f5\active \def^^f5{\tildeglyph o}
-\catcode`^^f6\active \def^^f6{\twodotsglyph o}
-\catcode`^^f8\active \let^^f8=\o
-\catcode`^^f9\active \def^^f9{\graveglyph u}
-\catcode`^^fa\active \def^^fa{\acuteglyph u}
-\catcode`^^fb\active \def^^fb{\circumglyph u}
-\catcode`^^fc\active \def^^fc{\twodotsglyph u}
-\catcode`^^fd\active \def^^fd{\acuteglyph y}
-\catcode`^^ff\active \def^^ff{\twodotsglyph y}
-\def\ttminus{--{}}
-\let\ttcircum=\asciicircum
-\let\tttilde=\asciitilde
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdccmdoc.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdccmdoc.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 843a8c96361..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdccmdoc.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-% pdccmdoc.tex 1.2 1995/03/30 -- macros for short documents
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "pdccmdoc.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.2",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, style file",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Top-level macro file for documents set in
-%%%                   Computer Modern fonts.
-%%%                   This macro file was generated by running plain
-%%%                   TeX on pdcsty.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcsty.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "pdcfmt2.tex, pdcfsel.tex, pdchyex.tex,
-%%%                   pdcimth.tex, pdccmsub.tex, pdcmigr.tex,
-%%%                   pdcoput5.tex, pdcdoc.def",
-%%%}
-
-\message{1.2 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\input pdcimth
-\input pdcmigr
-\input pdcfmt2
-\input pdchyex
-\input pdcoput5
-\input pdcfsel
-\input pdccmsub
-\autoloadfonts
-\def\STYheadingT{%
-    \m{rm}{cmss}\m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}%
-    \f{it}{cmssi}\f{tt}{cmtt}\f{mf}{logo}\f{mfi}{logosl}%
-}
-\font\headingrm=cmss17 \font\headingit=cmssi17
-\fontset{subheading}\STYheadingT{10 scaled 1200}{14pt}
-    {small}{tiny}
-\fontset{heading}\STYheadingT{10 scaled 1728}{20pt}
-    {subheading}{small}
-\def\STYbodyT{\m{rm}{cmr}\m{it}{cmti}%
-    \m{bf}{cmbx}\@\f{bi}{cmbxti10}%
-    \m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}%
-    \@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-    \f{tt}{cmtt}\@\f{ttb}{cmsltt10}%
-}
-\font\tinytt=cmtt8 at 7pt
-\font\bodysy=cmsy10 at 12pt
-\fontset{tiny}\STYbodyT{7}{9pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{small}\STYbodyT{9}{11pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{note}\STYbodyT{10}{12pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{body}\STYbodyT{12}{14pt}{small}{tiny}
-\def\everyloadfont#1#2{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt}
-\rightskip=0pt plus 2em \tolerance=1000
-\bodyfonts
-{\tt \hyphenchar\font=-1 }
-\def\PS{PostScript}
-\input pdcdoc.def
-\inputifexists{pdccmdoc.cfg}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdccmlft.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdccmlft.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 905b7d04627..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdccmlft.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-% pdccmlft.tex 1.2 1995/03/30 -- macros for short documents
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "pdccmlft.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.2",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, style file",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Top-level macro file for documents set in
-%%%                   Computer Modern fonts.
-%%%                   This macro file was generated by running plain
-%%%                   TeX on pdcsty.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcsty.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "pdcfmt2.tex, pdcfsel.tex, pdchyex.tex,
-%%%                   pdcimth.tex, pdccmsub.tex, pdcmigr.tex,
-%%%                   pdcoput5.tex, pdclft.def",
-%%%}
-
-\message{1.2 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\input pdcimth
-\input pdcmigr
-\input pdcfmt2
-\input pdchyex
-\input pdcoput5
-\input pdcfsel
-\input pdccmsub
-\autoloadfonts
-\def\STYheadingT{%
-    \m{rm}{cmss}\m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}%
-    \f{it}{cmssi}\f{tt}{cmtt}\f{mf}{logo}\f{mfi}{logosl}%
-}
-\font\headingrm=cmss17 \font\headingit=cmssi17
-\fontset{subheading}\STYheadingT{10 scaled 1200}{14pt}
-    {small}{tiny}
-\fontset{heading}\STYheadingT{10 scaled 1728}{20pt}
-    {subheading}{small}
-\def\STYbodyT{\m{rm}{cmr}\m{it}{cmti}%
-    \m{bf}{cmbx}\@\f{bi}{cmbxti10}%
-    \m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}%
-    \@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-    \f{tt}{cmtt}\@\f{ttb}{cmsltt10}%
-}
-\font\tinytt=cmtt8 at 7pt
-\font\bodysy=cmsy10 at 12pt
-\fontset{tiny}\STYbodyT{7}{9pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{small}\STYbodyT{9}{11pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{note}\STYbodyT{10}{12pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{body}\STYbodyT{12}{14pt}{small}{tiny}
-\def\everyloadfont#1#2{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt}
-\rightskip=0pt plus 2em \tolerance=1000
-\bodyfonts
-{\tt \hyphenchar\font=-1 }
-\def\PS{PostScript}
-\input pdclft.def
-\inputifexists{pdccmlft.cfg}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdccmsub.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdccmsub.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index a2712d5c445..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdccmsub.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-% pdcmisc.dtx 1.4 1995/03/30 -- CM subs for PS glyphs
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcmigr.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.4",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Macros for simulating some PostScript characters
-%%%                   using glyphs form the Computer Modern family.
-%%%                   This file was generated by running
-%%%                   plain TeX on pdcmisc.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcmisc.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "",
-%%% }
-
-\message{1.4 1995/03/30}
-
-\dimendef\dimena=0
-\def\pounds{{\it\char36 }}
-\def\yen{{%
-    \ooalign{%
-        \hfil\raise0.25ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle=$}\hfil\crcr
-        \hfil Y\hfil
-    }%
-}}
-\def\cents{\leavevmode\hbox{\rm\rlap/c}}
-\def\currency{{%
-    \ooalign{%
-        \hskip-0.1em
-            \raise0.2ex \hbox{\mathhexbox202}\hskip-0.1em\crcr
-        \hfil \raise0.2ex \hbox{\mathhexbox20E}\hfil
-    }%
-}}
-\def\florin{{\it f\/}}
-\def\circledletter#1#2{{%
-    \ooalign{%
-        \hfil\kern#1\raise0.00ex \hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm #2$}\hfil\crcr
-        \mathhexbox20D%
-    }%
-}}
-\def\registered{\circledletter{0.02em}R}
-\def\copyright{\circledletter{-0.045em}C}
-\def\lguillemet{%
-    \leavevmode
-    \raise0.5ex \hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\langle\!\langle$}%
-}
-\def\rguillemet{%
-    \leavevmode
-    \raise0.5ex \hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rangle\!\rangle$}%
-}
-\def\permille{{%
-    \setbox0 \hbox{/}%
-    \flushtop{$\scriptstyle0\!$}/%
-    \lower\dp0 \hbox{$\!\scriptstyle00$}%
-}}
-\def\gbdecimal{\mathhexbox201}
-\def\orda{\flushtop{\the\scriptfont\ifnum\fam>0 \fam\else 0\fi \b a}}
-\def\ordo{\flushtop{\the\scriptfont\ifnum\fam>0 \fam\else 0\fi \b o}}
-\let\sc=\relax
-\let\csc=\relax
-\let\mc=\relax
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcdoc.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcdoc.def
deleted file mode 100644
index 0061070fd79..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcdoc.def
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,232 +0,0 @@
-% pdcdoc.def 1.2 1995/03/30 -- macros for short documents
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "pdcdoc.def",
-%%% version        = "1.2",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, style file",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Sectioning macros for style files.
-%%%                   This macro file was generated by running plain
-%%%                   TeX on pdcsty.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcsty.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = ""
-%%%}
-
-\message{1.2 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\topmg=297mm \advance\topmg-11in \advance\topmg7mm
-\botmg=\topmg
-\advance\topmg\ht\strutbox \advance\topmg\headlineskip
-\ifdim \topmg<20mm \topmg=20mm \fi
-\ifdim \botmg<27mm \botmg=27mm \fi
-\setpaper{210mm}{297mm}
-\setnkgrid{4}{3}
-\colrule=0pt
-\leftmargin=\gridwd \advance\leftmargin\colsep
-\everypage={\ifdim\leftmargin>0pt
-    \setbox\leftbox=\hbox to \gridwd{}\fi}
-\everyfootnote={\notefonts}
-\everylinenum={\smallfonts}
-\everylinenum={\smallfonts}
-\everytag={\bf}
-\newcount\partno
-\def\thepartno{%
-    \ifcase\partno O\or I\or II\or III\or IV\or V\else
-        \expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\partno}%
-    \fi
-}
-\newcount\secno \newcount\subsecno \newcount\subsubsecno
-\def\thesecno{%
-    \n{%
-        \number\secno
-        \ifnum\subsecno>0
-            .\number\subsecno
-            \ifnum\subsubsecno>0
-         .\number\subsubsecno
-            \fi
-        \fi
-    }%
-}
-\newtoks\majorheadline
-\expandafter\majorheadline
-    \expandafter{\expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\jobname}}
-\def\part#1{%
-    \global\advance\partno1
-    \newpageheading{2\baselineskip}{\headingfonts}
-        {}{\thepartno.\quad#1}
-    \TOCwrite\TOCentrypart{\thepartno}{#1}
-}
-\newcount\sectionpenalty
-\def\sectionheading#1{
-    \par
-    \vskip 0pt plus 0.3\vsize
-    \penalty\sectionpenalty \sectionpenalty-200
-    \vskip 1\bigskipamount plus -0.3\vsize
-    \begingroup \advance\leftskip-\leftmargin
-        \parskip=0pt \parindent=0pt
-        \hyphenpenalty=10000 \exhyphenpenalty=500
-        \interlinepenalty=100
-        \headingfonts \nointerlineskip
-        \hbox{\hskip-\leftmargin
-         \vrule height 2pt depth 0pt width \leftmargin
-         \vrule height 2pt depth 0pt width \hsize}
-       #1\par
-        \nobreak\smallskip
-    \endgroup
-    \global\noindenttrue
-}
-\newtoks\sectiontoks
-\newif\ifsecno \secnotrue
-\def\section#1{
-    \ifsecno
-        \global\advance\secno1 \global\subsecno0 \global\subsubsecno0
-    \fi
-    \toks0={#1}
-    \mark{{\the\sectiontoks}{\ifsecno\S\thesecno\space\fi\the\toks0 }}
-    \edef\tmp{\ifsecno\noexpand\S\the\secno\space\fi}
-    \global\sectiontoks\expandafter{\tmp#1}
-    \sectionheading{\ifsecno\thesecno\quad\fi #1}
-    \mark{{\the\sectiontoks}{\the\sectiontoks}}
-    \TOCwrite\TOCentrysection{\ifsecno\thesecno\fi}{#1}
-}
-\def\subsec#1{%
-    \ifsecno \global\advance\subsecno1  \global\subsubsecno0 \fi
-    \doheading\medskipamount{\subheadingfonts}{}
-        {\ifsecno\thesecno\quad\fi#1}
-    \TOCwrite\TOCentrysubsec{\ifsecno\thesecno\fi}{#1}
-}
-\def\subsubsec#1{%
-    \ifsecno \global\advance\subsubsecno+1 \fi
-    \doheading\smallskipamount{\rm}{}{\ifsecno\thesecno\quad\fi#1}
-    \TOCwrite\TOCentrysubsubsec{\ifsecno\thesecno\fi}{#1}
-}
-\newif\ifnoheadline
-\newif\iftwosided
-\footline={%
-    \ifnoheadline
-        \global\noheadlinefalse
-        \hfil\bodyfonts\n\folio\hfil
-    \else
-        \hfil
-    \fi
-}
-\headline={%
-    \ifnoheadline
-        \hfil
-    \else
-        \bodyfonts
-        \iftwosided
-            \ifodd\pageno
-         \hfil
-         \expandafter\firstoftwo\botmark\quad
-         {\bf\n\folio}%
-            \else
-         {\bf\n\folio}\quad
-         \the\majorheadline
-         \hfil
-            \fi
-        \else
-            \the\majorheadline
-            \hfil
-           \expandafter\secondoftwo\topmark\quad
-            {\bf\n\folio}%
-        \fi
-    \fi
-}
-\def\firstoftwo#1#2{#1}
-\def\secondoftwo#1{}
-\newwrite\TOCfile
-\openout\TOCfile=\jobname.toc
-\def\TOCwrite#1#2#3{%
-    \begingroup\def\n{\string\n}
-    \def\tmp{#3}%
-    \edef\tmp{\string#1{#2}{\expandafter\TOCtrim\meaning\tmp}}
-    \write\TOCfile\expandafter{\tmp{\folio}}\endgroup
-}
-\def\TOCtrim#1:->{}
-\def\TOCentrypart#1#2#3{
-    \smallskip
-    \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0\leftmargin
-    \moveleft\leftmargin\hbox to\dimen0{\strut\bf #1. #2\hfil}
-    \smallskip
-}
-\def\TOCentrysection#1#2#3{
-    \smallskip\noindent\llap{#1\kern1pc}%
-        {\bf \ignorespaces #2\quad\rm \n{#3}}\par
-}
-\def\TOCentrysubsec#1#2#3{
-    \ifvmode \noindent \else \quad \fi
-    {#1}~{\ignorespaces #2}
-}
-\def\TOCentrysubsubsec#1#2#3{}
-\def\frontmatter{
-    \write\TOCfile{\string\endinput}
-    \write\TOCfile{\folio}
-    \closeout\TOCfile
-    \vfill\supereject
-    \ifvoid\partialpage\else \null\vfill\eject \fi
-    \beginthe{frontmatter}
-    \pageno=-1 \secnofalse \noheadlinetrue
-    \def\TOCwrite##1##2##3{}
-}
-\def\endfrontmatter{
-    \section{Contents}
-    \input\jobname.toc
-    \vfill\supereject
-    \endthe{frontmatter}
-}
-\def\titlepage{
-    \vfill\eject
-    \beginthe{titlepage}
-    \noheadlinetrue
-    \def\splittitlepage{
-        \iftwosided \vfill\eject\null\vfill \else \vfill \fi
-    }
-}
-\def\endtitlepage{
-    \eject
-    \endthe{titlepage}
-}
-\def\abstract{
-    \smallskip
-    \beginthe{abstract}
-        \setbox\parbox\hbox to \gridwd{\subheadingfonts Abstract\hfil}
-        \noindenttrue \bodyfonts
-}
-\def\endabstract{
-        \smallskip
-    \endthe{abstract}
-}
-\def\pt{\,{\rm pt}}
-\def\mm{\,{\rm mm}}
-\def\MF{{\ifdim\fontdimen1\font>0pt \mfi \else \mf \fi META}\-%
-        {\ifdim\fontdimen1\font>0pt \mfi \else \mf \fi FONT}}
-\def\MSDOS{\leavevmode\hbox{MS-DOS}}
-\def\TeX{T\kern-0.1em\lower0.5ex\hbox{E}X\spacefactor1000 }
-\begingroup\catcode`\|=12 \toks0={\endgroup
-    \def\dfn#1{\ifx\index\UNDEFINED\else\index{#1|INDdfn}\fi{\bi #1}}
-} \the\toks0
-\declareactivechar\* \def*#1*{{\it#1\/}}
-\def\|{%
-    \relax\ifmmode
-        \Vert
-    \else
-        \begingroup
-        \ttb \setupverbatim
-        \catcode`\|=13 \let|\endgroup
-    \fi
-}
-\def\inputifexists#1{%
-    \openin15=#1
-    \ifeof15 \else \input #1 \fi
-    \closein15
-}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index a7d81d4b601..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,398 +0,0 @@
-% pdcfmt2.tex 2.4 1995/04/06 -- macros for formatting
-
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.tex",
-%%% version        = "2.4",
-%%% date           = "1995/04/06",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Formatting macros for plain TeX documents.
-%%%                   This file was generated by running
-%%%                   plain TeX on pdcfmt2.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcfmt2.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "",
-%%% }
-
-\message{2.4 <pdc 1995/04/06>}
-
-\toksdef\toksa=0
-\chardef\other=12
-\def\declareactivechar#1{%
-    \toksa\expandafter{\verbatimplains\do#1}%
-    \edef\verbatimplains{\the\toksa }%
-    \catcode`#1\active
-}
-\def\verbatimplains{\do\\\do\{\do\}\do\_\do\$\do\#\do\&\do\%}
-\def\verbatimactives{\do\-\do\`\do\'\do\~\do\^\do\ }
-\chardef\other=12
-\newtoks\everyverbatim
-\bgroup \catcode`\-=13\catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\'=13 \catcode`\`=13 \toksa={\egroup
-    \def\setupverbatim{%
-        \frenchspacing
-        \spaceskip0pt \xspaceskip0pt % use spacing of font
-        \def\do##1{\catcode\lq##112 }\verbatimplains
-        \def\do##1{\catcode\lq##1\active }\verbatimactives
-        \let`\ttlq \let'\ttrq
-        \let~\tttilde \let^\ttcircum \let-\ttminus
-        \the\everyverbatim
-    }
-}\the\toksa
-\def\ttlq{\lower0.125ex \hbox{\char18 }}
-\def\ttrq{\lower0.125ex \hbox{\char19 }}
-\def\tttilde{\lower0.5ex \hbox{\char`\~ }}
-\def\ttcircum{\lower0.5ex \hbox{\char`\^ }}
-\def\ttminus{-}
-\def\defverbatim#1{%
-    \ifcat\noexpand#1\noexpand~\else \declareactivechar#1 \fi
-    \begingroup \uccode`\~=`#1 \uppercase{\toksa={\endgroup
-        \def~{%
-            \leavevmode
-            \begingroup \tt \setupverbatim
-            \catcode`#1\active \let~\endgroup
-       }%
-    }}\the\toksa
-}
-\defverbatim\|
-\newtoks\everylisting
-\def\listfile#1{
-    \medskip
-    \begingroup
-        \parindent=0pt \parskip=0pt
-        \def\par{\null\endgraf}\obeylines
-        \setupverbatim \maketabstab
-        \tt \the\everylisting
-        \input#1
-    \endgroup
-    \medskip\noindent\ignorespaces
-}
-{\catcode`\^^I=\active
- \gdef\maketabstab{\catcode`\^^I\active \def^^I{\hskip 4em}}
-}
-\newif\ifnoindent
-\newbox\parbox
-\newdimen\parboxsep \parboxsep=1pc
-\everypar={%
-    \ifvoid\parbox
-        \ifnoindent {\setbox0=\lastbox}\global\noindentfalse \fi
-    \else
-        {\setbox0=\lastbox}\global\noindentfalse
-        \dp\parbox=0pt
-        \hbox to 0pt{\hss \box\parbox \hskip\parboxsep}%
-    \fi
-}
-\def\beginthe#1{%
-    \begingroup\def\PDCFMTblockname{#1}%
-}
-\def\endthe#1{%
-    \def\tmp{#1}%
-    \ifx\tmp\PDCFMTblockname
-        \endgroup
-    \else
-        \errmessage{You should have said \string\endthe{\blockname}}%
-    \fi
-}
-\def\PDCFMTendenv#1{
-    \smallskip
-    \endthe{#1}
-    \global\noindenttrue
-}
-\newdimen\envindent \envindent=1pc
-\def\PDCFMTindent{%
-    \ifdim\parindent>0pt
-        \parindent
-    \else
-        \envindent
-    \fi
-}
-\newtoks\everyquotation
-\def\quotation{
-    \smallskip
-    \beginthe{quotation}
-    \advance\leftskip\PDCFMTindent
-    \noindenttrue
-    \the\everyquotation
-}
-\def\endquotation{\PDCFMTendenv{quotation}}
-\newtoks\everytextlist
-\newif\ifnumbered
-\newcount\textlistdepth  \textlistdepth=-1
-\newcount\textlistcount
-\def\textlist{%
-    \par
-    \beginthe{textlist}
-    \advance\textlistdepth 1
-    \textlistcount0
-    \def\\{
-        \smallskip\noindent
-        \advance\textlistcount1
-        \llap{%
-            \ifnumbered
-                \numberfordepth\textlistdepth\textlistcount
-            \else
-                \bulletfordepth\textlistdepth
-            \fi\enspace}%
-        \ignorespaces
-    }
-    \advance\leftskip\PDCFMTindent
-    \the\everytextlist
-}
-\def\endtextlist{\PDCFMTendenv{textlist}}
-\newtoks\everybullets
-\def\bullets{\textlist \numberedfalse \the\everybullets}
-\let\endbullets=\endtextlist
-\def\bulletfordepth#1{%
-    \ifcase#1 $\bullet$\or --\or $\circ$\else $\cdot$\fi
-}
-\newtoks\everynumbered
-\def\numbered{\textlist \numberedtrue \the\everynumbered}
-\let\endnumbered=\endtextlist
-\def\numberfordepth#1#2{%
-    \ifcase#1 \n{\number#2}.\or (\n{\number#2})\or
-        ({\it\alphabetletter#2\/})\else (\romannumeral#2)\fi
-}
-\let\n\relax
-\def\alphabetletter#1{%
-    \ifcase#1 ??? \or a\or b\or c\or d\or e\else
-        \xxxalphabetletter#1\fi
-}
-\def\xxxalphabetletter#1{%
-    \ifcase#1 \or\or\or\or\or\or f\or g\or h\or i\or j\or
-        k\or l\or m\or n\or o\or p\or q\or r\or s\or t\or u\or
-        v\or w\or x\or y\or z\else !!!\fi
-}
-\newdimen\tagmaxwidth
-\newtoks\everytagged
-\def\tagged{%
-    \par
-    \beginthe{tagged}
-    \let\\\TAG
-    \ifdim\leftmargin=0pt
-        \tagmaxwidth\PDCFMTindent
-    \else
-        \tagmaxwidth\leftmargin
-    \fi
-    \the\everytagged
-    \ifdim\tagmaxwidth>\leftmargin
-        \leftskip\tagmaxwidth \advance\leftskip-\leftmargin
-    \fi
-}
-\def\endtagged{\PDCFMTendenv{tagged}}
-\newtoks\everytag
-\def\TAG{%
-    \smallskip\noindent
-    \setbox0=\hbox\bgroup        % matched by \TAGfinish
-    \the\everytag\ignorespaces
-    \futurelet\next\TAGtest
-}
-\def\TAGtest{%
-    \ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next
-        \let\next\TAGgotbrace
-    \else
-        \let\next\TAGnobrace
-    \fi \next
-}
-\def\TAGgotbrace{%
-    \bgroup\aftergroup\TAGfinish
-    \let\next
-}
-\def\TAGnobrace#1{%
-    #1\TAGfinish
-}
-\def\TAGfinish{%
-    \unskip\hskip0.5em\egroup       % matches \TAG
-    \ifdim \wd0 < \tagmaxwidth
-        \wd0=\tagmaxwidth
-        \llap{\box0}%
-    \else
-        \hskip-\tagmaxwidth
-        \unhbox0 \unskip\quad
-    \fi
-    \ignorespaces
-}
-\newtoks\everylines
-\def\lines{
-    \par
-    \beginthe{lines}
-    \nobreak\smallskip\hrule\nobreak\smallskip
-    \obeylines
-    \parindent=0pt \parskip=0pt
-    \parfillskip=0pt plus 1fil
-    \the\everylines
-    \nobreak
-}
-\def\endlines{
-    \nobreak\smallskip
-    \endthe{lines}
-    \hrule\smallskip
-    \global\noindenttrue
-}
-\newcount\linenumber
-\newcount\PDCFMTcount
-\def\startlinenumbering{%
-    \global\linenumber=0 \global\PDCFMTcount=5
-    \everypar{\numberthisline}%
-}
-\def\continuelinenumbering{%
-    \everypar{\numberthisline}%
-}
-\newtoks\everylinenum \everylinenum{\the\scriptfont0 }
-\def\numberthisline{%
-    \strut
-    \global\advance\linenumber1 \global\advance\PDCFMTcount-1
-    \ifnum\PDCFMTcount>0 \else
- \global\advance\PDCFMTcount 5
- \rlap{\the\everylinenum \kern\hsize\kern1em \the\linenumber}%
-    \fi
-}%
-\def\linesskipped#1{%
-    \strut \hskip20pt $\vdots$ \hskip20pt
-    {\rm(\it #1 lines omitted\rm)}\par
-    \advance\linenumber#1\relax
-}
-\outer\def\display{\obeylines\startdisplay}
-\bgroup\obeylines \toksa={\egroup %
-    \def\startdisplay#1^^M{%
-        \catcode`\^^M=5 $$ #1 % matched by \enddisplay
-        \displayindent\PDCFMTindent %
-        \halign\bgroup##\hfil&&\quad##\hfil\cr %
-    } %
-}\the\toksa %
-\def\enddisplay{\crcr\egroup$$}
-\def\table{%
-    $$                  % matching $$ is in \endtable
-    \displayindent\PDCFMTindent
-    \halign \bgroup
-}
-\let\endtable=\enddisplay
-\newtoks\everybnf
-\def\bnf{
-    \nobreak\smallskip
-    \beginthe{bnf}
-    \advance\leftskip2\parindent \parindent=-\parindent
-    \parskip0pt plus 1pt
-    \rightskip=1\rightskip plus 3em
-    \def\\{$\mid$}
-    \def\>{\unskip\enspace$::=$\enspace\ignorespaces}
-    \def|{`\begingroup\tt\setupverbatim\catcode`\|=13
-            \def|{\endgroup'}}
-    \def\{{$\lbrace$} \def\}{$\rbrace$}
-    \the\everybnf
-}
-\def\endbnf{
-    \smallskip
-    \endthe{bnf}
-    \global\noindenttrue
-}
-\def\<#1>{\leavevmode\hbox{$\langle${\it#1\/}$\rangle$}}
-\newdimen\leftmargin
-\newskip\headingtemp
-\def\doheading#1#2#3#4{
-    \ifdim\lastskip<#1\relax \removelastskip \vskip#1\relax \fi
-    \ifdim \leftmargin>0pt
-        \global\setbox\parbox=\vtop{%
-            \hsize=\leftmargin \advance\hsize-\parboxsep
-            \parindent=0pt
-            \leftskip=0pt \rightskip=0pt plus 3em
-            \hyphenpenalty=10000 \exhyphenpenalty=5000
-            \strut#2#4#3
-        }
-    \else
-        \begingroup
-            \parindent=0pt \parfillskip=0pt plus 1fil
-            \leftskip=0pt \rightskip=0pt plus0.25\hsize
-            \hyphenpenalty=10000 \exhyphenpenalty=5000
-            \strut#2#4#3
-            \global\headingtemp=\baselineskip
-            \par
-        \endgroup
-        \advance\headingtemp-\baselineskip
-        \ifdim\headingtemp>0pt \nobreak \vskip 1.0\headingtemp \fi
-        \smallskip
-        \noindenttrue
-    \fi
-}
-\def\newpageheading#1#2#3#4{
-    \vfill\supereject % ensure no insertions still floating
-    \null\vskip#1\relax
-    \moveleft\leftmargin\vbox{
-        \advance\hsize\leftmargin
-        \parindent=0pt \parfillskip=0pt plus 1fil
-        \leftskip=0pt \rightskip=0pt plus0.25\hsize
-        \hyphenpenalty=10000 \exhyphenpenalty=5000
-        #2\strut#4#3
-        \global\headingtemp=\baselineskip
-        \par
-    }
-    \advance\headingtemp-\baselineskip
-    \advance\headingtemp\smallskipamount
-    \vskip \headingtemp
-    \noindenttrue
-    \def\tmp{#4}
-    \message{*\expandafter\TOCtrim\meaning\tmp.  }
-}
-\newcount\notecount
-\def\note{%
-    \global\advance\notecount+1
-    \footnote{\number\notecount}%
-}
-\newdimen\footnoteparindent
-\footnoteparindent=\parindent
-\newtoks\everyfootnote
-\catcode`\@=11
-\def\footnote#1{\let\@sf\empty
-  \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi
-  \footnotetextmark{#1}\@sf\vfootnote{#1}}
-\def\vfootnote#1{\insert\footins\bgroup % matched by \@foot
-    \interlinepenalty=\interfootnotelinepenalty
-    \parindent=\footnoteparindent
-    \leftskip=0pt
-    \the\everyfootnote
-    \splittopskip=\ht\strutbox \splitmaxdepth=\dp\strutbox
-    \floatingpenalty=20000
-    \indent\footstrut
-    \ifdim\parindent>1em
-        \llap{\footnotenotemark{#1}\enspace}%
-    \else
-        \footnotenotemark{#1}\enspace
-    \fi
-    \futurelet\next\fo@t
-}
-\def\@foot{\smallskip\egroup}
-\catcode`\@=12
-\def\footnotetextmark#1{$^{#1}$}
-\def\footnotenotemark#1{$^{#1}$}
-\def\today{\n{\number\day} \monthname\month\ \n{\number\year}}
-\def\monthname#1{%
-    \ifcase#1\or
-        January\or February\or March\or April\or
-        May\or June\or July\or August\or
-        September\or October\or November\or December%
-    \fi
-}
-\def\isodate{\n{\number\year}--\twodigits\month--\twodigits\day}
-\def\twodigits#1{%
-    \ifnum#1<10 0\fi \number#1%
-}
-\def\flushtop#1{%
-    \leavevmode
-    \begingroup
-        \setbox0\hbox{#1}\setbox2\hbox{X}%
-        \dimen0\ht2 \advance\dimen0-\ht0
-        \raise\dimen0\box0
-    \endgroup
-}
-\def\La{L\negthinspace\flushtop{a}}
-\def\LaTeX{\La\TeX}
-\def\superiorletter#1{%
-    \flushtop{\the\scriptfont\fam \vphantom{x}\smash{#1}}%
-}
-\def\Mc{M\flushtop{\the\scriptfont\fam \b{c}}}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b68aada1ab..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-% pdcfsel.tex -- macros for loading fonts -*-tex-*-
-
-%%%@TeX-document-file {
-%%% title      = "PDC Font Selection Scheme",
-%%% filename   = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.tex",
-%%% version    = "3.5",
-%%% Date       = "1995/03/28",
-%%% creator    = "pdcfsel.dtx",
-%%% package    = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author     = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email      = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address    = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,"
-%%%               Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% abstract   = "A file of definitions for managing font
-%%%               selection in documents based on the plain
-%%%               TeX macros.
-%%%                 This file was generated by running
-%%%               plain TeX on pdcfsel.dtx.",
-%%% dependencies = ""
-%%%}
-
-\message{3.5 <pdc 1995/03/28>}
-\def\expcs#1#2{\expandafter#1\csname#2\endcsname}
-\def\noexpcs{\expcs\noexpand}
-\newif\ifFSELautoload
-\def\autoloadfonts{
-    \FSELautoloadtrue
-    \csname newwrite\endcsname \FSELfile
-    \immediate\openout\FSELfile=\jobname.fnt
-}
-\def\loadfont#1#2{%
-    \ifx#1\relax
-        \FSELloadfont#1{#2}%
-    \else\ifx#1\UNDEFINED
-        \FSELloadfont#1{#2}%
-    \fi\fi
-}
-\def\FSELloadfont#1#2{%
-    \ifFSELautoload
-        \edef#1{%
-            \write\FSELfile{#2}%
-            \def\noexpand\subfont{\global\font\noexpand#1cmr10 }%
-            \global\font\noexpand#1#2\relax
-            \noexpand\everyloadfont\noexpand#1{#2}%
-            \noexpand#1%
-        }%
-    \else
-        \global\font#1#2\relax  \everyloadfont#1{#2}%
-    \fi
-}
-\def\everyloadfont#1#2{}
-\def\xfontset#1#2#3{
-    \def\f##1##2{\expcs\loadfont{#1##1}{##2#3}}
-    \let\m=\f \let\M=\f
-    \def\@##1##2##3{\expcs\loadfont{#1##2}{##3 at #3pt }}
-    #2
-}
-% Set up a fontset -- define \#1fonts
-\def\fontset#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
-    \xfontset{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-    \expcs\edef{#1fonts}{%
-       \ifFSELautoload \noexpcs{#1mathsfonts}\fi
-       \noexpand\FSELnicknames{#1}{#5}{#6}\noexpand#2%
-       \noexpand\setbaselineskip{#4}%
-       \noexpand\rm
-    }%
-    \ifFSELautoload
-       \expcs\def{#1mathsfonts}{\FSELloadmaths{#1}{#5}{#6}#2}%
-    \fi
-}
-\def\FSELnicknames#1#2#3{%
-    \let\@\relax
-    \def\f##1##2{%
-       \expcs\edef{##1}{\noexpcs{#1##1}}%
-    }%
-    \def\m##1##2{%
-       \expcs\textfont{##1fam}\csname#1##1\endcsname
-       \expcs\scriptfont{##1fam}\csname#2##1\endcsname
-       \expcs\edef{##1}{%
-           \fam\expcs\noexpand{##1fam}%
-           \expcs\noexpand{#1##1}%
-       }%
-    }%
-    \def\M##1{%
-       \expcs\scriptscriptfont{##1fam}\csname#3##1\endcsname
-       \m{##1}%
-    }%
-}
-\def\setbaselineskip#1{%
-    \baselineskip#1\relax \normalbaselineskip\baselineskip
-    \jot0.25\baselineskip
-    \smallskipamount 0.25\baselineskip plus 0.083\baselineskip
-       minus 0.083\baselineskip
-    \medskipamount 0.5\baselineskip plus 0.167\baselineskip
-       minus 0.167\baselineskip
-    \bigskipamount 1\baselineskip plus 0.333\baselineskip
-       minus 0.333\baselineskip
-    \abovedisplayskip\medskipamount
-    \abovedisplayshortskip\abovedisplayskip
-    \advance\abovedisplayshortskip-1\abovedisplayskip
-    \belowdisplayskip\medskipamount
-    \belowdisplayshortskip\smallskipamount
-}
-\def\FSELloadmaths#1#2#3{%
-    \let\@\relax \def\f##1##2{}%
-    \def\m##1##2{\csname#1##1\endcsname \csname#2##1\endcsname}%
-    \def\M##1{\csname#3##1\endcsname \m{##1}}%
-    \global\expcs\let{#1mathsfonts}\relax
-}
-\chardef\rmfam=0 \chardef\mifam=1 \chardef\syfam=2
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdchyex.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdchyex.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index a83c61b95e6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdchyex.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-% pdchyex.tex 1.4 1995/03/30 -- some British hyphenations
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdchyex.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.4",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "A non-exhaustive set of hyphenation exceptions
-%%%                   designed to make TeX with American hyphenation
-%%%                   tables produce some British hyphenations.
-%%%                   This file was generated by running
-%%%                   plain TeX on pdcmisc.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991, 1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcmisc.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "",
-%%%}
-
-\message{1.4 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\lefthyphenmin=2 \righthyphenmin=3 \uchyph=0
-\hyphenation{
-    le-gend le-gends re-adjust re-appear exact-ing
-    abs-cess abs-cess-es abs-cessed ana-lyse ana-lyses
-    ana-lysis ana-lyses appear-ance appear-ances bio-graphy
-    celeb-rate celeb-rates celeb-rations cor-respond-ence
-    depend-ent des-pise des-pises dis-pised dimin-ish
-    dimin-ish-es dimin-ish-ed dis-connect dis-connect-ed
-    dis-connects forget-ting gener-ally haemor-rhage
-    illus-trate immedi-ate immedi-ately immport-ance
-    inexplic-able inter-pret inter-est inter-ested
-    inter-est-ing minis-ter origin-ally philo-sophy
-    philo-sophic philo-sophic-ally prim-ary prob-ably
-    semb-lance
-    calm-est debt-ors fea-ther fea-thers post-humous lamb-like
-    poingn-ant tough-ish ach-ing archaeo-logy etymo-logy
-    philo-logist psycho-logist tauto-logy zoolo-gist
-    art-iest cig-ar-ette bio-logy bio-chem-is-try boy-friend
-    brit-ain brit-ish com-ic com-ics cug-ley dogs-body
-    dor-mouse gai-man graph-ic immedie-ate immedi-ate
-    immedi-ately issue mckean mis-hap mis-haps news-letter
-    news-paper night-crawler origin-ally origin-ator phys-ique
-    phys-iques porn-o-graphy porn-o-graphic rec-om-mend-ation
-    Ser-geant ser-geant Sien-kie-wicz spon-tan-e-ous
-    spon-tan-e-ously stop-ped strip-ped teen-ager teen-agers
-    tem-per-men-tal Thatch-er-ism Thatch-er-ite under-ground
-    under-grounds var-i-able venge-ance warp-smith warp-smiths
-    whirl-pool
-}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcimth.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcimth.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index fc42eb8365a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcimth.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-% pdcimth.tex 1.4 1995/03/30 - maths letters in text italic
-\message{1.4 1995/03/30}
-
-\begingroup
-    \count0="7400 \count1=\count0
-    \advance\count0 by`A \advance\count1 by`a
-    \count2=`A \count3=`a \count4=26
-    \loop\ifnum\count4>0
-        \advance\count4 by-1
-        \global\mathcode\count2=\count0
-        \global\mathcode\count3=\count1
-        \advance\count0 by1 \advance\count1 by1
-        \advance\count2 by1 \advance\count3 by1
-    \repeat
-\endgroup
-\endinput
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcimth.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.4",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "A definition file for TeX, which redefines
-%%%                   mathcodes to use letters from the
-%%%                   text italic font instead of math italic.
-%%%                   This file was generated by running
-%%%                   plain TeX on pdcmisc.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991, 1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcmisc.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "",
-%%% }
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 17f690c48d5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-% pdcl1maa.tex 1.3 1995/03/30 -- Latin-1 chars in Malvern-A
-
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.3",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "ISO 8859-1 characters using Malvern-A fonts.
-%%%                   This file was generated by running
-%%%                   plain TeX on pdcl1maa.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcl1maa.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "",
-%%% }
-
-\message{1.3 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\catcode`^^a0\active \let^^a0=~
-\catcode`^^a5\active \let^^a5=\yen
-\catcode`^^a7\active \let^^a7=\S
-\catcode`^^a8\active \let^^a8=\"
-\catcode`^^a9\active \let^^a9=\copyright
-\catcode`^^aa\active \let^^aa=\orda
-\catcode`^^ab\active \def^^ab{<<}
-\catcode`^^ac\active \let^^ac=\lnot
-\catcode`^^ad\active \let^^ad=\-
-\catcode`^^ae\active \let^^ae=\registered
-\catcode`^^af\active \let^^af=\=
-\catcode`^^b0\active \let^^b0=\degrees
-\catcode`^^b1\active \let^^b1=\pm
-\catcode`^^b2\active \def^^b2{^2}
-\catcode`^^b3\active \def^^b3{^3}
-\catcode`^^b4\active \let^^b4=\'
-\catcode`^^b5\active \let^^b5=\mu
-\catcode`^^b6\active \let^^b6=\P
-\catcode`^^b7\active \let^^b7=\gbdecimal
-\catcode`^^b8\active \let^^b8=\c
-\catcode`^^b9\active \def^^b9{^1}
-\catcode`^^ba\active \let^^ba=\ordo
-\catcode`^^bb\active \def^^bb{>>}
-\catcode`^^bc\active \def^^bc{\frac14}
-\catcode`^^bd\active \def^^bd{\frac12}
-\catcode`^^be\active \def^^be{\frac34}
-\catcode`^^bf\active \def^^bf{?`}
-\catcode`^^d7\active \let^^d7=\times
-\catcode`^^f7\active \let^^f7=\div
-\catcode`^^c0\active \def^^c0{\`A}
-\catcode`^^c1\active \def^^c1{\'A}
-\catcode`^^c2\active \def^^c2{\^A}
-\catcode`^^c3\active \def^^c3{\~A}
-\catcode`^^c4\active \def^^c4{\"A}
-\catcode`^^c5\active \let^^c5=\AA
-\catcode`^^c6\active \let^^c6=\AE
-\catcode`^^c7\active \def^^c7{\c C}
-\catcode`^^c8\active \def^^c8{\`E}
-\catcode`^^c9\active \def^^c9{\'E}
-\catcode`^^ca\active \def^^ca{\^E}
-\catcode`^^cb\active \def^^cb{\"E}
-\catcode`^^cc\active \def^^cc{\`I}
-\catcode`^^cd\active \def^^cd{\'I}
-\catcode`^^ce\active \def^^ce{\^I}
-\catcode`^^cf\active \def^^cf{\"I}
-\catcode`^^d0\active \let^^d0=\DH
-\catcode`^^d1\active \def^^d1{\~N}
-\catcode`^^d2\active \def^^d2{\`O}
-\catcode`^^d3\active \def^^d3{\'O}
-\catcode`^^d4\active \def^^d4{\^O}
-\catcode`^^d5\active \def^^d5{\~O}
-\catcode`^^d6\active \def^^d6{\"O}
-\catcode`^^d8\active \let^^d8=\O
-\catcode`^^d9\active \def^^d9{\`U}
-\catcode`^^da\active \def^^da{\'U}
-\catcode`^^db\active \def^^db{\^U}
-\catcode`^^dc\active \def^^dc{\"U}
-\catcode`^^dd\active \def^^dd{\'Y}
-\catcode`^^de\active \let^^de=\TH
-\catcode`^^df\active \let^^df=\ss
-\catcode`^^e0\active \def^^e0{\'a}
-\catcode`^^e1\active \def^^e1{\`a}
-\catcode`^^e2\active \def^^e2{\^a}
-\catcode`^^e3\active \def^^e3{\~a}
-\catcode`^^e4\active \def^^e4{\"a}
-\catcode`^^e5\active \let^^e5=\aa
-\catcode`^^e6\active \let^^e6=\ae
-\catcode`^^e7\active \def^^e7{\c c}
-\catcode`^^e8\active \def^^e8{\`e}
-\catcode`^^e9\active \def^^e9{\'e}
-\catcode`^^ea\active \def^^ea{\^e}
-\catcode`^^eb\active \def^^eb{\"e}
-\catcode`^^ec\active \def^^ec{\`i}
-\catcode`^^ed\active \def^^ed{\'i}
-\catcode`^^ee\active \def^^ee{\^i}
-\catcode`^^ef\active \def^^ef{\"i}
-\catcode`^^f0\active \let^^f0=\dh
-\catcode`^^f1\active \def^^f1{\~n}
-\catcode`^^f2\active \def^^f2{\`o}
-\catcode`^^f3\active \def^^f3{\'o}
-\catcode`^^f4\active \def^^f4{\^o}
-\catcode`^^f5\active \def^^f5{\~o}
-\catcode`^^f6\active \def^^f6{\"o}
-\catcode`^^f8\active \let^^f8=\o
-\catcode`^^f9\active \def^^f9{\`u}
-\catcode`^^fa\active \def^^fa{\'u}
-\catcode`^^fb\active \def^^fb{\^u}
-\catcode`^^fc\active \def^^fc{\"u}
-\catcode`^^fd\active \def^^fd{\'y}
-\catcode`^^fe\active \let^^fe=\th
-\catcode`^^ff\active \def^^ff{\"y}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdclft.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdclft.def
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ccd9172b55..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdclft.def
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-% pdclft.def 1.2 1995/03/30 -- macros for short documents
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "pdclft.def",
-%%% version        = "1.2",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, style file",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "Sectioning macros for style files.
-%%%                   This macro file was generated by running plain
-%%%                   TeX on pdcsty.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcsty.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = ""
-%%%}
-
-\message{1.2 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\topmg=297mm \advance\topmg-11in \advance\topmg7mm
-\botmg=\topmg
-\advance\topmg\ht\strutbox \advance\topmg\headlineskip
-\ifdim \topmg<20mm \topmg=20mm \fi
-\ifdim \botmg<27mm \botmg=27mm \fi
-\setpaper{210mm}{297mm}
-\setnkgrid{4}{3}
-\colrule=0pt
-\leftmargin=\gridwd \advance\leftmargin\colsep
-\everypage={\ifdim\leftmargin>0pt
-    \setbox\leftbox=\hbox to \gridwd{}\fi}
-\everyfootnote={\notefonts}
-\everylinenum={\smallfonts}
-\everylinenum={\smallfonts}
-\everytag={\bf}
-\newcount\secno \newcount\subsecno
-\def\thesecno{%
-    \n{%
-        \number\secno
-        \ifnum\subsecno>0
-            .\number\subsecno
-        \fi
-    }%
-}
-\def\section{
-    \global\advance\secno1 \global\subsecno0
-    \doheading\medskipamount{\subheadingfonts\thesecno\enspace}{}
-}
-\def\subsec{
-    \global\advance\subsecno1
-    \doheading\smallskipamount{\bodyfonts\thesecno\enspace}{}
-}
-\newtoks\majorheadline
-\expandafter\majorheadline
-    \expandafter{\expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\jobname}}
-\newif\ifnoheadline \newif\iftwosided
-\headline{%
-    \ifnoheadline
-        \hfil
-    \else\iftwosided
-        \ifodd\pageno
-            \hfil \the\majorheadline \quad{\bf\folio}%
-        \else
-            {\bf\folio}\quad \the\majorheadline\hfil
-        \fi
-    \else
-        \hfil \the\majorheadline \quad{\bf\folio}%
-    \fi\fi
-}
-\footline{%
-    \ifnoheadline
-        \global\noheadlinefalse
-        \hfil{\bf\folio}\hfil
-    \else
-        \hfil
-    \fi
-}
-\def\pt{\,{\rm pt}}
-\def\mm{\,{\rm mm}}
-\def\MF{{\ifdim\fontdimen1\font>0pt \mfi \else \mf \fi META}\-%
-        {\ifdim\fontdimen1\font>0pt \mfi \else \mf \fi FONT}}
-\def\MSDOS{\leavevmode\hbox{MS-DOS}}
-\def\TeX{T\kern-0.1em\lower0.5ex\hbox{E}X\spacefactor1000 }
-\begingroup\catcode`\|=12 \toks0={\endgroup
-    \def\dfn#1{\ifx\index\UNDEFINED\else\index{#1|INDdfn}\fi{\bi #1}}
-} \the\toks0
-\declareactivechar\* \def*#1*{{\it#1\/}}
-\def\|{%
-    \relax\ifmmode
-        \Vert
-    \else
-        \begingroup
-        \ttb \setupverbatim
-        \catcode`\|=13 \let|\endgroup
-    \fi
-}
-\def\inputifexists#1{%
-    \openin15=#1
-    \ifeof15 \else \input #1 \fi
-    \closein15
-}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcmigr.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcmigr.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index a01860a53e3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcmigr.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-% pdcmigr.tex 1.4 1995/03/30-- see end of file for more info
-\message{1.4 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-\mathchardef\Gamma   = "7100
-\mathchardef\Delta   = "7101
-\mathchardef\Theta   = "7102
-\mathchardef\Lambda  = "7103
-\mathchardef\Xi      = "7104
-\mathchardef\Pi      = "7105
-\mathchardef\Sigma   = "7106
-\mathchardef\Upsilon = "7107
-\mathchardef\Phi     = "7108
-\mathchardef\Psi     = "7109
-\mathchardef\Omega   = "710A
-\endinput
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcmigr.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.4",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "A definition file for TeX, which redefines
-%%%                   \Gamma, ..., \Omega to use letters from the
-%%%                   maths italic font instead of the roman font.
-%%%                   This file was generated by running
-%%%                   plain TeX on pdcmisc.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991, 1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcmisc.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "",
-%%% }
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 30828ac9358..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,336 +0,0 @@
-% pdcoput5.dtx 5.3 1995/04/06 -- output routine for zines
-
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.tex",
-%%% version        = "5.3",
-%%% date           = "1995/04/06",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, macros",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%% abstract       = "TeX output routine for magazine-style layout.
-%%%                   This file was generated by running
-%%%                   plain TeX on pdcoput5.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcoput5.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "",
-%%% }
-
-\message{5.3 <pdc 1995/04/06>}
-
-\countdef\counta=255
-\dimendef\dimena=0 \dimendef\dimenb=2
-\toksdef\toksa=0 \toksdef\toksb=2
-\long\def\qappend#1#2{%
-    \toksa={\\{#2}}\toksb=\expandafter{#1}%
-    \xdef#1{\the\toksb\the\toksa}%
-}
-\def\qremove#1#2{%
-    \expandafter\glopoff#2\glopoff#1#2%
-}
-\long\def\glopoff\\#1#2\glopoff#3#4{%
-    \gdef#3{#1}\gdef#4{#2}%
-}
-\newdimen\paperwd \newdimen\paperht
-\newdimen\bodywd \newdimen\bodyht
-\newdimen\gridwd \newdimen\gridht
-\newdimen\colwd \newdimen\colht
-\newdimen\topmg    \topmg=20mm
-\newdimen\outermg  \outermg=20mm
-\newdimen\innermg  \innermg=20mm
-\newdimen\botmg    \botmg=27mm
-\newskip\headlineskip  \headlineskip=10mm
-\newskip\footlineskip  \footlineskip=10mm
-\newdimen\caprule  \caprule=0.4pt
-\newskip\capsep    \capsep=5mm
-\newdimen\colrule  \colrule=0.4pt
-\newdimen\colsep   \colsep=5mm
-\newcount\ncols \ncols=1
-\newbox\partialpage
-\newbox\topbox \newbox\botbox
-\newbox\leftbox \newbox\rightbox
-\chardef\pagebox=255
-\let\pagelist\empty
-\let\collist\empty
-\newtoks\everypage
-\newtoks\everycaption
-\newdimen\toptotal \newdimen\bottotal
-\def\xxxmakecolumn#1#2#3#4#5{\xmakecolumn
-    {\ifdim#1=0pt\else \kern#1 \fi
-     \def\tmp{#2}\ifx\tmp\empty\else #2 \fi}
-    {#3}
-    {\def\tmp{#2}\ifx\tmp\empty\else #2 \fi
-     \ifdim#1=0pt\else \kern#1 \fi}%
-}
-\def\xmakecolumn#1#2#3{%
-    \vbox to \colht{
-        \dimena\colht
-        \setbox0=\vbox{#1}\advance\dimena-\ht0
-        \ifdim\ht0>0pt
-            \advance\dimena-\capsep
-            \advance\dimena\topskip \advance\dimena-\baselineskip
-        \fi
-        \setbox4=\vbox{\prevdepth=0pt #3}%
-        \advance\dimena-\ht4
-        \ifdim\ht4>0pt \advance\dimena-\capsep \fi
-        \ifvoid\footins\else
-            \advance\dimena-\ht\footins
-            \advance\dimena-\skip\footins
-        \fi
-        \ifvoid\topins\else
-            \advance\dimena-\ht\topins
-            \advance\dimena-\skip\topins
-        \fi
-        \splittopskip\topskip \splitmaxdepth\maxdepth
-        \setbox2=\vsplit#2to\dimena
-        \dimena=\ht0 \dimenb=\dp0 \unvbox0
-        \ifdim\dimena>0pt
-            \prevdepth=\dimenb
-            \capseparator
-            \dimena\baselineskip \advance\dimena-\topskip
-            \kern\dimena
-            \nointerlineskip
-        \fi
-        \ifvoid\topins\else \unvbox\topins \vskip\skip\topins \fi
-        \dimena\dp2
-        \ifvoid2 \vfil \else \unvbox2 \fi
-        \ifvoid\footins \else
-            \vskip\skip\footins \footnoterule
-            \dimena=\dp\footins \unvbox\footins
-        \fi
-        \ifdim\ht4>0pt
-            \prevdepth=\dimena
-            \capseparator \kern-\prevdepth \prevdepth0pt
-        \fi
-        \unvbox4
-    }%
-}
-\def\capseparator{%
-    \hbox to \colwd{%
-        \dimena=0.5ex \advance\dimena-0.5\caprule
-        \dimenb=\dimena \advance\dimenb\caprule
-        \vrule height \dimenb depth-\dimena width\colwd
-    }%
-}
-\def\topillustration#1#2{%
-    \setbox0=\vbox{#2}%
-    \dimena\ht0 \dimenb\dp0 \unvbox0
-    \counta\dimena \divide\counta\baselineskip
-    \advance\dimena-\counta\baselineskip \advance\dimena-\topskip
-    \kern-\dimena \prevdepth\dimenb
-    \hsize=\colwd \vskip-\parskip \noindent#1\par
-}
-\def\botillustration#1#2{%
-    \setbox0\vbox{\hsize=\colwd \vskip-\parskip \prevdepth=0pt #1}
-    \setbox2=\vbox{\prevdepth=\dp0 #2}%
-    \dimena=\ht0 \advance\dimena\dp0 \advance\dimena\ht2
-    \unvbox0
-    \counta\dimena \divide\counta\baselineskip
-    \advance\dimena-\counta\baselineskip
-    \advance\dimena-\baselineskip
-    \kern-\dimena
-    \unvbox2
-}
-\def\makebody#1{%
-    \hbox to \bodywd{%
-        \ifvoid\leftbox\else
-            \box\leftbox
-            \colseparator
-        \fi
-        \makecolumnfromcollist{#1}%
-        \counta\ncols
-        \loop \ifnum\counta>1
-            \colseparator
-            \makecolumnfromcollist{#1}%
-            \advance\counta -1
-        \repeat
-        \ifvoid\rightbox\else
-            \colseparator
-            \box\rightbox
-        \fi
-    }%
-}
-\def\colseparator{%
-    \hfil \vrule width\colrule depth0pt \hfil
-}
-\def\makecolumnfromcollist#1{%
-    \ifx\collist\empty
-        \xmakecolumn{}{#1}{}%
-    \else
-        \qremove\temp\collist
-        \temp
-    \fi
-}
-
-\def\makepage{%
-    \vbox{
-        \papersizespecial
-        \colht\bodyht \advance\colht-\ht\partialpage
-        \advance\colht-\ht\topbox \advance\colht-\ht\botbox
-        \advance\colht-\dp\partialpage
-        \advance\colht-\dp\topbox
-        \the\everypage
-        \makeheadline \nointerlineskip
-        \box\partialpage \nointerlineskip
-        \box\topbox \nointerlineskip
-        \ifx\pagelist\empty
-            \makebody\pagebox
-        \else
-            \qremove\temp\pagelist
-            \temp
-        \fi
-        \unvbox\botbox
-        \makefootline
-    }%
-}
-\def\makeheadline{
-    \vbox to 0pt {
-        \skip0=\topskip \advance\skip0-2\ht\strutbox
-        \advance\skip0-\headlineskip
-        \vskip\skip0
-        \hbox to \bodywd{\the\headline}
-        \vss
-    }
-}
-\def\makefootline{{
-    \baselineskip=\footlineskip
-    \hbox to \bodywd{\the\footline}
-}}
-\def\papersizespecial{{%
-    \dimena=0.001\paperwd \multiply\dimena\mag
-    \dimenb=0.001\paperht \multiply\dimenb\mag
-    \special{papersize=\the\dimena,\the\dimenb}%
-    \global\let\papersizespecial=\relax
-}}
-
-\def\pdcoutput{%
-    \ifodd\pageno \hoffset=\innermg \else \hoffset=\outermg \fi
-    \advance\hoffset-1 true in
-    \voffset=\topmg
-    \advance\voffset-1truein
-    \shipout\makepage \advancepageno
-    \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else \dosupereject \fi
-    \unvbox\pagebox
-}
-\output={\pdcoutput}
-\def\setpaper#1#2{%
-    \paperwd=#1\relax
-    \paperht=#2\relax
-    \OPUTcalcbodywdht
-    \OPUTcalctopskip
-}
-\def\OPUTcalcbodywdht{
-    \bodywd=\paperwd \advance\bodywd-\outermg \advance\bodywd-\innermg
-    \bodyht=\paperht \advance\bodyht-\topmg \advance\bodyht-\botmg
-    \OPUTcalctopskip
-}
-\def\setpaperA#1{
-    \ifcase#1
-        \setpaper{841mm}{1189mm}\or
-        \setpaper{594mm}{841mm}\or
-        \setpaper{420mm}{594mm}\or
-        \setpaper{297mm}{420mm}\or
-        \setpaper{210mm}{297mm}\or
-        \setpaper{148mm}{210mm}
-    \else
-        \errmessage{Dunno how big DIN A#1 paper is, sorry.}
-    \fi
-}
-\def\OPUTcalctopskip{
-    \setbox0=\hbox{AXbl()!gyJQ,}
-    \topskip=\ht0 \maxdepth=\dp0
-    \advance\bodyht-\topskip \divide\bodyht\baselineskip
-    \multiply\bodyht\baselineskip \advance\bodyht\topskip
-}
-\def\OPUTcalchsizevsize{
-    \hsize=\colwd
-    \vsize=\bodyht
-    \advance\vsize-\topskip \advance\vsize\baselineskip
-    \multiply\vsize\ncols
-    \advance\vsize-\baselineskip \advance\vsize\topskip
-}
-\def\setnkgrid#1#2{%
-    \gridwd=\bodywd
-    \advance\gridwd-#1\colsep \advance\gridwd\colsep \divide\gridwd#1
-    \colwd#2\gridwd \advance\colwd#2\colsep \advance\colwd-\colsep
-    \ncols#1 \divide\ncols#2
-    \gridht=\baselineskip
-    \capsep=\gridht
-    \OPUTcalchsizevsize
-}
-\def\setncolumns#1{%
-    \colwd=\bodywd
-    \advance\colwd-#1\colsep \advance\colwd\colsep \divide\colwd #1
-    \gridwd=\colwd
-    \ncols=#1
-    \OPUTcalchsizevsize
-}
-\setpaperA4
-\setncolumns1
-\newcount\RGDncols
-\def\rigidbalance#1#2#3#4{%
-    \setbox0=\box#1\relax \RGDncols=#2\relax \toksa={#4}%
-    \begingroup\splittopskip#3\relax \vbadness=10000
-        \valign{##\vfil\cr \RGDdosplits}%
-    \endgroup
-}
-\def\RGDdosplits{
-    \dimena\ht0 \divide\dimena\RGDncols
-    \advance\dimena\splittopskip
-    \setbox1=\vsplit0 to\dimena
-    \unvbox1
-    \global\advance\RGDncols-1
-    \cr
-    \ifnum\RGDncols>0
-        \noalign{\the\toksa}
-        \RGDdosplits
-    \fi
-}
-\def\makepartialpage#1#2{
-    \maybepagebreak
-    \begingroup
-        \output{%
-            \message{[partial}
-            \setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox\pagebox}%
-            \global\setbox\partialpage\vbox{
-                \box\partialpage \nointerlineskip
-                \the\everypage
-                \box\topbox \nointerlineskip
-                \hbox to \bodywd{%
-                    \ifvoid\leftbox\else
-                        \box\leftbox \colseparator
-                    \fi
-                    #1%
-                    \ifvoid\rightbox\else
-                        \colseparator \box\rightbox
-                    \fi
-                }% \nointerlineskip
-                \box\botbox
-                #2
-                \dimena\baselineskip \advance\dimena-\topskip
-                \kern\dimena
-            }%
-            \message{page]}
-        }
-        \eject
-    \endgroup
-}
-\def\rigidbalancepartialpage{
-    \makepartialpage{\rigidbalance0\ncols\topskip\colseparator}
-}
-\def\maybepagebreak{%
-    \vskip0pt plus\baselineskip \penalty-100
-    \loop
-        \dimena\vsize \advance\dimena-\ncols\ht\partialpage
-        \advance\dimena-\ncols\ht\topbox
-        \advance\dimena-\ncols\ht\botbox
-    \ifdim\pagetotal>\dimena
-        \eject\null
-    \repeat
-}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcpsdoc.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcpsdoc.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 59d64508a5e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcpsdoc.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-% pdcpsdoc.tex 1.2 1995/03/30 -- macros for short documents
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "pdcpsdoc.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.2",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, style file",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%%                   This macro file was generated by running plain
-%%%                   TeX on pdcsty.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcsty.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "pdcadobe.tex, pdcfmt2.tex, pdcfsel.tex,
-%%%                   pdchyex.tex, pdcimth.tex, pdcmigr.tex,
-%%%                   pdcoput5.tex, pdcdoc.def",
-%%%}
-
-\message{1.2 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\input pdcimth
-\input pdcmigr
-\input pdcfmt2
-\input pdchyex
-\input pdcoput5
-\input pdcfsel
-\input pdcadobe
-\autoloadfonts
-\def\KBcanonical#1{%
-    \expcs\ifx{KB#1}\relax #1\else\csname KB#1\endcsname \fi
-}
-\ifx\KBadobe\UNDEFINED \def\KBadobe#1{\KBcanonical{#10}} \fi
-\def\KBit#1{\KBcanonical{#1i}}
-\def\KBbi#1{\KBbf{#1i}}
-\def\KBbf#1{\expandafter\KBbfx#1.}
-\def\KBbfx#1#2#3#4#5.{\KBcanonical{#1#2#3b#5}}
-\def\KBpagbr{pagdr}        \def\KBpagbri{pagdro}
-\def\KBpbkbr{pbkdr}        \def\KBpbkbri{pbkdri}
-\def\KBpagri{pagro}        \def\KBpagbi{pagbo}
-\def\KBphvri{phvro}        \def\KBphvbi{phvbo}
-\def\KBpcrri{pcrro}        \def\KBpcrbi{pcrbo}
-\def\KBphvrrni{phvron}     \def\KBphvbrni{phvbon}
-\def\KBphvrrn0{phvr0n}     \def\KBphvbrn0{phvb0n}
-\def\KBphvrrni0{phvro0n}   \def\KBphvbrni0{phvbo0n}
-\ifx\headingfontname\UNDEFINED \def\headingfontname{phvr} \fi
-\ifx\headingttfontname\UNDEFINED \def\headingttfontname{pcrb} \fi
-\def\STYheadingT{%
-    \@\f{rm}{\headingfontname}\@\m{mi}{cmmi10}\@\m{sy}{cmsy10}%
-    \@\f{asy}{psyr}%
-    \@\f{it}{\KBit\headingfontname}%
-    \@\f{tt}{\headingttfontname}\@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-}
-\loadfont\bodysy{cmsy10 at 12pt}
-\fontset{subheading}\STYheadingT{12}{14pt}{subheading}{subheading}
-\fontset{heading}\STYheadingT{18}{20pt}{subheading}{subheading}
-\ifx\bodyfontname\UNDEFINED \def\bodyfontname{ptmr} \fi
-\ifx\bodyttfontname\UNDEFINED \def\bodyttfontname{pcrr} \fi
-\def\STYbodyT{%
-    \@\m{rm}{\bodyfontname}\@\m{it}{\KBit\bodyfontname}%
-    \@\m{bf}{\KBbf\bodyfontname}\@\f{bi}{\KBbi\bodyfontname}%
-    \@\m{asy}{psyr}\m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}%
-    \@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-    \@\f{tt}{\bodyttfontname}\@\f{tb}{\KBit\bodyttfontname}%
-}
-\let\sc=\relax  \let\mc=\relax  \let\csc=\relax
-\fontset{tiny}\STYbodyT{7}{9pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{small}\STYbodyT{9}{11pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{note}\STYbodyT{10}{12pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{body}\STYbodyT{12}{14pt}{small}{tiny}
-\def\everyloadfont#1#2{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt}
-\rightskip=0pt plus 2em \tolerance=1000
-\bodyfonts
-{\tt \hyphenchar\font=-1 }
-\input pdcdoc.def
-\inputifexists{pdcpsdoc.cfg}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcpslft.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcpslft.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 9912b2544fb..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcpslft.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-% pdcpslft.tex 1.2 1995/03/30 -- macros for short documents
-%%%@TeX-definition-file {
-%%% filename       = "pdcpslft.tex",
-%%% version        = "1.2",
-%%% date           = "1995/03/30",
-%%% package        = "pdcmac 1.0",
-%%% author         = "P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% email          = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk",
-%%% address        = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory,
-%%%                   Parks Road, Oxford  OX1 3QD, UK",
-%%% codetable      = "USASCII",
-%%% keywords       = "TeX, plain TeX, style file",
-%%% supported      = "Maybe",
-%%%                   This macro file was generated by running plain
-%%%                   TeX on pdcsty.dtx",
-%%% copyright      = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley",
-%%% copying        = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE.
-%%%                   Distribute pdcsty.dtx only as part of the
-%%%                   package it came in.",
-%%% dependencies   = "pdcadobe.tex, pdcfmt2.tex, pdcfsel.tex,
-%%%                   pdchyex.tex, pdcimth.tex, pdcmigr.tex,
-%%%                   pdcoput5.tex, pdclft.def",
-%%%}
-
-\message{1.2 <pdc 1995/03/30>}
-
-\input pdcimth
-\input pdcmigr
-\input pdcfmt2
-\input pdchyex
-\input pdcoput5
-\input pdcfsel
-\input pdcadobe
-\autoloadfonts
-\def\KBcanonical#1{%
-    \expcs\ifx{KB#1}\relax #1\else\csname KB#1\endcsname \fi
-}
-\ifx\KBadobe\UNDEFINED \def\KBadobe#1{\KBcanonical{#10}} \fi
-\def\KBit#1{\KBcanonical{#1i}}
-\def\KBbi#1{\KBbf{#1i}}
-\def\KBbf#1{\expandafter\KBbfx#1.}
-\def\KBbfx#1#2#3#4#5.{\KBcanonical{#1#2#3b#5}}
-\def\KBpagbr{pagdr}        \def\KBpagbri{pagdro}
-\def\KBpbkbr{pbkdr}        \def\KBpbkbri{pbkdri}
-\def\KBpagri{pagro}        \def\KBpagbi{pagbo}
-\def\KBphvri{phvro}        \def\KBphvbi{phvbo}
-\def\KBpcrri{pcrro}        \def\KBpcrbi{pcrbo}
-\def\KBphvrrni{phvron}     \def\KBphvbrni{phvbon}
-\def\KBphvrrn0{phvr0n}     \def\KBphvbrn0{phvb0n}
-\def\KBphvrrni0{phvro0n}   \def\KBphvbrni0{phvbo0n}
-\ifx\headingfontname\UNDEFINED \def\headingfontname{phvr} \fi
-\ifx\headingttfontname\UNDEFINED \def\headingttfontname{pcrb} \fi
-\def\STYheadingT{%
-    \@\f{rm}{\headingfontname}\@\m{mi}{cmmi10}\@\m{sy}{cmsy10}%
-    \@\f{asy}{psyr}%
-    \@\f{it}{\KBit\headingfontname}%
-    \@\f{tt}{\headingttfontname}\@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-}
-\loadfont\bodysy{cmsy10 at 12pt}
-\fontset{subheading}\STYheadingT{12}{14pt}{subheading}{subheading}
-\fontset{heading}\STYheadingT{18}{20pt}{subheading}{subheading}
-\ifx\bodyfontname\UNDEFINED \def\bodyfontname{ptmr} \fi
-\ifx\bodyttfontname\UNDEFINED \def\bodyttfontname{pcrr} \fi
-\def\STYbodyT{%
-    \@\m{rm}{\bodyfontname}\@\m{it}{\KBit\bodyfontname}%
-    \@\m{bf}{\KBbf\bodyfontname}\@\f{bi}{\KBbi\bodyfontname}%
-    \@\m{asy}{psyr}\m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}%
-    \@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}%
-    \@\f{tt}{\bodyttfontname}\@\f{tb}{\KBit\bodyttfontname}%
-}
-\let\sc=\relax  \let\mc=\relax  \let\csc=\relax
-\fontset{tiny}\STYbodyT{7}{9pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{small}\STYbodyT{9}{11pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{note}\STYbodyT{10}{12pt}{tiny}{tiny}
-\fontset{body}\STYbodyT{12}{14pt}{small}{tiny}
-\def\everyloadfont#1#2{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt}
-\rightskip=0pt plus 2em \tolerance=1000
-\bodyfonts
-{\tt \hyphenchar\font=-1 }
-\input pdclft.def
-\inputifexists{pdcpslft.cfg}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tpm/pdcmac.tpm b/Master/texmf-dist/tpm/pdcmac.tpm
deleted file mode 100644
index be3009c87e5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tpm/pdcmac.tpm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE rdf:RDF SYSTEM "../../support/tpm.dtd">
-<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" xmlns:TPM="http://texlive.dante.de/">
-  <rdf:Description about="http://texlive.dante.de/texlive/Package/pdcmac.zip">
-    <TPM:Name>pdcmac</TPM:Name>
-    <TPM:Type>Package</TPM:Type>
-    <TPM:Date>2006/01/11 23:49:22</TPM:Date>
-    <TPM:Version></TPM:Version>
-    <TPM:Creator>rahtz</TPM:Creator>
-    <TPM:Title>Damian Cugley's macro tools.</TPM:Title>
-    <TPM:Description>
-This is collection of TeX definition files which may be useful for
-setting documents using plain TeX (as opposed to more complex formats
-like LaTeX).
-    </TPM:Description>
-    <TPM:Author>Damian Cugley</TPM:Author>
-    <TPM:Size>953764</TPM:Size>
-    <TPM:License></TPM:License>
-    <TPM:Build/>
-    <TPM:RunFiles size="85968">
-texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/ma55doc.tex
-texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/ma55lft.tex
-texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/maamac.tex
-texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.tex
-texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.tex
-texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdccmdoc.tex
-texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdccmlft.tex
-texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdccmsub.tex
-texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcdoc.def
-texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.tex
-texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.tex
-texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdchyex.tex
-texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcimth.tex
-texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.tex
-texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdclft.def
-texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcmigr.tex
-texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.tex
-texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcpsdoc.tex
-texmf-dist/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcpslft.tex
-texmf-dist/tpm/pdcmac.tpm
-    </TPM:RunFiles>
-    <TPM:DocFiles size="399776">
-texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/00readme.txt
-texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/copying.txt
-texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/install.txt
-texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/maamac.dvi
-texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.dvi
-texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/news.txt
-texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/oput01.eps
-texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/oput02.eps
-texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.dvi
-texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.dvi
-texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.dvi
-texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.dvi
-texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcguide.dvi
-texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.dvi
-texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcmisc.dvi
-texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.dvi
-texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcsty.dvi
-texmf-dist/doc/plain/pdcmac/version.txt
-    </TPM:DocFiles>
-    <TPM:SourceFiles size="468020">
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/changes.txt
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/config.status
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/configure
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/contents.txt
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/copying.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/dtxtags
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/dtxtags.1
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/fig2epsf
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/fig2epsf.1
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/ma55doc.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/ma55lft.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/maamac.dtx
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/maamac.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.dtx
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrman.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/makefile.in
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/oput01.fig
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/oput02.fig
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.dtx
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmdoc.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmlft.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmsub.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.dtx
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode2.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcdoc.def
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.dtx
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.dtx
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcguide.fnt
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcguide.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdchyex.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcimth.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.dtx
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdclft.def
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmacvn.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmigr.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmisc.dtx
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmondo.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.dtx
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcpsdoc.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcpslft.tex
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcsty.dtx
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pinstall
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pinstall.1
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pmkdir
-texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pmkdir.1
-    </TPM:SourceFiles>
-    <TPM:Provides>Package/pdcmac</TPM:Provides>
-  </rdf:Description>
-</rdf:RDF>
-